Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
 
[X]
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 
 
 
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
OR
 
 
 
[ ]
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 
 
 
 
For the transition period from             to             
 
 
 
 
 
Commission File Number 001-09733
 
 
 
 
Texas
 
75-2018239
(State or other jurisdiction of
 
(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)
 
Identification No.)
1600 West 7th Street
 
 
 
Fort Worth, Texas
 
76102 – 2599
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(817) 335-1100
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $.10 par value per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes    ¨ 
No      þ 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes    ¨ 
 No     þ
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes    þ No     ¨ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter time that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes    þ No     ¨ 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
þ
 
Accelerated filer
  
¨
Non-accelerated filer
 
¨
 
Smaller reporting company
  
¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes    ¨ 
 No     þ
 
 
 
The aggregate market value of 28,427,009 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.10 per share, held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2014 was approximately $1,292,291,829.
At February 17, 2015 there were 28,567,276 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.10 par value per share, issued and outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement pertaining to the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated herein by reference into Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K



Table of Contents


DEFINITIONS AND COMMONLY USED TERMS

The following terms used in this Annual Report have the meanings set forth below, unless the context otherwise requires:

“ACH” means Automated Clearing House.
“Adjusted Earnings Measures” means adjusted net income, adjusted diluted net income per share from continuing operations and adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings per share from continuing operations, individually or collectively.
“AOCI” means Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
“Annual Report” means this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.
“ASC” means Accounting Standards Codification.
“ASC 205-20” means ASC 205, subtopic 20, Presentation of Financial Statements—Discontinued Operations.
“ASC 320” means ASC 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities.
“ASC 323” means ASC 323, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures.
“ASC 325” means ASC 325, Investments—Other.
“ASC 350” means ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.
“ASC 450” means ASC 450, Contingencies.
“ASC 470” means ASC 470, Debt.
“ASC 505-60” means ASC 505, subtopic 60, Equity—Spin-offs and Reverse Spin-offs.
“ASC 605” means ASC 605, Revenue Recognition.
“ASC 718” means ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation.
“ASC 740” means ASC 740, Income Taxes.
“ASC 810” means ASC 810, Consolidation.
“ASC 815” means ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.
“ASC 820” means ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.
“ASU” means Accounting Standards Update.
“ASU 2012-02” means ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.
“ASU 2013-04” means ASU No. 2013-04, Liabilities (Topic 405): Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).
“ASU 2013-05” means ASU No. 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).
“ASU 2013-11” means ASU No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).
“ASU 2014-08” means ASU No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.
“ASU 2014-09” means ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).
“ASU 2014-15” means ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.
“ASU 2015-01” means ASU No. 2015-01, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items.
“ASU 2015-02” means ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.
“CFPB” means the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.
“Company” or “Cash America” means Cash America International, Inc. and its subsidiaries.



Table of Contents

“Creazione” means Creazione Estilo, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican sociedad anónima de capital variable, a Mexican subsidiary of the Company that owned the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations prior to selling them to another wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Empeños, in 2012.
“Creazione Deduction” means a recognized income tax benefit related to a tax deduction included on the Company’s 2013 federal income tax return for its tax basis in the stock of Creazione.
“Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement entered into on March 30, 2011, and later amended, between the Company and its domestic subsidiaries as guarantors and a syndicate of financial institutions as lenders.
“CSO” means credit services organization or credit access business.
“CSO fees” means fees for services provided through the CSO programs.
“CSO loans” means loans that are arranged for consumers with independent, third-party CSO lenders.
“CSO programs” means the programs through which the Company provides services related to a third-party lender’s consumer loan products by acting as a credit services organization or credit access business.
“Director Deferred Shares” means shares of common stock of the Company that may become deliverable to certain directors who have elected to defer a portion of their director fees to be paid in the form of common stock of the Company.
“Dodd-Frank Act” means the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.
“Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit” means a domestic and multi-currency line of credit, due March 31, 2018, totaling $280.0 million permitting revolving credit loans, including a multi-currency subfacility that gives the Company the ability to borrow up to $50.0 million that may be in specified foreign currencies, all as provided by, and subject to, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.
“Empeños” means CA Empeños Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
“Enova” means Enova International, Inc.
“Enova Note Receivable” means the Company’s note receivable from Enova that was paid in full and terminated in May 2014. Amounts associated with this note receivable were intercompany-related receivables in the Company’s previously-filed consolidated financial statements.
“Enova Spin-off” means the distribution of approximately 80% of the outstanding shares of Enova common stock, which previously comprised the Company’s e-commerce segment, to the Company’s shareholders on November 13, 2014.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
“FASB” means the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
“FTC” means the Federal Trade Commission.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.
“Guarantors” means the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and one of its foreign subsidiaries that guarantee the 2018 Senior Notes, as defined below.
“Huminal” means Huminal, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican sociedad anónima de capital variable.
“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.
“LC Agreement” means the Standby Letter of Credit Agreement associated with the Company’s Letter of Credit Facility.
“Letter of Credit Facility” means the facility under which $20.0 million in letters of credit may be issued. The facility is guaranteed by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and matures on March 31, 2018.
“LIBOR” means the London Interbank Offered Rate.
“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, prospects, results of operations, reputation, financial condition, cash flows or ability to continue current operations without any direct or indirect impairment or disruption.
“Mexico Reorganization” means the reorganization of the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations in 2012 to include only 47 full-service pawn locations and discontinuation of the operations of 148 of its Mexico-based pawn locations.
“Nonqualified Savings Plan” means the Cash America International, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan, as amended and restated on January 1, 2009 and further amended on October 1, 2010 and January 28, 2012.
“Ohio Adjustment” means the adjustment of $5.0 million to decrease the Company’s remaining liability related to the Ohio Reimbursement Program, as defined below, after the assessment of the claims made since the inception of the Ohio Reimbursement Program and related matters was made. The Company made this adjustment in 2013.



Table of Contents

“Ohio Reimbursement Program” means a voluntary program to reimburse Ohio customers initiated by the Company in 2012 in connection with legal collections proceedings initiated by the Company in Ohio from January 1, 2008 through December 4, 2014.
“Other Debt Action” means any acceleration or demand for acceleration, repayment, redemption or repurchase of or any default or event of default under the 2018 Senior Notes or the related indenture.
“Parent Company” means Cash America International, Inc.
“Private Placement Notes” means, collectively, the 6.09% Series A senior unsecured notes due 2016, 7.26% senior unsecured notes due 2017, 6.00% Series A senior unsecured notes due 2019, 6.21% Series B senior unsecured notes due 2021 and 6.58% Series B senior unsecured notes due 2022. The Company completed the prepayment of the Private Placement Notes in June 2014, and they are no longer outstanding.
“Proxy Statement” means the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
“Regulatory Penalty” means a $5.0 million penalty paid to the CFPB in connection with the issuance of a consent order by the CFPB in November 2013. The Company allocated half of this penalty to each of its two reportable segments that existed in 2013.
“RSU” means restricted stock unit.
“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“SERP” means the Cash America International, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 and further amended on January 28, 2012.
“Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures” means the closure of 36 locations in Texas in 2013 that offered consumer loans as their primary source of revenue.
“Waiver and Amendment” means the Omnibus Waiver, Consent, and Amendment Agreement related to the Credit Agreement that the Company and its domestic subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into with the lenders under the Credit Agreement on May 9, 2014.
“1994 LTIP” means the Cash America International, Inc. 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended.
“2004 Plan” means the Company’s First Amended and Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended.
“2011 Authorization” means the authorization of Company management to repurchase up to a total of 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on January 26, 2011.
“2012” means the year ended December 31, 2012.
“2013” means the year ended December 31, 2013.
“2013 Authorization” means the authorization of Company management to repurchase up to a total of 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and the termination of the 2011 Authorization, which was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on January 24, 2013.
“2013 Litigation Settlement” means a settlement of an outstanding class action lawsuit that had been ongoing since 2004. In October 2013, the Company entered into an agreement which received final court approval in January 2014. This agreement required a minimum payment by the Company of $18.0 million and a maximum payment of $36.0 million to cover class claims (including honorarium payments to the named plaintiffs) and the plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees and costs (including the costs of claims administration). The actual payout was based on the number of claims submitted for payment. As of December 31, 2014, a total of $18.6 million had been paid for the 2013 Litigation Settlement.
“2014” means the year ended December 31, 2014.
“2014 LTIP” means the Cash America International, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
“2014 Reorganization” means the Company’s reorganization of its operations, corporate and field administration functions that was initiated during the third and fourth quarters of 2014.
“2015 Authorization” means the authorization of Company management to repurchase up to a total of 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and the termination of the 2013 Authorization, approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on January 28, 2015.
“2018 Senior Notes” means $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.75% Senior Notes due 2018 issued and sold by the Company on May 15, 2013.
“2018 Senior Notes Indenture” means the Indenture that governs the 2018 Senior Notes.



Table of Contents

“2018 Variable Rate Notes” means the variable rate senior unsecured notes issued by the Company that were guaranteed by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The maturity date of the 2018 Variable Rate Notes was March 31, 2018. The 2018 Variable Rate Notes were repaid in full in 2014.
“2029 Convertible Notes” means $115.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.25% Convertible Senior Notes due May 15, 2029 issued and sold by the Company on May 19, 2009. The 2029 Convertible Notes are no longer outstanding.
“401(k) Savings Plan” means the Cash America International, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2015.




Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014
INDEX TO FORM 10-K
 
 
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
 
 
 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
 
 
 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
 
 
 
Item 15.
 
 
 



Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. You should not place undue reliance on these statements. These forward-looking statements give current expectations or forecasts of future events and reflect the views and assumptions of senior management with respect to the business, financial condition, operations and prospects of the Company. When used in this report, terms such as “believes,” “estimates,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “plans,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “may,” “forecast,” “project” and similar expressions or variations as they relate to the Company or its management are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties that are beyond the ability of the Company to control and, in some cases, predict. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. Key factors that could cause the Company’s actual financial results, performance or condition to differ from the expectations expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:

risks related to the regulation of the Company, such as the failure to comply with existing, the adoption of new, or adverse changes in the interpretation or enforcement of laws, rules, regulations and guidance, the regulatory and examination authority of the CFPB, and the effect of and compliance with enforcement actions, orders and agreements issued by applicable regulators, such as a consent order the Company entered into with the CFPB in November 2013;
accounting and income tax risks related to goodwill and other intangible asset impairment, certain tax positions taken by the Company and other accounting matters that require the judgment of management;
the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified executive officers, including a new Chief Executive Officer upon the retirement of the Company’s current Chief Executive Officer;
decreased demand for the Company’s products and services and changes in competition;
fluctuations in the price of gold and changes in economic conditions;
public perception of the Company’s business and the Company’s business practices;
risks related to the Company’s financing, such as compliance with financial covenants in the Company’s debt agreements, the Company’s ability to satisfy its outstanding debt obligations, to refinance existing debt obligations or to obtain new capital;
the effect of any current or future litigation proceedings, including a claim relating to the terms of the Company’s 2018 Senior Notes, and any judicial decisions or rule-making that affects the Company, its products or the legality or enforceability of its arbitration agreements;
risks related to interruptions to the Company’s business operations, such as a prolonged interruption in the Company’s operations of its facilities, systems or business functions, cyber-attacks or security breaches or the actions of third parties who provide, acquire or offer products and services to, from or for the Company;
risks related to the expansion and growth of the Company’s business, including the Company’s ability to open new locations in accordance with plans or to successfully integrate newly acquired businesses into its operations;
risks related to the Enova Spin-off;
fluctuations in the price of the Company’s common stock;
the effect of any of the above changes on the Company’s business or the markets in which the Company operates; and
other risks and uncertainties described in this report or from time to time in the Company’s filings with the SEC.
The foregoing list of factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in this Annual Report, including under the caption “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report. In addition, new factors may emerge or changes to these factors may occur that would impact the Company’s business. Additional information regarding these and other risks can be found in this Annual Report and may also be contained in the Company’s other filings with the SEC, especially on Forms 10-Q and 8-K. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if management’s underlying assumptions



Table of Contents

prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from those the Company anticipates. The Company disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this report. All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements.



Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
Overview
General
The Company provides specialty financial services to individuals through its storefront lending and franchised check cashing locations. The Company was incorporated in Texas in 1984 and has been providing specialty financial services to its customers for over 30 years. The Company believes it was one of the largest providers of pawn loans in the world in 2014 based on the amount of loans outstanding to its customers. A general overview of the Company’s products and services is included below. See “Services Offered by the Company” for additional details regarding these products and services.

Pawn Lending

The Company offers secured non-recourse loans, commonly referred to as pawn loans, as its primary line of business. The Company also offered pawn loans in Mexico through August 2014, when it sold its Mexico-based pawn operations. Pawn loans are short-term loans made on the pledge of tangible personal property. Pawn loan fees and service charges are generated from the Company’s pawn loan portfolio. A related activity of the pawn lending operations is the disposition of collateral from forfeited pawn loans and the liquidation of a smaller volume of merchandise purchased directly from customers or from third parties.

Consumer Loan Activities

Another component of the Company's business is originating, arranging, guaranteeing or purchasing consumer loans in some of its locations. Consumer loans provide customers with cash, typically in exchange for an obligation to repay the amount advanced plus fees and any applicable interest. Consumer loans include short-term loans (commonly referred to as payday loans) and installment loans.

Short-term consumer loans include unsecured short-term loans written by the Company or by a third-party lender through the Company’s CSO programs that the Company guarantees. Installment consumer loans are longer-term, multi-payment loans that generally require the pay-down of portions of the outstanding principal balance in multiple installments. Installment loans include unsecured loans and loans secured by a customer’s vehicle written by the Company or by a third-party lender through the CSO programs that the Company guarantees. See “Services offered by the Company—Consumer Loan Activities” for further discussion of the CSO programs.

Check Cashing and Other Financial Services

Another small component of the Company's business includes the offering of check cashing and other ancillary products and services through some of its Company-owned lending locations. The ancillary products and services include money orders, wire transfers, prepaid debit cards and auto insurance. Most of these ancillary products and services offered are provided through third-party vendors. In addition, the Company’s franchised check cashing business offers check cashing services through its franchised check cashing centers.

Segment and Geographic Information

The Company has one reportable operating segment through which it offers the services described above. The Company previously had two segments: retail services and e-commerce. The retail services segment included all of the operations of the Company's Retail Services Division, which was composed of both domestic and foreign storefront locations. The e-commerce segment was comprised of all of the operations of Enova. In the fourth quarter of 2014, following the Enova Spin-off in November 2014 and the sale of the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations in August 2014, the Company re-assessed its segment structure and determined that the retail services segment is the only reportable segment and includes all of the Company's operations. Information

2

Table of Contents

previously reported separately in corporate operations, which represents corporate expenses and other miscellaneous income, has been combined with the information previously included in the retail services segment because all of the Company's corporate expenses and other miscellaneous income support the Company's sole operating segment. Prior year financial amounts shown for the Company have been reclassified to reflect the Company’s current segment structure. Additional financial information regarding the Company’s operating segment and each of the geographic areas in which the Company conducted business during 2014, 2013 and 2012 is provided in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 19.”

Locations
    
The following table sets forth the number of retail services locations through which the Company offered pawn lending, consumer lending, and other services and franchised locations offering check cashing services as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The Company provides these services in the United States under the names “Cash America Pawn,” “SuperPawn,” “Cash America Payday Advance,” “Cashland” and “Mr. Payroll.” The Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations, all of which were sold during 2014, included 47 locations offering pawn lending only as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, which are included in the table below. The Company operated these locations in Mexico under the name “Cash America casa de empeño.” The Company’s domestic pawn and consumer lending locations operated in 21 states in the United States as of December 31, 2014 and 22 states as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. As of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, the franchised check cashing locations operated in 12, 14 and 15 states, respectively.

 
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 Locations offering:
 
 
 
 
 
Both pawn and consumer lending
272

 
582

 
581

Pawn lending only
548

 
294

 
214

Consumer lending only
39

 
40

 
83

Franchised check cashing
84

 
90

 
91

Total
943

 
1,006

 
969


Recent Developments

Enova Spin-off
On November 13, 2014, the Company completed the separation of its online lending business that comprised its e-commerce division, Enova, through the distribution of approximately 80 percent of the outstanding shares of Enova common stock to the Company’s shareholders, which was structured with the intent that it would be a tax-free distribution. The Company distributed to its shareholders 0.915 shares of Enova common stock for every one share of the Company’s common stock held as of the close of business on November 3, 2014, which was the record date for the Enova Spin-off. The Company received a private letter ruling from the IRS, an opinion from the Company's tax counsel and a solvency opinion from an independent financial advisor prior to approval of the Enova Spin-off by the Company's Board of Directors. As a result of the Enova Spin-off, Enova is now an independent public company, and its common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “ENVA.”
Upon completion of the Enova Spin-off, the Company retained approximately 20 percent, or 6.6 million shares of Enova common stock, and the Company has agreed, pursuant to the private letter ruling, to dispose of its retained shares of Enova common stock (other than the shares retained for delivery under the Company’s long-term incentive plans as described below) no later than two years after the distribution. The retained shares of Enova common stock include a portion of shares of Enova common stock that may be delivered by the Company to holders of certain outstanding unvested RSUs, vested deferred RSUs, and unvested deferred RSUs that were granted by the Company to certain of its officers, directors and employees and certain Director Deferred Shares payable to the Company’s directors relating to the Company’s common stock awards that were outstanding under

3

Table of Contents

the Company's long-term incentive plans as of the date of the Enova Spin-off. Such RSU awards and Director Deferred Shares will be payable by the Company in both shares of Company common stock and Enova common stock, subject to the terms of the Company’s long-term incentive plans and the applicable award agreement. The delivery of the Enova shares of common stock will occur periodically based on the vesting terms of the award agreements. In the event the award does not vest, the shares will be retained by the Company and sold. The total number of Enova shares of common stock subject to award agreements was 685,087 as of December 31, 2014, representing approximately 2.1% of the then-outstanding shares of Enova common stock. Enova shares held by the Company are classified as “available-for-sale securities” in accordance with ASC 320.
    
Upon completion of the Enova Spin-off, the Company reclassified Enova’s financial results to discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. For information regarding discontinued operations, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 3.”

Unless stated otherwise, the discussion of the Company's business and financial information throughout this Annual Report refers to the Company’s continuing operations and results from continuing operations.

Divestiture of Mexico-based Pawn Operations

On August 25, 2014, the Company completed the divestiture of its 47 pawn lending locations in Mexico for cash consideration of approximately $18.5 million, net of cash held at the date of divestiture, including consideration related to a non-compete agreement. These 47 Mexico pawn lending locations were previously included in the retail services segment. The Company recorded a loss of $2.8 million related to this divestiture and $2.1 million related to an expense for an uncollectible receivable incurred as a result of the Company’s discontinuation of these operations. The combined amounts are included in “Loss on divestitures” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and cash flows.

Divestiture of Colorado Pawn Shops

On August 25, 2014, the Company exited the Colorado market through the sale of all five of its pawn lending locations in Colorado for cash consideration of approximately $3.0 million, net of cash held at the date of divestiture. These locations were included in the retail services segment and represented all of the locations operated by the Company in Colorado. The Company recorded a loss of $0.3 million on the sale, which is included in “Loss on divestitures” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and cash flows.

Reduction in Short-Term Consumer Lending Operations
    
In 2014, the Company continued its strategy to de-emphasize consumer lending activities and enhance focus on pawn lending. As a result, the Company eliminated short-term consumer lending activities in 311 of its locations in 2014, the majority of which occurred during the last half of 2014. This reduction was in addition to the closure of 36 locations in Texas in connection with the Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures. As of December 31, 2014, the Company only offered short-term consumer loans in 311 of its locations. Short-term consumer loan fees comprised 7.7%, 9.7% and 9.7%, respectively, of total revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012. Management expects the Company’s revenue from short-term consumer loan activities in future periods to decrease from historical levels due to the Company’s de-emphasis on this component of its lending activities.

2014 Reorganization

In the third quarter of 2014, the Company initiated a reorganization to better align the corporate and operating cost structure with its remaining storefront operations after the Enova Spin-off, which is referred to as the 2014 Reorganization. In connection with the 2014 Reorganization, the Company incurred $7.5 million of charges for severance and other employee-related costs, which are included in “Operations and administration” in the consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had made payments of approximately $4.4 million for the 2014 Reorganization and had accrued approximately $3.1 million for future payments. Accrued

4

Table of Contents

amounts for the 2014 Reorganization are included in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets. Management expects that the cost reductions resulting from the 2014 Reorganization will decrease operations and administration expenses related to its corporate and field management operations in future periods relative to 2014.

Services Offered by the Company

Pawn Lending Activities

Pawn Loans

The Company now offers pawn loans only in the United States. When receiving a pawn loan from the Company, a customer pledges personal property to the Company as security for the loan. The Company relies solely on the disposition of pawned property to recover the principal amount of an unpaid pawn loan plus a yield on the investment, because the Company’s pawn loans are non-recourse against the customer. As a result, the customer’s creditworthiness is not a significant factor in the loan decision, and a decision to redeem pawned property does not affect the customer’s personal credit status with other third-party creditors. Goods pledged to secure pawn loans are tangible personal property items such as jewelry, tools, televisions and other electronics, musical instruments and other miscellaneous items.
The Company contracts for pawn loan fees and service charges as compensation for the use of the funds loaned and to cover direct operating expenses related to the transaction. The pawn loan fees and service charges are typically calculated as a percentage of the pawn loan amount based on the size and duration of the transaction and generally range from 12% to 300% annually, as permitted by applicable laws. In addition, as required by applicable laws, the amounts of these charges are disclosed to the customer on the pawn transaction agreement, commonly referred to as a pawn ticket. These pawn loan fees and service charges contributed approximately 30.1%, 30.3% and 26.4% of the Company’s total revenue from continuing operations in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
In the Company’s pawn lending operations, the maximum pawn loan amount is generally assessed as a percentage of the pledged personal property’s estimated disposition value. The Company relies on many sources to determine the estimated disposition value, including its proprietary automated product valuation system, catalogs, “blue books,” newspapers, internet research and its (or its employees’) experience in disposing of similar items of merchandise. The Company does not use a standard or mandated percentage of estimated disposition value in determining the loan amount. Instead, its employees may set the percentage for a particular item and determine whether the item’s disposition, in the event that the loan becomes delinquent and the item is forfeited, would yield a profit margin consistent with the Company’s historical experience with similar items.
The Company holds the pledged property through the term of the loan and any extensions or renewals thereof, unless earlier repaid, renewed or extended. The Company holds forfeited collateral until it is sold, as described in “Merchandise Disposition Activities” below. The typical loan term is 30 to 90 days and, in many cases, an additional grace period (typically 10 to 60 days) may be available to the borrower. Pawn loans may be either paid in full with accrued pawn loan fees and service charges or, where permitted by law, may be renewed or extended by the customer’s payment of accrued pawn loan fees and service charges. A pawn loan is considered delinquent if the customer does not repay or, where allowed by law, renew or extend the loan on or prior to its contractual maturity date plus any applicable grace period. Pawn loan fees and service charges do not accrue on delinquent pawn loans. When a pawn loan is considered delinquent, any accrued pawn loan fees and service charges are reversed and no additional pawn loan fees and service charges are accrued. The Company does not record pawn loan losses or charge-offs because the amount advanced becomes the carrying cost of the forfeited collateral that is to be recovered through the disposition of merchandise (as described below). The Company typically experiences seasonal growth in its pawn loan balances, with increases during each of the second, third and fourth quarters of the year following lower balances in the first quarter of the year due to the heavy repayment of loans with tax refund proceeds received by customers.


5

Table of Contents

Merchandise Disposition Activities 
A closely related activity of the Company’s pawn lending operations is the disposition of collateral from forfeited pawn loans and the liquidation of a smaller volume of merchandise purchased directly from customers or from third parties. If a customer does not repay, renew or extend a pawn loan at the time a loan is due, the Company becomes the owner of the forfeited collateral in accordance with state statutes.
Once the Company owns the forfeited collateral, the merchandise becomes available for disposition through either retail or commercial sales. Retail sales include the sale of jewelry and general merchandise direct to consumers through the Company’s locations or over the internet through auction and other similar sites. Commercial sales include the sale of refined gold, platinum, silver and diamonds to brokers or manufacturers.
Upon the sale of merchandise, the Company realizes gross profit, which is the difference between the Company’s cost basis in the loan (the amount loaned) or the amount paid for purchased merchandise, both of which are recorded as cost of sales, and the amount of proceeds from the sale. The cost of disposed merchandise is computed on the specific identification basis. The Company provides an allowance for losses based on management’s evaluation of the characteristics of the merchandise being held for disposition and historical experience.
Merchandise sales are typically highest during the first quarter tax refund and fourth quarter holiday seasons. Gross proceeds from merchandise disposition activities contributed approximately 60.3%, 57.8% and 61.8% of the Company’s total revenue from continuing operations in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Customers may purchase merchandise on a layaway plan under which the customer agrees to pay the purchase price for the item plus a layaway fee, makes an initial cash deposit representing a small portion of the disposition price and pays the balance in regularly scheduled, non-interest bearing payments. The Company segregates the layaway item and holds it until the customer has paid the full disposition price. If the customer fails to make a required payment, the item is returned to merchandise held for disposition. The layaway fee is recognized as revenue, and any amounts previously paid toward the item are returned to the customer as store credit.
Consumer Loan Activities
    In addition to pawn loans, the Company also offers or arranges certain consumer loans, including short-term loans and secured and unsecured installment loans, in some of its locations. Consumer loan fees include revenue from the loan portfolio owned by the Company and fees paid to the Company for arranging, guaranteeing and processing loans from independent third-party lenders for customers through the CSO programs. Consumer loan fees, which include fees from short-term and installment loans, earned by the Company contributed approximately 8.9%, 11.0% and 10.7% of the Company’s total revenue from continuing operations in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Through the Company’s CSO programs, the Company provides services related to a third-party lender’s consumer loan products in some markets by acting as a credit services organization or credit access business on behalf of consumers in accordance with applicable state laws. Services offered under the CSO programs include credit-related services such as arranging CSO loans with third-party lenders. Under the CSO programs, the Company guarantees consumer loan payment obligations to the third-party lender in the event that the customer defaults on the loan. CSO loans are not included in the Company’s financial statements, but the Company has established a liability for the estimated losses in support of the guarantee on these loans in its consolidated balance sheets.
    Short-term loans generally have a loan term of seven to 90 days and are usually payable on the customer’s next payday, unless the loan is renewed or extended in accordance with applicable laws. The fees the Company charges on short-term loans in the United States vary by jurisdiction but typically range between $10 to $25 per $100 borrowed. Due to the credit risk and high transaction costs of serving the Company’s customer segment, the fees the Company charges are generally higher than the fees charged to customers with top-tier credit histories by commercial banks and similar lenders.

6

Table of Contents

    Unsecured installment loans typically have terms between two and 12 months, but may have available terms of up to 36 months. Installment loans secured by a customer’s vehicle typically have terms of up to 60 months. Both unsecured and secured installment loans require the repayment of principal, interest and fees in installments over the term of the loan.
The Company typically experiences seasonal growth in its consumer loan balances, with increases during each of the second, third and fourth quarters of the year following lower balances in the first quarter of the year due to the heavy repayment of loans with tax refund proceeds received by customers. In addition, due to the nature of the short-term loan product and the high velocity of loans written and renewed, seasonal trends are evidenced in the quarter-to-quarter performance of the consumer loan loss provision. In the typical business cycle, the consumer loan loss provision as a percent of combined consumer loans written and renewed for short-term consumer loans is usually lowest in the first quarter and increases throughout the year.
Collection activities are an important aspect of the consumer loan product offering. The Company operates a centralized collection center to maximize loan repayment, facilitate regulatory compliance and coordinate a consistent approach to its collections activities.
Check Cashing and Other Financial Services

    Although the Company provides check cashing and other ancillary products and services in some of its locations, these products were eliminated from many locations during 2014 consistent with the Company’s strategy to focus on pawn lending activities. Other financial services offered by the Company include check cashing, money orders, wire transfers, prepaid debit cards and auto insurance. Most of these ancillary products and services offered are provided through third-party vendors. In addition, the Company franchises its stand-alone check cashing business, Mr. Payroll, and each franchisee pays royalties based on the gross revenue of check cashing services provided within the franchisee’s facility. These check cashing and other services represent a portion of the amounts included in “Other” revenue in the consolidated statements of income. The income from these services was not significant to the Company’s total revenue from continuing operations in 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Operations

Management and Personnel

Executive Officers
The Company’s executive officers, and information about each, are listed below. There is no family relationship between any of the Company’s directors and executive officers.
 
Name
 
Age  
 
Position
Daniel R. Feehan
 
64
 
Chief Executive Officer and President
Thomas A. Bessant, Jr.
 
56
 
Executive Vice President – Chief Financial Officer
J. Curtis Linscott
 
49
 
Executive Vice President – General Counsel and Secretary
Victor L. Pepe
 
50
 
Executive Vice President – Chief Information Officer
T. Brent Stuart
 
45
 
Executive Vice President – Chief Operating Officer
    
Daniel R. Feehan has been Chief Executive Officer and President since February 2000. He served as the Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer from January 1990 until February 2000, except that he served as Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer of one of the Company’s subsidiaries from February 1998 to February 1999 before returning to the position of President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company. Mr. Feehan became a director of the Company in 1984 and joined the Company full-time in 1988, serving as its Chief Financial Officer before becoming President and Chief Operating Officer in 1990. Mr. Feehan received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from Texas A&M University.


7

Table of Contents

    On July 23, 2014, Mr. Feehan informed the Company’s Board of Directors of his intent to retire when the current term of his executive employment agreement expires on April 30, 2015. Mr. Feehan will remain on the Company's Board of Directors and will assume the role of Chairman of the Board following his retirement. Jack Daugherty, the Company’s founder and current Chairman of the Board, will step down as Chairman at that time but will continue to serve on the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is conducting an internal and external search for a Chief Executive Officer to succeed Mr. Feehan.

Thomas A. Bessant, Jr. has been the Company’s Executive Vice President—Chief Financial Officer since July 1998. He joined the Company in May 1993 as Vice President—Finance and Treasurer and was elected Senior Vice President—Chief Financial Officer in July 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bessant was a Senior Manager in the Corporate Finance Consulting Services Group of Arthur Andersen & Co., S.C. from June 1989 to April 1993. Prior to that, Mr. Bessant was a Vice President in the Corporate Banking Division of a major money center bank where he started his professional career in 1981. Mr. Bessant holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting and Finance from Texas Tech University and a Masters of Business Administration degree in Finance from Vanderbilt University.

J. Curtis Linscott has been Executive Vice President—General Counsel and Secretary since May 2006. He was appointed Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in May 2005. Mr. Linscott joined the Company in 1995, serving as Associate General Counsel, and he became Vice President—Associate General Counsel in June 1997. Before joining the Company, he was in private law practice with Kelly, Hart & Hallman, P.C. for five years. He received his Juris Doctorate degree from the University of Kansas School of Law and a Bachelor of Science degree in Marketing from Kansas State University.

Victor L. Pepe has been the Company’s Executive Vice President—Chief Information Officer since April 2014.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Pepe was employed by Nationstar Mortgage, a leading residential mortgage services company, where he served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer, from July 2012 through April 2014 and was in charge of overseeing all of its information technology systems. In addition, Mr. Pepe was the Senior Vice President of Origination Technology of Nationstar Mortgage from February 2012 through July 2012.  Prior to that, Mr. Pepe was a Managing Director at JPMorgan Chase & Co., from March 2008 through February 2012, where he had various leadership responsibilities in the mortgage banking sector, which ranged from overseeing the company’s loan default technology to overseeing all of the company’s residential loan originations technology. Prior to that, Mr. Pepe was the Senior Managing Director—Chief Information Officer, from October 2006 through March of 2008, of EMC Mortgage Corporation, a subsidiary of Bear Stearns & Co.

T. Brent Stuart has been the Company’s Executive Vice President—Chief Operating Officer since January 2015 and has been with the Company since November 2008. Mr. Stuart held the positions of Senior Vice President of Operations for the Company’s U.S. retail services storefront lending business from July 2010 to January 2015 and Regional Vice President of the Company from November 2008 to July 2010. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Stuart held various senior leadership roles in the financial services industry, including the position of Vice President with Fremont Investment and Loan from 2006 to 2008, Senior Vice President with Nationstar Mortgage from 2004 to 2006 and Vice President with Novastar Financial, Inc. from 2002 to 2004. He also held various leadership positions with CitiFinancial from 1994 to 2002. Mr. Stuart started his career in financial services with Norwest Finance in May 1992. Mr. Stuart holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration degree from Southeast Missouri State University.

During 2014, the executive officers of the Company also included Mr. David A. Fisher, who was the Chief Executive Officer—E-Commerce Division. Mr. Fisher resigned his position as the Chief Executive Officer—E-Commerce Division immediately prior to the Enova Spin-off, and he now serves as Enova’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

8

Table of Contents

Personnel

As of December 31, 2014, the Company employed 6,426 persons in its operations, of whom 306 were in corporate and administrative positions.
Tradenames and Trademarks
     The Company operates primarily under the trade names “Cash America Pawn,” “Cash America Payday Advance,” “Cashland,” “Mr. Payroll” and “SuperPawn.” The Company has a number of trademarks that are registered under applicable trademark laws including, but not limited to, “Cash America,” “Cashland,” “SuperPawn” and “Mr. Payroll.” These trademarks have varying expiration dates. The Company believes these trademarks are of material importance to the Company and anticipates maintaining and renewing them. In addition, the Company has various other trademark applications pending in the United States.
Franchises
Each of the Company’s unconsolidated franchised check cashing locations is subject to a franchise agreement that is negotiated individually with each franchisee. The franchise agreements have varying durations. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 84 unconsolidated franchised check cashing locations.

Expansion

The Company historically has expanded by acquiring existing locations and by establishing new start-up locations. Over the last five years, the Company has expanded its pawn lending presence in the United States by adding 260 locations, of which 166 were added through acquisitions. The majority of these acquired locations were purchased through the following acquisitions. Most recently, in December 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of a 34-store chain of pawn lending locations in the states of Georgia and North Carolina that operated primarily under the name PawnMart. In August 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of a chain of pawn lending locations in Texas that included 41 operating locations and the rights to one additional Texas pawn-lending location (that was under construction but not open for business at the time of the acquisition), all of which operated under the name Top Dollar Pawn. In December 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of a 25-store chain of pawn lending locations located in Kentucky, North Carolina, and Tennessee. In October 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of a nine-store chain of pawn lending locations in Arizona. In October 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of a 39-store chain of pawn lending locations that operated in Washington and Arizona under the names “Maxit” and “Pawn X-Change.”

The Company may, in the future, continue to expand its business within its existing geographic markets and into other markets that meet its risk/reward considerations. The Company may also pursue start-up locations in the future, and the approximate start-up costs, which consist of the investment in property (excluding real estate) and equipment, for recently established locations in the United States have typically ranged from $450,000 to $650,000. These start-up amounts do not include merchandise transferred from other locations, funds to advance on pawn loans and consumer loans or operating expenses.


9

Table of Contents

The table below outlines acquisitions, start-ups and closures for Company-owned locations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The Company’s Mexico Reorganization, Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures and the sale of the Company’s remaining 47 locations in Mexico, which represented its Mexico-based pawn operations, which occurred in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, were the primary components of the decreases shown in “Combined, closed or sold” in the table below.
 
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Locations at beginning of period
916

 
878

 
973

Acquired
1

 
76

 
37

Start-ups
4

 
8

 
22

Combined, closed or sold
(62
)
 
(46
)
 
(154
)
Locations at end of period
859

 
916

 
878


Competition

The Company has many competitors to its pawn lending and retail operations, such as retailers of new merchandise and retailers of pre-owned merchandise, thrift shops, internet retailers, internet auction and other similar sites and other pawn shops. The pawnshop industry in the United States remains very fragmented, with as many as 14,000 stores nationwide operating in 2014 that were owned primarily by independent operators and, to a lesser extent, by publicly-traded companies. The Company believes that it is the one of the largest operators of pawnshops in the world in terms of pawn loan balances and number of pawn lending locations. The three largest domestic publicly-traded pawnshop companies, First Cash Financial Services, Inc., EZCORP, Inc., and the Company, operated approximately 1,500 total pawnshops in the United States in 2014. Management believes that the primary competitive factors in the pawnshop industry are location, quality of customer service, the ability to loan competitive amounts, adequate low-cost working capital and the ability to sell unredeemed merchandise quickly for an acceptable return. Impediments that prevent new entrants from easily establishing new locations, particularly in heavily populated areas, include limitations on available licenses, restrictive zoning ordinances and proximity restrictions in relation to existing pawn locations as dictated by local ordinances and regulations.

    Consumer loan lenders that offer loans online or in storefronts are a source of competition in most of the markets where the Company offers consumer loans. Industry estimates indicate that there were approximately 18,000 consumer loan storefront locations across the United States in 2013. The storefront growth of the consumer loan industry has begun to contract in the past several years. This is due in part to changes in laws and regulations governing consumer loans in various states and the continued growth and development of the online lending industry. Impediments that prevent new entrants from easily entering the consumer loan market include: the implementation of underwriting and fraud prevention processes, high marketing and customer acquisition costs, overcoming consumer brand loyalty, the ability to sustain sufficient capital to withstand early losses associated with unseasoned loan portfolios and substantial regulatory and compliance costs.

In addition to consumer loan lenders, the Company also competes with financial institutions, such as banks, credit unions, CSOs and other consumer lenders and retail businesses offering similar financial services.

Regulation

The Company’s operations are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and licensing under various federal, state, and local statutes, ordinances, regulations, rules and guidance. (For a geographic breakdown of operating locations see “Item 2. Properties”).


10

Table of Contents

State and Local Regulations    
The Company’s pawn and consumer loan businesses are subject to state and local regulations as described below.
Pawn Regulations
The Company’s pawn lending locations are regulated by the states and local jurisdictions where its pawn lending locations are located and generally must be licensed by the state. The statutes and regulations applicable to pawn lending locations vary from state to state and in each local jurisdiction. In general, these statutes and regulations establish licensing requirements for pawnbrokers and pawn lending locations and regulate various aspects of the pawn loan and the purchase and sale of used merchandise, such as the service charges and interest rates that a pawn lending location may charge, the maximum amount of a pawn loan, the minimum and/or maximum term of a pawn loan, the content and format of the pawn ticket, and the length of time after a loan default that a pawn lending location must hold defaulted pawned collateral or purchased items before disposing of the merchandise. Failure to observe a state’s legal requirements for pawnbroking could result in, among other things, a loss of pawn licenses in that state, the imposition of fines or refunds, and other civil and/or criminal penalties.
    
Many of the Company’s pawn lending locations are also subject to ordinances in their local jurisdictions that may require, for example, local licenses or permits and specified recordkeeping procedures, among other things. Most of the Company’s pawn lending locations voluntarily, or pursuant to applicable laws, work with local law enforcement agencies and other pawn lenders to determine conflicting claims of rightful ownership. Goods held to secure pawn loans or goods purchased that are determined to belong to an owner other than the borrower or seller are subject to recovery by the rightful owner. The Company historically has not experienced a material number of claims of this nature, and the claims experienced have not had Material Adverse Effect.

Consumer Loan Regulations

The Company’s consumer loan business is regulated under a variety of enabling state statutes. The scope of state regulation, including the fees and terms of the Company’s products and services, varies from state to state. The terms of the Company’s consumer loan products and services vary from state to state in order to comply with the laws and regulations of the states in which it operates. In addition, the Company’s advertising and marketing activities and disclosures are subject to review under various state consumer protection laws and other applicable laws and regulations.

The states with laws that specifically regulate the Company’s consumer loan products and services typically limit the principal amount of a consumer loan and set maximum fees or interest rates that customers may be charged. Most states also limit a customer’s ability to renew a short-term consumer loan and require various disclosures to consumers. State statutes often specify minimum and maximum maturity dates for consumer loans and, in some cases, specify mandatory cooling-off periods between transactions. The Company’s collection activities regarding past due amounts are subject to consumer protection laws and state regulations relating to debt collection practices. In addition, some states require certain disclosures or content to accompany the Company’s advertising and marketing materials. Also, some states require the Company to report loan activity to state-wide databases and restrict the number and/or principal amount of loans a consumer may have outstanding at any particular time or over the course of a particular period of time, typically twelve months.

In states or jurisdictions where the Company offers its CSO programs, the Company complies with that jurisdiction’s Credit Services Organization Act, Credit Access Business law or a similar statute. These laws generally define the services that the Company can provide to consumers and require the Company to provide a contract to the customer outlining the Company’s services and the cost of those services to the customer. In addition, these laws may require additional disclosures to consumers and may require the Company to be registered with the jurisdiction and/or be bonded.

11

Table of Contents

Over the last few years, legislation that prohibits or severely restricts the Company’s consumer loan products and services or the profitability of the loan products and services has been introduced or adopted in a number of states. As a result, the Company has ceased doing business in various states where it formerly conducted business, and it has also modified its business operations in other states where restrictive legislation has been enacted. The Company offers consumer loans in 11 states. The Company closely monitors proposed legislation being discussed in the states where it offers consumer loans and is currently monitoring proposed legislation in Texas, Missouri and Tennessee.

The Company’s consumer loan business is also subject to various local rules and regulations. These local rules and regulations are subject to change and vary widely from city to city. The most restrictive local rules and regulations relate to zoning and land use restrictions; however, local jurisdictions’ efforts to regulate or restrict the terms of a consumer loan product have been increasing, predominantly in the State of Texas. As a result of restrictive local city ordinances passed since 2011 that had the effect of reducing the profitability and volume of short-term consumer loans, the Company closed 36 retail services locations in Texas in 2013 in connection with the Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures. Additionally, during 2014, in connection with the Company’s strategy to de-emphasize the consumer loan product in many of its pawn lending locations, the Company removed consumer lending activities from 311 of its retail services locations. See “Recent Developments” for additional information regarding the reduction in short-term consumer lending operations.

U.S. Federal Regulation

In addition to the state and local regulations discussed above, the Company’s business is subject to U.S. federal regulations as described below.
Lending Laws. The company’s business is subject to the federal Truth in Lending Act and its underlying regulations, known as Regulation Z, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act. These laws require the Company to provide certain disclosures to prospective borrowers and protect against unfair credit practices. The principal disclosures required under the Truth in Lending Act are intended to promote the informed use of consumer credit. Under the Truth in Lending Act, when acting as a lender, the Company is required to disclose certain material terms related to a credit transaction, including, but not limited to, the annual percentage rate, finance charge, amount financed, total of payments, the number and amount of payments and payment due dates to repay the indebtedness. The Fair Credit Reporting Act regulates the collection, dissemination and use of consumer information, including consumer credit information. The federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibits the Company from discriminating against any credit applicant on the basis of any protected category, such as race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status or age, and requires the Company to notify credit applicants of any action taken on the individual’s credit application.
Consumer Reports and Information. The use of consumer reports and other personal data used in credit underwriting is governed by the Fair Credit Reporting Act and similar state laws governing the use of consumer credit information. The Fair Credit Reporting Act establishes requirements that apply to the use of “consumer reports” and similar data, including certain notifications to consumers where their loan application has been denied because of information contained in their consumer report. The Fair Credit Reporting Act requires the Company to promptly update any credit information reported to a credit reporting agency about a consumer and to allow a process by which consumers may inquire about credit information furnished by the Company to a consumer reporting agency.
Information-Sharing Laws. The Company is also subject to the federal Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, which limits the sharing of information with affiliates for marketing purposes and requires the Company to adopt written guidance and procedures for detecting, preventing and responding appropriately to mitigate identity theft and to adopt various policies and procedures and provide training and materials that address the importance of protecting non-public personal information and aid the Company in detecting and responding to suspicious activity, including suspicious activity that may suggest a possible identity theft red flag, as appropriate.


12

Table of Contents

Marketing Laws. The Company’s advertising and marketing activities are subject to several federal laws and regulations including the FTC Act, which prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or practices and false or misleading advertisements in all aspects of the Company’s business. In furtherance of consumer protection, the FTC provides guidance and enforces federal laws concerning truthful advertising and marketing practices; fair financial practices in lending, loan servicing and debt collection; and protection of sensitive consumer information. As a financial services company, any advertisements related to the Company’s products must also comply with the advertising requirements set forth in the Truth in Lending Act. Also, any of the Company’s telephone marketing activities must comply with the Telephone Consumer Protection Act and the Telephone Sales Rule. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act prohibits the use of automatic telephone dialing systems for communications with wireless phone numbers without the express consent of the consumer, and the Telephone Sales Rule established the Do Not Call Registry and sets forth standards of conduct for all telemarketing. The Company’s advertising and marketing activities are also subject to the CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 which establishes certain requirements for commercial email messages and specifies penalties for the transmission of commercial email messages that are intended to deceive the recipient as to the source of content.
Protection of Military Members and Dependents. Federal law also limits the annual percentage rate to 36% on certain consumer loans made to active duty members of the U.S. military, reservists and members of the National Guard and their immediate families. This 36% annual percentage rate cap applies to a variety of consumer loan products, including short-term consumer loans with terms of 91 days or fewer or installment loans secured by a vehicle with terms of 181 days or fewer. Therefore, due to these rate restrictions, the Company is unable to offer certain short-term consumer loans to active duty military personnel, active reservists and members of the National Guard and their immediate dependents. Federal law also limits the annual percentage rate on existing loans when the consumer becomes an active-duty member of the military during the life of a loan, or the spouse of an active duty member of the military during the life of the loan. Pursuant to federal law, the interest rate must be reduced to 6% per year on amounts outstanding during the time in which the service member is on active duty.
 
Funds Transfer and Signature Authentication Laws. The Company’s business is also subject to the federal Electronic Funds Transfer Act and various other laws, rules and guidelines relating to the procedures and disclosures required for debiting or crediting a debtor’s bank account relating to a consumer loan (i.e., ACH funds transfer). Furthermore, the Company is also subject to various state and federal e-signature rules mandating that certain disclosures be made and certain steps be followed in order to obtain and authenticate e-signatures.
Debt Collection Practices. Additionally, the Company’s CSO programs are required to comply with the federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act. The Company also uses the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act as a guide in connection with operating its other collection activities. The Company is also required to comply with all applicable state collection practices laws.
Privacy and Security of Non-Public Customer Information. The Company is also subject to various federal and state laws and regulations relating to privacy and data security. Under these laws, including the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Company must disclose to consumers its privacy policy and practices, including those policies relating to the sharing of consumers’ nonpublic personal information with third parties. This disclosure must be made to consumers when the customer relationship is established and, in some cases, at least annually thereafter. These regulations also require the Company to ensure that its systems are designed to protect the confidentiality of consumers’ nonpublic personal information. These regulations also dictate certain actions that it must take to notify consumers if their personal information is disclosed in an unauthorized manner.
Anti-Money Laundering and Economic Sanctions. The Company is also subject to certain provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act under which the Company must maintain an anti-money laundering compliance program covering certain of its business activities. In addition, the Office of Foreign Assets Control prohibits the Company from engaging in financial transactions with specially designated nationals. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are also registered as money services businesses with the U.S. Treasury Department and must re-register with the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network at least every two years.


13

Table of Contents

Each pawn lending location that handles firearms must comply with the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act, which requires that federally licensed firearms dealers conduct a background check in connection with any disposition of handguns. In addition, the Company must comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Justice-Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms that require each pawn lending location dealing in guns to maintain a permanent written record of all receipts and dispositions of firearms.
Anticorruption. The Company is also subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits companies and their agents or intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business and requires that companies keep accurate books and records and establish certain internal control procedures to ensure compliance with the Act.

CFPB. In July 2010, the U.S. Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Act, and Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB, which regulates consumer financial products and services, including consumer loans offered by the Company. The CFPB has regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over providers of consumer financial products and services, including explicit supervisory authority to examine and require registration of such providers. The CFPB has begun exercising supervisory review over and examining certain non-bank providers of consumer financial products and services, including providers of consumer loans such as the Company.

The CFPB has been conducting a review of the short-term small dollar loan industry, which includes a review of payday loans, and has indicated that its “findings raised substantial consumer protection concerns” related to the sustained use of payday loans. The CFPB recently announced that it is in the late stages of considering the formulation of rules regarding consumer loans, including certain of the Company’s short-term loan products. These rules may impose limitations on payday lending, such as additional underwriting requirements, cooling-off periods between payday loans and limitations on sustained use of payday loans, among other things. The Company does not currently know the nature and extent of the rules that the CFPB will adopt, but those rules could be proposed and adopted in 2015.

In addition, on November 20, 2013, the Company consented to the issuance of a Consent Order by the CFPB pursuant to which it agreed, without admitting or denying any of the facts or conclusions made by the CFPB from its 2012 review of the Company, to pay a civil money penalty of $5 million. The Company also agreed to set aside $8 million for a period of 180 days to fund any further payments to any remaining eligible Ohio customers in connection with the Ohio Reimbursement Program. The Consent Order also relates to issues self-disclosed to the CFPB during its 2012 examination of the Company, including the making of a limited number of loans to consumers who may have been active duty members of the military at the time of the loan at rates in excess of the interest rate permitted by the federal Military Lending Act, for which the Company has made refunds of approximately $33,500; for certain failures to timely provide and preserve records and information in connection with the CFPB’s examination of the Company; for certain conduct in the examination process; and certain conduct giving rise to the Ohio Reimbursement Program initiated by the Company. In addition, as a result of the CFPB’s review, the Company is in the process of enhancing the Company’s compliance management programs and implementing additional policies and procedures to address the issues identified by the CFPB. The Company is also required to provide periodic reports to the CFPB. The Company is subject to the restrictions and obligations of the Consent Order, including the CFPB’s order that the Company ensure compliance with federal consumer financial laws and develop more robust compliance policies and procedures. These new policies, procedures and other initiatives are in many cases subject to review and potential objection by the CFPB, and the Company cannot predict the timing, substance or effect of any such measures the CFPB may decide to take. Furthermore, the compliance plan mandated by the Consent Order requires the Company to perform a formal consumer protection compliance risk review before introducing or implementing new or changed products or services. This requirement could result in additional delay or cost when introducing or implementing new or changed products or services, or a decision not to proceed with such initiatives.

For further discussion of the CFPB and its regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Industry—The CFPB has regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over providers of consumer financial products and services, and it could exercise its

14

Table of Contents

enforcement powers in ways that could have a Material Adverse Effect” and “—The Company is subject to a Consent Order issued by the CFPB, and any noncompliance could have a Material Adverse Effect.”

Check Cashing Regulations

The Company offers check cashing services at select pawn lending and consumer loan locations. Some states require check cashing companies to meet minimum bonding or capital requirements and to comply with record-keeping requirements. Some states require check cashers to be licensed and have adopted ceilings on check cashing fees. Failure to observe a state’s legal requirements for check cashing could result, among other things, in a loss of the check cashing license in that state, the imposition of fines or customer refunds, and other civil and/or criminal penalties. In addition to state regulations applicable to check cashing companies, the Company’s check cashing activities also must comply with applicable federal regulations. The principal federal regulations governing check cashing operations are described in “U.S. Federal Regulation” above. The Company’s franchising activities related to its check cashing business are also subject to various federal and state regulations that, among other things, mandate disclosures to prospective franchisees and other requirements.

Compliance With Laws

The Company’s failure to comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidance, or any finding that the Company’s past forms, practices, processes, procedures, controls or infrastructure were insufficient could subject it to regulatory enforcement actions, result in the assessment against it of civil, monetary, criminal or other penalties (some of which could be significant in the case of knowing or reckless violations), result in the issuance of cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief), require the Company to refund interest or fees, result in a determination that certain loans are not collectible, result in a revocation of licenses, result in a finding that it has engaged in unfair and deceptive practices, limit the Company’s access to services provided by third-party financial institutions or cause damage to the Company’s reputation, brands and valued customer relationships. The Company could also be subject to changes to, or changes in the interpretation of, federal, state, and local statutes, ordinances, regulations, rules and guidance that could adversely affect its ability to offer certain of its products and services. See Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Industry” for additional information.

Company and Website Information

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 1600 West 7th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102-2599, and its telephone number is (817) 335-1100.

The Company’s website is located at www.cashamerica.com. Through its website, the Company provides free access to its Annual Report, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The Company’s internet website and the information contained therein or connected thereto is not intended to be incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.


15

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS

The Company’s business and future results may be affected by a number of risks and uncertainties that should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company. In addition, this report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by the Company described below. The occurrence of one or more of the events listed below could also have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, prospects, results of operations, reputation, financial condition, cash flows or ability to continue current operations without any direct or indirect impairment or disruption, which is referred to throughout these Risk Factors as a Material Adverse Effect.

Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Industry

If the Company fails to comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidance, its business could be adversely affected.

The Company’s products and services are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and licensing under various federal, state and local statutes, ordinances, regulations, rules and guidance. These requirements generally mandate licensing or authorization as a pawnbroker, lender or as a CSO, establish limits on the amount, duration, renewals or extensions of and charges for (including interest rates and fees) various categories of loans, direct the form and content of the Company’s loan contracts and other documentation, restrict collection practices, outline underwriting requirements and may subject the Company to periodic examination and ongoing supervision by regulatory authorities, among other things. Because pawn loans and consumer loans, such as those provided by the Company, are viewed as extensions of credit, the Company must comply with certain federal laws, such as the federal Truth-in-Lending Act and its underlying regulations known as Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Military Lending Act, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act, Title X of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, and the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act with respect to the Company’s CSO programs, among other laws. In addition, the Company’s marketing efforts and the representations made about its products and services are subject to federal and state unfair and deceptive practice statutes, including the FTC Act and analogous state statutes under which the FTC, state attorneys general or private plaintiffs may bring legal actions. Compliance with applicable laws, regulations, rules and guidance requires forms, processes, procedures, training, controls and the infrastructure to support these requirements. Compliance may also create operational constraints, be costly or adversely affect operating results. See “Item 1. Business—Regulation” for a more detailed discussion of the laws applicable to the Company.

The Company’s failure to comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidance, or any finding that the Company’s past forms, practices, processes, procedures, controls or infrastructure were insufficient or not in compliance, could subject the Company to regulatory enforcement actions, result in the assessment against it of civil, monetary, criminal or other penalties (some of which could be significant in the case of knowing or reckless violations), result in the issuance of cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief), require the Company to refund interest or fees, result in a determination that certain loans are not collectible, result in a revocation of licenses or authorization to transact business, result in a finding that it has engaged in unfair and deceptive practices, limit the Company’s access to services provided by third-party financial institutions or cause damage to the Company’s reputation, brands and valued customer relationships. From time to time the Company becomes aware of instances where its products and services have not fully complied with requirements under applicable laws and regulations or applicable contracts. Determinations of compliance with applicable requirements or contracts, such as those applicable to the Company, can be highly technical and subject to varying interpretations. When the Company becomes aware of such an instance, whether as a result of its compliance reviews, regulator inquiry, customer complaint or otherwise, the Company generally conducts a review of the activity in question and determines how to address it, such as modifying the product, making customer refunds or providing additional disclosure. The Company also evaluates

16

Table of Contents

whether reports or other notices to regulators are required and provides notice to regulators whenever required. In some cases the Company has decided to take corrective action even after applicable statutory or regulatory cure periods, and in some cases the Company has notified regulators even where such notification may not have been required. Regulators reviewing such incidents may interpret the laws and regulations differently than the Company has, or may choose to take regulatory action against the Company notwithstanding the corrective measures it has taken. This may be the case even if the Company no longer offers the product or service in question.

If the Company fails to comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidance, such failure could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The CFPB has regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over providers of consumer financial products and services, and it could exercise its enforcement powers in ways that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The CFPB has been exercising its supervisory review over and examining certain non-bank providers of consumer financial products and services, including providers of consumer loans such as the Company (and its former e-commerce segment, Enova). The CFPB’s examination authority permits CFPB examiners to inspect the books and records of providers of short-term, small dollar lenders, such as the Company, and ask questions about their business practices, and the examination procedures include specific modules for examining marketing activities, loan application and origination activities, payment processing activities and sustained use by consumers, collections, accounts in default and consumer reporting activities as well as third-party relationships. As a result of these examinations of non-bank providers of consumer credit, the Company could be required to change its practices or procedures, whether as a result of another party being examined or as a result of an examination of the Company, or could be subject to monetary penalties, which could adversely affect the Company. Under certain circumstances, the CFPB may also be able to exercise regulatory authority over providers of pawn loans.

In addition to having the authority to obtain monetary penalties for violations of applicable federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB’s own rules), the CFPB can require remediation of practices, pursue administrative proceedings or litigation and obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief). Also, where a company has violated Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations implemented under Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions to remedy violations of state law. If the CFPB or one or more state attorneys general or state regulators believe that the Company has violated any of the applicable laws or regulations, they could exercise their enforcement powers in ways that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Company is subject to a Consent Order issued by the CFPB, and any noncompliance could have a Material Adverse Effect.
On November 20, 2013, the Company consented to the issuance of a Consent Order by the CFPB pursuant to which it agreed, without admitting or denying any of the facts or conclusions made by the CFPB from its 2012 review of the Company’s consumer loan business, to pay a civil money penalty of $5 million. The Company also agreed to set aside $8 million for a period of 180 days to fund any further payments to eligible Ohio customers in connection with the Ohio Reimbursement Program. The Consent Order also relates to issues self-disclosed to the CFPB during its 2012 examination of the Company, including the making of a limited number of loans to consumers who may have been active duty members of the military at the time of the loan at rates in excess of the interest rate permitted by the federal Military Lending Act, for which the Company has made refunds of approximately $33,500; for certain failures to timely provide and preserve records and information in connection with the CFPB’s examination of the Company; for certain conduct in the examination process; and certain conduct giving rise to the Ohio Reimbursement Program initiated by the Company. In addition, as a result of the CFPB’s review, the Company is in the process of enhancing the Company’s compliance management programs and implementing additional policies and procedures to address the issues identified by the CFPB. The Company is also required to provide periodic reports to the CFPB. The Company is subject to the restrictions and obligations of the Consent Order, including the CFPB’s order that the Company ensure compliance with federal consumer financial laws and develop more robust compliance policies and procedures. These new policies, procedures and other

17

Table of Contents

initiatives are in many cases subject to review and potential objection by the CFPB, and the Company cannot predict the timing, substance or effect of any such measures the CFPB may decide to take. Furthermore, the compliance plan mandated by the Consent Order requires the Company to perform a formal consumer protection compliance risk review before introducing or implementing new or changed products or services. This requirement could result in additional delay or cost when introducing or implementing new or changed products or services, or a decision not to proceed with such initiatives. In addition, Enova is also subject to the Consent Order because it was part of the Company when the Consent Order was issued. The Company cannot assure that Enova will continue to comply with the Consent Order now that it is a separate publicly traded company. If Enova does not comply with the consent order, the Company could be held liable for Enova’s noncompliance. See Risk Factors Related to the Enova Spin-off—In connection with the Enova Spin-off, Enova and the Company have agreed to indemnify each other for certain liabilities; if the Company is required to act on these indemnities to Enova, it may need to divert cash to meet those obligations, and Enova’s indemnity could be insufficient or Enova could be unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations” for information regarding risks related to indemnification by Enova. Any noncompliance with the Consent Order or similar orders or agreements from other regulators could lead to further regulatory penalties and could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The adoption of new laws or regulations or adverse changes in, or the interpretation or enforcement of, existing laws or regulations affecting the Company’s products and services could have a Material Adverse Effect.

Governments at the national, state and local levels, may seek to impose new laws, regulatory restrictions or licensing requirements that affect the Company’s products or services it offers, the terms on which it may offer them, and the disclosure, compliance and reporting obligations it must fulfill in connection with its business. They may also interpret or enforce existing requirements in new ways that could restrict the Company’s ability to continue its current methods of operation or to expand operations, impose significant additional compliance costs, and could have a Material Adverse Effect. In some cases these measures could even directly prohibit some or all of the Company’s current business activities in certain jurisdictions, or render them unprofitable and/or impractical to continue. For example, the Department of Defense is considering expanding the application of the Military Lending Act, and such expansion could include all types of loans made to consumers, including pawn loans and installment loans offered by the Company that are not currently covered, and such expansion could restrict both the pawn and consumer loans that the Company is able to make by placing a cap on the rates that may be charged to active members of the military and their dependents and this expansion could be costly to the Company to ensure compliance. Additionally, the CFPB has also announced that it has been conducting a review of the short-term small dollar loan industry, which includes a review of payday loans, and has indicated that its “findings raised substantial consumer protection concerns” related to the sustained use of payday loans. The CFPB recently announced that it is in the late stages of considering the formulation of rules regarding consumer loans, and these rules may impose limitations on payday lending, such as additional underwriting requirements, cooling-off periods between payday loans and limitations on sustained use of payday loans, among other things. If the CFPB adopts any rules or regulations that significantly restrict the conduct of the Company’s consumer loan business, any such rules or regulations could reduce revenue from that product or make the continuance of that product impractical or unprofitable. The Company does not currently know the nature and extent of the rules the CFPB will adopt, but those rules could be proposed and adopted during 2015. The Company closely monitors proposed legislation being discussed in the states where it offers its products and services. Legislative or regulatory actions that affect the products or services offered by the Company at the national, state and local level could have a Material Adverse Effect.


18

Table of Contents

The Company is subject to impairment risk, and goodwill impairment charges could have a Material Adverse Effect.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had goodwill totaling $487.6 million and intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, of $45.8 million on its consolidated balance sheet. Of this amount of intangible assets, the Company had licenses and trademarks with carrying values of $9.7 million and $5.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 that were indefinite-lived intangible assets and not amortized. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. Accounting for goodwill and intangible assets requires significant management estimates and judgment. Events may occur in the future, and the Company may not realize the value of its goodwill or intangible assets. The Company tests goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life for potential impairment annually as of June 30 and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

The Enova Spin-off in November 2014 was considered a triggering event for purposes of goodwill assessment. Following the Enova Spin-off and as of December 31, 2014, the estimated fair value of the retail services reporting unit was re-calculated to incorporate changes in strategy, observed business trends and outlook. The estimated fair value of the retail services reporting unit declined since the June 30, 2014 annual assessment, but it continued to exceed its underlying carrying value. However, the excess fair value over the carrying value had been reduced to approximately 3% at December 31, 2014. A change in assumptions, such as an increase in the weighted-average cost of capital, could cause the carrying value of the retail services reporting unit to exceed its fair value at December 31, 2014, which could have resulted in an impairment loss. If all assumptions were held constant, a one percentage point increase in the weighted average cost of capital would have decreased the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to approximately $90.6 million below the carrying value, which would have required the Company to perform additional analysis in accordance with ASC 350 to determine if an impairment existed and could have resulted in an impairment loss.

As part of the goodwill assessment, the Company also considers market capitalization, which is the observable market value of the Company based on the quoted market prices of the Company's common stock. The Company compares the market capitalization to its carrying value of equity. Following the Enova Spin-off and as of December 31, 2014, the Company’s market capitalization was observed to be lower than the carrying value of equity. The Company believes the observable market value at December 31, 2014 is not a reliable indicator of the Company’s fair value, due to the very short time frame since the date of the Enova Spin-off, a likely transition of a significant number of investors occurring due to the magnitude of the event, and the disruption of the Company’s share price following the event. Management believes this disruption is temporary but acknowledges the need to monitor and re-evaluate any future discrepancies between these values and consider the implications for an impairment of goodwill in future periods.

The Company is considered to be at risk for a future impairment of its goodwill in the event of a decline in general economic, market or business conditions or any significant unfavorable changes in the Company's forecasted revenue, expenses, cash flows, weighted-average cost of capital and/or market transaction multiples. The Company will continue to monitor for events and circumstances that could negatively impact the key assumptions in determining the fair value of the retail services reporting unit. Should a review indicate impairment, a write-down of the carrying value of the goodwill or intangible asset would occur, resulting in a non-cash charge, which could have a Material Adverse Effect and could also lead to the Company’s inability to comply with certain covenants in the Company’s financing documents, which could cause a default under those agreements.

The Company’s success is dependent, in part, upon its executive officers, and if the Company is not able to attract and retain qualified executive officers or to successfully replace its current Chief Executive Officer who has announced his intention to retire, it could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Company’s success depends, in part, on its executive officers, which is comprised of a relatively small group of individuals. Many members of the senior management team have significant industry experience,

19

Table of Contents

including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer who has previously announced that he intends to retire from the Company in April 2015. The Company believes that its senior management would be difficult to replace. Because the market for qualified individuals is highly competitive, the Company may not be able to attract and retain qualified executive officers or candidates. For example, attracting or selecting a new Chief Executive Officer who understands the Company’s business and has the experience and skills requisite for such position could be difficult. In addition, increasing regulations and negative publicity on the consumer financial services industry could affect the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified executive officers, including a new Chief Executive Officer. Additionally, any significant leadership change or executive management transition, such as the replacement of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, involves inherent risk, and if the Company does not have an effective transfer of knowledge and a smooth transition for this position, it could hinder the Company’s strategic planning, execution and future performance. The Company could also experience other departures of senior management following the replacement of the Chief Executive Officer, and the loss of senior management could result in significant disruptions to the Company’s operations. If the Company is unable to attract or retain qualified executive officers, such inability could have Material Adverse Effect.

Certain tax positions taken by the Company require the judgment of management and could be challenged by the Internal Revenue Service.

Management’s judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, the deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. Management’s judgment is also required in evaluating whether tax benefits meet the more-likely-than-not threshold for recognition under ASC 740. For example, in connection with the liquidation of Creazione, the Company included a deduction on its 2013 federal income tax return for the Company’s tax basis in the stock of Creazione and recognized a tax benefit of approximately $33.2 million as a result of the deduction. Management believes that the Company met the requirements for this deduction and that it should be treated as an ordinary loss, which reduced the Company’s cash taxes paid in 2013. The Company obtained a private letter ruling from the IRS with respect to one of the various factors that the Company considered in making this determination. Because there are a number of factors that must be considered in making this determination, some of which were not specifically addressed in the private letter ruling, the IRS could challenge the availability and/or characterization of the loss. If the deduction is ultimately denied or is determined to be a capital loss by the IRS, the Company may be required to reverse the previously recognized tax benefit and may be required to make additional income tax payments, which could have a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, the Enova Spin-off was structured with the intent that it would be a tax-free distribution. See “Risk Factors Related to the Enova Spin-off—The Company could be responsible for U.S. federal and state income tax liabilities that relate to the Enova Spin-off” for additional information regarding risks related to the tax treatment of the Enova Spin-off.

Decreased demand for the Company’s products and specialty financial services, due to sustained changes in the economy or for other reasons, and the Company’s failure to adapt to such decrease could result in a loss of revenue and could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The demand for a particular product or service may decrease due to a variety of factors, such as regulatory restrictions that reduce customer access to particular products, the availability of competing or alternative products, changes in macro-economic conditions or changes in customers’ financial conditions. Should the Company fail to adapt to a significant change in its customers’ demand for, or access to, its products, the Company’s revenue could decrease significantly. Even if the Company makes adaptations or introduces new products to fulfill customer demand, customers may resist or may reject products whose adaptations make them less attractive or less available. In any event, the effect of any product change on the results of the Company’s business may not be fully ascertainable until the change has been in effect for some time. In particular, the Company has changed, and will continue to change, some of the consumer loan operations of the Company and the products it offers. In addition, a sustained deterioration in the economy could also decrease demand for pre-owned merchandise such as the merchandise sold in the Company’s pawnshops and cause deterioration in the performance of the Company’s pawn loan or consumer loan portfolios. While the credit risk for much of the Company’s pawn lending is mitigated by the collateralized nature of pawn lending, a sustained deterioration in the economy could reduce the demand for and

20

Table of Contents

resale value of pre-owned merchandise and reduce the amount that the Company could effectively lend on an item of collateral. Such reductions could adversely affect pawn loan balances, pawn loan redemption rates, inventory balances, inventory mixes and gross profit margins. An economic slowdown could also result in a decreased number of consumer loans being made to customers due to higher unemployment or an increase in loan defaults in the Company’s consumer loan products. A sustained strengthening in the economy could also reduce demand for the Company’s pawn and consumer loans. As the Company’s customer base has more available disposable income, the demand for pawn loans and consumer loans could decrease. For example, gas prices have recently significantly decreased, and the Company believes that such decreases cause its customers to have more available disposable income. A sustained decrease in gas prices could result in a sustained decrease in demand for the Company’s pawn and consumer loans. Any of these events could result in a loss of revenue and could have a Material Adverse Effect.

A significant portion of the Company’s pawn loans are secured by gold collateral, and a significant and sustained decline in gold prices could result in decreases in the value of collateral securing outstanding pawn loans, in the balance of pawn loans secured by gold jewelry, in inventory valuations, and in commercial merchandise sales.

A significant portion, or 62.9% as of December 31, 2014, of the Company’s pawn loans are secured by gold jewelry, and the Company also sells forfeited gold jewelry through either retail or commercial sales. The Company’s pawn service charges, sales proceeds and ability to dispose of jewelry inventory through retail or commercial sales at an acceptable margin depend on the value of gold. In recent years, there has been an increased volatility in the price of gold, and gold prices have declined meaningfully since 2012. This decrease significantly reduced the proceeds and gross profit from the disposition of gold through commercial sales, and, as a result, during 2013 and 2014, the Company shifted its strategy to place a greater emphasis on retail disposition of merchandise and now relies less on the disposition of commercial merchandise due to the prevailing lower market price for gold. An additional significant and sustained decline in gold prices could result in decreases in the value of collateral securing outstanding pawn loans, in the balance of pawn loans secured by gold jewelry, in inventory valuations, and in commercial merchandise sales and could have a Material Adverse Effect.
Negative public perception of the Company’s business and its business practices could cause demand for the Company’s products to significantly decrease.

In recent years, consumer advocacy groups and some media reports have advocated governmental action to prohibit or place severe restrictions on consumer loans. The fees and/or interest charged by the Company for consumer loans and others in the industry attract media publicity about the industry and can be perceived as controversial because the focus is typically on the Annual Percentage Rate charged to a consumer for these types of loans, which is compared unfavorably to the interest typically charged by banks to consumers with top-tier credit histories. If the negative characterization of the types of loans that the Company offers becomes increasingly accepted by consumers, demand for any or all of the Company’s loan products could significantly decrease, which could have a Material Adverse Effect. Additionally, if the negative characterization of these types of loans is accepted by legislators and regulators, even if such negative perceptions are inaccurate, attributable to conduct by third parties not affiliated with the Company (such as other industry members), or attributable to matters not specific to the industry, the Company could become subject to more restrictive laws and regulations applicable to the consumer loan products offered by the Company that could impair the Company’s ability to offer consumer loans.

In addition, the Company’s ability to attract and retain customers is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of its business, including its level of service, trustworthiness, business practices, financial condition and other subjective qualities. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these or other similar matters-even if related to seemingly isolated incidents or to practices not specific to pawn loans or consumer loans, such as debt collection-could erode trust and confidence and damage the Company’s reputation among existing and potential customers, which could make it difficult for the Company to attract new customers and retain existing customers and could significantly decrease the demand for the Company’s product, any of which could have a Material Adverse Effect.


21

Table of Contents

Some of the Company’s debt agreements contain financial covenants and other restrictions that may limit the Company’s ability to operate its business, and failure to satisfy the Company’s debt obligations could have a Material Adverse Effect.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $196.5 million total debt outstanding, as more fully described under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 11.” Some of the Company’s debt agreements contain various restrictive covenants, compliance with which is essential to continued credit availability. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain funds necessary to make required payments on these debt obligations or if it is in breach of the covenants contained in the debt agreements it would default under the terms of the applicable agreement or indenture. These restrictive covenants, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability to:

incur additional debt;
incur or permit certain liens to exist;
make certain investments;
merge or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, another company;
make certain dispositions;
make certain payments; and
engage in certain transactions.

Some of the Company’s debt agreements also require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and have cross default provisions. The covenants and restrictions contained in the debt agreements could limit the Company’s ability to fund its business, make capital expenditures, and make acquisitions or other investments in the future. Any failure to comply with any of these financial and other affirmative and negative covenants could constitute an event of default under the debt agreements, entitling the lenders to, among other things, terminate future credit availability under the agreement, increase the interest rate on outstanding debt, accelerate the maturity of outstanding obligations under that agreement and could result in a cross default under the Company’s other debt agreements. For example, representatives of a small number of holders of the 2018 Senior Notes, which the Company believes own less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Notes, have indicated that they believe the Enova Spin-off was not permitted by the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture. These noteholders have taken the position that the Company is in default under the Indenture and that a make-whole premium is payable, in addition to principal and accrued interest. The Company disagrees with the assertion that a default exists under the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture and also disagrees that a make-whole premium would be due in the event of a default because, among other things, the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture provides that upon acceleration of the 2018 Senior Notes due to a default, the repayment remedy is the repayment of principal and accrued interest with no provision for a make-whole premium. The Company believes the position taken by these noteholders is without merit and the Company intends to vigorously defend its position on these issues if formally asserted. This claim could be costly to defend, could be damaging to the Company’s reputation, could be time consuming for management and could affect the Company’s ability to obtain capital in the future. As of the date of this Annual Report, the Company has ample liquidity and capital resources, including availability under the Company’s Domestic and Multi-Currency Line of Credit, to repay the 2018 Senior Notes regardless of the outcome of this claim.

An inability to access the debt capital markets or obtain financing could reduce available capital.

In the past, the Company has accessed the debt capital markets or utilized its line of credit with banks to obtain capital, to finance growth and to refinance existing debt obligations. Efficient access to this capital is critical to the Company’s ongoing financial success; however, the Company’s future access to debt capital could become restricted due to a variety of factors, such as a deterioration of the Company’s earnings, cash flows, balance sheet quality, overall business or industry prospects, or reputation in the debt markets, a disruption or deterioration in the state of the capital markets or a negative bias toward the Company’s industry. Banks and other credit providers could restrict available lines of credit and require higher pricing upon renewal of the Company’s existing line of

22

Table of Contents

credit. The Company’s ability to obtain additional financing in the future will depend in part upon prevailing capital market conditions, and a potential disruption in the capital markets may adversely affect the Company’s efforts to arrange additional financing on terms that are satisfactory to the Company. If adequate funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable terms, the Company may not be able to grow its business, make future investments, take advantage of potential acquisitions or other opportunities, make share repurchases or respond to competitive challenges and this, in turn, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to advance its strategic plans. Additionally, if the capital and credit markets experience volatility and the availability of funds is limited, third parties with whom the Company does business may incur increased costs or business disruption and this could adversely affect the Company’s business relationships with such third parties. If the Company is unable to obtain financing such inability could have a Material Adverse Effect.

Current and future litigation or regulatory proceedings or adverse court interpretations of the laws under which the Company operates could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Company has been and is currently subject to lawsuits, which may include purported class actions that could cause the Company to incur substantial expenditures, generate adverse publicity and could significantly impair the Company’s business, force the Company to cease doing business in one or more jurisdictions or cause it to cease offering one or more products. The Company is also likely to be subject to further litigation in the future. An adverse ruling in or a settlement of any current or future litigation against the Company or another lender could cause the Company to have to refund fees and/or interest collected, forego collections of the principal amount of loans, pay treble or other multiple damages, pay monetary penalties and/or modify or terminate the Company’s operations in particular jurisdictions. Defense of any lawsuit, even if successful, could require substantial time and attention of the Company’s management and could require the expenditure of significant amounts for legal fees and other related costs. The Company is also subject to regulatory proceedings, and the Company could suffer losses from interpretations of applicable laws, rules and regulations in those regulatory proceedings, even if the Company is not a party to those proceedings. In addition, adverse court interpretations of the various laws and regulations under which the Company operates could require the Company to alter the products that it offers or cease doing business in the jurisdiction where the court interpretation is applicable. Any of these events could have a Material Adverse Effect.

Increased competition from companies offering similar financial products and services offered by the Company could adversely affect the Company’s business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The Company has many competitors. Its principal lending competitors are other pawnshops, consumer loan companies, banks or other financial institutions, CSOs, online lenders and consumer finance companies that serve the Company’s primary customer base. The Company’s principal competitors to its retail operations, include retailers of new merchandise, retailers of pre-owned merchandise, other pawn shops, thrift shops, internet retailers, internet auction sites and other similar sites. Increased competition or aggressive marketing and pricing practices by these competitors could result in decreased revenue, margins and turnover rates in the Company’s retail operations. Competitors of the Company’s business may also operate, or begin to operate, under business models less focused on legal and regulatory compliance, which could put the Company at a competitive disadvantage. Many other financial institutions or other businesses that do not now offer products or services directed toward the Company’s traditional customer base, many of whom may be much larger than the Company, could begin doing so. Significant increases in the number and size of competitors for the Company’s business could result in a decrease in the number of loans that the Company writes, resulting in lower levels of revenue and earnings. The Company may not be able to compete successfully against any or all of its current or future competitors. As a result, the Company could lose market share and its revenue could decline, thereby affecting the Company’s ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness and fund the Company’s operations. Any such changes in the Company’s competition could have a Material Adverse Effect.


23

Table of Contents

Consumer loans have come under increased regulatory scrutiny that has resulted in increasingly restrictive regulations and legislation and may in the future result in additional regulations and legislation that makes offering such loans in certain states where the Company operates less profitable or unattractive to the Company.

In recent years, consumer loans, which are also commonly referred to as “payday loans” and includes certain of the Company’s consumer loan products and comprised 8.9% of the Company’s total revenue as of December 31, 2014, have come under increased regulatory scrutiny that has resulted in increasingly restrictive regulations and legislation that makes offering such loans in certain states where the Company operates less profitable or unattractive to the Company. For example, during 2013, the Company closed 36 retail services locations in Texas in connection with the Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures, mainly as a result of restrictive city ordinances that have been passed since 2011 that had the effect of reducing the profitability and the volume of short-term consumer loans. The Company closely monitors proposed legislation being discussed in the states where it offers consumer loans and is currently monitoring proposed legislation in Texas, Missouri and Tennessee. Additional legislative or regulatory initiatives that are similar to or broader those that have already been adopted could be enacted that could severely restrict, prohibit or eliminate the Company’s ability to offer its consumer loan product. Any of these or other legislative or regulatory actions that affect the Company’s consumer loan business at the national, state and local level could, if enacted or interpreted differently, could have a Material Adverse Effect. See “The adoption of new laws or regulations or adverse changes in, or the interpretation or enforcement of, existing laws or regulations affecting the Company’s products and services could have a Material Adverse Effect” for additional information regarding potential rules or regulations that could affect the Company’s consumer loan business.

Judicial decisions, CFPB rule-making or amendments to the Federal Arbitration Act could render the arbitration agreements the Company uses illegal or unenforceable.

The Company includes arbitration provisions in its consumer loan agreements. These provisions are designed to allow the Company to resolve any customer disputes through individual arbitration rather than in court and explicitly provide that all arbitrations will be conducted on an individual and not on a class basis. Thus, the Company’s arbitration agreements, if enforced, have the effect of shielding the Company from class action liability. The Company’s arbitration agreements do not generally have any impact on regulatory enforcement proceedings. The Company takes the position that the arbitration provisions in its consumer loan agreements, including class action waivers, are valid and enforceable; however, the enforceability of arbitration provisions is often challenged in court. If those challenges are successful, the Company’s arbitration and class action waiver provisions could be unenforceable, which could subject the Company to additional litigation, including additional class action litigation. In addition, the U.S. Congress has considered legislation that would generally limit or prohibit mandatory arbitration agreements in consumer contracts and has enacted legislation with such a prohibition with respect to certain mortgage loan agreements and also certain consumer loan agreements to members of the military on active duty and their dependents. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the CFPB to study consumer arbitration and report to the U.S. Congress, and it authorizes the CFPB to adopt rules limiting or prohibiting consumer arbitration, consistent with the results of its study. In 2013, the CFPB released a preliminary report on consumer arbitration provisions and indicated further study was in process. The results of the CFPB’s further study on arbitration were released in a report to Congress in March 2015.  The report, which the CFPB states is an empirical study and not an evaluative study, sets forth the CFPB’s factual findings from its comprehensive empirical review of the facts surrounding the resolution of consumer disputes - both in arbitration and in the courts. Any rule adopted by the CFPB would apply to arbitration agreements entered into more than six months after the final rule becomes effective (and not to prior arbitration agreements). Any judicial decisions, legislation or other rules or regulations that impair the Company’s ability to enter into and enforce consumer arbitration agreements and class action waivers could significantly increase the Company’s exposure to class action litigation as well as litigation in plaintiff-friendly jurisdictions, which would be costly and could have a Material Adverse Effect.


24

Table of Contents

The Company’s business depends on the uninterrupted operation of the Company’s systems and business functions.

The Company’s storefront operations depend on the efficiency and reliability of the Company’s point-of-sale system. A shut-down of or inability to access the facilities in which the Company’s storefront point-of-sale system and other technology infrastructure are based, such as a power outage, a failure of one or more of its information technology, telecommunications or other systems, or sustained or repeated disruptions of such systems could significantly impair the Company’s ability to perform such functions on a timely basis and could result in a deterioration of the Company’s ability to perform efficient storefront lending and merchandise disposition activities, provide customer service, perform collections activities, or perform other necessary business functions. Any such interruption could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Company’s services, operations and storefronts from which it provides products and services are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from tornadoes, hurricanes, earthquakes, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, acts of war, human errors and similar events. A significant natural disaster, such as a tornado, which the Company’s headquarters has experienced in the past, hurricane, earthquake, fire or flood, could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s ability to conduct business, including causing damage to merchandise or collateral that it holds in any of its retail services locations and causing multiple pawn lending locations to shut down or have limited operations, and the Company’s insurance coverage may be insufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. Acts of terrorism, civil unrest or violence could cause disruptions to the Company’s business or the economy as a whole. Any of these events could cause consumer confidence to decrease, which could result in a decreased number of loans being made to customers or reduced demand for pre-owned merchandise such as the merchandise sold in the Company’s pawnshops. Any of these occurrences could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Company is subject to cyber security risks and security breaches and may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize those risks and to respond to cyber incidents.
The Company’s business involves the storage and transmission of customers’ proprietary information, and security breaches could expose the Company to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, litigation, and potential liability. The Company’s network is entirely dependent on the secure operation of its systems as well as the operation of the internet generally. While the Company has incurred no material cyber attacks to date, a number of other companies have disclosed cyber attacks and security breaches, some of which have involved intentional attacks. The Company may not have the resources or technical sophistication to anticipate or prevent rapidly evolving types of cyber attacks. Attacks may be targeted at the Company, its customers, or both. If an actual or perceived breach of security occurs, customer and/or supplier perception of the effectiveness of the Company’s security measures could be harmed and could result in the loss of customers, suppliers or both. Actual or anticipated attacks and risks may cause the Company to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees, and engage third party experts and consultants.

A person who is able to circumvent the Company’s security measures could misappropriate the Company’s or its customers’ proprietary information, cause interruption in the Company’s operations, damage its computers or those of its customers, or otherwise damage its reputation and business. Any compromise of security could result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws, significant legal and financial exposure, damage to the Company’s reputation, and a loss of confidence in the Company’s security measures, which could harm its business. In addition, most of the Company’s customers provide personal information, including bank account information when applying for consumer loans. The Company relies on secure transmissions protocols and access control technology licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication to effectively secure transmission of confidential information, including customer bank account and other personal information. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in the technology used by the Company to protect transaction data being breached or compromised. Data breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues.


25

Table of Contents

The Company’s servers are also vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions, including “denial-of-service” type attacks. The Company may need to expend significant resources to address problems caused by breaches. Security breaches, including any breach of the Company or of persons with whom it has commercial relationships that result in the unauthorized release of its customers’ personal information, could damage the Company’s reputation and expose it to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability. In addition, many of the third parties who provide products, services or support to the Company could also experience any of the above cyber risks or security breaches, which could impact the Company’s customers and the Company’s business and could result in a loss of customers, suppliers or revenue.

Any of these events could result in a loss of revenue and could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The failure of third parties who provide products, services or support to the Company to maintain their products, services or support could disrupt Company operations or result in a loss of revenue.

The Company’s consumer loan revenue depends in part on the willingness and ability of unaffiliated third-party lenders, through the CSO programs, to make loans to customers and other third parties to provide services to facilitate lending, loan underwriting and payment processing. The loss of the relationship with any of these third parties, and an inability to replace them or the failure of these third parties to maintain quality and consistency in their programs or services or to have the ability to provide their products and services, could cause the Company to lose customers and substantially decrease the revenue and earnings of its consumer loan business. The Company’s revenue and earnings from its consumer loan business could also be adversely affected if any of those third-party providers make material changes to products or services that the Company relies on. The Company offers other services provided by various third parties to its customers. If a third-party provider fails to provide its products or services, makes material changes to such products and services or does not maintain its quality and consistency or fails to have the ability to provide its products and services, the Company could lose customers and related revenue from those products or services. The Company also uses third parties to support and maintain certain of its communication systems and computerized point-of-sale and information systems. The failure of such third parties to fulfill their support and maintenance obligations could disrupt the Company’s operations. Any of these events could result in a loss of revenue and could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Company’s reported results require the judgment of management, and the Company could be subject to risks associated with these judgments or could be adversely affected by the implementation of new, or the interpretation of existing, accounting principles or financial reporting requirements.

The preparation of the Company’s financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. In addition, the Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and GAAP and its interpretations are subject to change over time. The Company may also encounter conflicting rules or guidance under GAAP, which could affect its accounting for certain matters or its ability to timely file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. For example, on March 2, 2014, the Company filed a Form 12b-25 Notice of Late Filing with the SEC for its Annual Report because the Company's audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 were not finalized. The delay in completing the financial statements was attributable to the Company’s accounting treatment for the derecognition of goodwill in connection with the Enova Spin-off. The Company may encounter conflicting guidance in the future. If new rules or interpretations of existing rules require the Company to change its financial reporting or cause a delay in the Company’s filings with the SEC, it could have a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company could be required to restate historical financial reporting.


26

Table of Contents

Future acquisitions and/or the failure to successfully integrate newly acquired businesses into the Company’s operations could negatively impact the Company’s performance.

The Company has historically grown through strategic acquisitions, and the Company may pursue attractive acquisition opportunities in the future in order to expand its product and service offerings and markets and grow its business in response to changing customer demands, regulatory environments, technologies and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, the Company may expand its offerings through the acquisition of complementary businesses, solutions or technologies rather than through internal development. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and the Company may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions. Furthermore, even if the Company successfully completes an acquisition, it may not be able to successfully assimilate and integrate the business, technologies, solutions, personnel or operations of the business that it acquires, particularly if key personnel of an acquired company decide not to work for the Company. In addition, the Company may issue equity securities to complete an acquisition, which would dilute its shareholders’ ownership and could adversely affect the price of the Company’s common stock. Acquisitions may also involve the entry into geographic or business markets in which the Company has little or no prior experience or may expose the Company to additional material liabilities. In addition, any acquisition has the risk that the Company may not realize a return on the acquisition or the Company’s investment. Consequently, the Company may not achieve anticipated benefits of the acquisitions, which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

Potential expansion for the Company is subject to external factors and other circumstances over which the Company has limited control or that are beyond the Company’s control. These factors and circumstances could adversely affect the Company’s ability to grow through the opening and acquisition of new operating units.

The Company may try to expand its business by acquiring existing stores and opening new ones, as it has done in the past. The success of this strategy is subject to numerous external factors, such as the availability of attractive acquisition candidates, the availability of sites with acceptable restrictions and suitable terms, the Company’s ability to attract, train and retain qualified store management personnel, the ability to access capital, the ability to obtain required government permits and licenses, the prevailing laws and regulatory environment of each state or jurisdiction in which the Company operates or seeks to operate, which are subject to change at any time, the degree of competition in new markets and its effect on the Company’s ability to attract new customers and the ability to adapt the Company’s infrastructure and systems to accommodate its growth. Some of these factors are beyond the Company’s control. The failure to execute this expansion strategy would adversely affect the Company’s ability to expand its business and could have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Company may incur property, casualty or other losses not covered by insurance.

The Company maintains a program of insurance coverage for various types of property, casualty and other risks. The types and amounts of insurance that it obtains vary from time to time, depending on availability, cost and management’s decisions with respect to risk retention. The policies are subject to deductibles and exclusions that result in the Company’s retention of a level of risk on a self-insurance basis. Losses not covered by insurance could be substantial and may increase the Company’s expenses, which could harm the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse real estate market fluctuations could affect the Company’s profitability.

The Company leases most of its locations. A significant rise in real estate prices or real property taxes could result in an increase in store lease costs as the Company opens new locations and renews leases for existing locations.

Other risk factors are discussed under “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”


27

Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Enova Spin-off
The Company could be responsible for U.S. federal and state income tax liabilities that relate to the Enova Spin-off.
The Enova Spin-off was conditioned on the receipt of an opinion of tax counsel that the Enova Spin-off will be treated as a transaction that is tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. An opinion of tax counsel is not binding on the IRS. Accordingly, the IRS may reach conclusions with respect to the Enova Spin-off that are different from the conclusions reached in the opinion. The opinion was based on certain factual statements and representations made by the Company, which, if incomplete or untrue in any material respect, could alter tax counsel’s conclusions. If the IRS were to determine the Enova Spin-off to be taxable, the Company would recognize a substantial tax liability.
The Company has received a private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that the retention by the Company of up to 20% of Enova’s stock will not be in pursuant to a plan having as one of its principal purposes the avoidance of U.S. federal income tax within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(D)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code. The private letter ruling does not address any other tax issues related to the Enova Spin-off. Notwithstanding the private letter ruling, the IRS could determine on audit that the retention of the Enova stock was in pursuant to a plan having as one of its principal purposes the avoidance of U.S. federal income tax if it determines that any of the facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings that the Company or Enova have made or provided to the IRS are not correct. If the retention is in pursuant to a plan having as one of its principal purposes the avoidance of U.S. federal income tax, then the distribution could ultimately be determined to be taxable, and the Company would recognize gain in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of shares of Enova’s common stock distributed to the Company’s shareholders on the distribution date over the Company’s tax basis in such shares of Enova’s common stock. In addition, the Company agreed to certain actions in connection with the private letter ruling, such as disposing of the Enova stock that it retained within two years following the Enova Spin-off, and if the Company does not or is unable to follow-through with such actions, the tax-free status of the Enova Spin-off could be jeopardized.
In connection with the Enova Spin-off, Enova and the Company have agreed to indemnify each other for certain liabilities; if the Company is required to act on these indemnities to Enova, it may need to divert cash to meet those obligations, and Enova’s indemnity could be insufficient or Enova could be unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations.
Pursuant to a Separation and Distribution Agreement and certain other agreements that the Company entered into with Enova at the time of the Enova Spin-off, including the Tax Matters Agreement, Enova has agreed to indemnify the Company for certain liabilities that could be related to tax, regulatory, litigation or other liabilities, and the Company has agreed to indemnify Enova for certain similar liabilities, in each case for uncapped amounts. In addition, the Tax Matters Agreement prohibits Enova from taking any action or failing to take any action that could reasonably be expected to cause the Enova Spin-off to be taxable or to jeopardize the conclusions of the private letter ruling obtained in connection with the Enova Spin-off or opinions of counsel received by the Company or Enova. Indemnities that the Company may be required to provide Enova are not subject to any cap, may be significant and could negatively impact the Company’s business, particularly indemnities relating to the Company’s actions that could impact the tax-free nature of the distribution. Third parties could also seek to hold the Company responsible for any of the liabilities that Enova has agreed to assume. Further, the indemnity from Enova could be insufficient to protect the Company against the full amount of such liabilities, or Enova may be unable to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations. Moreover, even if the Company ultimately succeeds in recovering from Enova any amounts for which it is held liable, the Company may be temporarily required to bear these losses and could suffer reputational risks if the losses are related to regulatory, litigation or other matters. Each of these risks could have a Material Adverse Effect.

28

Table of Contents

The Company is unable to take certain actions because such actions could jeopardize the tax-free status of the Enova Spin-off, and the Company may forego certain transactions in order to avoid the risk of incurring significant tax-related liabilities.
Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement that the Company entered into with Enova in connection with the Enova Spin-off, the Company is prohibited from taking actions that could reasonably be expected to jeopardize the conclusions of the private letter ruling obtained in connection with the Enova Spin-off or the opinion of counsel received by the Company. In addition, if the Company takes any action that causes the Enova Spin-off to be taxable, then the Company would be fully liable for any resulting taxes and expenses and Enova would only be required to indemnify the Company under the Tax Matters Agreement to the extent Enova’s actions were responsible for the Company incurring such taxes and expenses.

The Enova Spin-off would result in a significant U.S. federal income tax liability to the Company under Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code if the Enova Spin-off is treated as part of a plan or series of related transactions for one or more persons to acquire a fifty percent (50%) or greater interest (measured by vote or value) in the stock of the Company. Current law generally creates a presumption that any acquisitions of the stock of the Company within two years before or after the Enova Spin-off are part of a plan that includes the Enova Spin-off, although the Company may be able to rebut that presumption. As a consequence, for the two years following the Enova Spin-off, the Company will be limited in its ability to take certain actions to the extent that taking such actions could reasonably be expected to cause the Enova Spin-off to be treated as part of a plan for one or more persons to acquire a fifty percent (50%) or greater interest in the stock of the Company. Open market purchases of Company common stock by third parties without any negotiation with the Company will generally not cause the Enova Spin-off to be treated as part of such a plan. However, actions within the two year period that could be presumed to be part of such a plan include:

the acquisition of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company’s common stock by one or more persons within the two year period following the Enova Spin-off;
entering into any agreement, understanding or arrangement by the Company with respect to transactions or events (including, without limitation, stock issuances, pursuant to the exercise of stock options or otherwise, option grants, capital contributions or an acquisition, or a series of such transactions or events) that cause the Enova Spin-off to be treated as part of a plan pursuant to which one or more persons acquire directly or indirectly stock of the Company representing more than a fifty percent (50%) interest in the equity of the Company;
any actions that breach a representation made by the Company to the IRS in connection with obtaining the private letter ruling obtained by the Company in connection with the Enova Spin-off or by the Company to its counsel in connection with the issuance of a tax opinion by such counsel with respect to the Enova Spin-off.
    
Because of the significant liability to the Company that would result from the Enova Spin-off being treated as a taxable transaction, the Company may be limited in the amount of capital stock that it can issue to make acquisitions or to raise additional capital for the two years following the Enova Spin-off. In addition, the potential liability to the Company may discourage, delay or prevent a third party from acquiring control of the Company during this two year period pursuant to a transaction that the Company’s shareholders might otherwise consider favorable.

The Company is subject to continuing contingent liabilities of Enova.

Even though the Company and Enova are now separate, publicly-traded companies, there are several significant areas where the liabilities of Enova may become the Company’s obligations. For example, under the Internal Revenue Code and the related rules and regulations, each corporation that was a member of the Company’s consolidated U.S. federal income tax reporting group during any taxable period or portion of any taxable period ending on or before the effective time of the distribution is jointly and severally liable for the U.S. federal income tax liability of the entire consolidated tax reporting group for the Company for that taxable period. In connection

29

Table of Contents

with the Enova Spin-off, the Company has entered into a Tax Matters Agreement with Enova that allocates the responsibility for prior period taxes of the Company’s consolidated tax reporting group between the Company and Enova; however, if Enova is unable to pay any prior period taxes for which it is responsible, the Company could be required to pay the entire amount of such taxes.

The Company could be exposed to potential liabilities arising out of state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws and legal distribution requirements in connection with the Enova Spin-off.
The Enova Spin-off could be challenged under various state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws. An unpaid creditor or an entity vested with the power of such creditor (such as a trustee or debtor-in-possession in a bankruptcy) could claim that the Enova Spin-off left the Company insolvent or with unreasonably small capital or that the Company intended or believed it would incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature and that the Company did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value in the Enova Spin-off and distribution. If a court were to agree with such a plaintiff, then such court could void the distribution as a fraudulent transfer and could impose a number of different remedies, including without limitation, returning Enova’s assets or Enova’s shares that are distributed to the Company.
The measure of insolvency for purposes of the fraudulent conveyance laws will vary depending on which jurisdiction’s law is applied. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if either the fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount of its liabilities (including the probable amount of contingent liabilities), or it is unlikely to be able to pay its liabilities as they become due. The Company does not know what standard a court would apply to determine insolvency. Further, a court could determine that the Company was insolvent at the time of or after giving effect to the Enova Spin-off.
Under the Separation and Distribution Agreement that the Company entered into with Enova in connection with the Enova Spin-off, the Company is responsible for and has retained the debts, liabilities and other obligations related to the business or businesses which the Company owns and operates following the Enova Spin-off and Enova is responsible for and has assumed the debts, liabilities and other obligations related to the business or businesses that Enova owns and operates following the Enova Spin-off. Although the Company does not expect to be liable for any obligations not expressly retained by it pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, it is possible that the Company could be required to assume responsibility for certain obligations assumed by Enova under the Separation and Distribution Agreement should Enova fail to pay or perform its assumed obligations.
Certain members of management, directors and shareholders may face actual or potential conflicts of interest.
As a result of the Enova Spin-off, the Company’s management and directors and the management and directors of Enova may own both the Company’s common stock and Enova’s common stock. This ownership overlap could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest when the Company’s management and directors and Enova’s management and directors face decisions that could have different implications for the Company and Enova. For example, potential conflicts of interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute between the Company and Enova regarding the terms of the agreements governing the Enova Spin-off and the Company’s relationship with Enova thereafter or in the strategy for defending or resolving any litigation in which both the Company and Enova are involved. These agreements include the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Stockholder’s and Registration Rights Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Software Lease and Maintenance Agreement and any commercial agreements between the parties or their affiliates. Potential conflicts of interest may also arise because the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Daniel R. Feehan, also serves as a director of Enova. Further, conflicts of interest may arise out of any commercial arrangements that the Company and Enova may enter into in the future.


30

Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Company’s Common Stock

The price of the Company’s common stock has been volatile and could continue to fluctuate substantially.

The Company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The market price of the Company’s common stock has been volatile and could fluctuate substantially based on a variety of factors, including the following:

variations in results of operations;
legislative or regulatory changes, and in particular, legislative or regulatory changes affecting the Company’s operations;
the Enova Spin-off;
fluctuations in commodity prices;
general trends in the industry;
market conditions;
analysts’ estimates; and
perceptions of and other events related to the pawn or consumer loan industry.

The market price for the Company’s common stock has varied between a high of $25.45 on November 13, 2014 and a low of $15.79 on January 24, 2014 in the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014, which prices are adjusted to reflect the Company’s stock price as if the Enova Spin-off had occurred on January 1, 2014. The Company’s stock price is likely to continue to be volatile and subject to significant price and volume fluctuations in response to market and other factors, including the other factors discussed in “Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Industry” and “Risks Related to the Enova Spin-off,” variations in the Company’s quarterly operating results from management’s expectations or those of securities analysts or investors, downward revisions in securities analysts’ estimates and announcements by the Company or its competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments.

In addition, the stock market in general may experience significant volatility that is unrelated to the operating performance of companies whose shares are traded. These market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of the Company’s common stock, regardless of the Company’s actual operating performance.

Future issuances of additional shares of the Company’s common stock could cause dilution of ownership interests and adversely affect the Company’s stock price.

The Company may, in the future, issue its previously authorized and unissued shares of common stock, which would result in the dilution of the ownership interests of the Company’s shareholders. The Company is currently authorized to issue up to 80,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.10 per share, and as of February 17, 2015, the Company had 28,567,276 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. The potential issuance of additional shares of common stock may create downward pressure on the trading price of the Company’s common stock. The Company may also issue additional shares of its common stock or other securities that are convertible into or exercisable for common stock for capital-raising or other business purposes. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock, or the perception that sales could occur, could have a Material Adverse Effect on the price of the Company’s common stock.

ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
    
None.

31

Table of Contents

                    
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
The Company’s principal locations are as follows:
 
A corporate headquarters building in Fort Worth, Texas that is owned by the Company;
Corporate locations leased for the Company in Fort Worth, Texas and Cincinnati, Ohio; and
Multiple locations that offer pawn lending and/or consumer lending as set forth in the table below (12 of which are owned by the Company and the remainder of which are leased locations).

 
Number of Locations
Alabama
9
Alaska
6
Arizona
37
California
21
Florida
77
Georgia
47
Illinois
26
Indiana
36
Kentucky
21
Louisiana
24
Michigan
8
Missouri
17
Nevada
28
North Carolina
18
Ohio
120
Oklahoma
15
South Carolina
6
Tennessee
41
Texas
262
Utah
7
Washington
33
Total Company
859

The Company considers its equipment, furniture and fixtures and owned buildings to be in good condition. The Company has its own construction supervisors who engage local contractors to selectively remodel and upgrade its locations throughout the year.
All properties leased by the Company are leased under non-cancelable operating leases with remaining lease periods of generally one to 10 years. The Company’s leases typically require the Company to pay all maintenance costs, insurance costs and property taxes. For additional information concerning the Company’s leases, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 13.”


32

Table of Contents

ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is a defendant in certain routine litigation matters encountered in the ordinary course of its business. Certain of these matters are covered to an extent by insurance. In the opinion of management, the resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not Applicable.


33

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
(a) Market for Registrant’s Common Equity
The New York Stock Exchange is the principal exchange on which the Company’s common stock, par value $0.10 per share, is traded under the symbol “CSH”. There were 486 shareholders of record (not including individual participants in security listings) as of February 17, 2015. The high and low market prices of common stock and cash dividends declared per share during 2014 and 2013 are included in the table below. The stock prices presented below have been adjusted from original historical prices based on the method used by the New York Stock Exchange to reflect the impact on the Company’s stock price as a result of the Enova Spin-off, which was completed on November 13, 2014.
 
 
First 
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High
$
19.63

 
$
21.91

 
$
21.22

 
$
25.45

Low
15.79

 
16.92

 
18.43

 
18.53

Cash dividend declared per share
0.035

 
0.035

 
0.035

 
0.050

2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High
$
24.55

 
$
24.06

 
$
22.28

 
$
21.03

Low
17.94

 
19.16

 
18.02

 
16.02

Cash dividend declared per share
0.035

 
0.035

 
0.035

 
0.035


The Company expects that comparable cash dividends will continue to be paid in the future.


34

Table of Contents

(c) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table provides the information with respect to purchases made by the Company of shares of its common stock during each of the months in 2014:
 
Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(a)
 
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plan(b)
 
Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plan(b)
January 1 to January 31
720

 
$
37.20

 

 
1,533,300

February 1 to February 28
34,735

 
37.23

 

 
1,533,300

March 1 to March 31

 

 

 
1,533,300

April 1 to April 30

 

 

 
1,533,300

May 1 to May 31
24

 
45.22

 

 
1,533,300

June 1 to June 30

 

 

 
1,533,300

July 1 to July 31
1,067

 
45.96

 

 
1,533,300

August 1 to August 31
24

 
46.45

 

 
1,533,300

September 1 to September 30
4

 
44.69

 

 
1,533,300

October 1 to October 31

 

 

 
1,533,300

November 1 to November 30
4,660

 
24.26

 

 
1,533,300

December 1 to December 31
64,295

 
21.35

 
62,909

 
1,470,391

Total
105,529

 
$
27.07

 
62,909

 
 

(a) 
Includes the following: shares withheld from employees as partial tax payments for shares issued under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans of 720, 34,708, 1,067, 4, 4,614 and 1,386 shares for the months of January, February, July, September, November and December, respectively; and the reinvestment of dividends on Director Deferred Shares, which resulted in the purchase of 27, 24, 24 and 46 shares for the months of February, May, August and November, respectively.
(b) 
On January 28, 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the Company’s repurchase of up to a total of 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which is referred to as the 2015 Authorization. This repurchase authorization canceled and replaced the 2013 Authorization.

35

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Five-Year Financial Summary
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
 
  
Year Ended December 31,
 
  
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
Statement of Income Data (a)(b)(c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue
$
1,094,696

 
$
1,030,486

 
$
1,139,443

 
$
1,102,701

 
$
958,733

 
Net revenue
589,550

 
586,514

 
632,039

 
631,106

 
558,829

 
Income from Operations
32,967

 
61,168

 
89,627

 
150,073

 
138,501

 
(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes
(8,346
)
 
43,985

 
81,370

 
141,166

 
131,247

 
Net (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations
(10,387
)
 
59,182

 
40,901

 
87,514

 
80,638

 
Net Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
109,025

 
83,346

 
66,569

 
48,449

 
34,900

 
Net Income Attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
98,638

 
142,528

 
107,470

 
135,963

 
115,538

 
Basic Earnings Per Share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations
$
(0.36
)
 
$
2.07

 
$
1.39

 
$
2.96

 
$
2.72

 
Net Income from Discontinued Operations
3.77

 
2.91

 
2.26

 
1.64

 
1.18

 
Net Income Attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
$
3.41

 
$
4.97

 
$
3.64

 
$
4.59

 
$
3.90

 
Diluted Earnings Per Share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations
$
(0.36
)
 
$
1.93

 
$
1.30

 
$
2.74

 
$
2.56

 
Net Income from Discontinued Operations
3.72

 
2.72

 
2.12

 
1.51

 
1.11

 
Net Income Attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
$
3.36

 
$
4.66

 
$
3.42

 
$
4.25

 
$
3.67

 
Dividends declared per common share
$
0.155

 
$
0.140

 
$
0.140

 
$
0.140

 
$
0.140

 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
28,901

 
28,657

 
29,514

 
29,602

 
29,640

 
Diluted
29,341

 
30,613

 
31,452

 
31,991

 
31,521

 
Balance Sheet Data at End of Year(a)(c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pawn loans
$
252,168

 
$
261,148

 
$
244,640

 
$
253,519

 
$
217,402

 
Consumer loans, net
44,853

 
54,732

 
58,638

 
58,845

 
49,022

 
Merchandise held for disposition, net
212,849

 
208,899

 
167,409

 
161,884

 
130,956

 
Working capital
658,937

 
862,067

 
710,566

 
644,891

 
491,298

 
Total assets
1,522,447

 
2,505,144

 
2,244,387

 
2,081,464

 
1,696,876

 
Long-term debt
196,470

 
739,989

 
578,330

 
537,291

 
456,704

 
Total equity
1,133,202

 
1,082,423

 
990,620

 
907,590

 
802,731

 
Ratio Data at End of Year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current ratio
6.5

x
2.4

x
2.2

x
2.1

x
2.2

x
Debt to equity ratio
17.3
%
 
68.4
%
 
58.4
%
 
59.2
%
 
56.9
%
 

(a) 
See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 4” for discussion of the Company’s acquisitions in 2012 and 2013, and for discussion of divestitures completed by the Company in 2014.
(b) 
See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Overview—Non-GAAP Disclosure—Adjusted Earnings Measures” and “—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information about certain 2012, 2013 and 2014 income and expense items that affected the Company’s consolidated income from operations, income before income taxes from continuing operations, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share from continuing operations.
(c) 
As a result of the Enova Spin-off, the Company has presented financial information for Enova as discontinued operations.


36

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

GENERAL
    The Company provides specialty financial services to individuals through its storefront lending and franchised check cashing locations.
Pawn Lending
The Company offers secured non-recourse loans, commonly referred to as pawn loans, as its primary line of business. The Company also offered pawn loans in Mexico through August 2014, when it sold its Mexico-based pawn operations. See “Recent Developments—Divestiture of Mexico-based Pawn Operations” for a discussion of the sale of the Company’s foreign retail services business. Pawn loans are short-term loans made on the pledge of tangible personal property. Pawn loan fees and service charges are generated from the Company’s pawn loan portfolio. A related activity of the pawn lending operations is the disposition of collateral from forfeited pawn loans and the liquidation of a smaller volume of merchandise purchased directly from customers or from third parties.
Consumer Loan Activities
    Another component of the Company's business is originating, arranging, guaranteeing or purchasing consumer loans in some of its locations. Consumer loans provide customers with cash, typically in exchange for an obligation to repay the amount advanced plus fees and any applicable interest. Consumer loans include short-term loans (commonly referred to as payday loans) and installment loans.
     Short-term consumer loans include unsecured short-term loans written by the Company or by a third-party lender through the Company’s CSO programs that the Company guarantees. Installment consumer loans are longer-term, multi-payment loans that generally require the pay-down of portions of the outstanding principal balance in multiple installments. Installment loans include unsecured loans and loans secured by a customer’s vehicle written by the Company or by a third-party lender through the CSO programs that the Company guarantees.
Through the Company’s CSO programs, the Company provides services related to a third-party lender’s consumer loan products in some markets by acting as a credit services organization or credit access business on behalf of consumers in accordance with applicable state laws. Services offered under the CSO programs include credit-related services such as arranging CSO loans with third-party lenders. Under the CSO programs, the Company guarantees consumer loan payment obligations to the third-party lender in the event that the customer defaults on the loan. CSO loans are not included in the Company’s financial statements, but the Company has established a liability for the estimated losses in support of the guarantee on these loans in its consolidated balance sheets.
Check Cashing and Other Financial Services
Another small component of the Company's business includes the offering of check cashing and other ancillary products and services through some of its Company-owned lending locations. The ancillary products and services include money orders, wire transfers, prepaid debit cards and auto insurance. Most of these ancillary products and services offered are provided through third-party vendors. In addition, the Company’s franchised check cashing business offers check cashing services through its franchised check cashing centers.
Segment Information
    The Company has one reportable operating segment through which it offers the services described above. The Company previously had two segments: retail services and e-commerce. The retail services segment included all of the operations of the Company's Retail Services Division, which was composed of both domestic and foreign storefront locations. The e-commerce segment was comprised of all of the operations of Enova. In the fourth quarter of 2014, following the Enova Spin-off in November 2014 and the sale of the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations in August 2014, the Company re-assessed its segment structure and determined that the retail services segment is the only reportable segment and includes all of the Company's operations. Information

37

Table of Contents

previously reported separately in corporate operations, which represents corporate expenses and other miscellaneous income, has been combined with the information previously included in the retail services segment because all of the Company's corporate expenses and other miscellaneous income support the Company's sole operating segment. Prior year financial amounts shown for the Company have been reclassified to reflect the Company’s current segment structure. Additional financial information regarding the Company’s operating segment and each of the geographic areas in which the Company conducted business during 2014, 2013 and 2012 is provided in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 19.”

Locations

See “Item 1. Business—Overview—General” for details of the Company's owned and franchised locations offering pawn lending, consumer lending and other services as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Recent Developments

Enova Spin-off

    On November 13, 2014, the Company completed the separation of its online lending business that comprised its e-commerce division, Enova, through the distribution of approximately 80 percent of the outstanding shares of Enova common stock to the Company’s shareholders, which was structured with the intent that it would be a tax-free distribution. The Company distributed to its shareholders 0.915 shares of Enova common stock for every one share of the Company’s common stock held as of the close of business on November 3, 2014, which was the record date for the Enova Spin-off. The Company received a private letter ruling from the IRS, an opinion from the Company's tax counsel and a solvency opinion from an independent financial advisor prior to approval of the Enova Spin-off by the Company's Board of Directors. As a result of the Enova Spin-off, Enova is now an independent public company, and its common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “ENVA.”

Upon completion of the Enova Spin-off, the Company retained approximately 20 percent, or 6.6 million shares of Enova common stock, and the Company has agreed, pursuant to the private letter ruling, to dispose of its retained shares of Enova common stock (other than the shares retained for delivery under the Company’s long-term incentive plans as described below) no later than two years after the distribution. The retained shares of Enova common stock include a portion of shares of Enova common stock that may be delivered by the Company to holders of certain outstanding unvested RSUs, vested deferred RSUs, and unvested deferred RSUs that were granted by the Company to certain of its officers, directors and employees and certain Director Deferred Shares payable to the Company’s directors relating to the Company’s common stock awards that were outstanding under the Company's long-term incentive plans as of the date of the Enova Spin-off. Such RSU awards and Director Deferred Shares will be payable by the Company in both shares of Company common stock and Enova common stock, subject to the terms of the Company’s long-term incentive plans and the applicable award agreement. The delivery of the Enova shares of common stock will occur periodically based on the vesting terms of the award agreements. In the event the award does not vest, the shares will be retained by the Company and sold. The total number of Enova shares of common stock subject to award agreements was 685,087 as of December 31, 2014, representing approximately 2.1% of the then-outstanding shares of Enova common stock. All of the retained shares of Enova common stock (including shares retained for delivery under the Company’s long-term incentive plans) are classified as “available-for-sale securities” in accordance with ASC 320.
     Upon completion of the Enova Spin-off, the Company reclassified Enova’s financial results to discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. For information regarding discontinued operations, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 3.”
Unless stated otherwise, the discussion of the Company's business and financial information throughout this Annual Report refers to the Company’s continuing operations and results from continuing operations.

38

Table of Contents

Divestiture of Mexico-based Pawn Operations
On August 25, 2014, the Company completed the divestiture of its 47 pawn lending locations in Mexico for cash consideration of approximately $18.5 million, net of cash held at the date of divestiture, including consideration related to a non-compete agreement. These 47 Mexico pawn lending locations were previously included in the retail services segment. The Company recorded a loss of $2.8 million related to this divestiture and $2.1 million related to an expense for an uncollectible receivable incurred as a result of the Company’s discontinuation of these operations. The combined amounts are included in “Loss on divestitures” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and cash flows.
Divestiture of Colorado Pawn Shops
On August 25, 2014, the Company exited the Colorado market through the sale of all five of its pawn lending locations in Colorado for cash consideration of approximately $3.0 million, net of cash held at the date of divestiture. These locations were included in the retail services segment and represented all of the locations operated by the Company in Colorado. The Company recorded a loss of $0.3 million on the sale, which is included in “Loss on divestitures” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and cash flows.
Reduction in Short-Term Consumer Lending Operations

In 2014, the Company continued its strategy to de-emphasize consumer lending activities and enhance focus on pawn lending. As a result, the Company eliminated short-term consumer lending activities in 311 of its locations in 2014, the majority of which occurred during the last half of 2014. This reduction was in addition to the closure of 36 locations in Texas in connection with the Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures. As of December 31, 2014, the Company only offered short-term consumer loans in 311 of its locations. Short-term consumer loan fees comprised 7.7%, 9.7% and 9.7%, respectively, of total revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012. Management expects the Company’s revenue from short-term consumer loan activities in future periods to decrease from historical levels due to the Company’s de-emphasis on this component of its lending activities.
2014 Reorganization
In the third quarter of 2014, the Company initiated a reorganization to better align the corporate and operating cost structure with its remaining storefront operations after the Enova Spin-off, which is referred to as the 2014 Reorganization. In connection with the 2014 Reorganization, the Company incurred $7.5 million of charges for severance and other employee-related costs, which are included in “Operations and administration” in the consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had made payments of approximately $4.4 million for the 2014 Reorganization and had accrued approximately $3.1 million for future payments. Accrued amounts for the 2014 Reorganization are included in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets. Management expects that the cost reductions resulting from the 2014 Reorganization will decrease operations and administration expenses related to its corporate and field management operations in future periods relative to 2014.


39

Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition on pawn loan fees and service charges, allowance for losses on merchandise held for disposition and consumer loans, goodwill, long-lived and intangible assets, income taxes, contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates on historical experience, empirical data and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The development and selection of the critical accounting policies and the related disclosures below have been reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
Management believes the following critical accounting policies affect its more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.
Pawn Loan Fees and Service Charges
Pawn Loans and Pawn Loan Fees and Service Charges Receivable
Pawn loans are short-term loans made on the pledge of tangible personal property. The maximum pawn loan amount is generally assessed as a percentage of the personal property’s estimated disposition value. The typical loan term is 30 to 90 days and, in many cases, an additional grace period (typically 10 to 60 days) may be available to the borrower. A pawn loan is considered delinquent if the customer does not repay or, where allowed by law, renew or extend the loan on or prior to its contractual maturity date plus any applicable grace period. Pawn loan fees and service charges do not accrue on delinquent pawn loans. When a pawn loan is considered delinquent, any accrued pawn loan fees and service charges are reversed and no additional pawn loan fees and service charges are accrued. Pawn loans written during each calendar month are aggregated and tracked for performance. This empirical data allows the Company to analyze the characteristics of its outstanding pawn loan portfolio and assess the collectability of the principal balance in addition to pawn loan fees and service charges.
Revenue Recognition—Pawn Lending
Pawn loan fees and service charges revenue is accrued ratably over the term of the loan for the portion of those pawn loans estimated to be collectible. If the future actual performance of the loan portfolio differs significantly (positively or negatively) from estimates, revenue for the next reporting period would be likewise affected.
At the end of 2014 and based on the revenue recognition method described above, the Company had accrued $53.6 million of pawn loan fees and service charges receivable. Assuming the 2014 accrual of pawn loan fees and service charges revenue was overestimated or underestimated by 10%, pawn loan fees and service charges revenue would decrease or increase by approximately $5.4 million in 2014 and net income attributable to the Company would decrease or increase by approximately $3.4 million, net of taxes.


40

Table of Contents

Consumer Loans and Allowance and Liability for Estimated Losses on Consumer Loans
Allowance and Liability for Estimated Losses on Consumer Loans
The Company monitors the performance of its consumer loan portfolio and maintains either an allowance or liability for estimated losses on consumer loans (including fees and interest) at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the portfolio. The allowance for losses on the Company’s owned consumer loans reduces the outstanding loan balance in the consolidated balance sheets. The liability for estimated losses related to loans guaranteed under the CSO programs is included in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets.
In determining the allowance or liability for estimated losses on consumer loans, the Company applies a documented systematic methodology. In calculating the allowance or liability for loan losses, outstanding loans are divided into discrete groups of short-term loans and installment loans and are analyzed as current or delinquent. Increases in either the allowance or the liability, net of charge-offs and recoveries, are recorded as a “Consumer loan loss provision” in the consolidated statements of income.

The allowance or liability for short-term loans classified as current is based on historical loss rates adjusted for recent default trends for current loans. For delinquent short-term loans, the allowance or liability is based on a six-month rolling average of loss rates by stage of collection. For installment loan portfolios, the Company generally uses a migration analysis to estimate losses inherent in the portfolio. The allowance or liability calculation under the migration analysis is based on historical charge-off experience and the loss emergence period, which represents the average amount of time between the first occurrence of a loss event to the charge-off of a loan. The factors the Company considers to assess the adequacy of the allowance or liability include past due performance, historical behavior of monthly vintages, underwriting changes and recent trends in delinquency in the migration analysis.
The Company fully reserves or charges off consumer loans once the loan or a portion of the loan has been classified as delinquent for 60 consecutive days. If a loan is estimated to be uncollectible before it is fully reserved, it is charged off at that point. Consumer loans classified as delinquent generally have an age of one to 59 days from the date any portion of the loan became delinquent, as defined above. Recoveries on loans previously charged to the allowance are credited to the allowance when collected.
As of December 31, 2014, the allowance for losses on consumer loans was $4.2 million, and the liability for estimated losses on third-party lender-owned consumer loans guaranteed by the Company was $1.1 million, in aggregate representing 8.9% of the combined consumer loan portfolio.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, the consumer loan loss provision was $31.0 million. If the loss provision increased or decreased by 10%, or $3.1 million, from 2014 levels, net income attributable to the Company would likewise decrease or increase by $2.0 million, net of taxes, for 2014, assuming the same volume of consumer loans written and renewed in 2014.
Merchandise Held for Disposition
Merchandise held for disposition consists primarily of forfeited collateral from pawn loans not repaid and merchandise that is purchased directly from customers or from third parties. The carrying value of the forfeited collateral and other merchandise held for disposition is stated at the lower of cost (which is the cost basis in the loan or the amount paid for purchased merchandise) or fair value. The Company provides an allowance for returns and an allowance for losses based on management’s evaluation of the characteristics of the merchandise and historical experience.

41

Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. In accordance with ASC 350, the Company tests goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life for potential impairment annually as of June 30 and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount, which would result in impairment.

The Company uses the income approach to complete its annual goodwill assessment. The income approach uses future cash flows and estimated terminal values for each of the Company’s reporting units that are discounted using a market participant perspective to determine the fair value of each reporting unit, which is then compared to the carrying value of that reporting unit (which the Company also defines as its reporting segments) to determine if there is impairment. The income approach includes assumptions about revenue growth rates, operating margins and terminal growth rates discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital derived from other publicly-traded companies that are similar but not identical from an operational and economic standpoint. The Company completed its annual assessment of goodwill as of June 30, 2014 and determined that the fair value for each reporting unit that the Company had on that date exceeded their respective carrying values, and, as a result, no impairment existed at that date.

The Company performed its annual indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment test as of June 30, 2014. The Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment in accordance with ASU 2012-02, and determined that no conditions existed that would make it more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired. Therefore, no further quantitative assessment was required. There were no triggering events between the June 30, 2014 assessment and December 31, 2014 that would require a re-assessment of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets.

The Company’s sale of its Mexico-based pawn operations in August 2014 was considered a triggering event for purposes of goodwill assessment. Following the sale, the Company tested the goodwill remaining in the retail services reporting unit, and determined that the fair value exceeded its carrying value.

The Enova Spin-off in November 2014 was considered a triggering event for purposes of goodwill assessment. Following the Enova Spin-off and as of December 31, 2014, the estimated fair value of the retail services reporting unit was re-calculated to incorporate changes in strategy, observed business trends and outlook. The estimated fair value of the retail services reporting unit declined since the June 30, 2014 annual assessment, but it continued to exceed its underlying carrying value. However, the excess fair value over the carrying value had been reduced to approximately 3% at December 31, 2014. A change in assumptions, such as an increase in the weighted-average cost of capital, could cause the carrying value of the retail services reporting unit to exceed its fair value at December 31, 2014, which could have resulted in an impairment loss. If all assumptions were held constant, a one percentage point increase in the weighted average cost of capital would have decreased the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to approximately $90.6 million below the carrying value, which would have required the Company to perform additional analysis in accordance with ASC 350 to determine if an impairment existed and could have resulted in an impairment loss.

As part of the goodwill assessment, the Company also considers market capitalization, which is the observable market value of the Company based on the quoted market prices of the Company's common stock. The Company compares the market capitalization to its carrying value of equity. Following the Enova Spin-off and as of December 31, 2014, the Company’s market capitalization was observed to be lower than the carrying value of equity. The Company believes the observable market value at December 31, 2014 is not a reliable indicator of the Company’s fair value, due to the very short time frame since the date of the Enova Spin-off, a likely transition of a significant number of investors occurring due to the magnitude of the event, and the disruption of the Company’s share price following the event. Management believes this disruption is temporary but acknowledges the need to monitor and re-evaluate any future discrepancies between these values and consider the implications for an impairment of goodwill in future periods.


42

Table of Contents

The Company is considered to be at risk for a future impairment of its goodwill in the event of a decline in general economic, market or business conditions or any significant unfavorable changes in the Company's forecasted revenue, expenses, cash flows, weighted-average cost of capital and/or market transaction multiples. The Company will continue to monitor for events and circumstances that could negatively impact the key assumptions in determining the fair value of the retail services reporting unit.

Long-Lived Assets and Other Intangible Assets

An evaluation of the recoverability of property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization is performed whenever the facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized if the future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset and the estimated fair value of the asset are less than the asset’s corresponding carrying value. The amount of the impairment loss, if any, is the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value.
    
The Company amortizes intangible assets subject to amortization on the basis of their expected periods of benefit, generally three to 10 years. The costs of start-up activities and organization costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Equity Securities

The Company accounts for its marketable and non-marketable equity securities in accordance with ASC 323 and ASC 325, respectively. The Company has marketable equity securities that are held in its Nonqualified Savings Plan, marketable equity securities for its retained shares of Enova common stock, and non-marketable equity securities, each as described further below.

The Company retained approximately 20% of the outstanding shares of Enova common stock after the Enova Spin-off. The shares of Enova common stock held by the Company are classified as available-for-sale and unrecognized gains and losses, net of tax, are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of equity. Enova was in the process of registering these securities with the SEC as of December 31, 2014. Since these securities are not yet registered with the SEC, the Company has valued this investment based on the market determined stock price of Enova on December 31, 2014, less an adjustment factor due to the unregistered nature of the shares.

The Company evaluates marketable and non-marketable equity securities for impairment if circumstances arise that indicate that an impairment may exist. Non-marketable equity securities are held in “Other assets” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. If an impairment of an equity security is determined to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment will be reduced and the resulting loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary-impairment is identified.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing its consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating the actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences in recognition of income for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities and are included within the consolidated balance sheets. Management must then assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent it believes that recovery is not likely, it must establish a valuation allowance. An expense or benefit is included within the tax provision in the consolidated statement of income for any increase or decrease in the valuation allowance for a given period.

The Company performs an evaluation of the recoverability of its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. The Company establishes a valuation allowance if it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50 percent) that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company analyzes several factors, including the

43

Table of Contents

nature and frequency of operating losses, the Company’s carryforward period for any losses, the reversal of future taxable temporary differences, the expected occurrence of future income or loss and the feasibility of available tax planning strategies to protect against the loss of deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2013, the valuation allowance against the Company’s gross deferred tax assets was $13.8 million. In 2014, the Company released a $12.5 million valuation allowance in connection with the write off of the deferred tax assets at its subsidiary, Creazione, as a result of the anticipated liquidation of Creazione and $1.3 million in connection with the sale of the Company’s Mexico-based pawn lending locations. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no remaining valuation allowance recorded.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with ASC 740. ASC 740 requires that a more-likely-than-not threshold be met before the benefit of a tax position may be recognized in the consolidated financial statements and prescribes how such benefit should be measured. Management must evaluate tax positions taken on the Company’s tax returns for all periods that are open to examination by taxing authorities and make a judgment as to whether and to what extent such positions are more likely than not to be sustained based on merit.

Management’s judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, the deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. Management’s judgment is also required in evaluating whether tax benefits meet the more-likely-than-not threshold for recognition under ASC 740.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 2” for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements that the Company has adopted or will adopt in future periods.


44

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company completed a variety of strategic initiatives in 2014 that materially affected its reported financial results for the period. In addition, during 2013, the Company was affected by certain income and expense items that impacted comparisons between the two periods. Specifically, in 2014, the Company: i) completed the Enova Spin-off, resulting in two publicly traded companies, ii) prepaid certain of its debt obligations, iii) completed the sale of the non-strategic assets of its Mexico and Colorado pawn lending operations, iv) completed the 2014 Reorganization, which reorganized the Company’s corporate and field administrative functions and resulted in severance expense, and v) ceased offering unsecured consumer loans in 311 of its locations. These events, including their effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014, are summarized below and explained in greater detail under “Recent Developments” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Cash FlowsCash Flows from Continuing Financing Activities.”

As a result of the Enova Spin-off, operating results for Enova are presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Unless stated otherwise, any reference to financial information in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations refers to results from continuing operations.

On August 25, 2014, the Company completed the divestiture of its 47 pawn lending locations in Mexico. The Company recorded a loss of $4.9 million related to this divestiture, which is included in “Loss on divestitures” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations reported revenue of $17.5 million and an operating loss of $6.7 million.

On August 25, 2014, the Company completed the divestiture of all five of its pawn lending locations in Colorado, and recorded a loss of $0.3 million on the sale, which is included in “Loss on divestitures” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Colorado operations reported total revenues of $2.8 million and an operating loss of $0.1 million.

During the year, the Company reduced its debt outstanding by $543.5 million and incurred $22.6 million in losses on debt extinguishment related to debt repayment activities, which are included in “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the consolidated statements of income.

During the third and fourth quarters of 2014, the Company initiated a reorganization to better align the corporate and operating cost structure with its storefront operations after the Enova Spin-off. In connection with the 2014 Reorganization, the Company incurred $7.5 million of charges for severance and other employee-related costs, which are included in “Operations and administration” in the consolidated statements of income.

In 2014, the Company continued its strategy to de-emphasize consumer lending and focus on its core business of pawn lending. As a result, the Company discontinued unsecured consumer lending activities in 311 of its locations. This reduction was in addition to the closure in 2013 of 36 locations in Texas that offered consumer loans as their primary source of revenue in connection with the Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures.


45

Table of Contents

Highlights

The Company’s financial results for 2014 continuing operations, including the significant events described above and under “Recent Developments,” are summarized below.

Total revenue was $1.1 billion, representing an increase of $64.2 million, or 6.2%, for 2014 compared to 2013. Net revenue increased $3.0 million, or 0.5%, to $589.6 million, in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was primarily due to an $18.6 million, or 3.7%, increase in pawn-related net revenue, which consists of pawn loan fees and services charges and proceeds from disposition of merchandise, net of cost of disposed merchandise. Consumer loan fees, net of the loss provision, partially offset the pawn-related net revenue increase.

Income from operations decreased $28.2 million, or 46.1%, to $33.0 million in 2014 compared to $61.2 million in 2013. Consolidated income from operations for 2014 includes expense items totaling $13.3 million related to the 2014 Reorganization, losses on divestitures and certain charges incurred in 2014 related to the 2013 Litigation Settlement. Expenses in 2013 included $16.9 million related to the 2013 Litigation Settlement, the Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures and the Regulatory Penalty, partially offset by the Ohio Adjustment.

Net loss from continuing operations was $10.4 million in 2014 compared to net income from continuing operations of $59.2 million in 2013. Diluted net loss per share from continuing operations was $0.36 in 2014 compared to net income per share of $1.93 in 2013. In addition to the expenses noted above for 2014, net income from continuing operations in 2014 included early extinguishment of debt charges of $14.2 million net of taxes ($0.48 per share). See “OverviewNon-GAAP Disclosure—Adjusted Earnings Measures” and “OverviewNon-GAAP Disclosure—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information.


46

Table of Contents

OVERVIEW
Consolidated Net Revenue
Consolidated net revenue is composed of total revenue less cost of disposed merchandise and consumer loan loss provision. Net revenue is the income available to satisfy all remaining expenses and is the measure management uses to evaluate top-line performance.
The following tables show the components of net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Amount
 
% of
Total
 
Amount
 
% of
Total
 
Amount
 
% of
Total
Pawn loan fees and service charges
$
329,368

 
55.9
%
 
$
311,799

 
53.2
%
 
$
300,929

 
47.6
%
Proceeds from disposition of merchandise, net of cost of disposed merchandise
185,869

 
31.5
%
 
184,826

 
31.5
%
 
225,588

 
35.7
%
Pawn related
$
515,237

 
87.4
%
 
$
496,625

 
84.7
%
 
$
526,517

 
83.3
%
Consumer loan fees, net of loss provision
$
66,665

 
11.3
%
 
$
79,852

 
13.6
%
 
$
92,667

 
14.7
%
Other revenue
7,648

 
1.3
%
 
10,037

 
1.7
%
 
12,855

 
2.0
%
Net revenue
$
589,550

 
100.0
%
 
$
586,514

 
100.0
%
 
$
632,039

 
100.0
%
Consolidated net revenue increased $3.0 million, or 0.5%, to $589.6 million in 2014. Pawn-related net revenue accounted for 87.4% and 84.7% of total consolidated net revenue in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Pawn-related net revenue increased $18.6 million, or 3.7%, to $515.2 million in 2014 from $496.6 million in 2013. The increase in pawn-related net revenue was primarily due to higher pawn loan fees and service charges and higher gross profit on retail sales.
    Consumer loan net revenue accounted for 11.3% and 13.6% of total consolidated net revenue in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Consumer loan net revenue decreased $13.2 million to $66.7 million during 2014 from $79.9 million in 2013, primarily due to the Company’s strategy to reduce the Company’s short-term consumer lending activities. See “General—Recent Developments—Reduction in Short-Term Consumer Lending Operations” for further discussion.


47

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Disclosure

In addition to the financial information prepared in conformity with GAAP, the Company provides historical non-GAAP financial information. Management believes that presentation of non-GAAP financial information is meaningful and useful in understanding the activities and business metrics of the Company’s operations. Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of the Company’s business that, when viewed with its GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting its business.

Management provides non-GAAP financial information for informational purposes and to enhance understanding of the Company’s GAAP consolidated financial statements. Readers should consider the information in addition to, but not instead of or superior to, its financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. This non-GAAP financial information may be determined or calculated differently by other companies, limiting the usefulness of those measures for comparative purposes.

Adjusted Earnings Measures

In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with GAAP, the Company has provided Adjusted Earnings Measures, which are non-GAAP measures. Management believes that the presentation of these measures provides investors with greater transparency and facilitates comparison of operating results across a broad spectrum of companies with varying capital structures, compensation strategies, derivative instruments and amortization methods, which provides a more complete understanding of the Company’s financial performance, competitive position and prospects for the future. Management also believes that investors regularly rely on non-GAAP financial measures, such as the Adjusted Earnings Measures, to assess operating performance and that such measures may highlight trends in the Company’s business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying on financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. In addition, management believes that the adjustments included in the table below, especially those included in “Adjusted net income and adjusted diluted net income per share from continuing operations,” are useful to investors in order to allow them to clearly quantify these amounts and compare the Company’s financial results for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The computation of Adjusted Earnings Measures as presented below may differ from the computation of similarly-titled measures provided by other companies.

48

Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, between net (loss) income from continuing operations and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations calculated in accordance with GAAP to the Adjusted Earnings Measures, which are shown net of tax (dollars in thousands, except per share data):
 
  
Year Ended December 31,
  
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
Per
Diluted
Share(a)
 
$
 
Per
Diluted
Share(a)
 
$
 
Per
Diluted
Share(a)
Net (loss) income and diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing operations
$
(10,387
)
 
$
(0.36
)
 
$
59,182

 
$
1.93

 
$
40,901

 
1.30

Adjustments (net of tax):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on divestitures
6,444

 
0.22

 

 

 

 

2014 Reorganization
4,749

 
0.16

 

 

 

 

Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures

 

 
865

 
0.03

 

 

Loss on early debt extinguishment
14,208

 
0.48

 
382

 
0.01

 

 

Regulatory Penalty
 
 
 
 
2,500

 
0.08

 
 
 
 
2013 Litigation Settlement
400

 
0.01

 
11,340

 
0.37

 

 

Tax benefit related to Creazione Deduction

 

 
(33,201
)
 
(1.09
)
 

 

Charges related to the Mexico Reorganization

 

 

 

 
25,421

 
0.81

Charges related to Ohio Adjustment and Ohio Reimbursement Program

 

 
(3,209
)
 
(0.10
)
 
8,442

 
0.27

Adjusted net income and adjusted diluted net income per share from continuing operations
15,414

 
0.51

 
37,859

 
1.23

 
74,764

 
2.38

Other adjustments (net of tax):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible asset amortization
4,148

 
0.14

 
3,495

 
0.11

 
2,618

 
0.08

Non-cash equity-based compensation
2,806

 
0.11

 
3,092

 
0.11

 
3,007

 
0.09

Convertible debt non-cash interest and issuance cost amortization
518

 
0.02

 
2,493

 
0.08

 
2,386

 
0.08

Foreign currency transaction gain
(71
)
 

 
(11
)
 

 
(18
)
 

Adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings per share from continuing operations
$
22,815

 
$
0.78

 
$
46,928

 
$
1.53

 
$
82,757

 
$
2.63

 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
Diluted shares are calculated by giving effect to the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common shares were exercised and converted into common shares during the period. Per-share values may not compute correctly using the weighted average common shares outstanding value as the denominator due to rounding differences.

49

Table of Contents

The table below reconciles the gross amounts, the impact of income taxes and noncontrolling interest, or NCI, and the net amounts for each of the adjustments included in the table above.

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Pre-tax
Tax
After-tax
 
Pre-tax
Tax
After-tax
 
Pre-tax
Tax and NCI
After-tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on divestitures
$
5,176

$
(1,268
)
$
6,444

 
$

$

$

 
$

$

$

2014 Reorganization
7,538

2,789

4,749

 



 



Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures



 
1,373

508

865

 



Loss on early debt extinguishment
22,553

8,345

14,208

 
607

225

382

 



Regulatory Penalty



 
2,500


2,500

 



2013 Litigation Settlement
635

235

400

 
18,000

6,660

11,340

 



Tax benefit related to Creazione Deduction



 

33,201

(33,201
)
 



Charges related to the Mexico Reorganization



 



 
28,873

3,452

25,421

Charges related to the Ohio Adjustment and the Ohio Reimbursement Program



 
(5,000
)
(1,791
)
(3,209
)
 
13,400

4,958

8,442

Total Adjustments
$
35,902

$
10,101

$
25,801

 
$
17,480

$
38,803

$
(21,323
)
 
$
42,273

$
8,410

$
33,863


The Company has provided certain additional quarterly non-GAAP information for 2014 to conform previously reported quarterly data for 2014 to the current presentation, with the operations of Enova in discontinued operations as a result of the Enova Spin-off. The table below provides a reconciliation for each quarter of 2014 between net income (loss) from continuing operations and diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing operations calculated in accordance with GAAP to the adjusted net income (loss) and diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing operations, which are shown net of tax (dollars in thousands, except per share data).
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2014
 
June 30, 2014
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2014
 
$
Per Diluted Share (a)
 
$
Per Diluted Share (a)
 
$
Per Diluted Share (a)
 
$
Per Diluted Share (a)
Net income (loss) and diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing operations
$
3,237

$
0.11

 
$
(11,746
)
$
(0.41
)
 
$
(9,370
)
$
(0.32
)
 
$
7,492

$
0.26

Adjustments (net of tax):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
974

0.03

 
9,460

0.32

 
3,774

0.13

 


2013 Litigation Settlement
164

0.01

 
236

0.01

 


 


Loss on divestitures


 


 
6,444

0.22

 


2014 Reorganization


 


 
3,870

0.13

 
879

0.03

Adjusted net income (loss) and diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing operations
$
4,375

$
0.15

 
$
(2,050
)
$
(0.08
)
 
$
4,718

$
0.16

 
$
8,371

$
0.29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)  Diluted shares are calculated by giving effect to the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common shares were exercised and converted into common shares during the period. Per-share values may not compute correctly using the weighted average common shares outstanding value as the denominator due to rounding differences.



50

Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA
The table below shows adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, a non-GAAP measure that the Company defines as earnings from continuing operations excluding depreciation, amortization, interest, foreign currency transaction gains or losses, loss on early extinguishment of debt, equity in earnings or loss of unconsolidated subsidiary, taxes and including the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests. Management believes adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is used by investors to analyze operating performance and evaluate the Company’s ability to incur and service debt and its capacity for making capital expenditures. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is also useful to investors to help assess the Company’s estimated enterprise value. In addition, management believes that the adjustments shown below are useful to investors in order to allow them to compare the Company’s financial results during the periods shown without the effect of each of these income and expense items. The computation of adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as presented below may differ from the computation of similarly-titled measures provided by other companies. The following table provides a reconciliation between net (loss) income from continuing operations, which is the nearest GAAP measure presented in the Company’s financial statements, to Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (dollars in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net (loss) income from continuing operations
$
(10,387
)
 
$
59,182

 
$
40,901

 Net loss (income) attributable to the noncontrolling interest in continuing operations

 
308

 
(5,806
)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (a)
2,041

 
(15,505
)
 
39,114

Equity in loss of unconsolidated subsidiary

 
136

 
295

Loss on early extinguishment of debt
22,553

 
607

 

Foreign currency transaction gain
(113
)
 
(17
)
 
(29
)
Interest expense, net
18,873

 
16,457

 
7,991

Depreciation and amortization expenses
60,942

 
55,949

 
49,592

Adjustments
 
 
 
 
 
2014 Reorganization
7,538

 

 

Loss on Divestitures
5,176

 

 

Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures

 
1,373

 

Regulatory Penalty

 
2,500

 

2013 Litigation Settlement
635

 
18,000

 

Charges related to Mexico Reorganization

 

 
28,873

Charges related to Ohio Adjustment and Ohio Reimbursement Program

 
(5,000
)
 
13,400

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations
$
107,258

 
$
133,990

 
$
174,331

Adjusted EBITDA margin from continuing operations calculated as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue
$
1,094,696

 
$
1,030,486

 
$
1,139,443

Adjusted EBITDA
107,258

 
133,990

 
174,331

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of total revenue
9.8
%
 
13.0
%
 
15.3
%

(a) For the year ended December 31, 2012, excludes a $7.2 million charge for the recognition of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which is included in “Charges related to the Mexico Reorganization.”

51

Table of Contents

The Company has provided certain additional quarterly non-GAAP information for 2014 to conform previously reported quarterly data for 2014 to the current presentation, with the operations of Enova in discontinued operations as a result of the Enova Spin-off. The following table provides a reconciliation for each quarter of 2014 between net income (loss) from continuing operations, which is the nearest GAAP measure presented in the Company’s financial statements, to Adjusted EBITDA (dollars in thousands):

 
Three Months Ended
 
March 31,
2014
 
June 30,
2014
 
September 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2014
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
$
3,237

 
$
(11,746
)
 
$
(9,370
)
 
$
7,492

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
3,822

 
(5,303
)
 
(1,560
)
 
5,082

Loss on early extinguishment of debt
1,546

 
15,016

 
5,991

 

Foreign currency transaction loss (gain)
2

 
(119
)
 
4

 

Interest expense, net
5,304

 
5,509

 
4,321

 
3,739

Depreciation and amortization expenses
15,143

 
15,181

 
15,106

 
15,512

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 Litigation Settlement
260

 
375

 

 

Loss on divestitures

 

 
5,176

 

2014 Reorganization

 

 
6,143

 
1,395

Adjusted EBITDA
$
29,314

 
$
18,913

 
$
25,811

 
$
33,220



52

Table of Contents

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

Pawn Lending Activities

The following table sets forth selected data related to the Company’s pawn lending activities as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands except where otherwise noted).

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
% Change
Pawn loan fees and service charges
$
329,368

 
$
311,799

 
$
17,569

 
5.6
 %
Ending pawn loan balance (as of December 31,)
$
252,168

 
$
261,148

 
$
(8,980
)
 
(3.4
)%
Average pawn loan balance outstanding
$
251,695

 
$
238,109

 
$
13,586

 
5.7
 %
Amount of pawn loans written and renewed
$
1,071,760

 
$
1,014,662

 
$
57,098

 
5.6
 %
Average amount per pawn loan (in ones)
$
123

 
$
124

 
$
(1
)
 
(0.8
)%
Annualized yield on pawn loans
130.9
%
 
130.9
%
 
 
 
 

The average balance of pawn loans outstanding increased by $13.6 million, or 5.7%, and pawn loan fees and service charges increased by $17.6 million, or 5.6%, from 2013 to 2014. These increases were primarily due to growth from acquisitions that occurred in the second half of 2013. The increase in pawn loan fees and service charges in 2014 was partially offset by a decrease in the pawn loan fees and service charges of $2.3 million in the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations as a result of the sale of those operations in August 2014. Excluding the impact of the decrease from the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations, pawn loan fees and service charges increased $19.8 million, or 6.5%, from 2013 to 2014. Excluding pawn loan balances in the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations, the Company’s domestic pawn loan balances decreased $4.6 million, or 1.8%, to $252.2 million in 2014, compared to $256.8 million in 2013, primarily due to lower demand for pawn loans during the fourth quarter of 2014. Same store ending domestic pawn loan balances decreased 1.2% in 2014 compared to the year end 2013 balances. Management believes that the precipitous decline in gasoline prices in the fourth quarter of 2014 contributed to the decrease in demand for pawn loans.

53

Table of Contents

Merchandise Sales Activities
Proceeds From Disposition of Merchandise
    
Profit from the disposition of merchandise represents the proceeds received from the disposition of merchandise in excess of the cost of disposed merchandise, which is generally the principal amount loaned on an item or the amount paid for purchased merchandise. Management separates proceeds from disposition of merchandise and gross profit on disposition of merchandise into two groups, retail sales and commercial sales. Retail sales include the sale of jewelry and general merchandise direct to consumers through the Company’s locations or over the internet through auction and other similar sites. Commercial sales include the sale of refined gold, platinum, silver and diamonds to brokers or manufacturers. The following table summarizes the proceeds from the disposition of merchandise and the related profit for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
 Retail
 
Commercial
 
Total
 
Retail
 
Commercial
 
Total
Proceeds from disposition
$
528,312

 
$
131,694

 
$
660,006

 
$
427,644

 
$
167,795

 
$
595,439

Gross profit on disposition
$
173,714

 
$
12,155

 
$
185,869

 
$
151,757

 
$
33,069

 
$
184,826

Gross profit margin
32.9
%
 
9.2
%
 
28.2
%
 
35.5
%
 
19.7
%
 
31.0
%
Percentage of total gross profit
93.5
%
 
6.5
%
 
100.0
%
 
82.1
%
 
17.9
%
 
100.0
%
During 2013 and 2014, the Company shifted its strategy to place a greater emphasis on retail disposition of merchandise and much less reliance on the disposition of commercial merchandise due to the prevailing lower market price for pure gold. The percentage of gross profit from commercial sales has become a less significant percentage of the total gross profit from dispositions. Management expects this trend to continue and will focus on the profit from the retail disposition of merchandise in future periods.
As a result of this shift in strategy, proceeds and gross profit from disposition of merchandise for retail merchandise increased by $100.7 million, or 23.5%, and $22.0 million, or 14.5%, respectively, from 2013 to 2014. Excluding the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations, which were sold in August 2014, proceeds from the domestic disposition of retail merchandise increased $106.2 million, and gross profit from the disposition of retail merchandise remained at $22.0 million after this exclusion.
Proceeds and gross profit from disposition of merchandise for commercial merchandise decreased by $36.1 million and $20.9 million, respectively, from 2013 to 2014, primarily as a result of lower average price of gold sold in 2014.
Total gross margin decreased from 31.0% in 2013 to 28.2% in 2014, due to lower gross margin on retail sales, which declined mainly as a result of discounting of retail merchandise prices on general merchandise items to enhance sales, and lower gross margin on commercial dispositions. In addition, the Company increased the allowance for merchandise held for disposition by $1.5 million in 2014 due to the increase in the mix of general merchandise to total merchandise held for disposition. General merchandise typically requires a slightly higher allowance than jewelry due to its higher risk of losing value over time. This expense also contributed to the gross margin decrease from 2013 to 2014. However, total gross profit from the disposition of merchandise increased $1.0 million, or 0.6% overall.
Merchandise turnover decreased slightly from 2013 to 2014, from 2.4 times to 2.3 times.


54

Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the age of merchandise held for disposition related to the Company’s pawn operations before and after valuation allowance of $2.4 million and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (dollars in thousands):
 
 
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
  
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
Jewelry – held for one year or less
$
111,963

 
52.0
%
 
$
116,256

 
55.4
%
Other merchandise – held for one year or less
90,642

 
42.1
%
 
79,851

 
38.1
%
Total merchandise held for one year or less
202,605

 
94.1
%
 
196,107

 
93.5
%
Jewelry – held for more than one year
3,494

 
1.6
%
 
6,734

 
3.2
%
Other merchandise – held for more than one year
9,150

 
4.3
%
 
7,007

 
3.3
%
Total merchandise held for more than one year
12,644

 
5.9
%
 
13,741

 
6.5
%
Merchandise held for disposition, gross
$
215,249

 
100.0
%
 
$
209,848

 
100.0
%
Merchandise held for disposition, net of allowance
$
212,849

 
 
 
$
208,899

 
 

Consumer Loan Activities
Combined Consumer Loans
In addition to reporting consumer loans owned by the Company and consumer loans guaranteed by the Company, which are either GAAP items or disclosures required by GAAP, the Company has provided combined consumer loans, which is a non-GAAP measure. In addition, the Company has reported consumer loans written and renewed, which is statistical data that is not included in the Company’s financial statements. References throughout Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations to renewed consumer loans include both renewals and extensions made by customers to their existing loans in accordance with applicable laws.
Management believes these non-GAAP measures provide investors with important information needed to evaluate the magnitude of potential loan losses and the opportunity for revenue performance of the consumer loan portfolio on an aggregate basis. Management also believes that the comparison of the aggregate amounts from period to period is more meaningful than comparing only the amounts reflected on the Company’s balance sheet since both revenue and the loss provision for loans are impacted by the aggregate amount of loans owned by the Company and those guaranteed by the Company as reflected in its financial statements.

55

Table of Contents

Consumer Loan Balances

The following table summarizes consumer loan balances outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
  
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
  
Company
Owned(a)
 
Guaranteed
by the
Company(a)
 
Combined(b)
 
Company
Owned(a)
 
Guaranteed
by the
Company(a)
 
Combined(b)
Ending consumer loan balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term loans
$
42,954

 
$
2,718

 
$
45,672

 
$
49,856

 
$
4,900

 
$
54,756

Installment loans
6,061

 
7,073

 
13,134

 
9,787

 
12,639

 
22,426

Total ending loan balance, gross
49,015

 
9,791

 
58,806

 
59,643

 
17,539

 
77,182

Less: Allowance and liabilities for losses
(4,162
)
 
(1,060
)
 
(5,222
)
 
(4,911
)
 
(1,030
)
 
(5,941
)
Total ending loan balance, net
$
44,853

 
$
8,731

 
$
53,584

 
$
54,732

 
$
16,509

 
$
71,241

Allowance and liability for losses as a % of consumer loan balances, gross
8.5
%
 
10.8
%
 
8.9
%
 
8.2
%
 
5.9
%
 
7.7
%

(a) 
GAAP measure. The consumer loan balances guaranteed by the Company represent loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, so these balances are not recorded in the Company’s financial statements. However, the Company has established a liability for estimated losses in support of its guarantee of these loans, which is reflected in the table above and included in its consolidated balance sheets.  
(b) 
Except for allowance and liability for estimated losses, amounts represent non-GAAP measures.

Consumer Loan Fees

Consumer loan fees decreased $15.5 million, or 13.7%, to $97.7 million in 2014 compared to $113.2 million in 2013. The decrease in consumer loan fees was primarily due to a decrease in short-term consumer loan balances, mainly due to the Company’s strategic decision to discontinue short-term consumer lending in 311 of its locations in 2014. See “General—Recent Developments—Reduction in Short-Term Consumer Lending Operations” for further discussion of the recent changes in the Company’s short-term consumer lending activities.

The following table sets forth interest and fees on consumer loans by product type, and the related loan loss provision for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Short-term 
loans
 
Installment
loans
 
Total
 
Short-term
loans
 
Installment
loans
 
Total
Consumer loan fees
$
83,909

 
$
13,765

 
$
97,674

 
$
100,146

 
$
13,065

 
$
113,211

Less: consumer loan loss provision
23,269

 
7,740

 
31,009

 
27,513

 
5,846

 
33,359

Consumer loan fees, net loss provision
$
60,640

 
$
6,025

 
$
66,665

 
$
72,633

 
$
7,219

 
$
79,852

Year-over-year change—$
$
(11,993
)
 
$
(1,194
)
 
$
(13,187
)
 
$
(12,056
)
 
$
(759
)
 
$
(12,815
)
Year-over-year change—%
(16.5
)%
 
(16.5
)%
 
(16.5
)%
 
(14.2
)%
 
(9.5
)%
 
(13.8
)%
Consumer loan loss provision as a % of consumer loan fees
27.7
 %
 
56.2
 %
 
31.7
 %
 
27.5
 %
 
44.7
 %
 
29.5
 %


56

Table of Contents

Consumer Loan Loss Provision

The loss provision as a percentage of consumer loan fees increased to 31.7% in 2014 from 29.5% in 2013, primarily due to the change in the mix in the consumer loan portfolio during 2014. In connection with the Company’s strategy to de-emphasize its short-term consumer loan lending activities, the total consumer loan portfolio included a greater proportion of installment loans in 2014 compared to 2013. Short-term loans generally carry lower loss rates than installment loans, and the decrease in short-term loans led to the overall increase in the loss rate in 2014. Despite the higher loss rate in 2014 in the consumer loan loss portfolio, the consumer loan loss provision decreased overall, primarily as a result of the significant decline in the short-term consumer loan balances in the portfolio during 2014.

The average amount outstanding per consumer loan is calculated as the total amount of combined consumer loans outstanding as of the end of the period divided by the total number of combined consumer loans outstanding as of the end of the period. The table below shows the average amount per consumer loan by product for 2014 compared to 2013. The decrease in the average amount of installment loans outstanding from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 was primarily due to the discontinuation during 2014 of one of the Company’s installment loan products that typically carried higher average balances than other loans in the installment loan portfolio.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Average amount outstanding per consumer loan (in ones)(a)
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term loans
 
$
475

 
 
$
474

Installment loans
 
$
1,442

 
 
$
2,083

 
 
 
 
 
(a) The disclosure regarding the average amount per consumer loan is statistical data that is not included in the Company’s financial statements.


57

Table of Contents

Consumer Loan Information by Product
Management evaluates consumer loan loss rates for all of its consumer loan products to determine credit quality and evaluate trends. For short-term loans, the Company evaluates consumer loan losses as a percentage of combined consumer loans written and renewed. For installment loans, the Company evaluates consumer loan losses as a percentage of the average consumer loan balance outstanding and the average combined consumer loan balance outstanding, respectively, for each portfolio. The following tables provide additional information related to each of the Company’s consumer loan products as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands). Ratios provided in the tables below reflect performance measures used by management, which may differ by products due to the specific characteristics of each product.
 
Year ended December 31,
  
2014
 
2013
Short-term consumer loans:
 
 
 
Consumer loan loss provision
$
23,269

 
$
27,513

Charge-offs (net of recoveries)
24,363

 
27,628

Allowance and liability for losses
3,138

 
4,232

Short-term consumer loans written and renewed:(a)
 
 
 
Company owned
$
646,232

 
$
712,253

Guaranteed by the Company(b)
62,698

 
104,236

Combined consumer loans written and renewed
$
708,930

 
$
816,489

Short-term consumer loans and fees receivable:
 
 
 
Gross - Company owned
$
42,954

 
$
49,856

Gross - Guaranteed by the Company(b)
$
2,718

 
$
4,900

Combined consumer loans and fees receivable, gross (c)
$
45,672

 
$
54,756

Short-term consumer loan ratios:
 
 
 
Consumer loan loss provision as a % of combined consumer loans written and renewed(a)
3.3
%
 
3.4
%
Charge-offs (net of recoveries) as a % of combined consumer loans written and renewed(a)
3.4
%
 
3.4
%
Consumer loan loss provision as a % of consumer loan fees
27.7
%
 
27.5
%
Allowance and liability for losses as a % of combined consumer loans and fees receivable, gross(c)
6.9
%
 
7.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
The disclosure regarding the amount of short-term consumer loans written and renewed is statistical data that is not included in the Company’s financial statements.  
(b) 
Represents loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in the Company’s financial statements  
(c) 
Non-GAAP measure.

 
Year ended December 31,
  
2014
 
2013
Installment loans:
 
 
 
Consumer loan loss provision
$
7,740

 
$
5,846

Charge-offs (net of recoveries)
7,365

 
5,441

Allowance and liability for losses
2,084

 
1,709

Installment loan ratios:
 
 
 
Consumer loan loss provision as a % of consumer loan fees
56.2
%
 
44.7
%
Allowance and liability for losses as a % of combined ending consumer loan balance(a)
15.9
%
 
7.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
.  
(a) 
Non-GAAP measure.


58

Table of Contents

Expenses
The table below shows additional detail of the total expenses for the Company for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands): 
  
Year Ended December 31,
  
2014
 
2013
Operations and administration:
 
 
 
Personnel
$
297,180

 
$
262,820

Occupancy
126,897

 
118,124

Other
66,388

 
88,274

Total operations and administration
490,465

 
469,218

Loss on divestitures
5,176

 

Depreciation and amortization
60,942

 
56,128

Total expenses
$
556,583

 
$
525,346

Year-over-year change—$
 
 
 
Operations and administration
$
21,247

 
$
(11,038
)
Loss on divestitures
5,176

 

Depreciation and amortization
4,814

 
(6,028
)
Total expenses
$
31,237

 
$
(17,066
)
Year-over-year change—%
5.9
%
 
(3.1
)%
Consolidated total expenses increased $31.2 million, or 5.9%, to $556.6 million in 2014 compared to 2013.

Operations and Administration Expenses

The Company completed a variety of strategic initiatives in 2014 that materially affected its operations and administration expenses for the period. In addition, during 2013, the Company was affected by certain income and expense items that impacted comparisons between the two periods. See “General—Recent Developments” and “Overview” sections above for more information about the expense items in 2014.

Operations and administration expenses increased $21.2 million, or 4.5%, to $490.5 million in 2014 compared to 2013. Components of the increase included a $34.4 million increase in personnel expenses, an $8.8 million increase in occupancy expenses and a $22.0 million decrease in other expenses.
    
The $34.4 million increase in personnel expenses is primarily due to severance costs related to the 2014 Reorganization, the addition of retail services locations through acquisitions made during 2013, normal merit increases, incentives and increased health insurance costs.
 
The $8.8 million increase in occupancy expenses, which includes rent, property taxes, insurance, utilities and maintenance, is primarily due to acquisitions made during 2013 and normal rent increases, partially offset by lower expenses in 2014, primarily related to $1.4 million of expenses in 2013 for the Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures.
The $22.0 million decrease in other expenses in 2014 from 2013 was primarily driven by lower expenses in 2014 due to a charge incurred in 2013 related to an accrual of $18.0 million for the 2013 Litigation Settlement and decreased marketing expenses in 2014 compared to 2013. Offsetting these decreases was an increase in expenses in 2014 due to a benefit recognized by the Company in 2013 of $5.0 million related to the Ohio Adjustment, partially offset by a $2.5 million expense incurred in 2013 related to the Regulatory Penalty.

The 2014 Reorganization resulted in an increase in operations and administration expenses in 2014 and the full impact of the cost reductions was not fully realized in 2014. Management expects that the cost reductions

59

Table of Contents

resulting from the 2014 Reorganization will decrease operations and administration expenses related to its corporate and field management operations in future periods relative to 2014.

Loss on Divestitures

The Company incurred a loss on divestitures of $5.2 million in 2014 as a result of a $2.8 million loss on the sale of its Mexico-based pawn operations, a $2.1 million expense recognized related to an uncollectible receivable as a result of the Company’s discontinuation of its Mexico-based pawn operations, and a $0.3 million loss on the sale of the Company’s Colorado pawn lending locations. See “General—Recent Developments—Divestiture of Mexico-based Pawn Operations” and “—Divestiture of Colorado Pawn Shops” for additional information.

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

Consolidated depreciation and amortization expenses increased $4.8 million, or 8.6%, primarily due to an increase in capitalized amounts related to depreciation expenses related to acquisitions completed during 2013 and the Company’s recent remodeling activities in its existing and newly acquired stores. In addition, amortization expenses increased due to acquisitions completed in 2013. In recent years, the Company has completed significant acquisitions, which have increased the Company’s intangible assets and the related amortization expenses.

Interest Expense and Interest Income

Following the Enova Spin-off, interest expense for the Company from continuing operations excludes interest expense in 2014 associated with the $500.0 million of senior unsecured notes issued by Enova in May 2014 and excludes interest expense in 2014 and 2013 for the Enova Note Receivable, both of which are presented in discontinued operations. Following the Enova Spin-off, the $500.0 million of senior unsecured notes are debt obligations of Enova, and interest expense related thereto is no longer incurred by the Company.
    
The following table shows the Company’s interest income and expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
% Change
Interest expense
$
26,520

 
$
36,319

 
$
(9,799
)
 
(27.0
)%
Interest income
7,647

 
19,862

 
(12,215
)
 
(61.5
)%
Interest expense, net
$
18,873

 
$
16,457

 
$
2,416

 
14.7
 %

Interest expense, net of interest income, increased $2.4 million, or 14.7%, to $18.9 million in 2014 as compared to $16.5 million in 2013. The Company’s interest income in 2014 and 2013 related primarily to the Enova Note Receivable. The Enova Note Receivable was repaid in full and terminated in May 2014 and was outstanding for the full year in 2013, resulting in a decrease in interest income of $12.2 million in 2014 from 2013. In addition, during 2014, interest expense decreased, primarily due to the payments made in connection with several of the Company’s debt instruments in 2014, including prepayment in its entirety of the Company’s Private Placement Notes, the purchase of a portion of the Company’s outstanding 2018 Senior Notes, payments made in connection with the conversion and redemption of the Company’s 2029 Convertible Notes and a reduction of the outstanding indebtedness under the Company’s Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit. These debt instruments were repaid primarily with the proceeds received from Enova for the repayment of the Enova Note Receivable. The overall decrease in interest income offset the decrease in interest expense, resulting in an increase to net interest expense in 2014. See Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the Company’s debt instruments.
    

60

Table of Contents

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

The Company incurred a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $22.6 million in 2014 compared to $0.6 million in 2013. This loss was composed of an approximately $15.1 million loss during 2014 associated with the prepayment of $106.2 million of aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding Private Placement Notes, a $6.0 million loss in 2014 related to the repurchase of $103.5 million of aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 2018 Senior Notes and a $1.5 million loss associated with the repurchase of $58.6 million principal amount of 2029 Convertible Notes prior to the Convertible Notes being called in May 2014.

Income Taxes

During 2014, the Company recorded income tax expense of $2.0 million on a pre-tax loss of $8.3 million, resulting in a negative effective tax rate of (24.5%).  The negative effective tax rate was primarily due to the tax impact of the write-off of non-deductible goodwill associated with the sale of the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations and an additional valuation allowance associated with the current year losses in Mexico. During 2013, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $15.5 million on pre-tax profits of $44.0 million, resulting in a negative effective tax rate of (35.3%).  The negative effective tax rate was primarily due to the recognized income tax benefit of $33.2 million associated with the Creazione Deduction as well as the release of reserves established for unrecognized tax benefits associated with the Company’s Mexico operations. Without the impact of these items, the Company’s effective tax rate would have been 11.6% and 39.6% for 2014 and 2013, respectively. The lower effective tax rate for 2014 is primarily due to the pre-tax loss incurred in 2014 and the tax impact of other permanently non-deductible items.  Given the impact of the pre-tax loss incurred in 2014 and the significance of the one-time items that affected the 2014 effective tax rate, that rate should not be viewed as indicative of the effective tax rate for future periods.

Net Income from Discontinued Operations
As a result of the Enova Spin-off, the financial results of Enova are presented as discontinued operations for all applicable periods in this discussion. As the Enova Spin-off occurred on November 13, 2014, the Company’s results discussed below for 2014 include only revenue and expenses incurred prior to that date.
Net income from discontinued operations increased $25.7 million, or 30.8%, from 2013 to 2014. The increase was primarily due to a $27.7 million, or 6.2%, increase in net revenue, driven by higher revenue from Enova’s domestic and foreign line of credit account and installment loan portfolios and lower consumer loan loss rates across all of Enova’s consumer loan portfolios, including short-term loans, line of credit accounts and installment loans. Enova’s effective tax rate for 2014 and 2013, respectively, was 36.6% and 35.7%.


61

Table of Contents

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Pawn Lending Activities
The following table sets forth selected data related to the Company’s pawn lending activities as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands except where otherwise noted):
 
  
Year Ended December 31,
  
2013
 
2012
 
Change
 
% Change
Pawn loan fees and service charges
$
311,799

 
$
300,929

 
$
10,870

 
3.6
 %
Ending pawn loans outstanding (as of December 31,)
$
261,148

 
$
244,640

 
$
16,508

 
6.7
 %
Average pawn loans outstanding
$
238,109

 
$
237,121

 
$
988

 
0.4
 %
Amount of pawn loans written and renewed
$
1,014,662

 
$
1,040,478

 
$
(25,816
)
 
(2.5
)%
Average amount per pawn loan (in ones)
124

 
124

 

 

Annualized yield on pawn loans
130.9
%
 
126.9
%
 
 
 
 

Pawn Loan Fees and Service Charges and Pawn Balances

Consolidated pawn loan balances as of December 31, 2013 were $261.1 million, which was $16.5 million higher than the balances as of December 31, 2012. Consolidated pawn loan fees and service charges increased $10.9 million, or 3.6%, to $311.8 million in 2013 from $300.9 million in 2012. The increases in pawn loan balances and pawn loan fees and service charges were primarily due to increases in pawn loan balances from acquisitions in the U.S. that the Company made in 2013.
Domestic Pawn Lending
The average balance of pawn loans outstanding during 2013 increased by $8.1 million, or 3.6%, compared to 2012, primarily due to an increase in the loan balances as a result of the addition of 81 pawn lending locations, net of closures, through acquisitions and de novo store growth since 2012. The increase was partially offset by lower average pawn loan balances in same-store locations, which decreased 3.6% in 2013 compared to 2012. Management believes this decrease is primarily attributable to a reduction in demand for pawn loans by customers. The average amount per loan decreased to $127 in 2013 from $131 in 2012 and was influenced by a greater mix of pawn loans being collateralized by non-jewelry merchandise, which generally have a lower average loan amount than loans collateralized by jewelry.
Pawn loan fees and service charges increased $16.4 million, or 5.7%, to $304.5 million in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase is primarily due to higher pawn loan yields and higher average pawn loan balances during 2013. The increase in pawn loan yield was primarily due to a greater mix of pawn loans in markets with higher statutory lending rates on pawn loans and lower forfeiture rates. The increase in average pawn loan balances is primarily due to acquisitions and de novo store growth in domestic operations.
Foreign Pawn Lending
The average balance of foreign pawn loans outstanding during 2013 decreased by $7.1 million, or 59.0%, compared to 2012. The decrease was mainly due to the net closure of 148 pawn lending locations in 2012 as part of the Mexico Reorganization. Consequently, foreign pawn loan fees and service charges decreased $5.5 million, or 42.9%, to $7.3 million in 2013 compared to 2012. However, the annualized yield on pawn loans increased from 105.9% in 2012 to 147.4% in 2013, primarily due to the greater mix in 2013 of general merchandise pawn loans, which have a higher yield than jewelry-based pawn loans in the Company’s foreign pawn operations.


62

Table of Contents

Merchandise Sales Activities

Proceeds From Disposition of Merchandise

The following table summarizes the proceeds from the disposition of merchandise and the related profit for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
Retail    
 
Commercial    
 
Total    
 
Retail    
 
Commercial    
 
Total    
Proceeds from disposition
$
427,644

 
$
167,795

 
$
595,439

 
$
391,566

 
$
312,201

 
$
703,767

Gross profit on disposition
$
151,757

 
$
33,069

 
$
184,826

 
$
144,095

 
$
81,493

 
$
225,588

Gross profit margin
35.5
%
 
19.7
%
 
31.0
%
 
36.8
%
 
26.1
%
 
32.1
%
Percentage of total gross profit
82.1
%
 
17.9
%
 
100.0
%
 
63.9
%
 
36.1
%
 
100.0
%
As the table above indicates, the Company placed a greater emphasis on retail disposition of merchandise in its locations and de-emphasized the commercial disposition of merchandise due to lower market prices for pure gold.
The total proceeds from disposition of merchandise decreased $108.3 million, or 15.4%, in 2013 compared to 2012. Total gross profit from the disposition of merchandise decreased $40.8 million, or 18.1%, during 2013 compared to 2012. The overall gross profit margin percentage decreased to 31.0% in 2013 compared to 32.1% in 2012, primarily due to a decrease in gross profit margin on commercial sales. The consolidated merchandise turnover decreased to 2.4 times during 2013 compared to 3.0 times in 2012, primarily due to management’s decision to emphasize retail disposition activity rather than the Company’s previous practice of disposing of a higher volume of merchandise through commercial sales. Commercial sales typically have a higher turnover rate than retail sales.
Proceeds from retail dispositions of merchandise increased $36.1 million, or 9.2%, during 2013 compared to 2012. Proceeds from domestic retail dispositions increased $42.9 million, primarily due to management’s emphasis on retail disposition activity and the addition of locations through acquisitions and de novo store growth. Offsetting this increase was a $6.8 million decrease in foreign retail sales proceeds, mainly due to the closure in 2012 of pawn lending locations in Mexico as part of the Mexico Reorganization.

Gross profit from retail dispositions increased to 82.1% of total gross profit in 2013 compared to 63.9% in 2012, primarily due to the shift to emphasize more retail disposition activity over commercial sales activity. Consolidated gross profit from retail dispositions increased $7.7 million, composed of a $10.2 million increase from domestic operations, offset by a $2.5 million decrease from foreign operations. Total retail gross profit margin decreased to 35.5% in 2013 compared to 36.8% in 2012, primarily due to management’s discounting of merchandise to encourage retail sales activity.

Proceeds from commercial dispositions decreased $144.4 million, or 46.3%, during 2013 compared to 2012. Proceeds from commercial dispositions from domestic operations decreased by $123.2 million, primarily due to a decrease in the volume of gold sold as part of an effort to place a greater emphasis on retail disposition activity, decreases in the market price of gold sold and the volume of jewelry forfeitures of collateral and jewelry purchased directly from customers. Foreign operations contributed $21.2 million of the decrease, primarily due to the closure of pawn lending locations in Mexico as part of Mexico Reorganization. Consolidated gross profit from commercial dispositions decreased $48.4 million, mainly due to lower gross profit in domestic operations. The decrease in consolidated gross profit margin from commercial dispositions, which was 19.7% in 2013 compared to 26.1% in 2012, was mainly due to a lower volume of gold sold and a decrease in the market price of gold sold.


63

Table of Contents

Consumer Loan Activities
Combined Consumer Loans
Consumer Loan Balances
The following table summarizes consumer loan balances outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
  
As of December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
  
Company
Owned(a)
 
Guaranteed
by the
Company(a)
 
Combined(b)
 
Company
Owned(a)
 
Guaranteed
by the
Company(a)
 
Combined(b)
Ending consumer loan balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term loans
$
49,856

 
$
4,900

 
$
54,756

 
$
52,171

 
$
7,134

 
$
59,305

Installment loans
9,787

 
12,639

 
22,426

 
11,246

 
9,395

 
20,641

Total ending loan balance, gross
59,643

 
17,539

 
77,182

 
63,417

 
16,529

 
79,946

Less: Allowance and liabilities for losses
(4,911
)
 
(1,030
)
 
(5,941
)
 
(4,779
)
 
(872
)
 
(5,651
)
Total ending loan balance, net
$
54,732

 
$
16,509

 
$
71,241

 
$
58,638

 
$
15,657

 
$
74,295

Allowance and liability for losses as a % of consumer loan balances, gross
8.2
%
 
5.9
%
 
7.7
%
 
7.5
%
 
5.3
%
 
7.1
%

(a) 
GAAP measure. The consumer loan balances guaranteed by the Company represent loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, so these balances are not recorded in the Company’s financial statements. However, the Company has established a liability for estimated losses in support of its guarantee of these loans, which is reflected in the table above and included in its consolidated balance sheets.
(b) 
Except for allowance and liability for estimated losses, amounts represent non-GAAP measures.

Consumer Loan Fees

Consumer loan fees decreased $8.7 million, or 7.1%, to $113.2 million in 2013 compared to $121.9 million in 2012. The decrease in consumer loan fees was primarily due to a decrease in consumer loan demand in the Company’s retail services locations and the Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures.

Consumer Loan Loss Provision

The loss provision as a percentage of consumer loan fees increased to 29.5% in 2013 from 24.0% in 2012 primarily due to a shift in mix of loans in the portfolio in 2013 as compared to 2012 to include a higher proportion of the installment loans, which generally carry higher loss rates than short-term consumer loans. Additionally, the Company experienced higher charge-offs and decreased collections in each of these portfolios in 2013 as compared to 2012, leading to higher loan losses in the overall portfolio. The consumer loan loss provision increased $4.1 million, or 14.1%, to $33.4 million from 2012 to 2013.

64

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth interest and fees on consumer loans by product type, and the related loan loss provision for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
Short-term 
loans
 
Installment
loans
 
Total
 
Short-term
loans
 
Installment
loans
 
Total
Consumer loan fees
$
100,146

 
$
13,065

 
$
113,211

 
$
109,972

 
$
11,920

 
$
121,892

Less: consumer loan loss provision
27,513

 
5,846

 
33,359

 
25,283

 
3,942

 
29,225

Consumer loan fees, net loss provision
$
72,633

 
$
7,219

 
$
79,852

 
$
84,689

 
$
7,978

 
$
92,667

Year-over-year change—$
$
(12,056
)
 
$
(759
)
 
$
(12,815
)
 
$
(4,854
)
 
$
2,330

 
$
(2,524
)
Year-over-year change—%
(14.2
)%
 
(9.5
)%
 
(13.8
)%
 
(5.4
)%
 
41.3
%
 
(2.7
)%
Consumer loan loss provision as a % of consumer loan fees
27.5
 %
 
44.7
 %
 
29.5
 %
 
23.0
 %
 
33.1
%
 
24.0
 %

The table below shows the average amount per consumer loan by product for 2013 compared to 2012. The decrease in the average amount of installment loans outstanding from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 was primarily due to a change in the mix of products in the installment loan portfolio. In 2013, the Company introduced an installment loan product that had a lower average balance relative to its other installment loan products, which resulted in a decrease in the average loan outstanding for 2013.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
2012
Average amount per consumer loan (in ones)(a)
 
 
 
Short-term loans
$
474

 
$
473

Installment loans
2,083

 
3,069

(a) The disclosure regarding the average amount per consumer loan is statistical data that is not included in the Company’s financial statements.


65

Table of Contents

Consumer Loan Information by Product
The following tables provide additional information related to each of the Company’s consumer loan products as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):

  
2013
 
2012
Short-term consumer loans:
 
 
 
Consumer loan loss provision
$
27,513

 
$
25,283

Charge-offs (net of recoveries)
27,628

 
24,795

Allowance and liability for losses
4,232

 
4,347

Short-term consumer loans written and renewed:(a)
 
 
 
Company owned
$
712,253

 
$
743,575

Guaranteed by the Company(b)
104,236

 
145,221

Combined consumer loans written and renewed
$
816,489

 
$
888,796

Short-term consumer loans and fees receivable:
 
 
 
Gross - Company owned
$
49,856

 
$
52,171

Gross - Guaranteed by the Company (b)
4,900

 
7,134

Combined consumer loans and fees receivable, gross (c)
$
54,756

 
$
59,305

Short-term consumer loan ratios:
 
 
 
Consumer loan loss provision as a % of combined consumer loans written and renewed(a)
3.4
%
 
2.8
%
Charge-offs (net of recoveries) as a % of combined consumer loans written and renewed(a)
3.4
%
 
2.8
%
Consumer loan loss provision as a % of consumer loan fees
27.5
%
 
23.0
%
Allowance and liability for losses as a % of combined consumer loans and fees receivable, gross(c)
7.7
%
 
7.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
The disclosure regarding the amount of short-term consumer loans written and renewed is statistical data that is not included in the Company’s financial statements.
(b) 
Represents loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in the Company’s financial statements.
(c) 
Non-GAAP measure.


  
2013
 
2012
Installment loans:
 
 
 
Consumer loan loss provision
$
5,846

 
$
3,942

Charge-offs (net of recoveries)
5,441

 
3,575

Allowance and liability for losses
1,709

 
1,304

Installment loan ratios:
 
 
 
Consumer loan loss provision as a % of consumer loan fees
44.7
%
 
33.1
%
Allowance and liability for losses as a % of combined ending consumer loan balance(a)
7.6
%
 
6.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
Non-GAAP measure.

66

Table of Contents


Expenses

The table below shows additional detail of the total expenses for the Company for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
 
  
Year Ended December 31,
  
2013
 
2012
Operations and administration:
 
 
 
Personnel
$
262,820

 
$
264,143

Occupancy
118,124

 
115,489

Other
88,274

 
100,624

Total operations and administration
469,218

 
480,256

Depreciation and amortization
56,128

 
62,156

Total expenses
$
525,346

 
$
542,412

Year-over-year change - $
 
 
 
Operations and administration
$
(11,038
)
 
$
42,109

Depreciation and amortization
(6,028
)
 
19,270

Total
$
(17,066
)
 
$
61,379

Year-over-year change - %
(3.1
)%
 
12.8
%
    
Consolidated total expenses decreased $17.1 million, or 3.1%, to $525.3 million in 2013 compared to $542.4 million in 2012.

Operations and Administration Expenses

Operations and administration expenses decreased $11.0 million, or 2.3%, to $469.2 million during 2013 compared to 2012. Components of the decrease included a $12.3 million decrease in other expenses, a $1.3 million decrease in personnel expenses and a $2.6 million increase in occupancy expenses.
The $12.3 million decrease from 2012 to 2013 in other expenses was primarily driven by the higher expenses incurred in 2012 related to the $13.4 million charge for the Ohio Reimbursement Program. Also contributing to the decrease in other expenses was approximately $4.4 million of lower expenses in 2013 from the charges incurred in 2012 related to the Mexico Reorganization and $7.0 million lower operating and administrative costs in 2013 from the reduced operations in Mexico in 2013, mainly as a result of the Mexico Reorganization. In addition, in 2013, the Company recognized a benefit in operations and administration expenses of $5.0 million related to the Ohio Adjustment, partially offset by a $2.5 million charge incurred in 2013 related to the Regulatory Penalty. Other decreases in other expenses were primarily due to decreased collection costs in 2013 as a result of a decrease in loans written, lower processing charges related to the disposition of commercial merchandise and lower underwriting costs related to a decrease in loans written in 2013. Partially offsetting the decreases noted above was an increase related to an accrual of $18.0 million in 2013 for the 2013 Litigation Settlement.

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

Consolidated depreciation and amortization expenses decreased $6.0 million, or 9.7%, primarily due to the reduction in assets and impairment charges taken in 2012 from the Mexico Reorganization, partially offset by acquisitions in late 2012 and in 2013 and an increase in depreciation and amortization associated with corporate assets.

67

Table of Contents


Interest Expense and Interest Income

In connection with the Company’s reporting of Enova in discontinued operations as a result of the Enova Spin-off, interest expense for the Company from continuing operations excludes interest in 2013 and 2012 for the Enova Note Receivable. This interest was included as interest income for both of these years.

The following table shows the Company’s interest income and expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
 
% Change
Interest expense
$
36,319

 
$
29,134

 
$
7,185

 
24.7
 %
Interest income
19,862

 
21,143

 
(1,281
)
 
(6.1
)%
Interest expense, net
$
16,457

 
$
7,991

 
$
8,466

 
105.9
 %

Interest expense, net of interest income, increased $8.5 million, or 105.9%, to $16.5 million in 2013 as compared to $8.0 million in 2012. The Company’s interest income in 2013 and 2012 related primarily to the Enova Note Receivable. The average amount outstanding for the Enova Note Receivable was lower in 2013 compared to 2012, resulting in a decrease in interest income of $1.3 million in 2013 from 2012. In addition, the Company issued the $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.75% Senior Notes, or 2018 Senior Notes, in May 2013. Following the issuance of the 2018 Senior Notes, the Company decreased the outstanding indebtedness under its Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit, which had a lower effective interest rate than the 2018 Senior Notes. As a result, the Company’s effective blended borrowing cost increased to 5.5% in 2013 compared to 4.8% in 2012.

Income Taxes
During 2013, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $15.5 million on pre-tax profits of $44.0 million, resulting in a negative effective tax rate of (35.3%).  The negative effective tax rate was primarily due to the recognized income tax benefit of $33.2 million associated with the Creazione Deduction as well as the release of reserves established for unrecognized tax benefits associated with the Company’s Mexico operations.  During 2012, the Company recorded income tax expense of $46.3 million on pre-tax profits of $81.4, resulting in an effective tax rate of 56.9%.  The effective tax rate was negatively impacted by a $12.6 million valuation allowance related to the deferred tax assets of the Company’s Mexico subsidiaries.  Without the impact of these items, the Company’s effective tax rate would have been 39.6% and 41.9% for 2013 and 2012, respectively. The effective tax rate for 2012 was also negatively impacted by significant losses in the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations, which were taxed at a lower rate than the domestic operations.

Net Loss Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest

Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest changed by $6.1 million in 2013 from a net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest of $5.8 million in 2012 to net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest of $0.3 million in 2013, primarily due to the Company’s purchase of the outstanding shares held by minority shareholders in Creazione in September 2012.


68

Table of Contents

Net Income from Discontinued Operations

As a result of the Enova Spin-off, the financial results of Enova are presented as discontinued operations for all applicable periods in this discussion. Net income from discontinued operations increased $16.8 million, or 25.2%, from 2012 to 2013. The increase was primarily due to 19.9% increase in net revenue, driven by higher revenue from Enova’s domestic and foreign line of credit account and installment loan portfolios and lower consumer loan loss rates across Enova’s entire consumer loan portfolio. Enova’s effective tax rate for 2013 and 2012, respectively, was 35.7% and 36.6%.


69

Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company manages its liquidity and capital positions to satisfy three primary objectives. First, near-term liquidity is managed to ensure that adequate resources are available to fund the Company’s seasonal working capital growth, which is driven by demand for the Company’s loan products. Second, longer-term financing strategies are used to manage the Company’s debt refinancing risk, and third, long-term capital strategies are used to provide the capital necessary to fund the Company’s long-term strategic growth objectives. Near-term liquidity is provided through operating cash flows and the utilization of borrowings under the Company’s Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit. Long-term liquidity is provided through long-term debt financing and the issuance of debt securities. Long-term capital needs are managed by assessing the growth capital needs of the Company over time and balancing those needs against the internal and external capital resources available. Longer-term financing risk is managed by staggering the Company’s debt maturities and issuing new long-term debt securities from time to time as market conditions permit.
The Company has historically generated significant cash flow through normal operating activities for funding both short-term and long-term needs. As a result, operating cash flow, which may be supplemented with borrowings under the Company’s Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit is expected to meet the needs of near-term operating objectives without reliance on short-term credit instruments such as warehouse lines of credit, asset-backed securities or commercial paper.
Management considers additional sources of long-term funding when strategic transactions, such as large scale acquisitions, are necessary or desirable. Historically, funding for long-term strategic transactions has been supplemented by the Company’s long-term unsecured bank line of credit or other long-term debt securities.
As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company believes it was in compliance with all financial ratios, covenants and other requirements set forth in its debt agreements. Representatives of a small number of holders of the 2018 Senior Notes, which the Company believes own less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Notes, have indicated that they believe the Enova Spin-off was not permitted by the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture. These noteholders have taken the position that the Company is in default under the Indenture and that a make-whole premium is payable, in addition to principal and accrued interest. The Company disagrees with the assertion that a default exists under the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture and also disagrees that a make-whole premium would be due in the event of a default because, among other things, the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture provides that upon acceleration of the 2018 Senior Notes due to a default, the repayment remedy is the repayment of principal and accrued interest with no provision for a make-whole premium. The Company believes the position taken by these noteholders is without merit and the Company intends to vigorously defend its position on these issues if formally asserted. This claim could be costly to defend, could be damaging to the Company’s reputation, could be time consuming for management and could affect the Company’s ability to obtain capital in the future. As of the date of this Annual Report, the Company has ample liquidity and capital resources, including availability under the Company’s Domestic and Multi-Currency Line of Credit, to repay the 2018 Senior Notes regardless of the outcome of this claim.
In the event of a significant decline in demand for the Company’s products and services or other unexpected changes in financial condition, the Company could experience a violation of its debt agreements that could result in an acceleration of the Company’s debt, increase the Company’s borrowing costs, and possibly adversely affect the Company’s ability to renew its existing bank line of credit or obtain new credit on favorable terms in the future. The Company does not anticipate a significant decline in demand for its services and has historically been successful in maintaining compliance with, and renewing, its debt agreements. To the extent the Company experiences short-term or long-term funding disruptions, the Company has the ability to address these risks through a variety of adjustments related to the current assets of the business, which predominately have short durations. Such actions could include the immediate liquidation of jewelry inventory, which is comprised primarily of gold items that would be refined into pure gold and sold on the open market, and adjustments to its lending practices to consumers that would reduce cash outflow requirements while increasing cash inflows through repayments of loans. Additional alternatives may include the sale of assets, including the Enova shares held by the Company, reductions in capital spending and/or the issuance of debt or equity securities, all of which could be expected to generate additional liquidity.

70

Table of Contents


Cash Flows
The Company’s continuing cash flows and other key indicators of liquidity are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities
$
127,775

 
$
140,763

 
$
137,708

 
Pawn activities
$
(24,203
)
 
$
(33,564
)
  
$
2,449

 
Consumer loans
(24,742
)
 
(31,324
)
 
(28,564
)
 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(1,207
)
 
(165,284
)
 
(78,039
)
 
Purchases of property and equipment
(37,910
)
 
(46,400
)
 
(61,527
)
 
Proceeds from sale of marketable equity securities

  
6,616

  

  
Proceeds from divestitures, net of cash divested
21,534

  

  
5,471

  
Proceeds from note receivable
431,034

 
36,187

 
16,280

 
Dividends received
122,384

 

 

 
Other investing activities
246

  
776

 
(926
)
 
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing investing activities
$
487,136

 
$
(232,993
)
 
$
(144,856
)
 
Net cash (used in) provided by continuing financing activities
$
(581,533
)
 
$
89,289

 
$
7,028

 
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
$
56,363

 
$
5,194

 
$
764

 
Working capital
$
658,937

  
$
862,067

  
$
710,566

  
Current ratio
6.5

2.4

2.2

Merchandise turnover
2.3

2.4

3.0

Total debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio(a)
1.8

5.5

3.3

(a) 
Non-GAAP measure. See “Overview—Non-GAAP Disclosure—Adjusted EBITDA” section for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to the Company.
Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities
2014 comparison to 2013
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities decreased $13.0 million, or 9.2%, from $140.8 million in 2013 to $127.8 million in 2014.
The significant components of the decrease included:
a $69.8 million decrease in net income from continuing operations, which was impacted by certain expense items shown in “Overview-Non-GAAP Disclosures-Adjusted Earnings Measures” and “Results of Operations—Highlights;” and
a $20.4 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, primarily due to an $18.6 million payment made in 2014 related to the accrued 2013 Litigation Settlement.
Offset by:
a $23.6 million increase due to a change in income taxes, which increased net income in 2013, primarily due to the recognized income tax benefit of $33.2 million associated with the Creazione Deduction in 2013 offset by the tax impact of lower pre-tax income in 2014;
a $19.8 million increase of non-cash interest income on the Enova Note Receivable in 2013. Interest income on the Enova Note Receivable in 2014 was paid by Enova as part of the full repayment of the Enova Note Receivable in 2014;

71

Table of Contents

a $15.9 million increase related to changes in “Restricted cash” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company established an $8.0 million restricted cash fund in 2013 in connection with the Company’s Consent Order issued by the CFPB. In 2014, the Company reclassified a majority of the cash previously held in “Restricted cash” to “Cash and cash equivalents” in connection with the release of restrictions on the accrued funds; and
$17.9 million of other net increases to net cash provided by continuing operating activities, primarily related to divestitures and debt extinguishment, which are non-cash items.

Management believes that its expected cash flows from operations and available cash balances and borrowings will be sufficient to fund the Company’s operating liquidity needs.

2013 comparison to 2012

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities increased $3.1 million, or 2.2%, from $137.7 million in 2012 to $140.8 million in 2013.

The significant components of the increase included:
a $24.3 million increase in net income from continuing operations.
Offset by:
an $8.0 million decrease related to the establishment of a restricted cash fund in 2013 in connection with the Company’s Consent Order with the CFPB;
a $6.0 million decrease related to a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense, a non-cash item, primarily due to the reduction in assets and impairment charges taken in 2012 from the Mexico Reorganization, partially offset by acquisitions in late 2012 and in 2013 and an increase in depreciation and amortization associated with corporate assets; and
a $5.1 million decrease due to a change in income taxes.
Cash Flows from Continuing Investing Activities
2014 comparison to 2013
Net cash from continuing investing activities increased $720.1 million from 2013 to 2014, from a $233.0 million use of cash in 2013 to a $487.1 million source of cash in 2014.
The significant components of the increase included:
a $394.8 million increase due to proceeds received in 2014 in connection with the repayment in full of the Enova Note Receivable;
a $164.1 million increase related to $165.3 million of cash used in 2013 for acquisitions compared to $1.2 million used for acquisitions in 2014;
a $122.4 million increase in cash related to dividends received from Enova in 2014;
a $21.5 million increase in cash related to the proceeds from the divestitures of the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations and five Colorado pawn lending locations in 2014; and
an $8.5 million decrease in cash used for purchases of property and equipment.
Offset by:
a $9.4 million increase in cash used by pawn activities, primarily due to a decrease in the disposition of merchandise through commercial sales of gold resulting in an increase in merchandise available for

72

Table of Contents

disposition in retail services locations, which is a result of the Company’s strategy to emphasize the sale of gold through retail channels rather than commercial channels.
Management anticipates that expenditures for property and equipment for 2015 will be between $20 million and $30 million, excluding acquisitions of stores, primarily for the remodeling of stores, facility upgrades, technology infrastructure and the establishment of up to five new locations. The Company has agreed, pursuant to a private letter ruling received from the IRS to sell its retained shares of Enova common stock (other than shares retained for delivery under the Company’s long-term incentive plans) within two years following the Enova Spin-off, which will increase cash flows from continuing investing activities. See “Recent Developments—Enova Spin-off” for additional information.
2013 comparison to 2012
Net cash used in continuing investing activities increased $88.1 million, or 60.8%, from $144.9 million in 2012 to $233.0 million in 2013.
The significant components of the increase included:
an $87.2 million increase in cash used for acquisitions, as described below; and
a $36.0 million increase in cash used by pawn activities, primarily due to a decrease in the disposition of merchandise through commercial sales of gold resulting in an increase in merchandise available for disposition in retail services locations, which is a result of the Company’s strategy to emphasize the sale of gold through retail channels rather than commercial channels.
Offset by:
a $19.9 million increase in proceeds for the partial paydown of the Enova Note Receivable; and
a $15.1 million decrease in expenditures for purchases and equipment, primarily due to decreased expenditures in 2013 for remodeling of existing locations.
The Company completed the acquisition of 76 domestic pawn lending locations in 2013, including the acquisition of a chain of pawn lending locations in Texas that included 41 operating locations and the rights to one additional Texas pawn lending location (that was under construction but not open for business at the time of the acquisition) and the acquisition of a 34-store chain of pawn lending locations in Georgia and North Carolina (31 locations in Georgia and three locations in North Carolina). Consideration for these acquisitions was paid in cash and funded through available cash and the Company’s Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit.
Cash Flows from Continuing Financing Activities
2014 comparison to 2013
Net cash flows from continuing financing activities decreased by $670.8 million from 2013 to 2014, from a source of cash of $89.3 million in 2013 to a use of cash of $581.5 million in 2014. The significant components of the change included:
a $424.9 million increase in cash used for several debt reduction activities in 2014, including prepayment in its entirety of the Company’s Private Placement Notes, the purchase of a portion of the Company’s outstanding 2018 Senior Notes, payments made in connection with the repurchase of a portion of the 2029 Convertible Notes and the conversion and redemption of the remainder of the 2029 Convertible Notes and a reduction of the outstanding indebtedness under the Company’s Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit; and
a $300.0 million decrease in cash received from the issuance in 2013 of the 2018 Senior Notes, net of payments for debt issuance costs, as described further below.

73

Table of Contents

Offset by:
a $44.7 million decrease in cash used for repurchases of shares of Company common stock primarily through open market transactions. See “Share Repurchases” below for additional information related to share repurchase activity.
As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no borrowings outstanding on its Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit, and it had $280.0 million of available borrowings. Management believes that the borrowings available under the Company’s Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit, anticipated cash generated from operations and current working capital of $658.9 million is sufficient to meet the Company’s anticipated capital requirements for its business. See Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the Company’s debt instruments, including the Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit, which was amended in 2014 and 2013.
The Company had standby letters of credit of $12.0 million issued under its $20.0 million standby Letter of Credit Facility as of December 31, 2014.
2013 comparison to 2012
Net cash provided by continuing financing activities increased $82.3 million, from $7.0 million in 2012 to $89.3 million in 2013.
The significant components of the increase included:
a net increase in the proceeds received from the issuance of long-term debt of $248.0 million, mainly from the issuance and sale of $300.0 million of 2018 Senior Notes in May of 2013, which is discussed in greater detail below.
Offset by:
a $145.2 million increase in cash used in 2013 for payments and repurchases of long-term debt, including the repayment of outstanding balances under the Company’s Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit, the repurchase, through privately negotiated transactions, of a portion of the 2029 Convertible Notes, and for debt issuance costs incurred in conjunction with the issuance of the 2018 Senior Notes and the amendments to the Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit, as discussed below; and
a $22.5 million increase in cash used in 2013 from 2012 for repurchases of shares of Company common stock, primarily through open market transactions. The Company repurchased $47.6 million of the Company’s common shares in 2013. See “Share Repurchases” below for additional information related to share repurchase activity.
On May 15, 2013, the Company issued and sold the 2018 Senior Notes for an aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million. The 2018 Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.75% per year on the principal amount, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2013. The 2018 Senior Notes will mature on May 15, 2018. The 2018 Senior Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2018 Senior Notes are senior unsecured debt obligations of the Company. The 2018 Senior Notes are guaranteed by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and one foreign subsidiary. As required by a registration rights agreement that the Company entered into with the initial purchasers when the 2018 Senior Notes were issued, the Company completed an exchange offer with respect to the 2018 Senior Notes in January 2014. All of the unregistered 2018 Senior Notes have been exchanged for identical new notes registered under the Securities Act.

74

Table of Contents

Net Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
2014 comparison to 2013
Net cash flows provided by discontinued operations increased by $51.2 million from 2013 to 2014, primarily due to:
a $143.0 million decrease in cash used by investing activities in 2014, mainly as a result of a decrease in cash used for consumer loan activities as a result of decreased loans written and increased payments from customers and collections on consumer loans.
Offset by:
a $39.8 million increase in cash used by financing activities, primarily due to payments of $431.0 million made by Enova to repay the Enova Note Receivable and for aggregate dividend payments of $122.4 million to the Company in 2014. These uses of cash were partially offset by cash proceeds from the issuance of $500.0 million of senior unsecured notes by Enova in 2014 (see “Interest Expense and Interest Income” above); and
a $52.0 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities, primarily due to a decrease in the consumer loan loss provision from 2013 to 2014, a non-cash item.
2013 comparison to 2012
Net cash flows provided by discontinued operations increased by $4.4 million from 2012 to 2013, primarily due to:
a $62.9 million increase in cash provided by operating activities in 2013, primarily due to higher net income in 2013 and an increase in the consumer loan loss provision, a non-cash item in 2013.
Offset by:
a $38.5 million increase in cash used by investing activities, primarily due to additional cash used for consumer loan activities in 2013 compared to 2012 as a result of growth in Enova’s consumer loan portfolio; and
a $19.9 million decrease in cash used for financing activities as a result of lower payments by Enova on the Enova Note Receivable.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The table below summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2014, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on its liquidity and cash flow in future periods (dollars in thousands).  
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter
 
Total
Long-term debt

 

 

 
196,470

 

 

 
196,470

Interest on long-term debt
11,297

 
11,297

 
11,297

 
5,649

 

 

 
39,540

Non-cancelable operating leases
55,881

 
47,605

 
37,407

 
29,533

 
22,172

 
40,811

 
233,409

Total
$
67,178

 
$
58,902

 
$
48,704

 
$
231,652

 
$
22,172

 
$
40,811

 
$
469,419



75

Table of Contents

Share Repurchases

On January 28, 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a new share repurchase program for the repurchase of up to 4.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock, or the 2015 Authorization, and canceled the Company’s previous share repurchase authorization from January 2013, or the 2013 Authorization. During 2014, the Company purchased 62,909 shares in open market transactions under the 2013 Authorization for a total investment of $1.3 million, including commissions. Management anticipates that it will periodically purchase shares under the 2015 Authorization based on its assessment of market characteristics, the liquidity position of the Company and alternative prospects for the investment of capital to expand the business and pursue strategic objectives.

At December 31, 2014, there were 1,470,391 shares remaining under the 2013 Authorization to repurchase shares. Generally, the Company retains the shares upon repurchase in treasury, which are not considered outstanding for earnings per common share computation purposes. For additional information regarding the Company’s share repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2014, see “Item 5(c)—Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Part II.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
    
In certain markets, the Company arranges for consumers to obtain consumer loan products from one of its independent third-party lenders through the CSO programs. For consumer loan products originated by third-party lenders under the CSO programs, each lender is responsible for providing the criteria by which the consumer’s application is underwritten and, if approved, determining the amount of the consumer loan. The Company in turn is responsible for assessing whether or not the Company will guarantee such loans. When a consumer executes an agreement with the Company under the CSO programs, the Company agrees, for a fee payable to the Company by the consumer, to provide certain services to the consumer, one of which is to guarantee the consumer’s obligation to repay the loan received by the consumer from the third-party lender if the consumer fails to do so. The guarantee represents an obligation to purchase specific loans that go into default. Short-term loans that are guaranteed generally have terms of less than 90 days. Unsecured installment loans that are guaranteed generally have terms of two to 12 months. Installment loans secured by the customer’s vehicle that are guaranteed typically have terms of up to 60 months. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the outstanding amount of active consumer loans originated by third-party lenders under the CSO programs was $9.8 million and $17.5 million, respectively, which were guaranteed by the Company. The estimated fair value of the liability for estimated losses on consumer loans guaranteed by the Company of $1.1 million and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, is included in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risks relating to the Company’s operations historically result primarily from changes in interest rates, gold prices and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company does not engage in speculative or leveraged transactions, nor does it hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. As of December 31, 2014, the Company did not have significant foreign operations to cause significant foreign currency risk. Additionally, as of December 31, 2014, the Company did not have any outstanding variable rate debt borrowings.

76

Table of Contents

Gold Price Risk
The Company periodically uses forward sale contracts with a major gold bullion bank to sell a portion of the expected amount of refined gold produced in the normal course of business from its liquidation of gold merchandise. A significant decrease in the price of gold would result in a reduction of proceeds from the disposition of refined gold to the extent that the aggregate amount sold exceeded the amount of contracted forward sales. In addition, a significant and sustained decline in the price of gold would negatively impact the value of some of the goods pledged as collateral by customers and other items which are now, or could be in the future, identified for liquidation as refined gold. In this instance, management believes some customers would be willing to add additional items of value to their pledge in order to obtain the desired loan amount. However, those customers unable or unwilling to provide additional collateral would receive lower loan amounts, possibly resulting in a lower balance of pawn loans outstanding for the Company.


77

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


78

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Cash America International, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cash America International, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Fort Worth, Texas
March 13, 2015


79

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
53,042

 
$
19,748

Restricted cash
60

 
8,000

Pawn loans
252,168

 
261,148

Consumer loans, net
44,853

 
54,732

Merchandise held for disposition, net
212,849

 
208,899

Pawn loan fees and service charges receivable
53,648

 
53,438

Income taxes receivable
8,881

 
9,573

Prepaid expenses and other assets
21,317

 
24,969

Deferred tax assets

 
8,448

Note receivable

 
425,413

Investment in equity securities
131,584

 

Current assets of discontinued operations

 
390,589

Total current assets
778,402

 
1,464,957

Property and equipment, net
201,054

 
221,818

Goodwill
487,569

 
495,214

Intangible assets, net
45,828

 
52,211

Other assets
9,594

 
14,843

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

 
256,101

Total assets
$
1,522,447

 
$
2,505,144

Liabilities and Equity
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
74,331

 
$
88,514

Customer deposits
17,314

 
14,803

Current portion of long-term debt

 
22,606

Current deferred tax liabilities
27,820

 

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

 
476,967

Total current liabilities
119,465

 
602,890

Deferred tax liabilities
72,432

 
56,414

Other liabilities
878

 
980

Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations

 
45,054

Long-term debt
196,470

 
717,383

Total liabilities
$
389,245

 
$
1,422,721

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)

 

Equity:
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.10 par value per share, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 30,235,164 shares issued and outstanding
3,024

 
3,024

Additional paid-in capital
86,388

 
150,833

Retained earnings
1,030,387

 
1,017,981

Accumulated other comprehensive income
71,959

 
4,649

Treasury shares, at cost (1,428,495 shares and 2,224,902 shares as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)
(58,556
)
 
(94,064
)
Total equity
1,133,202

 
1,082,423

Total liabilities and equity
$
1,522,447

 
$
2,505,144



See notes to consolidated financial statements.
80

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
Pawn loan fees and service charges
$
329,368

 
$
311,799

 
$
300,929

Proceeds from disposition of merchandise
660,006

 
595,439

 
703,767

Consumer loan fees
97,674

 
113,211

 
121,892

Other
7,648

 
10,037

 
12,855

Total Revenue
1,094,696

 
1,030,486

 
1,139,443

Cost of Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
Disposed merchandise
474,137

 
410,613

 
478,179

Consumer loan loss provision
31,009

 
33,359

 
29,225

Total Cost of Revenue
505,146

 
443,972

 
507,404

Net Revenue
589,550

 
586,514

 
632,039

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Operations and administration
490,465

 
469,218

 
480,256

Loss on divestitures
5,176

 

 

Depreciation and amortization
60,942

 
56,128

 
62,156

Total Expenses
556,583

 
525,346

 
542,412

Income from Operations
32,967

 
61,168

 
89,627

Interest expense
(26,520
)
 
(36,319
)
 
(29,134
)
Interest income
7,647

 
19,862

 
21,143

Foreign currency transaction gain
113

 
17

 
29

Loss on extinguishment of debt
(22,553
)
 
(607
)
 

Equity in loss of unconsolidated subsidiary

 
(136
)
 
(295
)
(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes
(8,346
)
 
43,985

 
81,370

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
2,041

 
(15,505
)
 
46,275

Net (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations before Noncontrolling Interest
(10,387
)
 
59,490

 
35,095

Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest in continuing operations

 
(308
)
 
5,806

Net (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations
(10,387
)
 
59,182

 
40,901

Net Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
109,025

 
83,346

 
66,569

Net Income Attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
$
98,638

 
$
142,528

 
$
107,470

Earnings Per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Earnings Per Share
 
 
 
 
 
Net (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations
$
(0.36
)
 
$
2.07

 
$
1.39

Net Income from Discontinued Operations
$
3.77

 
$
2.91

 
$
2.26

Net Income Attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
$
3.41

 
$
4.97

 
$
3.64

Diluted Earnings Per Share
 
 
 
 
 
Net (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations
$
(0.36
)
 
$
1.93

 
$
1.30

Net Income from Discontinued Operations
$
3.72

 
$
2.72

 
$
2.12

Net Income Attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
$
3.36

 
$
4.66

 
$
3.42

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
28,901

 
28,657

 
29,514

Diluted
29,341

 
30,613

 
31,452

Dividends declared per common share
$
0.155

 
$
0.140

 
$
0.140



See notes to consolidated financial statements.
81

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net income including noncontrolling interest
$
98,638

 
$
142,836

 
$
101,664

Other comprehensive (loss) gain, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized derivatives gain(a)

 

 
12

Foreign currency translation (loss) gain(b)
(7,255
)
 
1,664

 
9,064

Marketable equity securities unrealized gain (loss)(c)
71,959

 
(254
)
 
1,060

Total other comprehensive gain, net of tax
64,704

 
1,410

 
10,136

Comprehensive income
$
163,342

 
$
144,246

 
$
111,800

Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 
(308
)
 
5,806

Foreign currency translation loss (gain) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 
111

 
(112
)
Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 
(197
)
 
5,694

Comprehensive income attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
$
163,342

 
$
144,049

 
$
117,494


(a) 
Net of tax (provision) of $(6) for the year ended December 31, 2012.
(b) 
Net of tax (provision) benefit of $(1,827), $(1,177) and $(1,426) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
(c) 
Net of tax benefit (provision) of $(39,640), $136 and $(570) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
82

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
paid-in
capital
 
Retained
earnings
 
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
 
Treasury shares, at
cost
 
Total
share-
holders’
equity
 
Non-controlling
interest
 
Total
Equity
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2012
30,235,164

 
$
3,024

 
$
167,683

 
$
776,060

 
$
(6,896
)
 
(1,011,356
)
 
$
(37,419
)
 
$
902,452

 
$
5,138

 
$
907,590

Shares issued under stock-based plans
 
 
 
 
(9,847
)
 
 
 
 
 
307,070

 
11,631

 
1,784

 
 
 
1,784

Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
 
 
4,804

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,804

 
 
 
4,804

Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation
 
 
 
 
2,638

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,638

 
 
 
2,638

Net income attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
107,470

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107,470

 
 
 
107,470

Dividends paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,096
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,096
)
 
 
 
(4,096
)
Unrealized derivatives gain, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12

 
 
 
 
 
12

 
 
 
12

Foreign currency translation gain, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,952

 
 
 
 
 
8,952

 
112

 
9,064

Marketable equity securities unrealized gain, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,060

 
 
 
 
 
1,060

 
 
 
1,060

Purchases of treasury shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(647,426
)
 
(25,516
)
 
(25,516
)
 
 
 
(25,516
)
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(5,806
)
 
(5,806
)
Purchase of noncontrolling interest
 
 
 
 
(7,665
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7,665
)
 
(719
)
 
(8,384
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
30,235,164

 
3,024

 
157,613

 
879,434

 
3,128

 
(1,351,712
)
 
(51,304
)
 
991,895

 
(1,275
)
 
990,620

Shares issued under stock-based plans
 
 
 
 
(4,871
)
 
 
 
 
 
127,087

 
4,871

 

 
 
 

Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
 
 
4,908

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,908

 
 
 
4,908

Income tax benefit from stock based compensation
 
 
 
 
595

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
595

 
 
 
595

Purchase of convertible debt
 
 
 
 
(7,621
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7,621
)
 
 
 
(7,621
)
Net income attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
142,528

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
142,528

 
 
 
142,528

Dividends paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3,981
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3,981
)
 
 
 
(3,981
)
Foreign currency translation gain (loss), net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,775

 
 
 
 
 
1,775

 
(111
)
 
1,664

Marketable equity securities, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(254
)
 
 
 
 
 
(254
)
 
 
 
(254
)
Purchases of treasury shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,000,277
)
 
(47,631
)
 
(47,631
)
 
 
 
(47,631
)
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
308

 
308

Purchase of noncontrolling interest
 
 
 
 
209

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
209

 
1,078

 
1,287

Balance at December 31, 2013
30,235,164

 
3,024

 
150,833

 
1,017,981

 
4,649

 
(2,224,902
)
 
(94,064
)
 
1,082,423

 

 
1,082,423

Shares issued under stock-based plans
 
 
 
 
(6,677
)
 
 
 
 
 
154,851

 
6,677

 

 
 
 

Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
 
 
4,454

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,454

 
 
 
4,454

Reduction in income tax benefit from stock-based compensation
 
 
 
 
(228
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(228
)
 
 
 
(228
)
Purchase and conversion of convertible debt
 
 
 
 
(61,994
)
 
 
 
 
 
747,085

 
31,727

 
(30,267
)
 
 
 
(30,267
)
Net income attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
98,638

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98,638

 
 
 
98,638

Dividends paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3,986
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3,986
)
 
 
 
(3,986
)
Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7,255
)
 
 
 
 
 
(7,255
)
 
 
 
(7,255
)
Marketable equity securities, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
71,959

 
 
 
 
 
71,959

 
 
 
71,959

Purchases of treasury shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(105,529
)
 
(2,896
)
 
(2,896
)
 
 
 
(2,896
)
Spin-off of Enova
 
 
 
 
 
 
(82,246
)
 
2,606

 
 
 
 
 
(79,640
)
 
 
 
(79,640
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
30,235,164

 
$
3,024

 
$
86,388

 
$
1,030,387

 
$
71,959

 
(1,428,495
)
 
$
(58,556
)
 
$
1,133,202

 
$

 
$
1,133,202


See notes to consolidated financial statements.
83

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net Income including noncontrolling interest
$
98,638

 
$
142,836

 
$
101,664

Less: Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax
(109,025
)
 
(83,346
)
 
(66,569
)
Net (loss) income from continuing operations
(10,387
)
 
59,490

 
35,095

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization expenses
60,942

 
56,128

 
62,156

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
3,173

 
6,206

 
3,811

Consumer loan loss provision
31,009

 
33,359

 
29,225

Stock-based compensation
4,454

 
4,908

 
4,804

Deferred income taxes, net
13,042

 
4,057

 
(1,345
)
Excess income tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 
(595
)
 
(2,638
)
Non-cash loss on extinguishment of debt
3,090

 

 

Non-cash loss on divestitures
5,176

 

 

Other
7,956

 
2,638

 
8,596

Interest income from note receivable

 
(19,844
)
 
(21,005
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired:
 
 
 
 
 
Merchandise other than forfeited
6,959

 
7,308

 
10,229

Pawn loan fees and service charges receivable
(1,082
)
 
(680
)
 
1,312

Finance and service charges receivable on consumer loans
3,187

 
1,673

 
(1,282
)
Restricted cash
7,940

 
(8,000
)
 

Prepaid expenses and other assets
220

 
(2,419
)
 
393

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(10,957
)
 
9,424

 
11,894

Current and noncurrent income taxes
148

 
(14,477
)
 
(3,974
)
Other operating assets and liabilities
2,905

 
1,587

 
437

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities
127,775

 
140,763

 
137,708

Net cash provided by operating activities - discontinued operations
393,374

 
445,417

 
382,562

Net cash provided by operating activities
521,149

 
586,180

 
520,270

Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Pawn loans made
(817,360
)
 
(745,103
)
 
(760,925
)
Pawn loans repaid
453,987

 
422,855

 
426,583

Principal recovered through dispositions of forfeited pawn loans
339,170

 
288,684

 
336,791

Consumer loans made or purchased
(668,387
)
 
(734,317
)
 
(772,769
)
Consumer loans repaid
643,645

 
702,993

 
744,205

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(1,207
)
 
(165,284
)
 
(78,039
)
Purchases of property and equipment
(37,910
)
 
(46,400
)
 
(61,527
)
Proceeds from sale of marketable equity securities

 
6,616

 

Proceeds from divestitures, net of cash divested
21,534

 

 
5,471

Proceeds from note receivable
431,034

 
36,187

 
16,280

Dividends received
122,384

 

 

Other investing activities
246

 
776

 
(926
)
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing investing activities
487,136

 
(232,993
)
 
(144,856
)
Net cash used in investing activities - discontinued operations
(261,073
)
 
(404,036
)
 
(365,518
)
Net cash used in investing activities
226,063

 
(637,029
)
 
(510,374
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net (payments) borrowings under bank lines of credit
(193,718
)
 
(107,294
)
 
20,172

Issuance of long-term debt

 
300,000

 
52,000

Net proceeds from re-issuance of treasury shares

 

 
1,784

Debt issuance costs paid
(483
)
 
(10,406
)
 
(440
)
Payments on/repurchases of notes payable
(380,450
)
 
(41,990
)
 
(34,272
)
Excess income tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 
595

 
2,638

Treasury shares purchased
(2,896
)
 
(47,631
)
 
(25,133
)
Dividends paid
(3,986
)
 
(3,981
)
 
(4,096
)
Purchase of noncontrolling interest

 
(4
)
 
(5,625
)
Net cash (used in) provided by continuing financing activities
(581,533
)
 
89,289

 
7,028

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities - discontinued operations
(75,938
)
 
(36,187
)
 
(16,280
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(657,471
)
 
53,102

 
(9,252
)
Effect of exchange rates on cash
(6,206
)
 
3,601

 
1,937

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
83,535

 
5,854

 
2,581

Less: increase in cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations
(50,241
)
 
(9,934
)
 
(3,135
)
Change in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations
33,294

 
(4,080
)
 
(554
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
19,748

 
23,828

 
24,382

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
53,042

 
$
19,748

 
$
23,828


See notes to consolidated financial statements.
84

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



All capitalized terms referenced throughout the notes to the consolidated financial statements have the meanings set forth in the “Definitions and Commonly Used Terms” section of this Annual Report.

1. Nature of the Company

The Company provides specialty financial services to individuals through its storefront lending and franchised check cashing locations. The Company’s primary line of business is pawn lending. Pawn loans are short-term loans made on the pledge of tangible personal property. Pawn loan fees and service charges are generated from the Company’s pawn loan portfolio. A related activity of the pawn lending operations is the disposition of collateral from forfeited pawn loans and the liquidation of a smaller volume of merchandise purchased directly from customers or from third parties.

Another component of the Company's business is originating, arranging, guaranteeing or purchasing consumer loans in some of its locations. Consumer loans provide customers with cash, typically in exchange for an obligation to repay the amount advanced plus fees and any applicable interest. Consumer loans include short-term loans (commonly referred to as payday loans) and installment loans.

Short-term consumer loans include unsecured short-term loans written by the Company or by a third-party lender through the Company’s CSO programs that the Company guarantees. See Note 2 for further discussion about the Company’s CSO programs. Installment consumer loans are longer-term, multi-payment loans that generally require the pay-down of portions of the outstanding principal balance in multiple installments. Installment loans include unsecured loans and loans secured by a customer’s vehicle written by the Company or by a third-party lender through the CSO programs that the Company guarantees.

Another small component of the Company's business includes the offering of check cashing and other ancillary products and services through some of its Company-owned lending locations. The ancillary products and services are described in Note 19. In addition, the Company’s franchised check cashing business offers check cashing services through its franchised check cashing centers.

2. Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include all of the accounts of the Company. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions other than those related to Enova (as discussed further below) have been eliminated in consolidation. Upon completion of the Enova Spin-off (See Note 3), the Company reclassified Enova’s financial results to discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Intercompany accounts and transactions related to Enova are presented separately between the Company’s continuing and discontinued operations. These accounts and transactions were previously eliminated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. This presentation detail is included in the financial statements due to the significance of these accounts and transactions. The specific elements are reflected in “Note receivable”, “Interest income”, “Interest income on note receivable”, “Proceeds from note receivable” and “Dividends received” in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These reclassifications had no impact on consolidated results previously reported.
 
Additionally, amounts for “Other” income and “Operations and administration” expenses were reduced by approximately $0.6 million to correct certain reversals of expense accrual amounts previously reported in the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. Management determined that the impact of this change on previously-issued financial statements was immaterial, and this change had no impact on consolidated results previously reported.

85

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


    
Through April 2013, the Company had a contractual relationship with a third party entity, Huminal, to compensate and maintain the labor force of its Mexico pawn operations. The Company qualified as the primary beneficiary of Huminal in accordance with ASC 810. Therefore, the results and balances of Huminal were consolidated and allocated to net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. In May 2013, the Company acquired the remaining outstanding common stock of Huminal to increase its ownership to 100% of Huminal and, as a result, Huminal became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company as of that date. The Company accounted for this transaction as a change in ownership interests that does not result in a change in control.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods presented. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition on pawn loan fees and service charges, allowance for losses on consumer loans, certain equity securities, goodwill, long-lived and intangible assets, income taxes, contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates on historical experience, empirical data and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Foreign Currency Translations
Prior to the sale of the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations in August 2014 (see Note 4) and the Enova Spin-off in November 2014 (see Note 3), the Company had operations outside of the United States that involved foreign currency transactions and translations. The functional currencies for the Company’s subsidiaries that served residents of the United Kingdom, Australia, Canada, Mexico and Brazil were the British pound, the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the Mexican peso and the Brazilian real, respectively. The assets and liabilities associated with these operations were translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at each applicable balance sheet date, and the resulting adjustments were recorded in AOCI as a separate component of equity. Revenue and expenses were translated at the monthly average exchange rates occurring during each period.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers cash on hand in operating locations, deposits in banks and short-term investments with original maturities of 90 days or less as cash and cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash represents the amount mandated by the CFPB through its November 20, 2013 Consent Order to be set aside for payments to customers in connection with the Ohio Reimbursement Program. See Note 13 for further discussion of the reimbursements to Ohio customers in connection with the Ohio Reimbursement Program. Changes in restricted cash are reflected in “Cash flows from operating activities” in the consolidated statement of cash flows.
Pawn Loans, Pawn Loan Fees and Service Charges
Revenue Recognition—Pawn Lending
Pawn loan fees and service charges revenue is accrued ratably over the term of the loan for the portion of those pawn loans estimated to be collectible.

Pawn Loans and Pawn Loan Fees and Service Charges Receivable

Pawn loans are short-term loans made on the pledge of tangible personal property. The maximum pawn loan amount is generally assessed as a percentage of the personal property’s estimated disposition value. The typical loan term is 30 to 90 days and, in many cases, an additional grace period (typically 10 to 60 days) may be available

86

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


to the borrower. A pawn loan is considered delinquent if the customer does not repay or, where allowed by law, renew or extend the loan on or prior to its contractual maturity date plus any applicable grace period. Pawn loan fees and service charges do not accrue on delinquent pawn loans. When a pawn loan is considered delinquent, any accrued pawn loan fees and service charges are reversed and no additional pawn loan fees and service charges are accrued. Pawn loans written during each calendar month are aggregated and tracked for performance. This empirical data allows the Company to analyze the characteristics of its outstanding pawn loan portfolio and assess the collectability of the principal balance in addition to pawn loan fees and service charges.
Consumer Loans and Allowance and Liability for Estimated Losses on Consumer Loans
Revenue Recognition—Consumer Loans
The Company recognizes consumer loan fees based on the loan products it offers. “Consumer loan fees” in the consolidated statements of income include: interest income, finance charges, CSO fees, service charges, minimum fees, late fees, nonsufficient funds fees and any other fees or charges permitted by applicable laws and pursuant to the agreement with the borrower. For short-term loans, interest and finance charges are recognized on an effective yield basis over the term of the loan, and fees (other than CSO fees) are recognized when assessed to the customer. For installment loans, revenue is recognized on an effective yield basis over the term of the loan and fees (other than CSO fees) are recognized when assessed to the customer. Unpaid and accrued interest and fees are included in “Consumer loans, net” in the consolidated balance sheets. CSO fees are recognized on an effective yield basis over the term of the loan.

The Company receives CSO fees for services provided through the CSO programs. Through the Company’s CSO programs, the Company provides services related to a third-party lender’s consumer loan products in some markets by acting as a credit services organization or credit access business on behalf of consumers in accordance with applicable state laws. Services offered under the CSO programs include credit-related services such as arranging CSO loans with third-party lenders. Under the CSO programs, the Company guarantees consumer loan payment obligations to the third-party lender in the event that the customer defaults on the loan. CSO loans are not included in the Company’s financial statements, but the Company has established a liability for the estimated losses in support of the guarantee on these loans in its consolidated balance sheets.
Current and Delinquent Consumer Loans
The Company classifies its consumer loans as either current or delinquent. Short-term loans are considered delinquent when payment of an amount due is not made as of the due date. Installment loans are considered delinquent when a customer misses two payments. The Company allows for normal payment processing time before considering a loan delinquent but does not provide for any additional grace period.
The Company generally does not accrue interest on delinquent consumer loans and does not resume accrual of interest on a delinquent loan unless it is returned to current status. In addition, delinquent consumer loans generally may not be renewed, and if, during its attempt to collect on a delinquent consumer loan, the Company allows additional time for payment through a payment plan or a promise to pay, it is still considered delinquent. All payments received are first applied against accrued but unpaid interest and fees and then against the principal balance of the loan.
Allowance and Liability for Estimated Losses on Consumer Loans
The Company monitors the performance of its consumer loan portfolio and maintains either an allowance or liability for estimated losses on consumer loans (including fees and interest) at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the portfolio. The allowance for losses on the Company’s owned consumer loans reduces the outstanding loan balance in the consolidated balance sheets. The liability for estimated losses related to loans guaranteed under the CSO programs is included in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets.
The allowance or liability for short-term loans classified as current is based on historical loss rates adjusted for recent default trends for current loans. For delinquent short-term loans, the allowance or liability is based on a

87

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


six-month rolling average of loss rates by stage of collection. For installment loan portfolios, the Company generally uses a migration analysis to estimate losses inherent in the portfolio. The allowance or liability calculation under the migration analysis is based on historical charge-off experience and the loss emergence period, which represents the average amount of time between the first occurrence of a loss event to the charge-off of a loan. The factors the Company considers to assess the adequacy of the allowance or liability include past due performance, historical behavior of monthly vintages, underwriting changes and recent trends in delinquency in the migration analysis.
The Company fully reserves or charges off consumer loans once the loan or a portion of the loan has been classified as delinquent for 60 consecutive days. If a loan is estimated to be uncollectible before it is fully reserved, it is charged off at that point. Consumer loans classified as delinquent generally have an age of one to 59 days from the date any portion of the loan became delinquent, as defined above. Recoveries on loans previously charged to the allowance are credited to the allowance when collected.
Merchandise Held for Disposition, Proceeds from Disposition of Merchandise and Cost of Disposed Merchandise
Proceeds From and Cost of Disposed Merchandise
Upon the sale of merchandise, the Company realizes gross profit, which is the difference between the Company’s cost basis in the loan (the amount loaned) or the amount paid for purchased merchandise, both of which are recorded as cost of sales, and the amount of proceeds from the sale. The cost of disposed merchandise is computed on the specific identification basis.
Customers may purchase merchandise on a layaway plan under which the customer agrees to pay the purchase price for the item plus a layaway fee, makes an initial cash deposit representing a small portion of the disposition price and pays the balance in regularly scheduled, non-interest bearing payments. The Company segregates the layaway item and holds it until the customer has paid the full disposition price. If the customer fails to make a required payment, the item is returned to merchandise held for disposition. The layaway fee is recognized as revenue, and any amounts previously paid toward the item are returned to the customer as store credit. Interim customer payments for layaway sales are recorded as customer deposits and subsequently recognized as revenue during the period in which the final payment is received.
Merchandise Held for Disposition
Merchandise held for disposition consists primarily of forfeited collateral from pawn loans not repaid and merchandise that is purchased directly from customers or from third parties. The carrying value of the forfeited collateral and other merchandise held for disposition is stated at the lower of cost (which is the cost basis in the loan or the amount paid for purchased merchandise) or fair value. The Company provides an allowance for returns and an allowance for losses based on management’s evaluation of the characteristics of the merchandise and historical experience. The Company performs physical counts of its merchandise in each location during the year and reviews the composition of inventory by category and age in order to assess the adequacy of the allowance.
 
The allowance deducted from the carrying value of merchandise held for disposition amounted to $2.4 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The allowance deducted from the carrying value of merchandise held for disposition is recorded in the Company’s balance sheets in “Merchandise held for disposition, net.” Customers can return merchandise and receive a full refund, a replacement item of comparable value or store credit if the merchandise is returned within the first seven days of purchase. Following the seven-day period and up to 30 days, customers can receive a replacement item of comparable value or store credit. Based on management’s analysis of historical refund trends, the Company provided a return allowance of $0.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The allowance deducted from the carrying value of the return allowance is recorded in the Company’s balance sheets in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses.”

88

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost. The cost of property retired or sold and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Costs associated with repair and maintenance activities are expensed as incurred. Depreciation expense is generally provided on a straight-line basis, using the following estimated useful lives:
 
Buildings and building improvements
7 to 40 years
Leasehold improvements
2 to 10 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
3 to 7 years
Computer hardware and software
1 to 10 years

Software Development Costs

The Company applies ASC 350 to its software purchase and development activities. Under ASC 350, eligible internal and external costs incurred for software purchase and development activities, as well as for upgrades and enhancements that result in additional functionality of the applications, are capitalized. Internal and external training and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred or over the related service period. When a software application is placed in service, the Company begins amortizing the related capitalized software costs using the straight-line method based on its estimated useful life, which currently ranges from two to five years, except the Company’s proprietary point-of-sale system, which is being amortized over 10 years.

Goodwill and Other Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. In accordance with ASC 350, the Company tests goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life for potential impairment annually as of June 30 and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount, which would result in impairment.

The Company uses the income approach to complete its annual goodwill assessment. The income approach uses future cash flows and estimated terminal values for each of the Company’s reporting units that are discounted using a market participant perspective to determine the fair value of each reporting unit, which is then compared to the carrying value of that reporting unit (which the Company also defines as its reporting segments) to determine if there is impairment. The income approach includes assumptions about revenue growth rates, operating margins and terminal growth rates discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital derived from other publicly-traded companies that are similar but not identical from an operational and economic standpoint. The Company completed its annual assessment of goodwill as of June 30, 2014 and determined that the fair value for each reporting unit that the Company had on that date exceeded their respective carrying values, and, as a result, no impairment existed at that date.

The Company’s sale of its Mexico-based pawn operations in August 2014 was considered a triggering event for purposes of goodwill assessment. Following the sale, the Company tested the goodwill remaining in the retail services reporting unit, and determined that the fair value exceeded its carrying value.

The Enova Spin-off in November 2014 was considered a triggering event for purposes of goodwill assessment. Prior to the Enova Spin-off, each of the Company’s two segments, retail services and e-commerce, were considered reporting units for purposes of the goodwill assessment. Enova comprised the e-commerce segment and was considered the e-commerce reporting unit. Following the Enova Spin-off, the Company reviewed its segment structure and determined that the retail services segment was the Company’s only segment, and as such, the only reporting unit for goodwill assessment. Following the Enova Spin-off and as of December 31, 2014, the estimated fair value of the retail services reporting unit was re-calculated to incorporate changes in strategy, observed business

89

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


trends and outlook. The estimated fair value of the retail services reporting unit declined since the June 30, 2014 annual assessment, but it continued to exceed its underlying carrying value. However, the excess fair value over the carrying value had been reduced to approximately 3% at December 31, 2014.

As part of the goodwill assessment, the Company also considers market capitalization, which is the observable market value of the Company based on the quoted market prices of the Company's common stock. The Company compares the market capitalization to its carrying value of equity. Following the Enova Spin-off and as of December 31, 2014, the Company’s market capitalization was observed to be lower than the carrying value of equity. The Company believes the observable market value at December 31, 2014 is not a reliable indicator of the Company’s fair value, due to the very short time frame since the date of the Enova Spin-off, a likely transition of a significant number of investors occurring due to the magnitude of the event, and the disruption of the Company’s share price following the event. Management believes this disruption is temporary but acknowledges the need to monitor and re-evaluate any future discrepancies between these values and consider the implications for an impairment of goodwill in future periods.

The Company is considered to be at risk for a future impairment of its goodwill in the event of a decline in general economic, market or business conditions or any significant unfavorable changes in the Company's forecasted revenue, expenses, cash flows, weighted-average cost of capital and/or market transaction multiples. The Company will continue to monitor for events and circumstances that could negatively impact the key assumptions in determining the fair value of the retail services reporting unit.
The Company performed its annual indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment test as of June 30, 2014. The Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment in accordance with ASU 2012-02, and determined that no conditions existed that would make it more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired. Therefore, no further quantitative assessment was required. There were no triggering events between the June 30, 2014 assessment and December 31, 2014 that would require a re-assessment of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets.
As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $487.6 million of goodwill, of which $370.7 million is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. See Note 9 for additional discussion of the Company’s goodwill activity.
Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

An evaluation of the recoverability of property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization is performed whenever the facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized if the future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset and the estimated fair value of the asset are less than the asset’s corresponding carrying value. The amount of the impairment loss, if any, is the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value.
The Company amortizes intangible assets subject to amortization on the basis of their expected periods of benefit, generally three to 10 years. The costs of start-up activities and organization costs are charged to expense as incurred.
Hedging and Derivatives Activity
As a policy, the Company does not hold, issue or trade derivative instruments for speculative purposes. The Company has historically used foreign currency forward contracts for hedging exposure with its foreign operations. The Company may periodically enter into forward sale contracts with a major gold bullion bank to sell refined gold that is acquired in the normal course of business from the Company’s liquidation of forfeited gold merchandise. These contracts are not accounted for as derivatives because they meet the criteria for the normal purchases and normal sales scope exception in ASC 815.

90

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Equity Securities
The Company accounts for its marketable and non-marketable equity securities in accordance with ASC 323 and ASC 325, respectively. The Company has marketable equity securities that are held in its Nonqualified Savings Plan, marketable equity securities for its retained shares of Enova common stock, and non-marketable equity securities, each as described further below.

The Company holds marketable equity securities in its Nonqualified Saving Plan for certain employees. See Note 17 for a description of these plans. The securities are classified as trading securities, but the unrealized gains and losses on these securities offset and have no net impact on the Company's net income. These securities are recorded at fair value and have an offsetting liability of equal amount. The plan costs associated with these securities are included in “Operations and administration expenses” in the consolidated statements of income. The assets related to the Nonqualified Saving Plan are held in “Other Assets,” and the offsetting liability is held in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company retained approximately 20% of the outstanding shares of Enova common stock after the Enova Spin-off. The shares of Enova common stock held by the Company are classified as available-for-sale and unrecognized gains and losses, net of tax, are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of equity. Enova was in the process of registering these securities with the SEC as of December 31, 2014. Since these securities are not yet registered with the SEC, the Company has valued this investment based on the market determined stock price of Enova on December 31, 2014, less an adjustment factor due to the unregistered nature of the shares.
    
The Company’s non-marketable equity securities are recorded on a cost basis. The carrying value for the investment is adjusted for cash contributions and distributions. These securities are held in “Other assets” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The Company evaluates marketable and non-marketable equity securities for impairment if circumstances arise that indicate that an impairment may exist. Non-marketable equity securities are held in “Other assets” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. If an impairment of an equity security is determined to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment will be reduced and the resulting loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary-impairment is identified.

Operations and Administration Expenses
Operations expenses include expenses incurred for personnel, occupancy, marketing and other charges that are directly related to the Company’s business. Operations expenses are incurred at the Company’s storefront locations and the Company’s call centers for customer service and collections. In addition, costs related to management supervision, oversight of locations and other costs for the oversight of the Company’s locations are included in operations expenses. Administration expenses include expenses related to corporate service functions, such as legal, occupancy, executive oversight, insurance and risk management, public and government relations, internal audit, treasury, payroll, compliance and licensing, finance, accounting, tax and information systems.
Marketing expenses consist of marketing costs such as television, radio and print advertising and other marketing costs. Marketing costs, including the production costs associated with other marketing initiatives are expensed as incurred. These expenses are included in “Operations and administration expenses” in the consolidated statements of income.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for its stock-based employee compensation plans in accordance with ASC 718. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company recognizes compensation expense over the vesting periods for stock-based awards. For performance-based stock awards, compensation expense is originally based on the number of shares that would vest if the Company achieved the level of performance that management estimates is the most probable

91

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


outcome at the grant date. Throughout the requisite service period, management monitors the probability of achievement of the performance condition and adjusts stock-based compensation expense if necessary.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is based on income before income taxes as reported for financial statement purposes. Deferred income taxes are provided for in accordance with the assets and liability method of accounting for income taxes in order to recognize the tax effects of temporary differences between financial statement and income tax accounting.
The Company performs an evaluation of the recoverability of its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. The Company establishes a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not (greater than 50 percent) that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company analyzes several factors, including the nature and frequency of operating losses, the Company’s carryforward period for any losses, the reversal of future taxable temporary differences, the expected occurrence of future income or loss and the feasibility of available tax planning strategies to protect against the loss of deferred tax assets.
The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in accordance with ASC 740. ASC 740 requires that a more-likely-than-not threshold be met before the benefit of a tax position may be recognized in the consolidated financial statements and prescribes how such benefit should be measured. It also provides guidance on recognition adjustment, classification, accrual of interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. See Note 12 for further discussion.
It is the Company’s policy to classify interest and penalties on income tax liabilities as interest expense and operations and administration expense, respectively.
Net Income Per Share
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted net income per share is calculated by giving effect to the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common shares were exercised and converted into common shares during the year. When a net loss exists, all potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive and are therefore excluded from the diluted per-share computation.
RSU issued under the Company’s stock-based employee compensation plans are included in diluted shares from the grant date of the award. Performance-based RSU awards are included in diluted shares based on the level of performance that management estimates is the most probable outcome at the grant date. Throughout the requisite service period, management monitors the probability of achievement of the performance condition and adjusts the number of shares included in diluted shares accordingly.
    

92

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table sets forth the reconciliation of numerators and denominators of basic and diluted earnings per share computations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
 
For the year ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Net (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations
$
(10,387
)
 
$
59,182

 
$
40,901

Net Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
109,025

 
83,346

 
66,569

Net Income Attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
98,638

 
142,528

 
107,470

Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Total Weighted Average Basic Shares (a)
28,901

 
28,657

 
29,514

Shares Applicable to Stock-based Compensation(b)
92

 
72

 
174

Convertible Debt(c)
348

 
1,884

 
1,764

Total Weighted Average Diluted Shares (d)
29,341

 
30,613

 
31,452

Net (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations – basic
$
(0.36
)
 
$
2.07

 
$
1.39

Net Income from Discontinued Operations – basic
$
3.77

 
$
2.91

 
$
2.26

Net Income Attributable to Cash America International, Inc. - basic
$
3.41

 
$
4.97

 
$
3.64

Net (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations – diluted
$
(0.36
)
 
$
1.93

 
$
1.30

Net Income from Discontinued Operations – diluted
$
3.72

 
$
2.72

 
$
2.12

Net Income Attributable to Cash America International, Inc. - diluted
$
3.36

 
$
4.66

 
$
3.42

 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
Includes vested and deferred RSUs of 304, 307 and 287, as well as Director Deferred Shares of 32, 31 and 31 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(b) 
Includes shares related to unvested RSU awards. Although there were no stock option awards outstanding as of December 31, 2012, the dilutive effect of stock-based compensation is based on the weighted amount of outstanding awards during the year; therefore, the portion of the stock option awards that were outstanding and exercisable during 2012 are included in calculating this amount for 2012.
(c) 
On May 15, 2014, the Company called the 2029 Convertible Notes, and the noteholders elected to convert such notes. The Company settled the principal portion of the outstanding 2029 Convertible Notes in cash and issued 747,085 of the Company’s common shares related to the conversion spread. Prior to the repayment of the 2029 Convertible Notes, only the shares related to the conversion spread were included in weighted average diluted shares because the Company intended to pay the principal portion of the notes in cash. See Note 11 for further discussion of the 2029 Convertible Notes.
(d) 
Excludes 70 and 12 anti-dilutive shares for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. There were no anti-dilutive shares for the year ended December 31, 2012. When a net loss exists, all potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive and are therefore excluded from the diluted per-share computation.
Adopted Accounting Standards
In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, which amended ASC 205-20. The amendments included in ASU 2014-08 change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and enhance disclosures in this area. The new guidance requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide financial statement users with more information about the assets, liabilities, income, and expenses of discontinued operations. The new guidance also requires disclosure of the pre-tax income or loss attributable to a disposal of an individually significant component of an organization that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation in the financial statements. The Company is required to adopt ASU 2014-08 prospectively for all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) of components of an entity that occur within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2014-08 on June 30, 2014, and the adoption did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, which provides guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years (and interim periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2013. The amendments apply prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist as of the date of

93

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


adoption. Retrospective application is permitted. The Company prospectively adopted ASU 2013-11 on January 1, 2014, and the adoption did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, which applies to the release of the cumulative translation adjustment into net income when a parent either sells all or a part of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business (other than a sale of in substance real estate or conveyance of oil and gas mineral rights) within a foreign entity. ASU 2013-05 is effective prospectively for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company adopted ASU 2013-05 on January 1, 2014, and the adoption did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04. ASU 2013-04 requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date as the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay plus additional amounts the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The guidance further provides for disclosure of the nature and amount of the obligation. ASU 2013-04 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company adopted ASU 2013-04 on January 1, 2014, and the adoption did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
    
Accounting Standards to be Adopted in Future Periods

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, which provides guidance for reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. In accordance with ASU 2015-02, all legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, which eliminates from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. If an event or transaction meets the criteria for extraordinary classification, it is segregated from the results of ordinary operations and is shown as a separate item in the income statement, net of tax. ASU 2015-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect adoption of this guidance will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, which requires management to evaluate, in connection with financial statement preparation for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued, and to provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect adoption of this guidance will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605. ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective retrospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements.


94

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


3. Discontinued Operations

On November 13, 2014, the Company completed the separation of its online lending business that comprised its e-commerce division, Enova, through the distribution of approximately 80 percent of the outstanding shares of Enova common stock to the Company’s shareholders, which was structured with the intent that it would be a tax-free distribution. The Company distributed to its shareholders 0.915 shares of Enova common stock for every one share of the Company’s common stock held as of the close of business on November 3, 2014, which was the record date for the Enova Spin-off. The Company received a private letter ruling from the IRS, an opinion from the Company's tax counsel and a solvency opinion from an independent financial advisor prior to approval of the Enova Spin-off by the Company's Board of Directors. As a result of the Enova Spin-off, Enova is now an independent public company, and its common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “ENVA.”

Upon completion of the Enova Spin-off, the Company retained approximately 20 percent, or 6.6 million shares of Enova common stock, and the Company has agreed, pursuant to the private letter ruling, to dispose of its retained shares of Enova common stock (other than the shares retained for delivery under the Company’s long-term incentive plans as described below) no later than two years after the distribution. The retained shares of Enova common stock include a portion of shares of Enova common stock that may be delivered by the Company to holders of certain outstanding unvested RSUs, vested deferred RSUs, and unvested deferred RSUs that were granted by the Company to certain of its officers, directors and employees and certain Director Deferred Shares payable to the Company’s directors relating to the Company’s common stock awards that were outstanding under the Company's long-term incentive plans as of the date of the Enova Spin-off. Such RSU awards and Director Deferred Shares will be payable by the Company in both shares of Company common stock and Enova common stock, subject to the terms of the Company’s long-term incentive plans and the applicable award agreement. The delivery of the Enova shares of common stock will occur periodically based on the vesting terms of the award agreements. In the event the award does not vest, the shares will be retained by the Company and sold. The total number of Enova shares of common stock subject to award agreements was 685,087 as of December 31, 2014, representing approximately 2.1% of the then-outstanding shares of Enova common stock.

All of the retained shares of Enova common stock (including shares retained for delivery under the Company’s long-term incentive plans) are classified as “available-for-sale securities” in accordance with ASC 320. Activity during the year ended December 31, 2014 for the Enova shares retained by the Company is shown below:

Enova Shares Held by the Company (a)
Enova Shares to be Issued for RSU awards
Enova Shares to be Issued for Director Deferred Shares
Total
Enova shares retained upon Enova Spin-off
5,890,116

677,918

28,893

6,596,927

Forfeitures (b)
21,724

(21,724
)


Shares held as of December 31, 2014
5,911,840

656,194

28,893

6,596,927

% ownership of Enova as of December 31, 2014
17.9
%
2.0
%
0.1
%
20.0
%









(a) Does not include shares retained for delivery under the Company’s long-term incentive plans.  
(b) Shares allocated to satisfy future RSU award issuances, upon forfeit, are re-allocated to Enova shares that are held and are to be disposed of by the Company.  

In connection with the Enova Spin-off, the Company recorded a $82.2 million reduction to retained earnings and a $2.6 million increase to AOCI. Additionally, the Company recorded a $0.3 million deferred tax liability difference between the tax basis in the retained shares of Enova common stock of approximately $20.0 million and the basis for financial reporting purposes. ASC 320 requires the shares to be marked to market with unrealized gains and losses recorded in AOCI until realized or until losses are deemed to be other-than-temporary. As of December 31, 2014, the investment in Enova shares was adjusted to $131.6 million and AOCI was adjusted by $72.0 million, net of tax, which is included in “Marketable equity securities, net of tax” in the consolidated statements of equity. The Company does not have the ability to significantly influence the operating or financial policies of Enova.

95

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



As the Enova Spin-off represents a strategic shift that will have a major effect on the Company’s operations, the net assets, operating results, and cash flows of the Company’s previously-held Enova business are presented separately as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

Enova is now a stand-alone public company that separately reports its financial results. Due to differences between the basis of presentation for discontinued operations and the basis of presentation as a stand-alone
company, the financial results of Enova included within discontinued operations for the Company may not be indicative of actual financial results of Enova as a stand-alone company.

The results of Enova’s business included in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are summarized in the following tables.

The carrying amounts of the major classes of the assets and liabilities for the discontinued operations as of December 31, 2013 are shown below (dollars in thousands). Amounts for “Cash and cash equivalents” and “Accounts payable and accrued expenses,” respectively, shown below were decreased by $2.0 million from amounts previously reported in the Company’s financial statements to reclassify certain liabilities as in-transit cash disbursements due to the timing of payments for certain contracts. Management determined that the impact on previously-issued financial statements was immaterial.
 
 
As of December 31, 2013
Assets
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
47,480

Consumer loans, net
 
304,109

Other receivables and prepaid expenses
 
8,686

Current and deferred tax assets
 
30,314

Current assets of discontinued operations
 
390,589

Property and equipment, net
 
39,405

Goodwill
 
210,365

Other non-current assets
 
6,331

Non-current assets of discontinued operations
 
256,101

Total assets of discontinued operations
 
$
646,690

Liabilities
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
51,554

Note payable to Cash America International, Inc.
 
425,413

Current liabilities of discontinued operations
 
476,967

Deferred tax liabilities
 
45,003

Other liabilities
 
51

Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations
 
45,054

Total liabilities of discontinued operations
 
$
522,021



96

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Summarized income statement and supplemental cash flow information for the discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, is shown below (dollars in thousands, except per share data). Information for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes only income, expense and cash flow activity prior to the date of the Enova Spin-off.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loan fees
$
705,120

 
$
764,972

 
$
659,628

Other
658

 
1,197

 
1,359

Total Revenue
705,778

 
766,169

 
660,987

Cost of Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loan loss provision
229,816

 
317,896

 
287,069

Total Cost of Revenue
229,816

 
317,896

 
287,069

Net Revenue
475,962

 
448,273

 
373,918

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Operations and administration
256,466

 
280,515

 
234,358

Depreciation and amortization
15,698

 
17,143

 
13,272

Total Expenses
272,164

 
297,658

 
247,630

Income from Operations
203,798

 
150,615

 
126,288

Interest expense
(31,317
)
 
(19,842
)
 
(20,996
)
Interest income
16

 
54

 

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)
(539
)
 
(1,222
)
 
(342
)
Income before Income Taxes
171,958

 
129,605

 
104,950

Provision for income taxes
62,933

 
46,259

 
38,381

Net Income from Discontinued Operations
$
109,025

 
$
83,346

 
$
66,569

Diluted Income per Share from Discontinued Operations
$
3.72

 
$
2.72

 
$
2.12

    
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Capital expenditures
 
$
11,681

 
$
14,872

 
$
17,872

Significant non-cash operating items
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Non-cash interest expense on note payable to Cash America
 
$

 
$
19,844

 
$
21,005

Significant non-cash investing items
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Consumer loans renewed
 
$
262,458

 
$
500,797

 
$
620,097

Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
 
$
7,630

 
$

 
$

Income taxes (a)
 
$
758

 
$
170

 
$
499

(a) Represents cash paid for state and local income taxes. Federal income tax payments for 2014, 2013 and 2012 were made by Cash America.

4. Acquisitions and Divestitures

Acquisitions

Goodwill arising from the acquisitions discussed below consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of the Company and the pawn lending locations acquired. All goodwill from the following acquisitions, which were completed prior to the Company’s change in 2014 to a one-segment structure, impacted the Company’s retail services segment. All goodwill associated with these acquisitions is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.


97

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Acquisition of 34 Pawn Lending Locations in Georgia and North Carolina
In December 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of a 34-store chain of pawn lending locations in Georgia and North Carolina (31 locations in Georgia and three locations in North Carolina) owned by PawnMart, Inc. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $61.1 million, of which $0.5 million was paid in 2014. The acquisition price was paid in cash and funded by available cash and borrowings under the Company’s line of credit. The Company incurred approximately $0.6 million of acquisition costs related to the acquisition, which were expensed.
The allocation of the purchase price for this acquisition is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Pawn loans
$
10,510

Merchandise acquired
3,695

Pawn loan fees and service charges receivable
1,639

Property and equipment
2,631

Goodwill
35,190

Intangible assets
6,834

Other assets
1,262

Other liabilities
(218
)
Customer deposits
(426
)
Net assets acquired
$
61,117

Cash consideration payable as of December 31, 2013
(500
)
Total consideration paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired, as of December 31, 2013
60,617

Cash paid in 2014 related to holdbacks
500

Total cash paid for acquisition
$
61,117


Acquisition of 41 Pawn Lending Locations in Texas
In August 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of a chain of pawn lending locations in Texas that included 41 operating locations and the rights to one additional Texas pawn lending location (that was under construction but not open for business at the time of the acquisition), all of which were acquired from TDP Superstores Corp. and operated primarily under the name “Top Dollar Pawn.” The aggregate consideration paid for the acquisition was approximately $103.7 million. The acquisition price was paid in cash and funded by available cash and borrowings under the Company’s line of credit. The Company incurred approximately $0.4 million of acquisition costs related to this transaction, which were expensed.
 

98

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The allocation of the purchase price for this acquisition is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Pawn loans
$
14,468

Merchandise acquired
8,024

Pawn loan fees and service charges receivable
2,094

Property and equipment
4,230

Goodwill
62,335

Intangible assets
14,404

Other assets
383

Other liabilities
(829
)
Customer deposits
(1,365
)
Total consideration paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired
$
103,744


Acquisition of Nine-Store Chain of Pawn Lending Locations in Arizona
In October 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of a nine-store chain of pawn lending locations in Arizona owned by Ca$h Corporation, Pawn Corp #1, Inc., Pawncorp #2, Inc. and Pawncorp #4, Inc. The aggregate cash consideration paid for this transaction, which was funded through the Company’s line of credit, was approximately $15.6 million. The Company incurred an immaterial amount of acquisition costs related to the transaction.
The allocation of the purchase price for this acquisition is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Pawn loans
$
3,887

Merchandise held for disposition
712

Pawn loan fees and service charges receivable
509

Property and equipment
200

Goodwill
7,662

Intangible assets
2,500

Other assets
103

Customer deposits
(14
)
Net assets acquired
$
15,559

Cash consideration payable as of December 31, 2012
(128
)
Total consideration paid for acquisition as of December 31, 2012
15,431

Cash paid in 2013 upon receipt of regulatory licenses
128

Total cash paid for acquisition
$
15,559

Acquisition of 25-Store Chain of Pawn Lending Locations in Kentucky, North Carolina and Tennessee
In September 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of a 25-store chain of pawn lending locations located in Kentucky, North Carolina, and Tennessee owned by Standon, Inc., Casa Credit, Inc., Classic Credit, Inc. and Falcon Credit, Inc. The Company assumed the economic benefits of all these of these pawnshops by operating them under management agreements that commenced on September 27, 2012, and the final closing occurred on December 16, 2012. The aggregate cash consideration for the transaction, which was funded through the Company’s line of credit, was $55.1 million. The Company incurred an immaterial amount of acquisition costs related to the acquisition.

    


99

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The allocation of the purchase price for this acquisition is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Pawn loans
$
7,057

Merchandise held for disposition
7,534

Pawn loan fees and service charges receivable
1,506

Property and equipment
631

Goodwill
31,521

Intangible assets
8,000

Customer deposits
(1,158
)
Total consideration paid for acquisition
$
55,091


Pawn Partners Acquisition

In November 2011, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of Pawn Partners, Inc., Pawn Partners -Tucson, Inc., Pawn Partners-Tucson II, Inc., Pawn Partners-Tucson 3, Inc., Pawn Partners-Tucson 4, Inc. and Pawn Partners-Yuma, Inc. The Company assumed the economic benefits of these pawnshops by operating them under a management arrangement that commenced on November 30, 2011, and the final closing occurred in the first quarter of 2012. The acquisition included a seven-store chain of pawn lending locations located in Tucson, Flagstaff and Yuma, Arizona. The aggregate cash consideration for the transaction, which was funded through the Company’s line of credit, was $53.6 million, of which $4.3 million was paid in 2012. The Company incurred acquisition costs of $0.1 million related to the acquisition.    

Other Acquisitions

In addition to the acquisitions discussed above, the Company acquired one, one and three retail services locations for $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $3.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Divestitures    

    On August 25, 2014, the Company completed the divestiture of its 47 pawn lending locations in Mexico for cash consideration of approximately $18.5 million, net of cash held at the date of divestiture, including consideration related to a non-compete agreement. These 47 Mexico pawn lending locations were previously included in the retail services segment. The Company recorded a loss of $2.8 million on the sale and a $2.1 million expense related to an uncollectible receivable incurred as a result of the Company’s discontinuation of its Mexico-based pawn operations. The combined amounts are included in “Loss on divestitures” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and cash flows. The Company included $6.4 million of goodwill in the carrying value of the business in accordance with ASC 350. The Company used the proceeds from the sale for general corporate purposes. Following the sale, the Company had no continuing involvement with these entities. This divestiture did not qualify as a discontinued operation in accordance with ASU 2014-08 as it did not have a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results.

     On August 25, 2014, the Company also completed the divestiture of its five pawn lending locations in Colorado for cash consideration of approximately $3.0 million, net of cash held at the date of divestiture. These locations were previously included in the retail services segment and represented all of the locations operated by the Company in Colorado. The Company recorded a loss of $0.3 million on the sale, which is included in “Loss on divestitures” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and cash flows. The Company used the proceeds from the sale for general corporate purposes.


100

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


5. Credit Quality Information on Pawn Loans

The Company manages its pawn loan portfolio by monitoring the type and adequacy of collateral compared to historical gross profit margins. If a pawn loan defaults, the Company relies on the disposition of pawned property to recover the principal amount of an unpaid pawn loan, plus a yield on the investment, because the Company’s pawn loans are non-recourse against the customer. In addition, the customer’s creditworthiness does not affect the Company’s financial position or results of operations. Generally, forfeited merchandise has historically sold for an amount in excess of the cost of goods sold (which is the cost basis in the loan or the amount paid for purchased merchandise) or fair value. Goods pledged to secure pawn loans are tangible personal property items such as jewelry, tools, televisions and other electronics, musical instruments and other miscellaneous items. A pawn loan is considered delinquent if the customer does not repay or, where allowed by law, renew or extend the loan on or prior to its contractual maturity date plus any applicable grace period. Pawn loan fees and service charges do not accrue on delinquent pawn loans. When a pawn loan is considered delinquent, any accrued pawn loan fees and service charges are reversed and no additional pawn loan fees and service charges are accrued. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had current pawn loans outstanding of $244.1 million and $251.9 million, respectively, and delinquent pawn loans outstanding of $8.0 million and $9.2 million, respectively.

6. Consumer Loans, Credit Quality Information on Consumer Loans, Allowance and Liability for Estimated Losses on Consumer Loans and Guarantees of Consumer Loans
The components of Company-owned consumer loan portfolio receivables at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
As of December 31, 2014
 
Short-term
Loans
 
Installment
Loans
 
Total
Current loans
$
38,492

 
$
3,486

 
$
41,978

Delinquent loans
4,462

 
2,575

 
7,037

Total consumer loans, gross
42,954

 
6,061

 
49,015

Less: Allowance for losses
(2,736
)
 
(1,426
)
 
(4,162
)
Consumer loans, net
$
40,218

 
$
4,635

 
$
44,853

 

  
As of December 31, 2013
  
Short-term
Loans
 
Installment
Loans
 
Total
Current loans
$
43,375

 
$
6,970

 
$
50,345

Total delinquent loans
6,481

 
2,817

 
9,298

Total consumer loans, gross
49,856

 
9,787

 
59,643

Less: Allowance for losses
(3,960
)
 
(951
)
 
(4,911
)
Consumer loans, net
$
45,896

 
$
8,836

 
$
54,732


101

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Changes in the allowance for losses for the Company-owned loans and the liability for estimated losses on the Company’s guarantees of third-party lender-owned loans through the CSO programs for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Short-term
Loans
 
Installment
Loans
 
Total
Allowance for losses for Company-owned consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
3,960

 
$
951

 
$
4,911

Consumer loan loss provision
23,139

 
7,840

 
30,979

Charge-offs
(28,956
)
 
(9,229
)
 
(38,185
)
Recoveries
4,593

 
1,864

 
6,457

Balance at end of period
$
2,736

 
$
1,426

 
$
4,162

Liability for third-party lender-owned consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
272

 
$
758

 
$
1,030

Increase (decrease) in liability
130

 
(100
)
 
30

Balance at end of period
$
402

 
$
658

 
$
1,060

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Year Ended December 31, 2013
  
Short-term
Loans
 
Installment
Loans
 
Total
Allowance for losses for Company-owned consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
4,039

 
$
740

 
$
4,779

Consumer loan loss provision
27,549

 
5,652

 
33,201

Charge-offs
(32,972
)
 
(6,688
)
 
(39,660
)
Recoveries
5,344

 
1,247

 
6,591

Balance at end of period
$
3,960

 
$
951

 
$
4,911

Liability for third-party lender-owned consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
308

 
$
564

 
$
872

(Decrease) increase in liability
(36
)
 
194

 
158

Balance at end of period
$
272

 
$
758

 
$
1,030

 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Short-term
Loans
 
Installment
Loans
 
Total
Allowance for losses for Company-owned consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
3,526

 
$
492

 
$
4,018

Consumer loan loss provision
25,308

 
3,823

 
29,131

Charge-offs
(32,335
)
 
(4,476
)
 
(36,811
)
Recoveries
7,540

 
901

 
8,441

Balance at end of period
$
4,039

 
$
740

 
$
4,779

Liability for third-party lender-owned consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
333

 
$
445

 
$
778

(Decrease) increase in liability
(25
)
 
119

 
94

Balance at end of period
$
308

 
$
564

 
$
872


In connection with its CSO programs, the Company guarantees consumer loan payment obligations to unrelated third-party lenders for short-term loans, unsecured installment loans and installment loans that are secured by a customer’s vehicle, and the Company is required to purchase any defaulted loans it has guaranteed. The guarantee represents an obligation to purchase specific loans that go into default. See Note 13 for additional information related to these guarantees.

102

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



7. Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets

Prepaid expenses and other assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 
 
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Nonqualified plan-related assets
$
12,838

 
$
14,016

Prepaid insurance
1,621

 
1,381

Prepaid hardware and software maintenance
2,475

 
2,074

Other prepaid expenses
1,818

 
4,547

Other assets
2,565

 
2,951

Total
$
21,317

 
$
24,969


8. Property and Equipment

Major classifications of property and equipment as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Cost
 
Accumulated
Depreciation
 
Net
 
Cost
 
Accumulated
Depreciation
 
Net
Land
$
5,335

 
$

 
$
5,335

 
$
5,335

 
$

 
$
5,335

Buildings and leasehold improvements
237,247

 
(146,698
)
 
90,549

 
235,525

 
(135,823
)
 
99,702

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
155,150

 
(114,577
)
 
40,573

 
150,543

 
(103,224
)
 
47,319

Computer software
139,277

 
(74,680
)
 
64,597

 
130,097

 
(60,635
)
 
69,462

Total
$
537,009

 
$
(335,955
)
 
$
201,054

 
$
521,500

 
$
(299,682
)
 
$
221,818


The Company recognized depreciation expense of $54.4 million, $50.6 million and $52.9 million during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
9. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually. See Note 2 for further discussion of the Company’s goodwill testing in 2014.


103

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Goodwill

Changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are shown in the table below (dollars in thousands).
 
Goodwill
Balance as of January 1, 2014
$
495,214

Acquisitions
165

Divestitures
(7,508
)
Effect of foreign currency translation
(302
)
Balance as of December 31, 2014
$
487,569

Balance as of January 1, 2013
$
397,845

Acquisitions
97,718

Effect of foreign currency translation
(349
)
Balance as of December 31, 2013
$
495,214


Acquired Intangible Assets

Acquired intangible assets that are subject to amortization as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Cost
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
 
Cost
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Non-competition agreements
$
18,848

 
$
(13,520
)
 
$
5,328

 
$
18,773

 
$
(11,737
)
 
$
7,036

Customer relationships
45,771

 
(20,407
)
 
25,364

 
45,648

 
(15,656
)
 
29,992

Trademarks and other
586

 
(451
)
 
135

 
586

 
(404
)
 
182

Total
$
65,205

 
$
(34,378
)
 
$
30,827

 
$
65,007

 
$
(27,797
)
 
$
37,210

Non-competition agreements are amortized over the applicable terms of the contract, typically from two to ten years. Customer relationships are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over three to ten years, based on the period over which economic benefits are provided. Trademarks are generally amortized from one to three years on a straight line basis.
Amortization
Amortization expense for acquired intangible assets was $6.6 million, $5.5 million and $9.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
    
For each of the five years after December 31, 2014, estimated future amortization expense is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Total
Estimated future amortization expense
6,438

 
6,044

 
5,456

 
5,155

 
4,717

 
27,810



104

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, licenses of $9.7 million obtained in conjunction with acquisitions were not subject to amortization. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, trademarks of $5.3 million obtained in conjunction with acquisitions were not subject to amortization. Costs to renew licenses with indefinite lives are expensed as incurred and recorded in “Operations and administration expenses” in the consolidated statements of income.

10. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Trade accounts payable
$
13,800

 
$
13,278

Accrued taxes, other than income taxes
8,242

 
8,407

Accrued payroll, annual incentive and fringe benefits
41,613

 
29,876

Accrued interest payable
1,658

 
4,839

Accrual for consumer loan payments rejected for non-sufficient funds
1,049

 
1,233

Deferred CSO fees
3,025

 
5,205

Liability for losses on third-party lender-owned consumer loans
1,060

 
1,030

Ohio Reimbursement Program(a)

 
301

2013 Litigation Settlement(a)

 
18,000

Other accrued liabilities
3,884

 
6,345

Total
$
74,331

 
$
88,514

 
(a) 
See Note 13 for further discussion of the Ohio Reimbursement Program and the 2013 Litigation Settlement.
 

105

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


11. Long-Term Debt

The Company’s long-term debt instruments and balances outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Domestic and multi-currency line of credit due 2018
$

 
$
193,717

6.09% Series A senior unsecured notes due 2016

 
21,000

7.26% senior unsecured notes due 2017

 
20,000

Variable rate senior unsecured notes due 2018

 
33,333

5.75% senior unsecured notes due 2018
196,470

 
300,000

6.00% Series A senior unsecured notes due 2019

 
47,000

6.21% Series B senior unsecured notes due 2021

 
18,182

6.58% Series B senior unsecured notes due 2022

 
5,000

5.25% convertible senior notes due 2029

 
101,757

Total debt
$
196,470

 
$
739,989

Less current portion

 
(22,606
)
Total long-term debt
$
196,470

 
$
717,383

Domestic and Multi-Currency Line
On March 30, 2011, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries as guarantors entered into a Credit Agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions as lenders. The Credit Agreement was amended on each of November 29, 2011, May 10, 2013, May 12, 2014, June 13, 2014 and December 23, 2014. The Credit Agreement, as amended, provides for a Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit totaling $280.0 million permitting revolving credit loans, including a multi-currency subfacility that gives the Company the ability to borrow up to $50.0 million that may be in specified foreign currencies, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, and also subject to an accordion feature whereby the revolving line of credit may be increased up to an additional $100.0 million with the consent of any increasing lenders.

The May and June 2014 amendments to the Credit Agreement permitted (i) Enova to issue debt prior to the Enova Spin-off , (ii) in conjunction with the Enova Spin-off, the release of Enova and its subsidiaries as guarantors under the Credit Agreement and (iii) the prepayment of certain outstanding indebtedness. In addition, the December 2014 amendment to the Credit Agreement provides (i) that any acceleration or demand for acceleration, repayment, redemption or repurchase of or any default or event of default under the 2018 Senior Notes or the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture, which is referred to as Other Debt Action, proximately caused by the Enova Spin-off will not result in a default or event of default under the Credit Agreement and that any such Other Debt Action will not be deemed an event that could reasonably be expected to give rise to or have a material adverse effect under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) until such time as the Company notifies the Administrative Agent for the Credit Agreement that the provision described in subsection (i) above is no longer required, the Company is subject to a minimum level of liquidity as defined in the amendment.

Interest on the Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit is charged, at the Company’s option, at either the LIBOR for one week or one-, two-, three- or six-month periods, as selected by the Company, plus a margin varying from 2.00% to 3.25% or at the agent’s base rate plus a margin varying from 0.50% to 1.75%. The margin for the Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit is dependent on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratios as defined in the Credit Agreement. The Company also pays a fee on the unused portion of the Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit ranging from 0.25% to 0.50% (0.38% at December 31, 2014) based on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratios.


106

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


In May 2014, following receipt of aggregate dividend payments of $122.4 million from Enova and receipt of $431.0 million from Enova for repayment of the Enova Note Receivable, the Company repaid the entire amount outstanding on the Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no borrowings outstanding under the Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit. As of December 31, 2013, borrowings under the Company’s Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit consisted of three pricing tranches with maturity dates ranging from three to 31 days. The weighted average interest rate (including margin) on the Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit was 3.30% at December 31, 2013. The Company routinely refinances such borrowings pursuant to the terms of its Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit. Therefore, these borrowings are considered part of the applicable line of credit and as long-term debt.

Variable Rate Senior Unsecured Notes

When the Company entered into the Credit Agreement, it also entered into a $50.0 million term loan facility under which it issued the 2018 Variable Rate Notes. The maturity date of the 2018 Variable Rate Notes was March 31, 2018, but in connection with the proceeds received from Enova’s repayment of amounts owed to the Company under the Enova Note Receivable, the Company prepaid the entire amount outstanding on the 2018 Variable Rate Notes.

In conjunction with the prepayment of the 2018 Variable Rate Notes during the three months ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of approximately $0.1 million, which is included in “Loss on early extinguishment of debt” in the consolidated statements of income.

Letter of Credit Facility
    
When the Company entered into the Credit Agreement, it also entered into an LC Agreement for the issuance of up to $20.0 million under a Letter of Credit Facility that is guaranteed by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and matures on March 31, 2018. In the event that an amount is paid by the issuing bank under a stand-by letter of credit, it will be due and payable by the Company on demand, and amounts due by the Company under the LC Agreement will bear interest annually at a rate that is the lesser of (a) 2% above the prime rate for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or (b) the maximum rate of interest permissible under applicable laws. The LC Agreement also requires the Company to pay quarterly fees equal to the applicable margin set forth in the LC Agreement on the undrawn amount of the credit outstanding. The Company had standby letters of credit of $12.0 million under its Letter of Credit Facility as of December 31, 2014.

$300.0 Million 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes

On May 15, 2013, the Company issued and sold the 2018 Senior Notes. The 2018 Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.75% annually on the principal amount, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2013. The 2018 Senior Notes will mature on May 15, 2018. The 2018 Senior Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. As required by a registration rights agreement that the Company entered into with the initial purchasers when the 2018 Senior Notes were issued, the Company completed an exchange offer with respect to the 2018 Senior Notes in January 2014. All of the unregistered 2018 Senior Notes have been exchanged for identical new notes registered under the Securities Act.

In connection with the issuance and registration of the 2018 Senior Notes, the Company incurred debt issuance and registration costs of approximately $8.8 million, which primarily consisted of underwriting fees, legal and other professional expenses. These costs are being amortized over a period of five years and are included in “Other assets” in the consolidated balance sheets.


107

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The 2018 Senior Notes are senior unsecured debt obligations of the Company and are guaranteed by the Guarantors. The Guarantors have guaranteed fully and unconditionally, on a joint and several basis, the obligations to pay principal and interest for the 2018 Senior Notes. As of December 31, 2014, the Parent Company, on a stand-alone unconsolidated basis, had no independent assets or operations, except for an asset representing its retained shares of Enova (6,568,034 shares) valued at $131.6 million (based on the closing price of Enova common stock on December 31, 2014). Of the Company’s retained shares of Enova common stock, 5,955,249 shares were transferred by the Company to a Guarantor subsidiary on February 27, 2015. As of December 31, 2014, the Guarantors represent all of the subsidiaries of the Company, and all of the Guarantors were 100% owned by the Company. The domestic Guarantors under the 2018 Senior Notes are also guarantors under the Credit Agreement. The 2018 Senior Notes Indenture provides that if any of the Guarantors is released from its guarantees of the Company’s borrowings and obligations under the Credit Agreement, that Guarantor’s guaranty of the 2018 Senior Notes will also be released.

The 2018 Senior Notes are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time at 100% of the aggregate principal amount of 2018 Senior Notes redeemed plus the applicable “make whole” redemption price specified in the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. In addition, if a change of control occurs, as that term is defined in the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture, the holders of 2018 Senior Notes will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require the Company to repurchase their 2018 Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of 2018 Senior Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, as of the date of repurchase.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company repurchased $103.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Notes for aggregate cash consideration of $107.2 million plus accrued interest. In connection with these purchases, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of approximately $6.0 million, which is included in “Loss on early extinguishment of debt” in the consolidated statements of income.
    
2029 Convertible Notes

On May 19, 2009, the Company completed the offering of the 2029 Convertible Notes. During 2014, the Company notified the holders of its outstanding 2029 Convertible Notes that on May 15, 2014, it would redeem all outstanding 2029 Convertible Notes, and as a result of this notification, all holders of outstanding 2029 Convertible Notes elected conversion on May 15, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of the 2029 Convertible Notes, the Company elected to pay cash for the $44.4 million of principal amount of all converted notes outstanding at that date, plus accrued interest, and to re-issue 747,085 shares of common stock held in treasury for the amount in excess of principal owed to noteholders as a result of the net-share settlement provisions in the Indenture that governs the 2029 Convertible Notes. In accordance with ASC 470, no gain or loss was recorded in the consolidated statements of income for the conversion. Additionally, the Company’s consolidated shareholders’ equity was not changed as a result of this activity.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and prior to the conversion of the 2029 Convertible Notes, the Company repurchased $58.6 million principal amount of the 2029 Convertible Notes in privately-negotiated transactions for aggregate cash consideration of $89.5 million plus accrued interest. In connection with these purchases, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of approximately $1.5 million, which is included in “Loss on early extinguishment of debt” in the consolidated statements of income, and a $30.3 million decrease to additional paid-in capital, which is included in “Repurchases and conversion of convertible debt” in the consolidated statements of equity.

Contractual interest expense recognized for the 2029 Convertible Notes was $1.3 million and $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, interest expense related to non-cash amortization of the discount represented $0.7 million and $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

108

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Private Placement Notes    

On May 9, 2014, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into the Waiver and Amendment with respect to the Private Placement Notes, which provided for the release of Enova and its subsidiaries as guarantors of the Private Placement Notes upon completion of the issuance of debt by Enova. The Waiver and Amendment also required the Company to prepay the entire outstanding balance of Private Placement Notes, including any applicable make-whole premium, with proceeds received from Enova for repayment of amounts owed by Enova to the Company under the Enova Note Receivable and payment of a dividend by Enova to the Company. The Company completed the prepayment of the Private Placement Notes in June 2014, which included an aggregate principal repayment of $106.2 million and a make-whole premium of $14.3 million. Additionally, in conjunction with this prepayment, the Company recorded a $0.6 million expense to write-off remaining deferred financing costs associated with the Private Placement Notes. The expenses for the make-whole premium and the write-off of the deferred financing costs totaling $14.9 million are included in “Loss on early extinguishment of debt” in the consolidated statements of income.

Debt Agreement Compliance
    
The debt agreements for the Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit and the 2018 Senior Notes require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios. As of December 31, 2014, the Company believes it was in compliance with all covenants or other requirements set forth in the debt agreements.

Representatives of a small number of holders of the 2018 Senior Notes, which the Company believes own less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Notes, have indicated that they believe the Enova Spin-off was not permitted by the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture. These noteholders have taken the position that the Company is in default under the Indenture and that a make-whole premium is payable, in addition to principal and accrued interest. The Company disagrees with the assertion that a default exists under the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture and also disagrees that a make-whole premium would be due in the event of a default because, among other things, the 2018 Senior Notes Indenture provides that upon acceleration of the 2018 Senior Notes due to a default, the repayment remedy is the repayment of principal and accrued interest with no provision for a make-whole premium. The Company believes the position taken by these noteholders is without merit and the Company intends to vigorously defend its position on these issues if formally asserted. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had ample liquidity and capital resources, including availability under the Company’s Domestic and Multi-Currency Line of Credit, to repay the 2018 Senior Notes regardless of the outcome of this claim.

For each of the five years after December 31, 2014, required principal payments under the terms of the long-term debt, including the Company’s Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit, are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Year
Amount
2015
$

2016

2017

2018
196,470

2019

 
$
196,470

 

109

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


12. Income Taxes

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 
 
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Deferred finish-out allowances from lessors
$
157

 
$
131

Tax over book accrual of pawn loan fees and service charges
4,752

 
5,380

Convertible debt

 
483

Reserves for 2013 Litigation Settlement(a)

 
6,394

Allowance for consumer loan losses
1,778

 
2,039

Deferred compensation
8,524

 
9,189

Net operating losses

 
17,568

Deferred state credits
1,358

 
1,186

Other
2,548

 
2,380

Total deferred tax assets
19,117

 
44,750

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Amortizable intangible assets
$
46,551

 
$
40,415

Property and equipment
32,359

 
36,826

Investment in equity securities
39,294

 

Other
1,165

 
1,651

Total deferred tax liabilities
119,369

 
78,892

Net deferred tax liabilities before valuation allowance
$
(100,252
)
 
$
(34,142
)
Valuation Allowance

 
(13,824
)
Net deferred tax liabilities after valuation allowance
$
(100,252
)
 
(47,966
)
Balance sheet classification:
 
 
 
Current deferred tax (liabilities) assets
$
(27,820
)
 
$
8,448

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
(72,432
)
 
(56,414
)
Net deferred tax liabilities
$
(100,252
)
 
$
(47,966
)
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
See Note 13 for further discussion of the 2013 Litigation Settlement.
The components of the provision for income taxes and the income to which it relates for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
  
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
(Loss) Income from continuing operations before income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
$
(7,938
)
 
$
47,475

 
$
108,000

Foreign
(408
)
 
(3,490
)
 
(26,630
)
(Loss) Income from continuing operations before income taxes
(8,346
)
 
43,985

 
81,370

Current (benefit) provision:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
(12,823
)
 
$
(20,908
)
 
$
42,190

Foreign
531

 
(752
)
 
586

State and local
1,291

 
2,098

 
4,844

Total current (benefit) provision for income taxes
(11,001
)
 
(19,562
)
 
47,620

Deferred provision (benefit):
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
12,962

 
$
3,740

 
$
(5,872
)
Foreign

 

 
4,811

State and local
80

 
317

 
(284
)
Total deferred provision (benefit) for income taxes
13,042

 
4,057

 
(1,345
)
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes
$
2,041

 
$
(15,505
)
 
$
46,275


110

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded income tax expense of $2.0 million on a pre-tax loss of $8.3 million compared to an income tax benefit of $15.5 million on pre-tax income of $44.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Despite incurring a pre-tax loss, income tax expense was recorded in 2014 primarily as a result of the tax impact of the write-off of non-deductible goodwill associated with the sale of the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations and an additional valuation allowance associated with the current year losses in Mexico. An income tax benefit was recorded in 2013 primarily due to the recognition of a $33.2 million tax benefit in 2013 associated with the Creazione Deduction (as explained further below) as well as the release of reserves established for unrecognized tax benefits associated with the Company’s Mexico operations.
In January 2013, the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations that were owned by Creazione and operated under the name Prenda Fácil were sold by Creazione to another wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Empeños, and began operating exclusively under the name “Cash America casa de empeño.” As of December 31, 2013, Creazione’s assets had been liquidated and it had entered into formal liquidation proceedings. In connection with the liquidation of Creazione, the Company included a deduction on its 2013 federal income tax return for its tax basis in the stock of Creazione and recognized an income tax benefit of $33.2 million as a result of the deduction, referred to as the Creazione Deduction. The Company believes that it met the requirements for this deduction and that it should be treated as an ordinary loss, which reduced the Company’s cash taxes paid in 2013. The Company obtained a private letter ruling from the IRS with respect to one of the various factors that it considered in making this determination.
The Company sold the remaining portion of its Mexico pawn operations in August of 2014. Due to the Company’s withdrawal of operations in Mexico and the anticipated liquidation of Creazione, the Company expects that its remaining net deferred tax assets in Mexico will not be utilized. As a result, in 2014, the Company wrote off Creazione’s remaining net deferred tax assets and the associated valuation allowance against those deferred tax assets.

Income tax expense included in the Company’s income (loss) from continuing and discontinued operations, respectively, is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Continuing operations
 
2,041

 
(15,505
)
 
46,275

Discontinuing operations
 
62,933

 
46,259

 
38,381

Total
 
64,974

 
30,754

 
84,656



111

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


A reconciliation of income taxes for continuing operations with amounts computed at the statutory federal rate follows (dollars in thousands):
  
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Tax provision computed at the federal statutory income tax rate
$
(2,922
)
 
$
15,396

 
$
28,479

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefits
818

 
1,883

 
2,829

Nondeductible lobbying
639

 
553

 
758

Foreign tax difference
216

 
(221
)
 
1,934

Investment in subsidiaries (a)

 
(23,907
)
 
(9,218
)
Valuation allowance
(11,266
)
 
(8,915
)
 
21,390

Non-recoverable foreign net deferred tax assets
12,042

 

 

Non-deductible goodwill
2,232

 

 

Tax effect of Regulatory Penalty(b)

 
895

 

Change in reserve for uncertain tax benefits, net

 
(1,021
)
 

Other
282

 
(168
)
 
103

Total provision (benefit)
$
2,041

 
$
(15,505
)
 
$
46,275

Effective tax rate
(24.5
)%
 
(35.3
)%
 
56.9
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
Relates to the Creazione Deduction for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
(b) 
Represents the tax effect of the $2.5 million penalty paid to the CFPB, which is nondeductible for tax purposes, in connection with the Regulatory Penalty. See Note 13.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had net operating losses totaling $58.6 million related to its Mexico subsidiary, Creazione. Mexico allows a ten-year carryforward period, and, if unutilized, these net operating losses will expire in varying amounts beginning in 2018. Due to the Company’s withdrawal of operations in Mexico and the anticipated liquidation of Creazione, these net operating losses are expected to expire unutilized.
The Company performs an evaluation of the recoverability of its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. The Company establishes a valuation allowance if it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50 percent) that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company analyzes several factors, including the nature and frequency of operating losses, the Company’s carryforward period for any losses, the reversal of future taxable temporary differences, the expected occurrence of future income or loss and the feasibility of available tax planning strategies to protect against the loss of deferred tax assets.
The Company recorded a valuation allowance against its gross deferred tax assets of $13.8 million as of December 31, 2013. In 2014, the Company released a $12.5 million valuation allowance related to the deferred tax assets at Creazione and $1.3 million upon the sale of Empeños. In 2013, the Company released a $9.3 million valuation allowance related to the deferred tax asset associated with the Company’s excess tax basis over its basis for financial reporting purposes in the stock of Creazione and recorded an additional $1.3 million valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets at its Mexico subsidiaries.
The aggregate change in the balance of the unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is summarized below (dollars in thousands):
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Balance at January 1,
$

 
$
1,021

 
$
955

Decrease due to lapse of statute of limitations

 
(1,021
)
 

Effect of change in foreign currency rates

 

 
66

Balance at December 31,
$

 
$

 
$
1,021

During 2013, the statute of limitations expired related to the Mexico tax returns of Creazione for periods before it was acquired by the Company (pre-2008). As a result, the Company released reserves established for unrecognized tax benefits of $1.0 million and the related accrued interest and penalties of $1.9 million. Consistent with the Company’s accounting policy, the release of the $1.0 million was recorded in the tax provision. The release

112

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


of the $1.9 million of reserves related to interest and penalties was recorded through a reduction of interest and administrative expenses.
    
The liability for unrecognized tax benefits, including related interest and penalties, is classified as a noncurrent liability in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company had no amounts accrued as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s 2011 through 2013 tax years were open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and major state taxing jurisdictions, and the 2009 through 2013 tax years of the Company’s former Mexican subsidiaries were open to examination by the Mexican taxing authorities.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases certain of its facilities under operating leases with terms generally from one to 10 years and certain rights to extend for additional periods. Future minimum rentals due under non-cancelable leases are as follows for each of the years ending December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter
 
Total
Future minimum rentals due under non-cancelable leases
55,881

 
47,605

 
37,407

 
29,533

 
22,172

 
40,811

 
$
233,409

Rent expense was $61.8 million, $58.1 million and $53.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Guarantees
In connection with its CSO programs, the Company guarantees consumer loan payment obligations to unrelated third-party lenders and is required to purchase any defaulted loans it has guaranteed. The guarantee represents an obligation to purchase specific loans that go into default. Short-term loans that are guaranteed generally have terms of less than 90 days. Unsecured installment loans that are guaranteed generally have terms of two to 12 months. Installment loans secured by the customer’s vehicle that are guaranteed typically have terms of up to 60 months. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of consumer loans guaranteed by the Company was $9.8 million and $17.5 million, respectively, representing amounts due under consumer loans originated by third-party lenders under the CSO programs. The estimated fair value of the liability related to these guarantees of $1.1 million and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, is included in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets.

Litigation
2013 Litigation Settlement
On August 6, 2004, James E. Strong filed a purported class action lawsuit in the State Court of Cobb County, Georgia against Georgia Cash America, Inc., Cash America International, Inc. (referred to together with Georgia Cash America, Inc., as Cash America), Daniel R. Feehan (the Company’s chief executive officer), and several unnamed officers, directors, owners and “stakeholders” of Cash America. In August 2006, James H. Greene and Mennie Johnson were permitted to join the lawsuit as named plaintiffs, and in June 2009, the court agreed to the removal of James E. Strong as a named plaintiff. The lawsuit alleged many different causes of action, among the most significant of which is that Cash America made illegal short-term loans in Georgia in violation of Georgia’s usury law, the Georgia Industrial Loan Act and Georgia’s Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act. First National Bank of Brookings, South Dakota and Community State Bank of Milbank, South Dakota for some time made loans to Georgia residents through Cash America’s Georgia operating locations. The complaint in this lawsuit claims that Cash America was the true lender with respect to the loans made to Georgia borrowers and that First

113

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


National Bank of Brookings, South Dakota and Community State Bank of Milbank, South Dakota’s involvement in the process is “a mere subterfuge.” Based on this claim, the suit alleged that Cash America was the “de facto” lender and was illegally operating in Georgia. The complaint sought unspecified compensatory damages, attorney’s fees, punitive damages and the trebling of any compensatory damages. In November 2009 the case was certified as a class action lawsuit.
This case was scheduled to go to trial in November 2013, but on October 9, 2013, the parties agreed to a settlement that was approved by the trial court on January 16, 2014. In accordance with ASC 450, the Company recognized a liability in 2013 in the amount of $18.0 million. The liability was recorded in “Accounts payable and accrued liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets and “Operations and administration expense” in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2013. In February 2014, the amount to be paid in connection with the settlement was substantially finalized, and the amount was not materially different than the liability accrued by the Company at December 31, 2013. The final payments in connection with the settlement were paid during the first six months of 2014. The Company denies all of the material allegations of the lawsuit and denies any and all liability or wrongdoing in connection with the conduct described in the lawsuit, but the Company agreed to the settlement to eliminate the uncertainty, distraction, burden and expense of further litigation.
The Company is also a defendant in certain routine litigation matters encountered in the ordinary course of its business. Certain of these matters are covered to an extent by insurance. In the opinion of management, the resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
On November 20, 2013, the Company consented to the issuance of a Consent Order by the CFPB pursuant to which it agreed, without admitting or denying any of the facts or conclusions made by the CFPB from its 2012 review of the Company, to pay a civil money penalty of $5.0 million ($2.5 million was allocated to each of the Company’s retail services and e-commerce segments that existed at the time), referred to as the Regulatory Penalty, which is non-deductible for tax purposes. The Company also agreed to set aside $8.0 million of cash for a period of 180 days to fund any further payments to any remaining eligible Ohio customers in connection with the Ohio Reimbursement Program.
The $8.0 million of cash set aside was classified as restricted cash on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets beginning in November 2013. In June 2014, following the expiration of the 180-day extended claims period, the Company released $7.9 million of restricted cash. As of December 31, 2014, the remaining balance in restricted cash was approximately $60 thousand, reflecting the amount of refunds that were still outstanding as of that date.
Voluntary Reimbursements to Ohio Customers
On December 4, 2012, the Company announced the Ohio Reimbursement Program. As of December 31, 2012, based on Company information and third-party conclusions, the Company estimated the cost of the Ohio Reimbursement Program and related expenses to be approximately $13.4 million before taxes and recorded this amount in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets and in “Operations and administration expense” in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company reimbursed approximately $6.4 million to customers and incurred $1.7 million of related expenses in connection with this program. In addition, the Company decreased its liability related to the Ohio Reimbursement Program during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, by $5.0 million and $0.3 million after the assessment of claims made to date and related matters. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s remaining liability associated with the Ohio Reimbursement Program was approximately $30 thousand.


114

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


14. Equity
Share Repurchases
On January 28, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized management to purchase up to a total of 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and canceled the Company’s previous 2,500,000 share repurchase authorization previously approved by the Board in January 2013. (The 2011 Authorization that was previously approved by the Board of Directors was canceled when the 2013 Authorization was approved.) The following table summarizes the aggregate shares purchased under the 2013 Authorization and 2011 Authorization during each of the three years ended December 31:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Shares purchased under 2013 Authorization and 2011 Authorization
62,909

 
966,700

 
576,064

Aggregate amount (in thousands)
$
1,343

 
$
46,052

 
$
22,509

Average price paid per share
$
21.35

 
$
47.64

 
$
39.07

Periodically, shares are purchased in the open market in connection with dividend reinvestment for dividends paid on Director Deferred Shares. In January 2012, the Company purchased 1,211 shares of the Company’s common stock from the rabbi trust that held the shares for the Company’s Nonqualified Savings Plan, which no longer permits investments in the Company’s common stock. Activities during each of the three years ended December 31 are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Purchases:
 
 
 
 
 
Number of shares
120

 
99

 
108

Aggregate amount
$
4

 
$
4

 
4

Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
Number of shares

 

 
1,211

Aggregate amount
$

 
$

 
25


115

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The unrealized gain on marketable equity securities for the year ended December 31, 2014 is composed of a $111.6 million gain and income tax expense of $39.6 million and relates to the available-for-sale shares of Enova common stock held by the Company. These securities are not yet registered with the SEC. Accordingly, the Company has calculated the adjustment to AOCI for the change in market value based on the market determined stock price of Enova on December 31, 2014, less an adjustment factor due to the unregistered nature of the shares. The gain on marketable equity securities reclassified out of AOCI for the year ended December 31, 2013 is composed of a $1.0 million gain and income tax expense of $0.3 million. The gain and income tax expense are included in “Other revenue” and “Provision for income taxes,” respectively, in the consolidated statements of income.
Components of AOCI, after tax, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are shown below (dollars in thousands).
 
 
Unrealized
Derivatives
Gain (Loss),
Net of Tax
 
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Gain (Loss),
Net of Tax
 
Marketable
Securities,
Net of Tax
 
Total
Balance at January 1, 2012
$
(12
)
 
$
(6,078
)
 
$
(806
)
 
$
(6,896
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
12

 
8,952

 
1,060

 
10,024

Balance at December 31, 2012

 
2,874

 
254

 
3,128

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 
1,775

 
373

 
2,148

  Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

 
(627
)
 
(627
)
Net change in AOCI

 
1,775

 
(254
)
 
1,521

Balance at December 31, 2013

 
4,649

 

 
4,649

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 
(7,255
)
 
71,959

 
64,704

Spin-off of Enova

 
2,606

 

 
2,606

Net change in AOCI

 
(4,649
)
 
71,959

 
67,310

Balance at December 31, 2014
$

 
$

 
$
71,959

 
$
71,959


15. Employee Benefit Plans
The 401(k) Savings Plan is open to substantially all U.S. employees of the Company. New employees are automatically enrolled in the 401(k) Savings Plan unless they elect not to participate. The Nonqualified Savings Plan is available to certain members of management. Participants may contribute up to 75% of their eligible earnings to the 401(k) Savings Plan, subject to regulatory and other plan restrictions. Nonqualified Savings Plan participants may contribute up to 100% of their annual bonus and up to 50% of their other eligible compensation to the Nonqualified Savings Plan. The Company makes matching cash contributions of 50% of each participant’s contributions to the 401(k) Savings Plan, based on participant contributions of up to 5% of eligible compensation. Company contributions vest at the rate of 20% each year after one year of service; thus a participant is 100% vested after five years of service. The Company’s consolidated contributions to the 401(k) Savings Plan and the Nonqualified Savings Plan were $3.5 million, $3.3 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
In addition to the plans mentioned above, the Company established a SERP for its officers in 2003. Under this defined contribution plan, the Company makes an annual supplemental cash contribution to the SERP based on the objectives of the plan as approved by the Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Company recorded consolidated compensation expense of $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.8 million for SERP contributions for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
The Nonqualified Savings Plan and the SERP are nonqualified deferred compensation plans. Benefits under the Nonqualified Savings Plan and SERP are unfunded. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company held

116

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


securities in rabbi trusts to pay benefits under these plans. The securities are classified as trading securities, and the unrealized gains and losses on these securities are netted with the costs of the plans in “Operations and administration expense” in the consolidated statements of income.
Amounts included in the consolidated balance sheets relating to the Nonqualified Savings Plan and the SERP as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
  
As of December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Prepaid expenses and other assets
$
12,259

 
$
14,016

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
12,259

 
14,016


16. Marketing Expenses

Marketing expenses were $8.0 million, $12.4 million and $13.1 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. See Note 2 for further discussion of the Company’s accounting policies related to marketing expenses.

17. Stock-Based Compensation

The 2014 LTIP became effective on May 22, 2014, when it was approved by the shareholders of the Company, and will terminate May 21, 2024, unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors. The Company’s previous long-term incentive plan, the 2004 Plan, terminated on April 21, 2014 in accordance with the provisions of that plan and no new awards may be made under that plan. Under the 2014 LTIP, the Company is authorized to issue up to 3,400,000 shares of common stock pursuant to awards granted as incentive stock options (intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance units, restricted stock, RSUs and other share-based or share-related awards or in connection with Director Deferred Shares. Since 2004, RSU awards have been the only stock-based awards granted by the Company. As of December 31, 2014, there were 2,969,902 shares available for future grants under the 2014 LTIP.

Historically, the Company has repurchased its shares on the open market from time to time pursuant to an authorization from the Board of Directors of the Company and held the shares in treasury. The Company has reissued those shares upon stock option exercises and upon the issuance of shares when RSUs vest under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans. See Note 14 for further discussion of the Company’s share repurchase plans.
The Company received 42,499, 33,479 and 63,066 shares during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of its common stock valued at approximately $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $2.6 million, respectively, as partial payment of taxes required to be withheld upon issuance of shares for RSUs and upon the exercise of stock options.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company received net proceeds totaling $1.8 million from the exercise of stock options that were granted under the Company’s previous stock-based compensation plans for 198,900 shares.

117

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


There were no stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2014, 2013 or 2012. A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2012 is shown below. Stock options outstanding at the beginning of 2012 were granted under the 1994 LTIP.

 
2012
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Outstanding at beginning of year
198,900

 
$
8.95

Exercised
(198,900
)
 
8.95

Outstanding at end of year

 
$

Exercisable at end of year

 
$

 
 
 
 

Income tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $2.2 million and were recorded as an increase in “Additional paid-in capital” in the consolidated statements of equity.

RSUs

The Company has granted RSUs to Company officers, certain employees and to the non-management members of the Board of Directors. RSUs granted in 2014 were granted under the 2004 LTIP through April 2014 and thereafter granted under the 2014 LTIP. Each vested RSU entitles the holder to receive a share of the common stock of the Company. For Company officers and certain employees, the shares are to be issued upon vesting of the RSUs or, for certain awards granted to officers, upon the officer’s separation from employment with the Company. Shares for vested RSU awards granted to members of the Board of Directors during 2014 will be issued 13 months after the grant date. Certain officers and members of the Board of Directors have elected to defer receipt of shares to be issued under vested RSUs to dates that are later than those described above. In connection with the Enova Spin-off, all RSUs outstanding for one of the officers of Enova immediately vested at the date of the Enova Spin-off.
 
As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding RSUs granted to Company officers and certain employees had original vesting periods ranging from one to 15 years. For executive officers of the Company, a portion of these annual grants vest over time and a portion of these annual grants vest subject to the Company’s achievement of certain performance objectives. For RSUs granted to members of the Board of Directors, one-twelfth of the RSUs vest on the last day of each of the first 12 calendar months beginning with the month in which the awards were granted. In accordance with ASC 718, the grant date fair value of each RSU is based on the Company’s closing stock price on the day before the grant date, and the total grant date fair value of performance RSUs is based on the Company’s estimate at the time of the grant of the most probable outcome expected to be achieved, which was based on the maximum level of performance for performance RSUs granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012. All awards granted are subject to clawback provisions. The total grant date fair value of RSU grants is amortized to expense over the service periods required for vesting and based on the expected outcome of RSU’s subject to performance contingencies.

Compensation expense related to RSUs totaling $4.1 million ($2.6 million net of related taxes), $4.6 million ($2.9 million net of related taxes) and $4.7 million ($2.9 million net of related taxes) was recognized for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs as of December 31, 2014 was $17.9 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of approximately 3.6 years.


118

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table summarizes the RSU activity during 2014, 2013 and 2012:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Units
 
Weighted
Average
Fair Value
at Date of
Grant
 
Units
 
Weighted
Average
Fair Value
at Date of
Grant
 
Units
 
Weighted
Average
Fair Value
at Date of
Grant
Outstanding at beginning of year
766,695

 
$
36.06

 
772,322

 
$
32.57

 
710,591

 
$
29.53

Units granted
666,172

 
27.22

 
190,846

 
49.82

 
178,144

 
43.36

Shares issued
(154,851
)
 
40.32

 
(127,087
)
 
34.48

 
(108,170
)
 
29.74

Units forfeited
(161,123
)
 
41.90

 
(69,386
)
 
37.91

 
(8,243
)
 
41.22

Outstanding at end of year
1,116,893

 
$
29.36

 
766,695

 
$
36.06

 
772,322

 
$
32.57

Units vested at end of year
303,276

 
$
25.50

 
311,546

 
$
24.98

 
303,781

 
$
24.85

The RSUs forfeited for the year ended December 31, 2014 are primarily related to shares forfeited by employees who left the Company in connection with the 2014 Reorganization and to a performance grant made to executive officers for which the performance measures were not met on the vesting date, which was January 1, 2014.
In connection with the Enova Spin-off, the RSUs that were outstanding as of November 13, 2014 will be payable by the Company in both shares of Company common stock and Enova common stock, subject to the terms of the Company’s long-term incentive plans and the applicable award agreement. The delivery of the Enova shares will occur periodically based on the vesting term of the award agreements. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding RSU awards had an aggregate intrinsic value of $38.4 million, which included $25.3 million and $13.1 million related to Company common stock and Enova common stock, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding vested deferred RSU awards had an aggregate intrinsic value of $12.8 million, including $6.9 million and $5.9 million related to Company common stock and Enova common stock, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014, 685,087 shares of Enova common stock retained by the Company were allocated for settlement of unvested RSUs, vested deferred RSUs and for Director Deferred Shares. Activity during the year ended December 31, 2014 for these shares is shown below:

Enova Shares to be Issued for RSU awards
Enova Shares to be Issued for Director Deferred Shares
Total
Enova shares retained upon Enova Spin-off
677,918

28,893

706,811

Forfeitures (a)
(21,724
)

(21,724
)
Shares held as of December 31, 2014
656,194

28,893

685,087

% ownership of Enova as of December 31, 2014
2.0
%
0.1
%
2.1
%





 
(a) Shares allocated to satisfy future RSU award issuances, upon forfeit, are re-allocated to Enova shares that are held and are to be disposed of by the Company.


119

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


18. Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

The following table sets forth certain cash and non-cash activities for the Company’s continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
$
26,528

 
$
28,223

 
$
22,520

Income taxes
36,506

 
37,779

 
91,632

Non-cash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Pawn loans forfeited and transferred to merchandise held for disposition
$
364,157

 
$
329,653

 
$
350,122

Pawn loans renewed
254,400

 
269,559

 
279,553

Consumer loans renewed
8,432

 
9,674

 
9,419

Liabilities assumed in acquisitions

 
3,132

 
1,207

Shares received for payment of receivables

 

 
383

Release of minority shareholders from contingent liability

 

 
2,758

Spin-off of Enova (See Note 3)
79,640

 

 

Fair value of shares issued for conversion of convertible debt (See Note 11)
31,727

 

 


19. Operating Segment Information

The Company has one reportable operating segment, which consists of the Company’s retail services locations that offer some or all of the following services operating only in the United States: pawn loans, the purchase and sale of merchandise (mainly forfeited collateral from pawn loans), consumer loans, check cashing, money orders, wire transfers, prepaid debit cards and auto insurance. Most of these ancillary products and services offered are provided through third-party vendors. Because the Company has only one reportable segment, all required financial segment information can be found directly in the consolidated financial statements. Prior year financial amounts shown for the Company have been reclassified to reflect the Company’s current segment structure. The Company evaluates the performance of its reportable segment based on income from operations.

The Company previously had two segments: retail services and e-commerce. The retail services segment included all of the operations of the Company's Retail Services Division, which was composed of both domestic and foreign storefront locations. The e-commerce segment was comprised of all of the operations of Enova. In the fourth quarter of 2014, following the Enova Spin-off in November 2014 and the sale of the Company’s Mexico-based pawn operations in August 2014, the Company re-assessed its segment structure and determined that the retail services segment is the only reportable segment and includes all of the Company's operations. Information previously reported separately in corporate operations, which represents corporate expenses and other miscellaneous income, has been combined with the information previously included in the retail services segment because all of the Company's corporate expenses and other miscellaneous income support the Company's sole operating segment. This change reflects the manner in which the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker, determines strategy and investment plans for the Company’s business. Following the completion of these two events described above, the Company had only U.S.-based storefront business operations.
   
As described in Note 3, the Company has reclassified the results of operations of Enova (previously the Company’s e-commerce segment) as discontinued operations. Historical information in the tables below exclude amounts related to Enova.
 

120

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Geographic Information

The following table presents the Company’s revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Revenue
2014
 
2013
 
2012
United States
$
1,077,199

 
$
1,003,961

 
$
1,078,803

Mexico (a)
17,497

 
26,525

 
60,640

Total revenue
$
1,094,696

 
$
1,030,486

 
$
1,139,443

 
As of December 31,
Long-lived Assets
2014
 
2013
United States
$
201,054

 
$
216,972

Mexico (a)

 
4,846

Total long-lived assets
$
201,054

 
$
221,818

 
 
 
(a) 
The Company sold its Mexico-based pawn operations in August 2014. See Note 4.

20. Fair Value Measurements

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

In accordance with ASC 820, certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which are carried at fair value, are classified in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.


121

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
  
December 31,
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
2014
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonqualified Savings Plan-related assets
12,838

 
12,259

 
579

 

Investment in equity securities
$
131,584

 
$

 
$
131,584

 
$

Total
$
144,422

 
$
12,259

 
$
132,163

 
$

 
December 31,
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
2013
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonqualified Savings Plan-related assets
14,016

 
14,016

 

 

Total
$
14,016

 
$
14,016

 
$

 
$


Nonqualified Savings Plan-related assets have an offsetting liability of equal amount, which is included in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets. The Nonqualified Savings Plan-related assets include marketable equity securities, which are classified Level 1, and based on quoted market prices. As of December 31, 2014, as a result of the Enova Spin-off, a portion of the Nonqualified Savings Plan-related assets included shares of Enova common stock. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s investment in equity securities represents the Company’s available-for-sale shares of Enova common stock. The equity securities representing Enova stock in the table above are classified as Level 2, as they were not yet registered securities with the SEC as of that date, and accordingly, were not carried at the fair value of the quoted Enova stock prices. The Company valued these shares using the market determined stock price of Enova, less an adjustment factor due to the unregistered nature of the shares.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no transfers of assets in or out of Level 1 or Level 2 fair value measurements.

Fair Value Measurements on a Non-Recurring Basis
The Company measures non-financial assets and liabilities such as property and equipment and intangible assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis or when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may be impaired.


122

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Measured at Fair Value

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 that are not measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
  
Carrying Value
 
Estimated Fair Value
  
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
Fair Value Measurement Using
 
2014
 
2014
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
53,042

 
$
53,042

 
$
53,042

 
$

 
$

Restricted cash
60

 
60

 
60

 

 

Pawn loans
252,168

 
252,168

 

 

 
252,168

Short-term loans, net
40,218

 
40,218

 

 

 
40,218

Installment loans, net
4,635

 
4,635

 

 

 
4,635

Pawn loan fees and service charges receivable
53,648

 
53,648

 

 

 
53,648

Total
$
403,771

 
$
403,771

 
$
53,102

 
$

 
$
350,669

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liability for estimated losses on consumer loans guaranteed by the Company
$
1,060

 
$
1,060

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,060

Senior unsecured notes
196,470

 
203,346

 

 
203,346

 

Total
$
197,530

 
$
204,406

 
$

 
$
203,346

 
$
1,060


 
  
Carrying Value
 
Estimated Fair Value
  
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
Fair Value Measurement Using
 
2013
 
2013
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
19,748

 
$
19,748

 
$
19,748

 
$

 
$

Restricted cash
8,000

 
8,000

 
8,000

 

 

Pawn loans
261,148

 
261,148

 

 

 
261,148

Short-term loans, net
45,896

 
45,896

 

 

 
45,896

Installment loans, net
8,836

 
8,836

 

 

 
8,836

Pawn loan fees and service charges receivable
53,438

 
53,438

 

 

 
53,438

Total
$
397,066

 
$
397,066

 
$
27,748

 

 
$
369,318

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liability for estimated losses on consumer loans guaranteed by the Company
$
1,030

 
$
1,030

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,030

Domestic and Multi-currency Line of Credit
193,717

 
207,426

 

 
207,426

 

Senior unsecured notes
444,515

 
430,554

 

 
430,554

 

2029 Convertible Notes
101,757

 
155,788

 

 
155,788

 

Total
$
741,019

 
$
794,798

 
$

 
$
793,768

 
$
1,030

    
Cash and cash equivalents bear interest at market rates and have maturities of less than 90 days.


123

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Pawn loans generally have maturity periods of less than 90 days. If a pawn loan defaults, the Company disposes of the collateral. Historically, collateral has sold for an amount in excess of the principal amount of the loan.
    
Short-term loans and installment loans, collectively, represent “Consumer loans, net” on the consolidated balance sheet and are carried net of the allowance for estimated loan losses, which is calculated by applying historical loss rates combined with recent default trends to the gross consumer loan balance. The unobservable inputs used to calculate the fair value of these loans include historical loss rates, recent default trends and estimated remaining loan terms; therefore, the carrying value approximated the fair value. Short-term loans have relatively short maturity periods that are generally 12 months or less. The fair value of unsecured and secured installment loans are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis, which considers interest rates offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The carrying values of the Company’s installment loans approximate the fair value of these loans.

Pawn loan fees and service charges revenue is accrued ratably over the term of the loan for the portion of those pawn loans estimated to be collectible. The Company uses historical performance data to determine collectability of pawn loan fees and service charges receivable. Additionally, pawn loan fee and service charge rates are determined by regulations and bear no valuation relationship to the capital markets’ interest rate movements.

In connection with its CSO programs, the Company guarantees consumer loan payment obligations to unrelated third-party lenders for short-term loans, unsecured installment loans and installment loans secured by the customer’s vehicle and is required to purchase any defaulted loans it has guaranteed. The Company measures the fair value of its liability for third-party lender-owned consumer loans under Level 3 inputs. The fair value of these liabilities is calculated by applying historical loss rates combined with recent default trends to the gross consumer loan balance. The unobservable inputs used to calculate the fair value of these loans include historical loss rates, recent default trends and estimated remaining loan terms; therefore, the carrying value of these liabilities approximated the fair value.

The Company measures the fair value of long-term debt instruments using Level 2 inputs. The fair values of the Company’s long-term debt instruments are estimated based on market values for debt issues with similar characteristics or rates currently available for debt with similar terms. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s senior unsecured notes had a higher fair market value than the carrying value due to the difference in yield when compared to recent issuances of similar senior unsecured notes.

21. Closure of Short-term Consumer Loan Retail Services Locations in Texas

Since 2011, restrictive City ordinances that have been passed in various Texas cities have had the effect of reducing the profitability and the volume of short-term consumer loans the Company offers to customers in Texas, and the Company had experienced a related decline in consumer loans in many of the Company’s Texas retail services locations that offer this product as their primary source of revenue. As a result, the Company closed a total of 36 of these retail services locations during 2013. The Texas Consumer Loan Store Closures were completed as of December 31, 2013. The Company incurred charges of approximately $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 in connection with these closures.

22. 2014 Reorganization

In the third quarter of 2014, the Company initiated a reorganization to better align the corporate and operating cost structure with its remaining storefront operations after the Enova Spin-off, which is referred to as the 2014 Reorganization. In connection with the 2014 Reorganization, the Company incurred $7.5 million of charges for severance and other employee-related costs, which are included in “Operations and administration” in the consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had made payments of approximately

124

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


$4.4 million for the 2014 Reorganization and had accrued approximately $3.1 million for future payments. Accrued amounts for the 2014 Reorganization are included in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets.

23. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The Company’s operations are subject to seasonal fluctuations. Net income tends to be highest during the first and fourth calendar quarters when revenue levels are seasonally highest. The first quarter benefits from high average loan balances at the beginning of the period, followed by an abundance of loan redemptions including interest and fees and high relative levels of merchandise sales, primarily as a result of customers using federal tax refund proceeds in the first quarter. The fourth quarter benefits from the seasonally highest levels of pawn loan and consumer loan balances and merchandise dispositions activities associated with the holiday season. The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands, except per share data):
 
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
2014 (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue
$
284,635

 
$
253,608

 
$
267,010

 
$
289,443

Cost of revenue
132,162

 
112,359

 
122,907

 
137,718

Net revenue
152,473

 
141,249

 
144,103

 
151,725

Net income (loss) from continuing operations
3,237

 
(11,746
)
 
(9,370
)
 
7,492

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations
42,500

 
32,717

 
19,286

 
14,522

Net income attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
45,737

 
20,971

 
9,916

 
22,014

Diluted net income (loss) per share - continuing operations
$
0.11

 
$
(0.41
)
 
$
(0.32
)
 
$
0.26

Diluted net income per share - discontinued operations
$
1.44

 
$
1.12

 
$
0.66

 
$
0.50

Diluted net income per share
$
1.55

 
$
0.72

 
$
0.34

 
$
0.75

Diluted weighted average common shares
29,500

 
29,256

 
29,312

 
29,284

2013 (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue
$
285,797

 
$
234,219

 
$
239,424

 
$
271,046

Cost of revenue
128,113

 
96,073

 
101,138

 
118,648

Net revenue
157,684

 
138,146

 
138,286

 
152,398

Net income from continuing operations
19,346

 
4,960

 
27,567

 
7,309

Net income from discontinued operations
24,580

 
20,172

 
18,619

 
19,975

Net income attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
43,926

 
25,132

 
46,186

 
27,284

Diluted net income per share - continuing operations
$
0.62

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.24

Diluted net income per share - discontinued operations
$
0.78

 
$
0.65

 
$
0.61

 
$
0.67

Diluted net income per share
$
1.40

 
$
0.81

 
$
1.52

 
$
0.91

Diluted weighted average common shares
31,371

 
30,845

 
30,379

 
29,968


(a) 
The sum of the quarterly per share amounts may not sum to each full year amount presented in the Company’s financial statements because these computations are made independently for each quarter and for the full year and take into account the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for each period, including the effect of dilutive securities for that period.



125

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


In addition to the summary quarterly financial information provided above, the Company has provided financial information for each quarter of 2014, conformed to the current period presentation of Enova’s operations in discontinued operations. The Company’s consolidated statements of income for the quarters ended March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, 2014 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
March 31, 2014
 
June 30, 2014
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2014
 
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pawn loan fees and service charges
$
80,187

 
$
80,990

 
$
85,313

 
$
82,878

 
 
Proceeds from disposition of merchandise
176,455

 
146,772

 
155,087

 
181,692

 
 
Consumer loan fees
25,759

 
23,900

 
24,831

 
23,184

 
 
Other
2,234

 
1,946

 
1,779

 
1,689

 
Total revenue
284,635

 
253,608

 
267,010

 
289,443

 
 
Disposed merchandise
124,564

 
104,510

 
114,293

 
130,770

 
 
Consumer loan loss provision
7,598

 
7,849

 
8,614

 
6,948

 
Total cost of revenue
132,162

 
112,359

 
122,907

 
137,718

 
Net revenue
152,473

 
141,249

 
144,103

 
151,725

 
Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operations and administration
123,419

 
122,711

 
124,435

 
119,900

 
 
Loss on divestitures

 

 
5,176

 

 
 
Depreciation and amortization
15,143

 
15,181

 
15,106

 
15,512

 
Total operating expenses
138,562

 
137,892

 
144,717

 
135,412

 
Income (loss) from operations
13,911

 
3,357

 
(614
)
 
16,313

 
 
Interest expense
(10,068
)
 
(8,389
)
 
(4,324
)
 
(3,739
)
 
 
Interest income
4,764

 
2,880

 
3

 

 
 
Foreign currency transaction (loss) gain
(2
)
 
119

 
(4
)
 

 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(1,546
)
 
(15,016
)
 
(5,991
)
 

 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
7,059

 
(17,049
)
 
(10,930
)
 
12,574

 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
3,822

 
(5,303
)
 
(1,560
)
 
5,082

 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
3,237

 
(11,746
)
 
(9,370
)
 
7,492

 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
42,500

 
32,717

 
19,286

 
14,522

 
Net income or (loss) attributable to Cash America International, Inc.
$
45,737

 
$
20,971

 
$
9,916

 
$
22,014

 


126

Table of Contents

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The Company’s unaudited consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, 2014 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
March 31, 2014
 
June 30, 2014
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2014
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
20,197

 
$
113,130

 
$
19,291

 
$
53,042

Restricted cash
 
8,000

 
60

 
60

 
60

Pawn loans
 
218,093

 
263,668

 
264,612

 
252,168

Consumer loans, net
 
40,843

 
45,994

 
44,531

 
44,853

Merchandise held for disposition, net
 
192,936

 
198,919

 
215,263

 
212,849

Pawn loan fees and service charges receivable
 
43,814

 
51,986

 
54,501

 
53,648

Income taxes receivable
 

 
9

 

 
8,881

Prepaid expenses and other assets
 
26,967

 
40,207

 
34,502

 
21,317

Deferred tax assets
 
7,778

 
8,981

 
9,562

 

Note receivable from Enova
 
376,872

 

 

 

Investment in Enova
 

 

 

 
131,584

Current assets of discontinued operations
 
372,117

 
411,347

 
447,187

 

Total current assets
 
1,307,617

 
1,134,301

 
1,089,509

 
778,402

Property and equipment, net
 
219,107

 
217,407

 
209,784

 
201,054

Goodwill
 
495,130

 
495,672

 
488,700

 
487,569

Intangible assets, net
 
50,569

 
49,121

 
47,472

 
45,828

Other assets
 
14,378

 
13,116

 
10,560

 
9,594

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations
 
255,698

 
270,720

 
267,689

 

Total assets
 
$
2,342,499

 
$
2,180,337

 
$
2,113,714

 
$
1,522,447

Liabilities and Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
$
67,432

 
$
69,055

 
$
69,410

 
$
74,331

Customer deposits
 
17,227

 
18,295

 
19,271

 
17,314

Income taxes currently payable
 
4,235

 

 
1,414

 

Current portion of long-term debt
 
22,606

 

 

 

Current deferred tax liabilities
 

 

 

 
27,820

Current liabilities of discontinued operations
 
415,183

 
62,813

 
85,295

 

Total current liabilities
 
526,683

 
150,163

 
175,390

 
119,465

Deferred tax liabilities
 
63,186

 
64,398

 
64,968

 
72,432

Other liabilities
 
859

 
1,161

 
1,019

 
878

Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations
 
46,679

 
542,729

 
539,782

 

Long-term debt
 
607,650

 
300,000

 
206,022

 
196,470

Total liabilities
 
$
1,245,057

 
$
1,058,451

 
$
987,181

 
$
389,245

Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash America International, Inc. equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.10 par value per share, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 30,235,164 shares issued and outstanding
 
3,024

 
3,024

 
3,024

 
3,024

Additional paid-in capital
 
116,726

 
86,184

 
87,718

 
86,388

Retained earnings
 
1,062,737

 
1,082,725

 
1,091,629

 
1,030,387

Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
5,182

 
7,998

 
2,073

 
71,959

Treasury shares, at cost (2,140,368 shares, 1,382,602 shares, 1,379,345 shares and 1,428,495 shares as of March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014, September 30, 2014, and December 31, 2014, respectively)
 
(90,227
)
 
(58,045
)
 
(57,911
)
 
(58,556
)
Total equity
 
1,097,442

 
1,121,886

 
1,126,533

 
1,133,202

Total liabilities and equity
 
$
2,342,499

 
$
2,180,337

 
$
2,113,714

 
$
1,522,447


127

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
 
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management of the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of December 31, 2014, referred to as the Evaluation Date. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective and provide reasonable assurance (i) to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms; and (ii) to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2014 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. In addition, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has attested to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report is included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
The Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls will prevent or detect all possible misstatements due to error and fraud. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls are, however, designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective at that reasonable assurance level.

128

Table of Contents

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In making its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, management of the Company has utilized the criteria established in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
Based on management’s assessment, we concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in this Form 10-K.
 
/s/ DANIEL R. FEEHAN
 
/s/ THOMAS A. BESSANT, JR.    
Daniel R. Feehan
 
Thomas A. Bessant, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Executive Vice President and
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
March 13, 2015
 
March 13, 2015


129

Table of Contents

ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
    
None.

PART III
 
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information required by this Item 10 with respect to Directors, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and Audit Committee financial experts is incorporated into this report by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement, and in particular to the information in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Proposal 1—Election of Directors” and “Board Structure, Corporate Governance Matters and Director Compensation—Committees of the Board of Directors and Meetings—Audit Committee.” The Company plans to file the Proxy Statement within 120 days after December 31, 2014. Information regarding Section 16(a) compliance is incorporated into this report by reference to the information contained under the caption “Board Structure, Corporate Governance Matters and Director Compensation—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement.
Information concerning executive officers is contained in this report under “Item 1. Business—Executive Officers of the Registrant.”
The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of its directors, officers, and employees. This Code is publicly available on the Company’s website at www.cashamerica.com in the Investor Relations section under “Corporate Governance Documents.” Amendments to this Code and any grant of a waiver from a provision of the Code requiring disclosure under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules will be disclosed on the Company’s website. These materials may also be requested in print and without charge by writing to the Company’s Secretary at Cash America International, Inc., 1600 West 7th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
 
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information contained under the caption “Executive Compensation,” “Board Structure, Corporate Governance Matters and Director Compensation—Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation—Management Development and Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this report by reference in response to this Item 11.
 

130

Table of Contents

ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

Information contained under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this report by reference in response to this Item 12.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The table below sets forth information, as of December 31, 2014, with respect to shares of common stock of the Company that may be issued under the Company’s existing equity compensation plans.
Plan Category
 
Number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
Number of shares of Common Stock remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders:
 
1,110,169

(a)(b) 
 

 
2,969,902

(c) 
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders:
 

 
 

 

 
Total
 
1,110,169

 
 

 
2,969,902

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
Includes 109,812 unvested and deferred vested RSUs under the 1994 LTIP, 538,637 unvested and deferred vested RSUs under the 2004 LTIP and 430,098 unvested and deferred vested RSUs under the 2014 LTIP. Also includes 20,443 and 11,179 Director Deferred Shares issuable under the 1994 LTIP and the 2004 LTIP, respectively.
(b) 
Includes the maximum number of RSUs that may be issuable under performance-based RSUs granted in 2013 and 2014 if the Company achieves certain specified levels of improvement in earnings per share over a three-year period. Does not include any performance-based RSUs that were granted in 2012 that vested on January 1, 2015, subject to certification of the performance requirements, because the threshold level of performance required for vesting was not achieved.
(c) 
Represents shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2014 LTIP, which is the only long-term incentive plan under which the Company can grant equity awards, pursuant to incentive stock options (intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code), nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance units, restricted stock, RSUs and other share-based or share-related awards selected by the Company’s Management Development and Compensation Committee or in connection with Director Deferred Shares.
 
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information contained under the captions “Board Structure, Corporate Governance Matters and Director Compensation—Transactions with Related Persons” and “Board Structure, Corporate Governance Matters and Director Compensation—Committees of the Board of Directors and Meetings” and “Board Structure, Corporate Governance Matters and Director Compensation—Director Independence” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this report by reference in response to this Item 13.
 
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Information contained under the caption “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this report by reference in response to this Item 14.

131

Table of Contents

PART IV
 
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The following consolidated financial statements and schedules are filed in Item 8 of Part II of this report:
 
Financial Statements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statement Schedule:
 
 
 

132

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
2.1
 
Separation and Distribution Agreement dated November 12, 2014 by and among the Company and Enova
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
2.1
 
11/18/2014
 
 
2.2
 
Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 20, 2013 by and among Cash America Pawn L.P. and TDP Superstores Corp.
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
2.1
 
6/24/2013
 
 
2.3
 
First Amendment dated July 25, 2013 to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 20, 2013 by and among Cash America Pawn L.P. and TDP Superstores Corp.
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
2.1
 
10/28/2013
 
 
2.4
 
Second Amendment dated August 8, 2013 to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 20, 2013 by and among Cash America Pawn L.P. and TDP Superstores Corp.
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
2.2
 
10/28/2013
 
 
3.1
 
Articles of Incorporation of Cash America Investments, Inc. filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas on October 4, 1984
 
S-1
 
33-10752
 
3.1
 
12/11/1986
 
 
3.2
 
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Cash America Investments, Inc. filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas on October 26, 1984
 
S-1
 
33-10752
 
3.2
 
12/11/1986
 
 
3.3
 
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Cash America Investments, Inc. filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas on September 24, 1986
 
S-1
 
33-10752
 
3.3
 
12/11/1986
 
 
3.4
 
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Cash America Investments, Inc. filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas on September 30, 1987
 
S-4/A
 
33-17275
 
3.4
 
10/8/1987
 
 
3.5
 
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Cash America Investments, Inc. filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas on April 23, 1992 to change the Company’s name to “Cash America International, Inc.”
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
3.5
 
3/29/1993
 
 
3.6
 
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed in Office of the Secretary of State of Texas on May 21, 1993
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
3.6
 
3/30/1994
 
 
3.7
 
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company effective January 15, 2014
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
3.1
 
1/15/2014
 
 
4.1
 
Form of Stock Certificate
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
4.1
 
3/29/1993
 
 
4.2
 
Indenture dated May 15, 2013 between the Company, the domestic subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
4.1
 
5/15/2013
 
 
4.3
 
First Amendment to Indenture dated November 8, 2013 between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
 
S-4
 
333-192279
 
4.4
 
11/12/2013
 
 
4.4
 
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 8, 2013 between the Company, Creazione Estilo, S.A. de C.V. as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
 
S-4
 
333-192279
 
4.5
 
11/12/2013
 
 



133

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
4.5
 
Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 29, 2014 between the Company, NC Financial Solutions of Louisiana, LLC, NC Financial Solutions of Montana, LLC, and NC Financial Solutions of Rhode Island, LLC, each as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
4.1
 
10/29/2014
 
 
4.6
 
Indenture, dated May 30, 2014, between Enova, the U.S. subsidiaries of Enova, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee ^
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
4.1
 
5/30/2014
 
 
4.7
 
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 2014 between Enova, NC Financial Solutions of Louisiana, LLC, NC Financial Solutions of Montana, LLC, and NC Financial Solutions of Rhode Island, LLC, each as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee ^
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
4.2
 
10/29/2014
 
 
10.1
 
Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2014 among Enova, certain domestic subsidiaries of Enova, as guarantors, Jefferies Finance LLC as administrative agent and Jefferies Group LLC as lender ^
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
7/29/2014
 
 
10.2
 
Credit Agreement dated as of March 30, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and certain lenders named therein
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
4/5/2011
 
 
10.3
 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 29, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
2/27/2012
 
 
10.4
 
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 29, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
11/30/2011
 
 
10.5
 
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 2013 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
7/26/2013
 
 
10.6
 
Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 12, 2014 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
5/15/2014
 
 
10.7
 
Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 13, 2014 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.4
 
7/29/2014
 
 
10.8
 
Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2014 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
12/30/2014
 
 
10.9
 
Omnibus Waiver, Consent and Amendment Agreement dated as of May 9, 2014, among the Company, the domestic subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors and the lenders named therein
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
5/15/2014
 
 
10.10
 
Standby Letter of Credit Agreement dated as of March 30, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (1)
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
4/5/2011
 
 


134

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
10.11
 
First Amendment to Standby Letter of Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 2013 among the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
7/26/2013
 
 
10.12
 
Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August 28, 2012 among the Company and the purchasers named therein for the issuance of the Company's 6.00% Series A Senior Notes due August 28, 2019 in the aggregate principal amount of $47,000,000 and 6.58% Series B Senior Notes due August 28, 2022 in the aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
9/4/2012
 
 
10.13
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 30, 2014, between Enova, the domestic subsidiaries of Enova, as guarantors, and Jefferies LLC ^
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
5/30/2014
 
 
10.15
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 15, 2013, between the Company, the domestic subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, Jefferies, LLC and JMP Securities LLC
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
5/15/2013
 
 
10.16
 
Executive Employment Agreement dated April 2, 2013 by and among the Company, Cash America Management L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and Daniel R. Feehan *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
4/3/2013
 
 
10.17
 
Form of Cash America International, Inc. First Amended and Restated Executive Change-in-Control Severance Agreement between the Company and its Executive Officers *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
1/31/2012
 
 
10.18
 
Cash America International, Inc. 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan *
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
10.5
 
3/29/1995
 
 
10.19
 
Cash America International, Inc. First Amended and Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “LTIP”) *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
4/28/2009
 
 
10.20
 
Amendment to the LTIP dated May 18, 2011 (the “LTIP First Amendment”) *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
7/22/2011
 
 
10.21
 
Second Amendment to the LTIP dated May 24, 2012 (collectively with the LTIP and the LTIP First Amendment, the “2004 LTIP”) *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
7/27/2012
 
 
10.22
 
Cash America International, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2014 LTIP”) *
 
DEF 14A
 
001-09733
 
Appendix A
 
4/11/2014
 
 
10.23
 
Form of 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2014 LTIP *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
2/3/2015
 
 
10.24
 
Form of 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan - December 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2014 LTIP dated December 18, 2014 *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
12/22/2014
 
 
10.25
 
Form of 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan for Directors under the 2014 LTIP *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
5/29/2014
 
 
10.26
 
2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for One-Time Grant of Restricted Stock Units to Chief Information Officer under the 2004 LTIP dated April 18, 2014 *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.8
 
7/29/2014
 
 
10.27
 
Form of 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2004 LTIP * (1)
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
5/2/2014
 
 

135

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
10.28
 
2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for One-Time Restricted Stock Unit Grant to David A. Fisher under the 2004 LTIP dated January 29, 2013 *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
1/31/2013
 
 
10.29
 
Form of 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2004 LTIP *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
4/26/2013
 
 
10.30
 
Form of 2013 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Directors under the 2004 LTIP *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
7/26/2013
 
 
10.31
 
Form of 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2004 LTIP *(2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.32
 
Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Directors under the 2004 LTIP *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
7/27/2012
 
 
10.33
 
Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2004 LTIP *
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
10.28
 
3/3/2014
 
 
10.34
 
Form of 2011 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Directors under the 2004 LTIP *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
7/22/2011
 
 
10.35
 
2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for the E-Commerce Division of the Company under the 2004 LTIP for an award of Performance Units to Chief Executive Officer – E-Commerce Division *(3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.36
 
2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for the E-Commerce Division of the Company under the 2004 LTIP for an award of Performance Units to Chief Executive Officer –E-Commerce Division *(4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.37
 
Cash America International, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 *
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
10.32
 
2/27/2009
 
 
10.38
 
First Amendment to the Cash America International, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated June 28, 2012*
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.5
 
7/27/2012
 
 
10.39
 
Cash America International, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 *
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
2/27/2009
 
 
10.40
 
First Amendment to the Cash America International, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan effective October 1, 2010 *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
7/22/2011
 
 
10.41
 
Second Amendment to the Cash America International, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan dated June 28, 2012*
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.4
 
7/27/2012
 
 
10.42
 
Cash America International, Inc. First Amended and Restated Senior Executive Bonus Plan dated May 24, 2012 and effective January 1, 2012*
 
DEF  14A
 
001-09733
 
Annex A
 
4/13/2012
 
 
10.43
 
Summary of 2013 Terms and Conditions of the Cash America International, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan under the Cash America International, Inc. First Amended and Restated Senior Executive Bonus Plan *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
4/26/2013
 
 
10.44
 
Summary of 2014 Terms and Conditions of the Cash America International, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan for Executive Officers *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.10
 
5/2/2014
 
 
10.45
 
Cash America International, Inc. Severance Pay Plan For Executives dated April 24, 2013 *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.4
 
7/26/2013
 
 

136

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
10.46
 
Cash America International, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2015 *
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.47
 
Letter Agreement between Victor L. Pepe and the Company dated April 7, 2014 *
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.48
 
Tax Matters Agreement dated November 12, 2014 by and between the Company and Enova
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
11/18/2014
 
 
10.49
 
Transition Services Agreement dated November 12, 2014 by and between the Company and Enova
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
11/18/2014
 
 
10.50
 
Stockholder’s and Registration Rights Agreement dated November 12, 2014 by and between the Company and Enova
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
11/18/2014
 
 
10.51
 
Software Lease and Maintenance Agreement dated November 12, 2014 by and between the Company and Enova
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.4
 
11/18/2014
 
 
12.1
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of the Company
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
23.1
 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
31.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
31.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
32.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
32.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
99.1
 
Press Release dated January 19, 2015 announcing a stock repurchase program
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
99.2
 
1/29/2015
 
 
99.2
 
Subsection of the Risk Factors Section of the Enova Preliminary Offering Memorandum
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
99.1
 
5/14/2014
 
 
99.3
 
Notice of Blackout Period for Directors and Executive Officers of the Company dated October 27, 2014
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
99.1
 
10/27/2014
 
 
99.4
 
Unaudited Proforma Consolidated Financial Information
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
99.1
 
11/18/2014
 
 
101.INS(5)
 
XBRL Instance Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
101.SCH(5)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
101.CAL(5)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
101.LAB(5)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
101.DEF(5)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
101.PRE(5)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
*
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
 
^ These agreements were entered into by Enova during 2014 while it was a subsidiary of the Company. As a result of the Enova Spin-off, Enova is now a separate publicly traded company, and the Company is not a party to or obligated under these agreements.

137

Table of Contents


(1)
Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2, portions of this exhibit have been omitted and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.
(2) Includes information previously omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under 17 CFR 240.24b-2. A redacted version of this agreement was originally filed as Exhibit 10.1 with the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q on April 30, 2012 for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.
(3) Includes information previously omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under 17 CFR 240.24b-2. A redacted version of this agreement was originally filed as Exhibit 10.3 with the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q on May 2, 2014 for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.
(4) Includes information previously omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under 17 CFR 240.24b-2. A redacted version of this agreement was originally filed as Exhibit 10.2 with the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q on April 26, 2013 for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.
(5)
Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Equity at December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(6)
Submitted electronically herewith.


138

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
 
March 13, 2015
 
By:
  
/s/ DANIEL R. FEEHAN
 
 
 
  
Daniel R. Feehan
 
 
 
  
Chief Executive Officer and President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature
  
Title
  
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JACK R. DAUGHERTY
  
Chairman of the Board
  
March 13, 2015
Jack R. Daugherty
  
of Directors
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ DANIEL R. FEEHAN
  
Chief Executive Officer,
  
March 13, 2015
Daniel R. Feehan
  
President and Director
  
 
 
  
(Principal Executive Officer)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ THOMAS A. BESSANT, JR.
  
Executive Vice President and
  
March 13, 2015
Thomas A. Bessant, Jr.
  
Chief Financial Officer
  
 
 
  
(Principal Financial and
  
 
 
  
Accounting Officer)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ DANIEL E. BERCE
  
Director
  
March 13, 2015
Daniel E. Berce
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JAMES H. GRAVES
  
Director
  
 
James H. Graves
  
 
  
March 13, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ B. D. HUNTER
  
Director
  
 
B. D. Hunter
  
 
  
March 13, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ TIMOTHY J. McKIBBEN
  
Director
  
 
Timothy J. McKibben
  
 
  
March 13, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ ALFRED M. MICALLEF
  
Director
  
 
Alfred M. Micallef
  
 
  
March 13, 2015

139

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on
Financial Statement Schedule
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Cash America International, Inc.:
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting referred to in our report dated March 13, 2015 appearing in this 2014 Annual Report Form 10-K of Cash America International, Inc. also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Fort Worth, Texas
March 13, 2015

140

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2014
(dollars in thousands)
 
Description
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
 
Charged to
Expense
 
Deductions
 
Balance at
End of
Period
Allowance for valuation of inventory
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
$
949

 
$
1,451

 
$

 
$
2,400

December 31, 2013
$
851

 
$
98

 
$

 
$
949

December 31, 2012
$
700

 
$
151

 
$

 
$
851

Tax valuation allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
$
13,824

 
$
859

 
$
(14,683
)
 
$

December 31, 2013
$
21,846

 
$
1,773

 
$
(9,795
)
 
$
13,824

December 31, 2012
$

 
$
21,846

 
$

 
$
21,846



141

Table of Contents


Exhibit No.
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
2.1
 
Separation and Distribution Agreement dated November 12, 2014 by and among the Company and Enova
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
2.1
 
11/18/2014
 
 
2.2
 
Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 20, 2013 by and among Cash America Pawn L.P. and TDP Superstores Corp.
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
2.1
 
6/24/2013
 
 
2.3
 
First Amendment dated July 25, 2013 to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 20, 2013 by and among Cash America Pawn L.P. and TDP Superstores Corp.
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
2.1
 
10/28/2013
 
 
2.4
 
Second Amendment dated August 8, 2013 to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 20, 2013 by and among Cash America Pawn L.P. and TDP Superstores Corp.
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
2.2
 
10/28/2013
 
 
3.1
 
Articles of Incorporation of Cash America Investments, Inc. filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas on October 4, 1984
 
S-1
 
33-10752
 
3.1
 
12/11/1986
 
 
3.2
 
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Cash America Investments, Inc. filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas on October 26, 1984
 
S-1
 
33-10752
 
3.2
 
12/11/1986
 
 
3.3
 
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Cash America Investments, Inc. filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas on September 24, 1986
 
S-1
 
33-10752
 
3.3
 
12/11/1986
 
 
3.4
 
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Cash America Investments, Inc. filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas on September 30, 1987
 
S-4/A
 
33-17275
 
3.4
 
10/8/1987
 
 
3.5
 
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Cash America Investments, Inc. filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas on April 23, 1992 to change the Company’s name to “Cash America International, Inc.”
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
3.5
 
3/29/1993
 
 
3.6
 
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed in Office of the Secretary of State of Texas on May 21, 1993
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
3.6
 
3/30/1994
 
 
3.7
 
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company effective January 15, 2014
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
3.1
 
1/15/2014
 
 
4.1
 
Form of Stock Certificate
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
4.1
 
3/29/1993
 
 
4.2
 
Indenture dated May 15, 2013 between the Company, the domestic subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
4.1
 
5/15/2013
 
 
4.3
 
First Amendment to Indenture dated November 8, 2013 between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
 
S-4
 
333-192279
 
4.4
 
11/12/2013
 
 
4.4
 
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 8, 2013 between the Company, Creazione Estilo, S.A. de C.V. as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
 
S-4
 
333-192279
 
4.5
 
11/12/2013
 
 



142

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
4.5
 
Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 29, 2014 between the Company, NC Financial Solutions of Louisiana, LLC, NC Financial Solutions of Montana, LLC, and NC Financial Solutions of Rhode Island, LLC, each as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
4.1
 
10/29/2014
 
 
4.6
 
Indenture, dated May 30, 2014, between Enova, the U.S. subsidiaries of Enova, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee ^
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
4.1
 
5/30/2014
 
 
4.7
 
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 2014 between Enova, NC Financial Solutions of Louisiana, LLC, NC Financial Solutions of Montana, LLC, and NC Financial Solutions of Rhode Island, LLC, each as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee ^
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
4.2
 
10/29/2014
 
 
10.1
 
Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2014 among Enova, certain domestic subsidiaries of Enova, as guarantors, Jefferies Finance LLC as administrative agent and Jefferies Group LLC as lender ^
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
7/29/2014
 
 
10.2
 
Credit Agreement dated as of March 30, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and certain lenders named therein
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
4/5/2011
 
 
10.3
 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 29, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
2/27/2012
 
 
10.4
 
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 29, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
11/30/2011
 
 
10.5
 
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 2013 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
7/26/2013
 
 
10.6
 
Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 12, 2014 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
5/15/2014
 
 
10.7
 
Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 13, 2014 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.4
 
7/29/2014
 
 
10.8
 
Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2014 among the Company, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain lenders named therein
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
12/30/2014
 
 
10.9
 
Omnibus Waiver, Consent and Amendment Agreement dated as of May 9, 2014, among the Company, the domestic subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors and the lenders named therein
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
5/15/2014
 
 
10.10
 
Standby Letter of Credit Agreement dated as of March 30, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (1)
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
4/5/2011
 
 


143

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
10.11
 
First Amendment to Standby Letter of Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 2013 among the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
7/26/2013
 
 
10.12
 
Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August 28, 2012 among the Company and the purchasers named therein for the issuance of the Company's 6.00% Series A Senior Notes due August 28, 2019 in the aggregate principal amount of $47,000,000 and 6.58% Series B Senior Notes due August 28, 2022 in the aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
9/4/2012
 
 
10.13
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 30, 2014, between Enova, the domestic subsidiaries of Enova, as guarantors, and Jefferies LLC ^
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
5/30/2014
 
 
10.15
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 15, 2013, between the Company, the domestic subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, Jefferies, LLC and JMP Securities LLC
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
5/15/2013
 
 
10.16
 
Executive Employment Agreement dated April 2, 2013 by and among the Company, Cash America Management L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and Daniel R. Feehan *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
4/3/2013
 
 
10.17
 
Form of Cash America International, Inc. First Amended and Restated Executive Change-in-Control Severance Agreement between the Company and its Executive Officers *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
1/31/2012
 
 
10.18
 
Cash America International, Inc. 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan *
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
10.5
 
3/29/1995
 
 
10.19
 
Cash America International, Inc. First Amended and Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “LTIP”) *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
4/28/2009
 
 
10.20
 
Amendment to the LTIP dated May 18, 2011 (the “LTIP First Amendment”) *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
7/22/2011
 
 
10.21
 
Second Amendment to the LTIP dated May 24, 2012 (collectively with the LTIP and the LTIP First Amendment, the “2004 LTIP”) *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
7/27/2012
 
 
10.22
 
Cash America International, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2014 LTIP”) *
 
DEF 14A
 
001-09733
 
Appendix A
 
4/11/2014
 
 
10.23
 
Form of 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2014 LTIP *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
2/3/2015
 
 
10.24
 
Form of 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan - December 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2014 LTIP dated December 18, 2014 *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
12/22/2014
 
 
10.25
 
Form of 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan for Directors under the 2014 LTIP *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
5/29/2014
 
 
10.26
 
2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for One-Time Grant of Restricted Stock Units to Chief Information Officer under the 2004 LTIP dated April 18, 2014 *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.8
 
7/29/2014
 
 
10.27
 
Form of 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2004 LTIP * (1)
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
5/2/2014
 
 

144

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
10.28
 
2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for One-Time Restricted Stock Unit Grant to David A. Fisher under the 2004 LTIP dated January 29, 2013 *
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
1/31/2013
 
 
10.29
 
Form of 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2004 LTIP *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
4/26/2013
 
 
10.30
 
Form of 2013 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Directors under the 2004 LTIP *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
7/26/2013
 
 
10.31
 
Form of 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2004 LTIP *(2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.32
 
Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Directors under the 2004 LTIP *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
7/27/2012
 
 
10.33
 
Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the 2004 LTIP *
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
10.28
 
3/3/2014
 
 
10.34
 
Form of 2011 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Directors under the 2004 LTIP *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
7/22/2011
 
 
10.35
 
2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for the E-Commerce Division of the Company under the 2004 LTIP for an award of Performance Units to Chief Executive Officer – E-Commerce Division *(3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.36
 
2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement for the E-Commerce Division of the Company under the 2004 LTIP for an award of Performance Units to Chief Executive Officer –E-Commerce Division *(4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.37
 
Cash America International, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 *
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
10.32
 
2/27/2009
 
 
10.38
 
First Amendment to the Cash America International, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated June 28, 2012*
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.5
 
7/27/2012
 
 
10.39
 
Cash America International, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 *
 
10-K
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
2/27/2009
 
 
10.40
 
First Amendment to the Cash America International, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan effective October 1, 2010 *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
7/22/2011
 
 
10.41
 
Second Amendment to the Cash America International, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan dated June 28, 2012*
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.4
 
7/27/2012
 
 
10.42
 
Cash America International, Inc. First Amended and Restated Senior Executive Bonus Plan dated May 24, 2012 and effective January 1, 2012*
 
DEF  14A
 
001-09733
 
Annex A
 
4/13/2012
 
 
10.43
 
Summary of 2013 Terms and Conditions of the Cash America International, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan under the Cash America International, Inc. First Amended and Restated Senior Executive Bonus Plan *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
4/26/2013
 
 
10.44
 
Summary of 2014 Terms and Conditions of the Cash America International, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan for Executive Officers *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.10
 
5/2/2014
 
 
10.45
 
Cash America International, Inc. Severance Pay Plan For Executives dated April 24, 2013 *
 
10-Q
 
001-09733
 
10.4
 
7/26/2013
 
 

145

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
10.46
 
Cash America International, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2015 *
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.47
 
Letter Agreement between Victor L. Pepe and the Company dated April 7, 2014 *
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.48
 
Tax Matters Agreement dated November 12, 2014 by and between the Company and Enova
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.1
 
11/18/2014
 
 
10.49
 
Transition Services Agreement dated November 12, 2014 by and between the Company and Enova
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.2
 
11/18/2014
 
 
10.50
 
Stockholder’s and Registration Rights Agreement dated November 12, 2014 by and between the Company and Enova
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.3
 
11/18/2014
 
 
10.51
 
Software Lease and Maintenance Agreement dated November 12, 2014 by and between the Company and Enova
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
10.4
 
11/18/2014
 
 
12.1
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of the Company
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
23.1
 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
31.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
31.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
32.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
32.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
99.1
 
Press Release dated January 19, 2015 announcing a stock repurchase program
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
99.2
 
1/29/2015
 
 
99.2
 
Subsection of the Risk Factors Section of the Enova Preliminary Offering Memorandum
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
99.1
 
5/14/2014
 
 
99.3
 
Notice of Blackout Period for Directors and Executive Officers of the Company dated October 27, 2014
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
99.1
 
10/27/2014
 
 
99.4
 
Unaudited Proforma Consolidated Financial Information
 
8-K
 
001-09733
 
99.1
 
11/18/2014
 
 
101.INS(5)
 
XBRL Instance Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
101.SCH(5)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
101.CAL(5)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
101.LAB(5)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
101.DEF(5)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
101.PRE(5)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
X(6)
*
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
 
^ These agreements were entered into by Enova during 2014 while it was a subsidiary of the Company. As a result of the Enova Spin-off, Enova is now a separate publicly traded company, and the Company is not a party to or obligated under these agreements.

146

Table of Contents


(1)
Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2, portions of this exhibit have been omitted and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.
(2) Includes information previously omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under 17 CFR 240.24b-2. A redacted version of this agreement was originally filed as Exhibit 10.1 with the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q on April 30, 2012 for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.
(3) Includes information previously omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under 17 CFR 240.24b-2. A redacted version of this agreement was originally filed as Exhibit 10.3 with the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q on May 2, 2014 for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.
(4) Includes information previously omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under 17 CFR 240.24b-2. A redacted version of this agreement was originally filed as Exhibit 10.2 with the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q on April 26, 2013 for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.
(5)
Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Equity at December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(6)
Submitted electronically herewith.


147

CSH 2014.12.31 EX 10.31


Exhibit 10.31

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
2012 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARD AGREEMENT

This Long Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 25th day of January, 2012, by and between CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. (the “Company”) and ____________________ (“Employee”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Cash America International, Inc. 2004 First Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), which is administered by the Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4 and Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee has granted to Employee an award (the “Award”) of Restricted Stock Units to encourage Employee’s continued loyalty and diligence that consists of (a) an Award that shall vest under the terms of the Plan over a four-year period (the “Base Award”), and (b) an additional Award that shall vest, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions specified in this Agreement and Exhibit “A” to this Agreement, on January 1, 2015 (the “Performance Award”);

WHEREAS, the Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) represent the unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to issue to Employee an equivalent number of shares of the common stock of the Company or its successors (“Common Stock”) at a future date, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.    Award.

(a)    General. Subject to the restrictions and other conditions set forth herein and in Exhibit “A” to this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to Employee the following Award:

(i)     a Base Award of ____________ RSUs; and

(ii)    a maximum Performance Award of ___________ RSUs (of such amount ___________RSUs shall be considered the target Performance Award (the “Target Performance Award”) as further described on Exhibit “A”). The Performance Award is designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award as defined in Section 2 of the Plan.

(b)    Grant Date. The Award was awarded to Employee on January 25, 2012 (the “Grant Date”).

2.    Vesting.

(a)    Base Award Vesting. The Base Award shall vest as follows: Substantially equal 25% increments of the RSUs shall vest on each of the following dates as long as Employee remains continuously (i) employed by the Company or its subsidiaries or other affiliates, and/or (ii) a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), through the applicable vesting date: February 24, 2013; January 31, 2014; January 31, 2015, and January 31, 2016. Any RSUs that are part of the Base Award and have not vested shall remain subject to forfeiture under Section 3 of this Agreement.

(b)    Performance Award Vesting. Subject to the terms and conditions specified on Exhibit “A,” the portion of the Performance Award payable hereunder, if any, shall vest on January 1, 2015 (“Performance Award Vesting Date”), as long as Employee remains continuously (i) employed by the Company or its subsidiaries or other affiliates, and/or (ii) a member of the Board, through said date, subject to receiving Committee Certification (as defined





on Exhibit “A”). In addition, if Employee’s employment with the Company and all of its subsidiaries and affiliates and his service as a member of the Board terminates for any reason (including death) before the Performance Award Vesting Date and Employee’s age plus continuous tenure with the Company (as described in Section 3(e)) equals at least 65 years (as further described in Section 3(b) of this Agreement), then, subject to the terms and conditions specified on Exhibit “A,” the portion of the Performance Award payable hereunder, if any, shall vest subject (i) to receiving Committee Certification, and (ii) to the proration rules set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.

3.    Treatment of Award Upon Termination or Failure to Vest.

(a)    Base Award Forfeiture. Upon Employee’s termination of employment with the Company and all of its subsidiaries and affiliates and his service as a member of the Board for any reason (including death), any portion of the Base Award that has not yet vested as provided in Section 2(a) of this Agreement shall be immediately forfeited, and Employee shall forfeit any and all rights in or to such unvested portion of the Base Award.

(b)    Performance Award Proration and Forfeiture with Rule of 65. If Employee’s employment with the Company and all of its subsidiaries and affiliates and his service as a member of the Board terminates for any reason (including death) before the Performance Award Vesting Date and Employee’s age plus continuous tenure with the Company (as described in Section 3(e)) as of the later of Employee’s employment termination date or Employee’s termination of service from the Board equals 65 years or more:

i.
Subject to the terms and conditions of Exhibit “A,” Employee shall be entitled to a prorated portion of any Performance Award (A) that receives the Committee Certification, and (B) that would have otherwise vested and been payable pursuant to this Agreement if Employee had remained employed by the Company and/or engaged as a Board member through the Performance Award Vesting Date. Such prorated portion shall be determined by multiplying the amount of the Performance Award that would have been payable to Employee, had Employee remained employed by the Company and/or engaged as a Board member through the Performance Award Vesting Date, by a fraction the numerator of which is equal to the number of whole calendar months following the Grant Date that Employee was actively employed by the Company and/or engaged as a Board member, and the denominator of which is equal to 35;

ii.
The prorated portion of the vested Performance Award payable under this Section 3(b) shall be calculated as of the Performance Award Vesting Date, and shall be paid at the time specified under Section 4 of this Agreement; and

iii.
Except for any prorated portion of the Performance Award that is determined in accordance with Section 3(b)(i) above and is certified by the Committee in accordance with the terms of Exhibit “A,” Employee shall forfeit any and all rights in or to the remaining unvested portion of the Performance Award.

(c)    Performance Award Forfeiture without Rule of 65. If Employee’s employment with the Company and all of its subsidiaries and affiliates and his service as a member of the Board terminates for any reason (including death) before the Performance Award Vesting Date, and Employee’s age plus his continuous tenure with the Company (as described in Section 3(e)) as of the later of Employee’s employment termination date or Employee’s termination of service from the Board equals less than 65 years, then Employee shall forfeit all rights in or to any portion of the Performance Award.
(d)    Performance Award Forfeiture - General. Any portion of the Performance Award that does not vest on or before the Performance Award Vesting Date as described hereinabove shall be forfeited, and Employee shall forfeit any and all rights in or to such unvested portion of the Performance Award.

(e)    Tenure with the Company. For purposes of Sections 3(b) and 3(c) of this Agreement, Employee’s “tenure with the Company” shall be the number of whole years that Employee had been continuously (i)





employed by the Company and all of its subsidiaries and/or (ii) a member of the Board on the most recent anniversary of the earlier to occur of Employee’s commencement of Employee’s employment or Employee’s commencement of service as a member of the Board.

4.    Payment of Awards.

(a)    General.

i.
Except as provided in Section 4(b)(i) below, (A) as each 25%-portion of the Base Award vests, the Company shall instruct its transfer agent to issue a stock certificate evidencing the conversion of such vested RSUs into whole vested shares of Common Stock in the name of Employee (or if Employee has died, in the name of Employee’s designated beneficiary or, if no beneficiary has been designated, Employee’s estate (“Beneficiary”)) within a reasonable time after the vesting date of such 25%-portion of the Base Award, but (B) in no event will the Common Stock relating to the then-vesting portion of the Base Award be transferred to Employee later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the vesting date for the then-vesting portion of the Base Award occurs. The Company shall not be required to deliver any fractional shares of Common Stock under the Award. Any fractional shares shall be rounded up to the next whole share.

i.
If any portion of the Performance Award vests and is certified by the Committee in accordance with the terms of Exhibit “A,” then, except as provided in Section 4(b)(ii) below, (A) the Company shall instruct its transfer agent to issue a stock certificate evidencing the conversion of all vested Performance Award RSUs certified by the Committee that have not been forfeited under Section 3 of this Agreement into whole vested shares of Common Stock in the name of Employee (or if Employee has died, in the name of Employee’s Beneficiary) within a reasonable time after the Committee Certification Date (as defined in Exhibit “A”), but (B) in no event will the Common Stock relating to the vested portion of the Performance Award, as certified by the Committee, be transferred to Employee later than March 15, 2016.

iii.
The Company shall not be required to deliver any fractional shares of Common Stock under the Base Award or the Performance Award. Any fractional shares shall be rounded up to the next whole share.

(b)    Deferred Delivery.

i.
Employee may elect to defer the timing of the payment of the vested portions of the Base Award granted under this Agreement until the later of (A) the date Employee has a separation from service as an employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h)(1); “Employment Separation from Service”) or (B) a specified date which may be either the applicable vesting date or a later date not later than January 31, 2016. For all portions of the Base Award granted under this Agreement, such deferral election must be made no later than February 24, 2012. For clarification purposes, the payment for any portions of the Base Award that vest following an Employment Separation from Service in accordance with this Agreement and are deferred in accordance with this Section 4(b)(i) will be paid in accordance with Section 4(b)(i)(B); provided, however, if Employee has not specified a date pursuant to Section 4(b)(i)(B), such date shall be deemed to be January 31, 2016.






ii.
Employee may elect to defer but not accelerate the timing of the payment of the portion of the Performance Award granted under this Agreement that vests and is certified by the Committee in accordance with this Agreement, if any, until the later of (A) the date of Employee’s Employment Separation from Service, or (B) January 1, 2017. Such election must be made no later than February 24, 2012. For clarification purposes, if the Performance Award vests following an Employment Separation from Service in accordance with this Agreement and is deferred in accordance with this Section 4(b)(ii) the payment of the portion of the Performance Award granted under this Agreement that vests and is certified by the Committee in accordance with this Agreement, if any, will be paid in accordance with Section 4(b)(ii)(B).

ii.
To the extent required under Code §409A and applicable guidance issued thereunder (“Code §409A”), if Employee is a specified employee (within the meaning of Code §409A) at the time Employee has an Employment Separation from Service and has elected to defer receipt of his Base Award and/or Performance Award, the shares of Common Stock transferable on a deferred basis as a result of Employee’s Employment Separation from Service for any reason other than Employee’s death shall not be issued before the date that is six months after Employee’s Employment Separation from Service or such earlier time (if any) as may be permitted under Code §409A. In the event of Employee’s death after he has elected to defer receipt of his Base Award and/or Performance Award, the shares of Common Stock relating to any and all outstanding RSUs that have not been forfeited under Section 3 of this Agreement will be issued in the name of Employee’s Beneficiary, as follows: (A) for the Base Award, upon the 60th day after Employee’s death, and (B) for any vested Performance Award certified by the Committee, by the latest to occur of (a) March 15, 2016, (b) December 31 of the year in which his death occurs, or (c) within 2½ months after his date of death.

5.    Change in Control.

(a)    Vesting and Payment. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below) while Employee is still employed by the Company or its subsidiaries or other affiliates and/or serving as a member of the Board, vesting of the entire Award (both the Base Award and the maximum Performance Award) shall automatically accelerate and become 100% vested as of the date the Change in Control occurs as long as Employee has remained continuously employed by the Company or by an entity that is a subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company on the day immediately preceding the date of the Change in Control and/or served as a member of the Board through such date. In such event, the shares of Common Stock evidencing vested RSUs shall be delivered to Employee in a lump sum within 60 days following the date of the Change in Control, notwithstanding any election made under Section 4(b) of this Agreement. A “Change in Control” shall mean an event that is a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in the effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, all as defined in Code §409A and guidance issued thereunder, except that 35% shall be substituted for 30% in applying Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) and 50% shall be substituted for 40% in applying Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii). Notwithstanding the above, a “Change in Control” shall not include any event that is not treated under Code §409A as a change in control event with respect to Employee.

(b)    Substitution. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may, in lieu of issuing Common Stock, provide Employee with an equivalent amount payable in the form of cash.

6.    Agreement of Employee. Employee acknowledges that certain restrictions under state or federal securities laws may apply with respect to the shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Award. Specifically, Employee acknowledges that, to the extent Employee is an “affiliate” of the Company (as that term is defined by the Securities Act of 1933), the shares of Common Stock to be issued as a result of the Award are subject to certain trading restrictions under applicable securities laws (including particularly the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rule





144). Employee hereby agrees to execute such documents and take such actions as the Company may reasonably require with respect to state and federal securities laws and any restrictions on the resale of such shares which may pertain under such laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and only to the extent permitted under Code §409A, a payment may be delayed to the extent the Company reasonably anticipates that making the payment will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws.

7.    Withholding. Upon the issuance of shares to Employee pursuant to this Agreement, Employee shall pay an amount equal to the amount of all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes which the Company is required to withhold at any time. Such payment may be made in cash or, with respect to the issuance of shares to Employee pursuant to this Agreement, by delivery of whole shares of Common Stock (including shares issuable under this Agreement) in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Plan and the terms of Code §409A.

8.    Adjustment of Awards.

(a)    If there is an increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock through the payment of a stock dividend or resulting from a stock split-up, a recapitalization, or a combination or exchange of shares of Common Stock, then the number of outstanding RSUs hereunder shall be adjusted so that the proportion of such Award to the Company’s total issued and outstanding shares of Common stock remains the same as existed immediately prior to such event.

(b)    Except as provided in Section 8(a) of this Agreement, no adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock subject to any outstanding portion of the RSUs shall be made upon the issuance by the Company of shares of any class of its capital stock or securities convertible into shares of any class of capital stock, either in connection with a direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of any other obligation of the Company that may be convertible into such shares or other securities.

(c)    Upon the occurrence of events affecting Common Stock other than those specified in Sections 8(a) and 8(b) of this Agreement, the Committee may make such other adjustments to awards as are permitted under Section 5(c) of the Plan. This section shall not be construed as limiting any other rights the Committee may have under the terms of the Plan.

9.    Clawback Provision. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Company is required to materially restate its financial results, excluding a material restatement of such financial results due solely to a change in generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or such other accounting principles that may be adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are or become applicable to the Company, at any time before or within two years following the Performance Award Vesting Date as a result of fraud or intentional misconduct on the part of the Employee, the Committee may, in its discretion, (a) cancel the Performance Award, in whole or in part, whether or not vested (so long as shares of Common Stock have not yet been issued in accordance with Section 4(a)(ii) or Section 4(b)(ii) of this Agreement) and/or (b) require the Employee to repay to the Company an amount equal to all or any portion of the value of any or all of the shares that have been issued in accordance with Section 4(a)(ii) of this Agreement valued as of the Performance Award Vesting Date. Such cancellation or repayment obligation shall be effective as of the date specified by the Committee. Any repayment obligation may be satisfied in shares of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof (based on the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repayment) and the Committee may provide for an offset to any future payments owed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to the Employee if necessary to satisfy the repayment obligation; provided, however, that if any such offset is prohibited under applicable law, the Committee shall not permit any offsets and may require immediate repayment by the Employee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with applicable law and/or any Clawback Policy adopted by the Company after the date of this Agreement, the Company may unilaterally amend this Section 9, and any such amendment shall be made by providing notice of such amendment to Employee, and such amendment shall be binding on Employee; provided, regardless of whether the Company makes such a unilateral amendment to this Section 9 or provides such notice to Employee, this section shall be deemed consistent with any Clawback Policy adopted by the Company after the date of this Agreement and Employee shall be bound thereby.






10.    Plan Provisions.

In addition to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Award is subject to and governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, as may be amended from time to time, which are hereby incorporated by reference. Any terms used herein with an initial capital letter shall have the same meaning as provided in the Plan, unless otherwise specified herein. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control.

11.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Limitation of Rights. The granting of the Award and the execution of the Agreement shall not give Employee any rights to (1) similar grants in future years, (2) any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or (3) interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate Employee’s employment or services at any time.

(b)    Claims Procedure. Any dispute or claim for benefits by any person under this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the claims procedures under the Cash America International, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan.

(c)    Shareholder Rights. Neither Employee nor Employee’s Beneficiary shall have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock issuable upon vesting of any Award, including without limitation a right to cash dividends or a right to vote, until (i) such Award is vested and, if applicable with respect to the Performance Award, certified by the Committee, and (ii) such shares have been delivered and issued to Employee or Employee’s Beneficiary pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement.

(d)    Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in the Agreement is held by a court or a federal regulatory agency of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained in the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

(e)    Controlling Law. The Agreement is being made in Texas and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of that state.

(f)    Construction. The Agreement and the Plan contain the entire understanding between the parties, and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them, representing the subject matter hereof. There are no representations, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof which are not fully expressed herein.

(g)    Amendments to Comply With Code §409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any provision of this Agreement would cause compensation to be includible in Employee’s income pursuant to Code §409A(a)(1), then the Company may amend the Agreement in such a way as to cause substantially similar economic results without causing such inclusion; any such amendment shall be made by providing notice of such amendment to Employee, and shall be binding on Employee.

(h)    Headings. Section and other headings contained in the Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of the Agreement or any provision hereof.
(i)    Heirs, Successors and Assigns. Each and all of the covenants, terms, provisions and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employee's heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

(j)    Originals. This Agreement may be executed electronically and/or in duplicate counterparts, the production of either of which shall be sufficient for all purposes for the proof of the terms of this Agreement.






    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.


By:
 
 
Daniel R. Feehan
 
Chief Executive Officer and President






EMPLOYEE

 
 
 


                            









EXHIBIT A
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE AWARD

1.
General. The amount of the Performance Award that will vest and be payable upon vesting shall be based on the Company achieving growth in its fully diluted EPS over the three-year period ending December 31, 2014.
2.
Target Performance Award and Maximum Performance Award. 100% of the Target Performance Award shall vest and be payable if the Company’s EPS achieves a compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 10% or more when comparing the base fully diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2011, determined as described in section 3(a) below ( the “Base EPS”), with the fully diluted EPS for the year ending December 31, 2014, adjusted as described in section 3(b) below, if applicable (the “2014 EPS”); 200% of the Target Performance Award (or the maximum Performance Award) shall vest and be payable if the Company’s EPS achieves a CAGR of 20% or more when comparing the Base EPS with the 2014 EPS.
3.
Calculation of CAGR. The CAGR shall reflect the cumulative growth of the fully diluted EPS over the three-year period ending December 31, 2014. For purposes of computing CAGR, the Base EPS and the 2014 EPS shall be determined as described in this section 3.
(a)
Base EPS. In the event that an initial public offering of common stock of Enova International, Inc. (“Enova”) occurs on or before December 31, 2014, and as a result of the Company’s reduction in ownership of Enova, the financial results of Enova and its subsidiaries for periods following the closing of such initial public offering are not required to be consolidated with the financial results of the Company under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or such other accounting principles that may be applicable to the Company (“Deconsolidating Enova IPO”), the Base EPS shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule, based on the date of the closing of the Deconsolidating Enova IPO:
If Closing of the Deconsolidating IPO Occurs
Base EPS Shall Be
Before January 31, 2014
$2.72 per share
During February, 2014
$2.85 per share
During March, 2014
$2.97 per share
During April, 2014
$3.10 per share
During May, 2014
$3.23 per share
During June, 2014
$3.36 per share
During July, 2014
$3.48 per share
During August, 2014
$3.61 per share
During September, 2014
$3.74 per share
During October, 2014
$3.87 per share
During November, 2014
$3.99 per share
During December, 2014
$4.12 per share

In the event that an Enova Deconsolidating IPO does not occur on or before December 31, 2014, the Base EPS shall be $4.25 per share.
(b)
2014 EPS. The 2014 EPS shall exclude all amounts of any after-tax gain or loss that exceeds $500,000 from either the discontinuation of any business operations or from the sale of assets in a single transaction that is outside the ordinary course of the Company’s business. In the event that a Deconsolidating Enova IPO occurs on or before December 31, 2014, the 2014 EPS shall exclude the Company’s equity in earnings of Enova, net of the Company’s income tax effect of such earnings. For purposes of computing any adjustments made under this subsection 3(b), income tax shall be computed using the Company’s 2014 consolidated effective income tax rate.





4.
Adjustments. If there is an increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock through the payment of a stock dividend or resulting from a stock split-up, a recapitalization or a combination or exchange of shares of Common Stock, then the Base EPS used to calculate the amount of the Performance Award shall be adjusted to reflect such increase or decrease.
5.
Vesting and Payment Amounts. The amount of the Performance Award that will vest and be payable (subject to Committee Certification, as described below) shall be determined as follows:
a.
The Company’s 2014 Adjusted EPS must achieve a CAGR of at least 7.5% in order for any amount of the Performance Award to vest and be payable; and with a CAGR of 10%, 100% of the Target Performance Award will vest and be payable (see the Performance Schedule in Paragraph 7 below).
b.
200% of the Target Performance Award amount shall vest and be payable if the Company’s 2014 Adjusted EPS achieves a CAGR of 20% or more.
c.
If the Company’s 2014 Adjusted EPS achieves a CAGR of at least 7.5% but less than 20%, the amount of the Target Performance Award that will vest and be payable shall be determined in accordance with the Performance Schedule in Paragraph 7 below. (See also the examples in Paragraph 8 below.)
d.
No portion of the Performance Award will vest or be payable if the Company’s 2014 Adjusted EPS achieves a CAGR of less than 7.5%.
e.
For purposes of determining the amount of the Performance Award that will vest and be payable, CAGR shall be rounded to the nearest 0.1%; the calculated percentage of the amount of the Performance Award payable at vesting will be rounded to the nearest 1.0%; and any fractional share resulting from the calculation shall be rounded up to the next whole share.
6.
Committee Certification. At its first regularly scheduled meeting (or, if later, at the first meeting held once the necessary EPS data has become available) following the Performance Award Vesting Date (which meeting is anticipated to occur during the last 14 days of January 2015), the Committee (or any successor thereto) shall determine the extent to which the conditions for the vesting of the Performance Award described in this Appendix (the “Performance Goals”) have been met and shall certify the portion of the Target Performance Award, if any, that has vested and is payable (“Committee Certification”). Such Performance Goals will be considered to have been met only to the extent that the Committee certifies in writing (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(e)(5)) that they have been met. The Committee Certification shall certify as to the satisfaction of the performance goals set forth in this Exhibit and as to the satisfaction of all other material terms of the Performance Award (including, without limitation, the requirements of (a) remaining continuously employed and/or a member of the Board and/or (b) attaining Rule of 65). The date the Committee makes such a written certification shall be deemed the “Committee Certification Date”).






7.
Performance Schedule:
 3 Year EPS CAGR*
Percentage of Target Performance Award To be Issued¹ **
3 Year EPS CAGR*
Percentage of Target Performance Award To be Issued¹ **
20.0%
200%
17.4%
174%
19.9%
199%
17.3%
173%
19.8%
198%
17.2%
172%
19.7%
197%
17.1%
171%
19.6%
196%
17.0%
170%
19.5%
195%
16.9%
169%
19.4%
194%
16.8%
168%
19.3%
193%
16.7%
167%
19.2%
192%
16.6%
166%
19.1%
191%
16.5%
165%
19.0%
190%
16.4%
164%
18.9%
189%
16.3%
163%
18.8%
188%
16.2%
162%
18.7%
187%
16.1%
161%
18.6%
186%
16.0%
160%
18.5%
185%
15.9%
159%
18.4%
184%
15.8%
158%
18.3%
183%
15.7%
157%
18.2%
182%
15.6%
156%
18.1%
181%
15.5%
155%
18.0%
180%
15.4%
154%
17.9%
179%
15.3%
153%
17.8%
178%
15.2%
152%
17.7%
177%
15.1%
151%
17.6%
176%
15.0%
150%
17.5%
175%
14.9%
149%
Continued on next page






 3 Year EPS CAGR*
Percentage of Target Performance Award To be Issued¹ **
3 Year EPS CAGR*
Percentage of Target Performance Award To be Issued¹ **
14.8%
148%
11.1%
111%
14.7%
147%
11.0%
110%
14.6%
146%
10.9%
109%
14.5%
145%
10.8%
108%
14.4%
144%
10.7%
107%
14.3%
143%
10.6%
106%
14.2%
142%
10.5%
105%
14.1%
141%
10.4%
104%
14.0%
140%
10.3%
103%
13.9%
139%
10.2%
102%
13.8%
138%
10.1%
101%
13.7%
137%
10.0%
100%
13.6%
136%
9.9%
96%
13.5%
135%
9.8%
92%
13.4%
134%
9.7%
88%
13.3%
133%
9.6%
85%
13.2%
132%
9.5%
81%
13.1%
131%
9.4%
77%
13.0%
130%
9.3%
73%
12.9%
129%
9.2%
69%
12.8%
128%
9.1%
65%
12.7%
127%
9.0%
62%
12.6%
126%
8.9%
58%
12.5%
125%
8.8%
54%
12.4%
124%
8.7%
50%
12.3%
123%
8.6%
46%
12.2%
122%
8.5%
42%
12.1%
121%
8.4%
38%
12.0%
120%
8.3%
35%
11.9%
119%
8.2%
31%
11.8%
118%
8.1%
27%
11.7%
117%
8.0%
23%
11.6%
116%
7.9%
19%
11.5%
115%
7.8%
15%
11.4%
114%
7.7%
12%
11.3%
113%
7.6%
8%
11.2%
112%
7.5%
4%
 
 
     7.49% & below
0%

(1) Reflects the % of Target Performance Award that may vest and be payable.
* CAGR Percentage to be rounded to nearest 0.1%
** Percentage of Performance Award to be issued rounded to the nearest 1%






8.
Examples: For purposes of these examples, assume Employee is granted a Target Performance Award of 325 RSUs:
a.
If the CAGR is 14.3%, Employee shall receive the number of shares equal to 143% of the number of RSUs granted as the Target Performance Award, rounded up to the next whole share or 465 shares (325 * 143% = 464.75).
b.
If the CAGR is 11.1%, Employee shall receive the number of shares equal to 111% of the number of RSUs granted as the Target Performance Award rounded up to the next whole share or 361 shares (325 * 111% = 360.75).

c.
If CAGR is 9.0%, Employee shall receive the number of shares equal to 62% of the number of RSUs granted as the Target Performance Award rounded up to the next whole share or 202 shares (325 * 62% = 201.5).

d.
If CAGR is 7.49% or less, Employee shall not receive any portion of the Performance Award.

e.
If the CAGR is 20.0% or more, Employee shall receive the number of shares equal to 200% of the number of RSUs granted as the Target Performance Award rounded up to the next whole share or 750 shares (325 * 200% = 750).






CSH 2014.12.31 EX 10.35


Exhibit 10.35


2014 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARD AGREEMENT
FOR THE E-COMMERCE DIVISION OF CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.

UNDER THE CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED 2004 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED

This Long Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 21st day of January, 2014, by and between Cash America International, Inc. (the “Company”) and DAVID A. FISHER (“Employee”).

W I T N E S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Cash America International, Inc. First Amended and Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), which is administered by the Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”); and

WHEREAS, the Committee desires to grant to Employee an award (the “Award”) of Performance Units pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan that shall vest under the terms of the Plan over a three-year period, subject to Employee’s continued employment and the satisfaction of certain conditions related to the performance of the E‑Commerce Division, which is referred to in the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 as the e-commerce segment (the “E-Commerce Division”), as such Award and its applicable terms and conditions are specified in this Agreement and in Exhibit “A” attached hereto, to encourage Employee’s continued loyalty and diligence; and

WHEREAS, the Performance Units represent the unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay Employee the Unit Value (as hereinafter defined) of the Performance Units at a future date, subject to the terms of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, this Award is intended to satisfy the short-term deferral rule exemption of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code Section 409A”) and thereby be exempt from said section.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.    Award.

(a)    General. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and Exhibit “A,” the Company hereby grants to Employee an Award of 12,225 Performance Units for which the total target amount that may be payable based on a targeted level of 3-year performance of the E‑Commerce Division is $811,200. The Award is designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award as defined in Section 2 of the Plan.

(b)    Grant Date. The Award was awarded to Employee on January 21, 2014 (the “Grant Date”).






2.    Vesting.    

(a)    General. Subject to the terms and conditions specified on Exhibit “A” and, except as provided in Section 2(b) below, as long as Employee remains continuously employed by the Company or its Affiliates, (i) 12 ½% of the Performance Units granted under the Award shall vest on January 1, 2015 (the “First Vesting Date”), (ii) 37 ½% of the Performance Units granted under the Award shall vest on January 1, 2016 (the “Second Vesting Date”), and (iii) 50% of the Performance Units granted under the Award shall vest on January 1, 2017 (the “Third Vesting Date,” and together with the First Vesting Date and the Second Vesting Date, the “Vesting Dates”).

(b)    Special Termination Provisions. For purposes of determining the number of Performance Units that vest on any Vesting Date after January 31, 2015 (including a deemed Vesting Date as described in Section 5(a) or 5(b) that occurs after January 31, 2015) and the amounts payable under such vested Performance Units, Employee shall be deemed to have remained continuously employed through such Vesting Date in the event of Employee’s voluntary termination of employment with the Company and all of its Affiliates, provided (i) the date of such voluntary termination is on or after February 1, 2015 and on or before December 31, 2015, (ii) Employee remains continuously employed by the Company or its Affiliates through the last day preceding such voluntary termination date and (iii) Employee has provided the Company’s Board of Directors with written notice of such termination at least 45 days before the effective date thereof (the “Voluntary Termination”).

(c)    Forfeiture if Performance Conditions Not Met. If the terms and conditions specified on Exhibit “A” are not met with respect to a Vesting Date, the Performance Units scheduled to vest on such Vesting Date shall expire and be forfeited and Employee shall have no right to payment or compensation with respect to any such unvested portion of the Award.

3.    Treatment of Award Upon Termination of Employment. Except as provided in Section 2(b) above, if Employee terminates employment with the Company or its Affiliates, whether voluntarily or involuntarily (including by death), for any reason, he or she shall immediately forfeit all interest in the unvested portion of an Award, and such forfeited Award shall not be considered outstanding.

4.    Payment of Awards.

(a)    General. If Employee remains continuously employed through the earlier of a Vesting Date or the last day preceding the Voluntary Termination , if any, and the Award has received Committee Certification (as defined in Exhibit “A”) for the applicable Vesting Date (such that a portion of the Award meets the time and performance requirements for vesting and vests as of such Vesting Date), then, except as provided in Section 4(f) below, the Company shall pay to Employee (or if Employee has died since such Vesting Date, Employee’s Beneficiary (as hereinafter defined)) the Unit Value multiplied by the number of Performance Units granted under this Award that vest on such Vesting Date. The payment for the then-vesting portion of the Award determined in accordance with this Section 4 shall be made within a reasonable time after the Committee Certification Date (as defined in Exhibit “A”). In no event will any payment with respect to the Performance Units that vest as of any Vesting Date (including a deemed Vesting Date as described in Section 5(a) or 5(b)) be made later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Vesting Date occurs; provided, however, if the Committee has not provided the Committee Certification by such March 15, such portion of the Award shall not vest or be payable with respect to such Vesting Date. All payments shall be made in cash. “Beneficiary” means the person(s) designated by Employee to receive any amounts payable under this Agreement upon the Employee’s death. If no Beneficiary has been designated, the Employee’s estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary.

(b)    Amount of Payment. Subject to adjustment under Section 4(g) and except as provided in Section 4(f) below, the amount, if any, to be paid to Employee following each Vesting Date shall be determined as follows:

i.    First Vesting Date: With respect to all Performance Units granted to the Employee that vest as of the First Vesting Date, an amount equal to the First Vesting Date Unit Value (as defined in Section 4(c)(i) below) multiplied by the number of Performance Units granted under this Award that vest on the First Vesting Date. Such amount shall be paid to Employee (or his Beneficiary) in accordance with Section 4(a)





of this Agreement. Unit Values for Performance Units that vest on the First Vesting Date shall not remain subject to adjustment as of any subsequent Vesting Date.
ii.    Second Vesting Date. With respect to all Performance Units granted to Employee that vest on the Second Vesting Date, an amount equal to the Second Vesting Date Unit Value (as defined in Section 4(c)(ii) below) multiplied by the number of Performance Units granted under this Award that vest on the Second Vesting Date. Such amount shall be paid to Employee (or his Beneficiary) in accordance with Section 4(a) of this Agreement. Unit Values for Performance Units that vest on the Second Vesting Date shall not remain subject to adjustment as of the Third Vesting Date.
iii.    Third Vesting Date. With respect to all Performance Units granted to Employee that vest on the Third Vesting Date, an amount equal to the Third Vesting Date Unit Value (determined in accordance with section 4(c)(iii) below) multiplied by the number of Performance Units granted under this Award that vest on the Third Vesting Date. Such amount shall be paid to Employee (or his Beneficiary) in accordance with Section 4(a) of this Agreement.
(c)    Unit Value. Except as provided in Section 4(f) below, “Unit Value” means the per unit value of a Performance Unit scheduled to vest on a particular Vesting Date, determined as follows:

i.    The Unit Value of each of the Performance Units scheduled to vest on the First Vesting Date (the “First Vesting Date Unit Value”) shall be the 2014 EBITDA Pool (as defined in section 4(d)(i) below) divided by the 2014 Unit Value Denominator (as defined in section 4(e)(i) below).
ii.    The Unit Value of each of the Performance Units scheduled to Vest on the Second Vesting Date (the “Second Vesting Date Unit Value”) shall be the 2015 EBITDA Pool (as defined in section 4(d)(ii) below) divided by the 2015 Unit Value Denominator (as defined in section 4(e)(ii) below).
iii.    The Unit Value of each of the Performance Units scheduled to Vest on the Third Vesting Date (the “Third Vesting Date Unit Value”) shall be the 2016 EBITDA Pool (as defined in section 4(d)(iii) below) divided by the 2016 Unit Value Denominator (as defined in section 4(e)(iii) below).
(d)    EBITDA Pool. Except as provided in Section 4(f) below, “EBITDA Pool” means the “2014 EBITDA Pool,” the “2015 EBITDA Pool” or the “2016 EBITDA Pool,” determined as follows:

i.    The 2014 EBITDA Pool shall be [EBITDA (as defined in Exhibit “A”) for calendar year 2014 (“2014 EBITDA”) - EBITDA for calendar year 2013 (“2013 EBITDA”)] x the 2014 Percentage Multiple (as defined in Exhibit “A”), but only if the EBITDA CAGR specified in Section 3(a) of Exhibit “A” is achieved as of the First Vesting Date. If the specified EBITDA CAGR is not achieved as of the First Vesting Date, the 2014 EBITDA pool shall be zero.
ii.    The 2015 EBITDA Pool shall be [EBITDA for calendar year 2015 (“2015 EBITDA”) - 2013 EBITDA] x the 2015 Percentage Multiple (as defined in Exhibit “A”) but only if the EBITDA CAGR specified in Section 3(a) of Exhibit “A” is achieved as of the Second Vesting Date. If the specified EBITDA CAGR is not achieved as of the Second Vesting Date, the 2015 EBITDA pool shall be zero.
iii.    The 2016 EBITDA Pool shall be the Total EBITDA Pool determined in accordance with Section 5(c) of Exhibit “A” minus the sum of the 2014 EBITDA Pool and the 2015 EBITDA Pool. The 2016 EBITDA Pool shall not be less than zero.
(e)    Unit Value Denominator. Except as provided in Section 4(f) below, “Unit Value Denominator” means the “2014 Unit Value Denominator,” the “2015 Unit Value Denominator” or the “2016 Unit Value Denominator,” determined as follows:

i.    The 2014 Unit Value Denominator shall be 12,500.





ii.    The 2015 Unit Value Denominator shall be 37,500.
iii.    The 2016 Unit Value Denominator shall be 50,000.
(f)    Payment Upon Change in Control of the Company or Enova Event.
i.    Change in Control. Subject to adjustment under Section 4(g), the amount, if any, to be paid to Employee with respect to all Performance Units granted to Employee that vest in accordance with Section 5(a) of this Agreement as a result of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5)(a)) shall be the “CIC Unit Value” (determined in accordance with Section 4(f)(i)(A), (B) or (C) below, as applicable) multiplied by the number of Performance Units that vest under this Award in accordance with Section 5(a).
A.    The CIC Unit Value of each of the Performance Units that vest as a result of a Change in Control that occurs during the 2014 calendar year shall be computed as follows, but shall not be less than zero:
[(EBITDA for the most recent four-calendar quarter period ending before or coincident with the date of the Change in Control (“CIC EBITDA”) minus 2013 EBITDA) x the 2014 Percentage Multiple] ÷ the 2014 Unit Value Denominator.
B.    The CIC Unit Value of each of the Performance Units that vest as a result of a Change in Control that occurs during the 2015 calendar year shall be computed as follows, but shall not be less than zero:
[(CIC EBITDA minus 2013 EBITDA) x the 2015 Percentage Multiple] ÷ the 2015 Unit Value Denominator.
C.    The CIC Unit Value of each of the Performance Units that vest as a result of a Change in Control that occurs during the 2016 calendar year shall be computed as follows, but shall not be less than zero:
[(CIC EBITDA minus 2013 EBITDA) x the 2016 CIC/Enova Event Percentage Multiple (as defined in Exhibit “A”)]; minus
the sum of the 2014 EBITDA Pool and the 2015 EBITDA Pool; divided by
the 2016 Unit Value Denominator.
ii.    Enova Event. Subject to adjustment under Section 4(g), the amount, if any, to be paid to Employee with respect to all Performance Units granted to Employee that vest in accordance with Section 5(b) of this Agreement as a result of an Enova Event (as defined in Section 5(b)) shall be the “Enova Event Unit Value” determined in accordance with Section 4(f)(ii)(A), (B) or (C) below, as applicable) of all such vested Performance Units multiplied by the number of Performance Units that vest under this Award in accordance with Section 5(b):
A.    The Enova Event Unit Value of each of the Performance Units that vest as a result of an Enova Event that is completed during the 2014 calendar year shall be computed as follows, but shall not be less than zero:
[(EBITDA for the most recent twelve-calendar month period ending before or coincident with the date of the completion of the Enova Event (“Enova Event EBITDA”) minus 2013 EBITDA) x the 2014 Percentage Multiple] ÷ the 2014 Unit Value Denominator.
B.    The Enova Event Unit Value of Units that vest as a result of an Enova Event that is completed during the 2015 calendar year shall be computed as follows, but shall not be less than zero:
[(Enova Event EBITDA minus 2013 EBITDA) x the 2015 Percentage Multiple] ÷ the 2015 Unit Value Denominator.





C.    The Enova Event Unit Value of each of the Performance Units that vest as a result of an Enova Event that is completed during the 2016 calendar year shall be computed as follows, but shall not be less than zero:
[(Enova Event EBITDA minus 2013 EBITDA) x the 2016 CIC/Enova Event Percentage Multiple]; minus
the sum of the 2014 EBITDA Pool and the 2015 EBITDA Pool; divided by
the 2016 Unit Value Denominator.
iii.    Timing of Payment Made Upon a Change in Control or Enova Event. All amounts payable in accordance with this Section 4(f) shall be paid within 60 days following the Committee Certification Date with respect to the Vesting Date that occurs as a result of a Change in Control or the completion of an Enova Event.
(g)    Overall Maximum. The total of all payments that may be made to Employee under the Award shall not exceed $2,433,600 (the “Overall Maximum”). If the amount of any payment determined in accordance with section 4(b) as of any Vesting Date or in accordance with section 4(f) as of the date of a Change in Control or the completion of an Enova Event, when added to all amounts previously payable under the Award, exceeds the Overall Maximum, the amount of such payment shall be reduced by such excess.
5.    Vesting Upon Change in Control or an Enova Event.

(a)    Change in Control. Upon a Change in Control prior to the Third Vesting Date, the portion of the Award that is outstanding and scheduled to vest within 12 calendar months following the date of the Change in Control shall become vested, subject to the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit “A” (including the requirements for achieving a certain EBITDA CAGR (as defined on Exhibit “A”) and Committee Certification) and as long as Employee has remained continuously employed by the Company or its Affiliates through the date of the Change in Control (or is deemed to have remained so employed in accordance with Section 2(b)); provided, however, the amount and time of payment for any Performance Units vesting pursuant to this Section shall be determined under the terms of Section 4(f) of this Agreement. Change in Controlmeans an event that is a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in the effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, all as defined in Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except that 35% shall be substituted for 30% in applying Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) and 50% shall be substituted for 40% in applying Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii). The date of the Change in Control shall be deemed the Vesting Date.

(b)     Enova Event. Upon the completion of an Enova Event (as defined below) prior to the Third Vesting Date, the portion of the Award that is outstanding and scheduled to vest within 12 calendar months following the date of the completion of the Enova Event shall become vested, subject to the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit “A” (including the requirements for achieving a certain EBITDA CAGR (as defined on Exhibit “A”) and Committee Certification) and as long as Employee has remained continuously employed by the Company or its Affiliates through the date of the completion of such Enova Event (or is deemed to have remained so employed in accordance with Section 2(b)); provided, however, the amount and time of payment for any Performance Units vesting pursuant to this Section shall be determined under the terms of Section 4(f) of this Agreement. An “Enova Event” means either (i) a spin-off or initial public offering of some or all of the common stock of Enova International, Inc., (ii) a sale to one buyer or a group of buyers acting together who are not Affiliates prior to the sale (“Unaffiliated Buyers”) of 50% or more of the common stock of Enova or (iii) an Asset Sale (as defined below) of the E-Commerce Division. An “Asset Sale” means a sale to Unaffiliated Buyers of substantially all of the assets of the E-Commerce Division, excluding cash, marketable securities, income tax assets and loans to or other amounts receivable from Affiliates (“E-Commerce Division Operating Assets”). In order for a sale of assets be considered a sale of substantially all of the E-Commerce Division Operating Assets, the total book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP (as defined in Exhibit “A”)) of all of the E-Commerce Division Operating Assets sold must be no less than 80% of the total book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP) of all E-Commerce Division Operating Assets as of the last day of the most recent calendar quarter ending before the sale. The date the Enova Event is completed shall be deemed the Vesting Date.






(c)    Forfeiture of Unvested Performance Units. If a Change in Control or an Enova Event (“CIC/Enova Event”) occurs, any outstanding unvested Performance Units that do not become vested under this Section 5 shall expire and be forfeited on the date of the CIC/Enova Event, and Employee shall thereafter have no further right to payment or compensation with respect to any such unvested portion of the Award, including without limitation, as a result of any subsequent CIC/Enova Event.

6.    Withholding. Upon payment to Employee pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall withhold all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes which the Company or its Affiliates are required to withhold.
    
7.    Plan Provisions. In addition to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Award is subject to and governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, as may be amended from time to time, which are hereby incorporated by reference. Any terms used herein with an initial capital letter shall have the same meaning as provided in the Plan, unless otherwise specified herein. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control.

8.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Limitation of Rights. The granting of the Award and the execution of the Agreement shall not give Employee any rights to (1) similar grants in future years, (2) any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (3) interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate Employee’s employment or services at any time.

(b)    Interpretation. Employee accepts this Award subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. The undersigned Employee hereby accepts as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan and this Agreement.

(c)    Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in the Agreement is held by a court or a federal regulatory agency of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained in the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

(d)    Controlling Law. The Agreement is being made in Texas and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of that state.

(e)    Construction. The Agreement and the Plan contain the entire understanding between the parties, and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them, representing the subject matter hereof. There are no representations, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof which are not fully expressed herein.

(g)    Exemption from Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the references to Code Section 409A and the incorporation of certain provisions from the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, the Company intends that all payments under the Award be exempt from Code Section 409A under the short-term deferral rule exemption in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

(h)    Code §162(m) Provisions. The terms of the Agreement and/or Exhibit “A” may not be amended in a manner that would cause the Performance Award to cease to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption (as defined in the Plan).
(i)     Headings. Section and other headings contained in the Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of the Agreement or any provision hereof.





(j)    Heirs, Successors and Assigns. Each and all of the covenants, terms, provisions and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employee's heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
(k)    Originals. This Agreement may be executed and/or accepted electronically by Employee, the production of either of which (including a signature or proof of electronic acceptance) shall be sufficient for all purposes for the proof of the binding terms of this Agreement.

(l)    Clawback. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Company is required to materially restate its financial results, excluding a material restatement of such financial results due solely to a change in generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or such other accounting principles that may be adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are or become applicable to the Company, at any time before or within two years following January 1, 2017 as a result of fraud or intentional misconduct on the part of the Employee, the Committee may, in its discretion, (a) cancel the Award, in whole or in part, whether or not vested, and/or (b) require the Employee to repay to the Company an amount equal to all or any portion of the payments that have been made to Employee pursuant to this Agreement. Such cancellation or repayment obligation shall be effective as of the date specified by the Committee. Any repayment obligation shall be satisfied in cash, and the Committee may provide for an offset to any future payments owed by the Company or its Affiliates to the Employee if necessary to satisfy the repayment obligation; provided, however, that if any such offset is prohibited under applicable law, the Committee shall not permit any offsets and may require immediate repayment by the Employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with applicable law and/or any Clawback Policy adopted by the Company after the date of this Agreement, the Company may unilaterally amend this Section 8(l), and any such amendment shall be made by providing notice of such amendment to Employee, and shall be binding on Employee; provided, regardless of whether the Company makes such a unilateral amendment to this Section 8(l) or provides such notice to Employee, this Section 8(l) shall be deemed consistent with any Clawback Policy adopted by the Company after the date of this Agreement and Employee shall be bound thereby.


(Signatures on following page)
    





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.


CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                        
By:
 
 
Daniel R. Feehan
 
Chief Executive Officer and President




EMPLOYEE *


                        
 
David A. Fisher



* Electronic acceptance of this Award by Employee shall bind Employee by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(k) of this Agreement.










EXHIBIT “A”
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE UNITS

1.
Vesting Requirements. In addition to the continuous (or deemed continuous in accordance with Section 2(b) of the Agreement) employment of Employee, the vesting of any awards on any Vesting Date shall be contingent upon the E‑Commerce Division’s achievement of the EBITDA CAGR specified in Section 3 of this Exhibit. The vesting of any portion of the Award shall be subject to Committee Certification, as described in Section 6 of this Exhibit.
2.
EBITDA. Except as provided in Section 2(f) of this Exhibit, “EBITDA” means the consolidated earnings of the E-Commerce Division before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expenses. EBITDA shall be calculated as if the E-Commerce Division was being operated as a separate and independent corporation and determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or such other accounting principles that may be adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are or become applicable to the Company (“GAAP”) as consistently applied by the Company; provided, however, that in determining EBITDA:
(a)    EBITDA shall be computed without regard to “extraordinary items” of gain or loss as that term shall be defined in GAAP.
(b)    EBITDA shall not include any gain or loss that exceeds $500,000 in a single transaction from either the deconsolidation of any subsidiary or the sale or write-off of (i) discontinued business operations (as defined in GAAP), (ii) any ownership interest in a subsidiary or other entity in which the Company or a subsidiary of the Company has an ownership interest of at least 10% before the transaction, or (iii) assets classified under GAAP as noncurrent assets (other than the noncurrent portion of any loans to customers).
(c)    EBITDA for any period shall be increased by Capital Charges income earned and reduced by Capital Charges expense accrued. Capital Charges means the interest charges calculated on a monthly basis for amounts advanced between the Company or its affiliates and the E-Commerce Division, including amounts advanced for working capital, investments or capital improvements (including investments in other businesses through acquisitions or debt/equity investments, and specifically including all amounts advanced for use as acquisition consideration for the purchase of the Debit Plus, LLC business - including past and future earn-out payments, but excluding all amounts advanced for use as acquisition consideration for the purchase of the assets of The Check Giant, LLC (now known as Enova) - including past earn-out payments), with the interest rate being the rate per annum published two business days before the beginning of the month as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars (“LIBOR”) for a one month term plus 4.5 percentage points. Such interest rate shall be rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/16th of one percentage point. For purposes of illustration, the interest rate used to calculate Capital Charges for the Month of May shall be determined using the one-month LIBOR rate published on the second-to-last business day of April. Interest for a month shall be calculated on a basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days in the month, and shall be computed on the average balance of advances outstanding at the beginning and end of the month. Any promissory notes or other obligations issued or assigned in payment of dividends or other capital distributions are not considered “amounts advanced.”
(d)    EBITDA shall not include the corporate administrative overhead allocation, if any, that is charged to the E-Commerce Division by the Company or its Affiliates other than Affiliates included in the E-Commerce Division or any outside accounting, legal, consulting, underwriting or other fees or other out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Company or the E‑Commerce Division solely on account of a proposed or completed Enova Event.
(e)    For purposes of calculating EBITDA, income taxes shall mean only federal, state, local and foreign taxes on the income of the E-Commerce Division and shall not include (i) any other tax, charge, fee, duty (including customs duty), levy or assessment, including any ad valorem, turnover, real and personal property (tangible and intangible), sales, use, franchise (other than franchise taxes based on income), excise, value added, stamp, leasing, lease, user, transfer, fuel, excess profits, windfall profits, occupational, premium,





interest equalization, severance, license, registration, payroll, environmental (including taxes under Code Section 59A), capital stock, capital duty, disability, gains, wealth, welfare, employee’s income withholding, other withholding, unemployment and social security or other tax of whatever kind (including any fee, assessment and other charges in the nature of or in lieu of any tax) that is imposed by any governmental authority, (ii) any interest, fines, penalties or additions resulting from, attributable to, or incurred in connection with any items described in this paragraph or any related contest or dispute and (iii) any items described in this paragraph that are attributable to another person but that the owner of the E-Commerce Division is liable to pay by law, by contract or otherwise, whether or not disputed.
(f)    EBITDA for calendar year 2013 (“2013 EBITDA”) shall be $164,328,662.
3.
CAGR Threshold for Vesting and Payment. The portion of the Award that will vest and be payable (subject to Committee Certification, as described below) shall be subject to the continuous employment of Employee by the Company or its Affiliates (or deemed continuous employment in accordance with Section 2(b) of the Agreement) through the applicable Vesting Date and shall be determined as follows:
`
(a)    The E-Commerce Division must achieve an EBITDA CAGR of at least 10% from December 31, 2013 through December 31 of the year immediately preceding the First Vesting Date, Second Vesting Date or the Third Vesting Date, as applicable, in order for any portion of the Award to vest on the First Vesting Date, Second Vesting Date or the Third Vesting Date, respectively, and become payable.
(b)    If the E-Commerce Division achieves an EBITDA CAGR of at least of 10% over the period from December 31, 2013 through December 31 of the year immediately preceding the First Vesting Date, Second Vesting Date or the Third Vesting Date, as applicable, then a portion of the Award will vest on the First Vesting Date, Second Vesting Date or the Third Vesting Date, respectively, in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement, subject to Section 5(c) of the Agreement.
(c) Performance Units Having a CIC Unit Value or Enova Event Unit Value. The E-Commerce Division must achieve an EBITDA CAGR of at least 10% from December 31, 2013 through the applicable period used to determine CIC Unit Value or Enova Event Unit Value in order for any portion of the Award to vest as a result of a Change in Control or an Enova Event, respectively, in accordance with Section 5 of the Agreement.
EBITDA CAGR for such period shall be computed using the following formula:
[(CIC EBITDA or Enova Event EBITDA, as applicable / 2013 EBITDA)] ^ [(1/(the total number of whole months in the period from December 31, 2013 through the end of the period used to determine CIC EBITDA or Enova Event EBITDA / 12)] - 1.
(d)    Any portion of the Award that does not vest as of the applicable Vesting Date or in the event of a Change in Control or Enova Event, if applicable and as more particularly described herein, shall expire and be forfeited and Employee shall thereafter have no further right to payment or compensation with respect to any such unvested portion of such Award.
(e)    For purposes of determining the amount of the Award that will vest and be payable, CAGR shall be rounded to the nearest 0.1%.
4.
Base for Calculation of CAGR. For purposes of determining EBITDA CAGR as of any Vesting Date, the base EBITDA shall be the 2013 EBITDA.
5.
Valuation of Performance Units. The Performance Units shall have a Unit Value as set forth in Section 4(c) and/or Section 4(f) of the Agreement, as applicable. The value of any Performance Units granted under the Award that vest on any Vesting Date or that vest in accordance with Section 5 of the Agreement and become payable shall be based on one or more percentages (each a “Percentage Multiple”) of the amount of the E-Commerce Division’s positive growth in its annual EBITDA, if any, during the applicable period(s) specified





in Sections 2 and 4 of the Agreement. For purposes of this paragraph and Section 4 of the Agreement, the Percentage Multiples and the Total EBITDA Pool shall be determined as follows:
(a)    The 2014 Percentage Multiple shall be 3.36504%.
(b)    The 2015 Percentage Multiple shall be 4.69540%.
(c)    For purposes of Section 4(d)(iii) of the Agreement, the Total EBITDA Pool shall be computed using the following table based on the amount by which EBITDA for calendar year 2016 (“2016 EBITDA”) exceeds 2013 EBITDA and the 2016 Percentage Multiples specified in column (D) of the table:
 
 
 
 
The Total EBITDA Pool Shall Be Computed as:

[Column “C”]; plus
[Column “D” x (2016 EBITDA minus Column “E”)]
(A)
(B)
 
 
(C)
 
(D)
(E)
If the 2016
EBITDA is at Least
But the 2016 EBITDA is Not Over
 
 
Total Pool Based on Column “A”
 
2016
Percentage Multiple
Amount in Column “A”
$ 164,328,662
$ 218,721,449.99
(1) 
 
$0.00
 
0.00000%
$ 164,328,662
$ 218,721,450
$ 249,923,353.99
 
 
$4,216,762.81
 
7.75243%
$ 218,721,450
$ 249,923,354
$ 283,959,927.99
 
 
$6,635,668.58
 
8.25243%
$ 249,923,354
$ 283,959,928
$ 320,954,417.99
 
 
$9,444,513.02
 
8.75243%
$ 283,959,928
$ 320,954,418
$ 361,030,070.99
 
 
$12,682,429.86
 
9.25243%
$ 320,954,418
$ 361,030,071
 
 
 
$16,390,401.60
 
9.75243%
$ 361,030,071
__________________________________
(1)    The 2016 EBITDA must exceed this amount for the E-Commerce Division to achieve the CAGR threshold specified in Section 3 of this Exhibit as of the Third Vesting Date.
(d)    The 2016 CIC/Enova Event Percentage Multiple shall be 7.75243%.
6.
Committee Certification. At its first regularly scheduled meeting (or, if later, at the first meeting held once the necessary EBITDA data has become available) following each Vesting Date, the Committee (or any successor thereto) shall determine and certify as to whether the conditions described in this Exhibit and other material terms for the vesting of any portion of the Award were met on the applicable Vesting Date (the “Vesting Conditions”) and, if so, (i) the number of Performance Units that have vested on such Vesting Date, (ii) the amount of EBITDA for each period used to determine the EBITDA CAGR and the Unit Value of such vested Performance Units in accordance with Section 4 of the Agreement, (iii) the EBITDA CAGR achieved for each applicable period, and (iv) the total amount payable with respect to such vested Performance Units (“Committee Certification”). The Vesting Conditions will be considered to have been met only to the extent that the Committee certifies in writing (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(e)(5)) that they have been met. The Committee Certification shall include the satisfaction of the EBITDA CAGR set forth in this Exhibit and the satisfaction of all other material terms of the Award. The date the Committee makes such a written certification shall be deemed the “Committee Certification Date.
7.
Capitalized Terms. Any terms used in this Exhibit with an initial capital letter shall have the same meaning as provided in the Agreement, unless otherwise specified herein.





CSH 2014.12.31 EX 10.36


Exhibit 10.36


2013 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARD AGREEMENT
FOR THE E-COMMERCE DIVISION OF CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.

UNDER THE CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC. FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED 2004 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED

This Long Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 28th day of March, 2013, by and between Cash America International, Inc. (the “Company”) and DAVID A. FISHER (“Employee”).

W I T N E S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Cash America International, Inc. First Amended and Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), which is administered by the Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”); and

WHEREAS, the Committee desires to grant to Employee an award (the “Award”) of Performance Units pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan that shall vest under the terms of the Plan over a three-year period, subject to Employee’s continued employment and the satisfaction of certain conditions related to the performance of the E‑Commerce Division, which is referred to in the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 as the e-commerce segment (the “E-Commerce Division”), as such Award and its applicable terms and conditions are specified in this Agreement and in Exhibit “A” attached hereto, to encourage Employee’s continued loyalty and diligence; and

WHEREAS, the Performance Units represent the unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay Employee the Unit Value (as hereinafter defined) of the Performance Units at a future date, subject to the terms of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, this Award is intended to satisfy the short-term deferral rule exemption of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code Section 409A”) and thereby be exempt from said section.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.    Award.

(a)    General. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and Exhibit “A,” the Company hereby grants to Employee an Award of 13,668 Performance Units for which the total target amount that may be payable based on a targeted level of 3-year performance of the E‑Commerce Division is $787,500. The Award is designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award as defined in Section 2 of the Plan.

(b)    Grant Date. The Award was awarded to Employee on March 28, 2013 (the “Grant Date”).






2.    Vesting.    Subject to the terms and conditions specified on Exhibit “A” and as long as Employee remains continuously employed by the Company or its Affiliates, (i) 12 ½% of the Performance Units granted under the Award shall vest on January 1, 2014 (the “First Vesting Date”), (ii) 37 ½% of the Performance Units granted under the Award shall vest on January 1, 2015 (the “Second Vesting Date”), and (iii) 50% of the Performance Units granted under the Award shall vest on the earlier of (A) January 1, 2016 (the “Final Vesting Date”), or (B) the date of Employee’s voluntary termination of employment with the Company and all of its Affiliates, provided such date is on or after February 1, 2015 and Employee has provided the Company’s Board of Directors with written notice of such termination at least 45 days before the effective date thereof (the “Termination Vesting Date,” and together with the “Final Vesting Date,” the “Third Vesting Date”). The First Vesting Date, the Second Vesting Date, and the Third Vesting Dates shall be collectively referred to as the “Vesting Dates.” If the terms and conditions specified on Exhibit “A” are not met with respect to each Vesting Date, the Performance Units scheduled to vest on such Vesting Date shall expire and be forfeited and Employee shall have no right to payment or compensation with respect to any such unvested portion of the Award.

3.    Treatment of Award Upon Termination of Employment. Except as provided in Section 2(iii)(B) above with respect to the Termination Vesting Date, if Employee terminates employment with the Company or its Affiliates, whether voluntarily or involuntarily (including by death), for any reason, he or she shall immediately forfeit all interest in the unvested portion of an Award, and such forfeited Award shall not be considered outstanding.

4.    Payment of Awards.

(a)    General. If Employee remains continuously employed through a Vesting Date (or in the case of the Termination Vesting Date, through the last day preceding such Termination Vesting Date) and the Award has received Committee Certification (as defined in Exhibit “A”) for such Vesting Date (such that a portion of the Award meets the requirements for vesting and vests as of such Vesting Date), then, except as provided in Section 4(f) below, the Company shall pay to Employee (or if Employee has died since such Vesting Date, Employee’s Beneficiary (as hereinafter defined)) the Unit Value multiplied by the number of Performance Units granted under this Award that vest on such Vesting Date. The payment for the then-vesting portion of the Award determined in accordance with this Section 4 shall be made within a reasonable time after the Committee Certification Date (as defined in Exhibit “A”). In no event will any payment with respect to the Performance Units that vest as of any Vesting Date (including a deemed Vesting Date as described in Section 5(a) or 5(b)) be made later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Vesting Date occurs; provided, however, if the Committee has not provided the Committee Certification by such March 15, such portion of the Award shall not vest or be payable with respect to such Vesting Date. All payments shall be made in cash. “Beneficiary” means the person(s) designated by Employee to receive any amounts payable under this Agreement upon the Employee’s death. If no Beneficiary has been designated, the Employee’s estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary.

(b)    Amount of Payment. Subject to adjustment under Section 4(g) and except as provided in Section 4(f) below, the amount, if any, to be paid to Employee following each Vesting Date shall be determined as follows:

i.    First Vesting Date: With respect to all Performance Units granted to the Employee that vest as of the First Vesting Date, an amount equal to the First Vesting Date Unit Value (as defined in Section 4(c)(i) below) multiplied by the number of Performance Units granted under this Award that vest on the First Vesting Date. Such amount shall be paid to Employee (or his Beneficiary) in accordance with Section 4(a) of this Agreement. Unit Values for Performance Units that vest on the First Vesting Date shall not remain subject to adjustment as of any subsequent Vesting Date.
ii.    Second Vesting Date. With respect to all Performance Units granted to Employee that vest on the Second Vesting Date, an amount equal to the Second Vesting Date Unit Value (as defined in Section 4(c)(ii) below) multiplied by the number of Performance Units granted under this Award that vest on the Second Vesting Date. Such amount shall be paid to Employee (or his Beneficiary) in accordance with Section 4(a) of this Agreement. Unit Values for Performance Units that vest on the Second Vesting Date shall not remain subject to adjustment as of the Third Vesting Date.





iii.    Third Vesting Date. With respect to all Performance Units granted to Employee that vest on the Third Vesting Date, an amount equal to the Third Vesting Date Unit Value (determined in accordance with section 4(c)(iii) below) multiplied by the number of Performance Units granted under this Award that vest on the Third Vesting Date. Such amount shall be paid to Employee (or his Beneficiary) in accordance with Section 4(a) of this Agreement.
(c)    Unit Value. Except as provided in Section 4(f) below, “Unit Value” means the per unit value of a Performance Unit scheduled to vest on a particular Vesting Date, determined as follows:

i.    The Unit Value of each of the Performance Units scheduled to vest on the First Vesting Date (the “First Vesting Date Unit Value”) shall be the 2013 EBITDA Pool (as defined in section 4(d)(i) below) divided by the 2013 Unit Value Denominator (as defined in section 4(e)(i) below).
ii.    The Unit Value of each of the Performance Units scheduled to Vest on the Second Vesting Date (the “Second Vesting Date Unit Value”) shall be the 2014 EBITDA Pool (as defined in section 4(d)(ii) below) divided by the 2014 Unit Value Denominator (as defined in section 4(e)(ii) below).
iii.    The Unit Value of each of the Performance Units scheduled to Vest on the Third Vesting Date (the “Third Vesting Date Unit Value”) shall be the 2015 EBITDA Pool (as defined in section 4(d)(iii) below) divided by the 2015 Unit Value Denominator (as defined in section 4(e)(iii) below).
(d)    EBITDA Pool. Except as provided in Section 4(f) below, “EBITDA Pool” means the “2013 EBITDA Pool,” the “2014 EBITDA Pool” or the “2015 EBITDA Pool,” determined as follows:

i.    The 2013 EBITDA Pool shall be [EBITDA (as defined in Exhibit “A”) for calendar year 2013 (“2013 EBITDA”) - EBITDA for calendar year 2012 (“2012 EBITDA”)] x the 2013 Percentage Multiple (as defined in Exhibit “A”), but only if the EBITDA CAGR specified in Section 3(a) of Exhibit “A” is achieved as of the First Vesting Date. If the specified EBITDA CAGR is not achieved as of the First Vesting Date, the 2013 EBITDA pool shall be zero.
ii.    The 2014 EBITDA Pool shall be [EBITDA for calendar year 2014 (“2014 EBITDA”) - 2012 EBITDA] x the 2014 Percentage Multiple (as defined in Exhibit “A”) but only if the EBITDA CAGR specified in Section 3(a) of Exhibit “A” is achieved as of the Second Vesting Date. If the specified EBITDA CAGR is not achieved as of the Second Vesting Date, the 2014 EBITDA pool shall be zero.
iii.    The 2015 EBITDA Pool shall be the Total EBITDA Pool determined in accordance with Section 5(d) of Exhibit “A” minus the sum of the 2013 EBITDA Pool and the 2014 EBITDA Pool. The 2015 EBITDA Pool shall not be less than zero.
(e)    Unit Value Denominator. Except as provided in Section 4(f) below, “Unit Value Denominator” means the “2013 Unit Value Denominator,” the “2014 Unit Value Denominator” or the “2015 Unit Value Denominator,” determined as follows:

i.    The 2013 Unit Value Denominator shall be 12,500.
ii.    The 2014 Unit Value Denominator shall be 37,500.
iii.    The 2015 Unit Value Denominator shall be 50,000.





(f)    Payment Upon Change in Control of the Company or Enova Public Offering.
i.    Change in Control. Subject to adjustment under Section 4(g), the amount, if any, to be paid to Employee with respect to all Performance Units granted to Employee that vest in accordance with Section 5(a) of this Agreement as a result of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5)(a)) shall be the “CIC Unit Value” (determined in accordance with Section 4(f)(i)(A), (B) or (C) below, as applicable) multiplied by the number of Performance Units that vest under this Award in accordance with Section 5(a).
A.    The CIC Unit Value of each of the Performance Units that vest as a result of a Change in Control that occurs during the 2013 calendar year shall be:
[(EBITDA for the most recent four-calendar quarter period ending before or coincident with the date of the Change in Control (“CIC EBITDA” minus 2012 EBITDA) x the 2013 Percentage Multiple] ÷ the 2013 Unit Value Denominator.
B.    The CIC Unit Value of each of the Performance Units that vest as a result of a Change in Control that occurs during the 2014 calendar year shall be:
[(CIC EBITDA minus 2012 EBITDA) x the 2014 Percentage Multiple] ÷ the 2014 Unit Value Denominator.
C.    The CIC Unit Value of each of the Performance Units that vest as a result of a Change in Control that occurs during the 2015 calendar year shall be computed as follows, but shall not be less than zero:
[(CIC EBITDA minus 2012 EBITDA) x the 2015 CIC/Enova Event Percentage Multiple (as defined in Exhibit “A”)]; minus
the sum of the 2013 EBITDA Pool and the 2014 EBITDA Pool; divided by
the 2015 Unit Value Denominator.
ii.    Enova Public Offering. Subject to adjustment under Section 4(g), the amount, if any, to be paid to Employee with respect to all Performance Units granted to Employee that vest in accordance with Section 5(b) of this Agreement as a result of an Enova Public Offering (as defined in Section 5(b)) shall be the “Enova Offering Event Unit Value” determined in accordance with Section 4(f)(ii)(A), (B) or (C) below, as applicable) of all such vested Performance Units multiplied by the number of Performance Units that vest under this Award in accordance with Section 5(b):
A.    The Enova Offering Event Unit Value of each of the Performance Units that vest as a result of an Enova Public Offering that is completed during the 2013 calendar year shall be:
[(EBITDA for the most recent twelve-calendar month period ending before or coincident with the date of the completion of the Enova Public Offering (“Enova Offering Event EBITDA”) minus 2012 EBITDA) x the 2013 Percentage Multiple] ÷ the 2013 Unit Value Denominator.
B.    The Enova Offering Event Unit Value of Units that vest as a result of an Enova Public Offering that is completed during the 2014 calendar year shall be:
[(Enova Offering Event EBITDA minus 2012 EBITDA) x the 2014 Percentage Multiple] ÷ the 2014 Unit Value Denominator.
C.    The Enova Offering Event Unit Value of each of the Performance Units that vest as a result of an Enova Public Offering that is completed during the 2015 calendar year shall be computed as follows, but shall not be less than zero:





[(Enova Offering Event EBITDA minus 2012 EBITDA) x the 2015 CIC/Enova Event Percentage Multiple]; minus
the sum of the 2013 EBITDA Pool and the 2014 EBITDA Pool; divided by
the 2015 Unit Value Denominator.
iii.    Certain Units Vesting on the Third Vesting Date. In the event that (A) a portion of the Performance Units granted under this Award vest on a Termination Vesting Date and (B) a Change in Control or the completion of an Enova Public Offering occurs on or after such Termination Vesting Date and before January 1, 2016, the amount of the payment, if any, with respect to all outstanding Performance Units granted to Employee that vest on such Termination Vesting Date shall be determined in accordance with this Section 4(f) as if such Performance Units had vested in accordance with Section 5 on the date of the Change in Control or completion of the Enova Public Offering, as applicable.
iv.    Timing of Payment Made Upon a Change in Control or Enova Public Offering. All amounts payable in accordance with this Section 4(f) shall be paid within 60 days following the Committee Certification Date with respect to the Vesting Date that occurs as a result of a Change in Control or the completion of an Enova Public Offering.
(g)    Overall Maximum. The total of all payments that may be made to Employee under the Award shall not exceed $2,362,500 (the “Overall Maximum”). If the amount of any payment determined in accordance with section 4(b) as of any Vesting Date or in accordance with section 4(f) as of the date of a Change in Control or the completion of an Enova Public Offering, when added to all amounts previously payable under the Award, exceeds the Overall Maximum, the amount of such payment shall be reduced by such excess.
5.    Vesting Upon Change in Control or an Enova Public Offering.

(a)    Change in Control. Upon a Change in Control prior to the Final Vesting Date while Employee is still employed by the Company or its Affiliates, the portion of the Award that is outstanding and scheduled to vest within 12 calendar months following the date of the Change in Control shall become vested, subject to the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit “A” (including the requirements for achieving a certain EBITDA CAGR (as defined on Exhibit “A”) and Committee Certification) and as long as Employee has remained continuously employed through the date of the Change in Control; provided, however, the amount and time of payment for any Performance Units vesting pursuant to this Section shall be determined under the terms of Section 4(f) of this Agreement. Change in Controlmeans an event that is a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in the effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, all as defined in Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except that 35% shall be substituted for 30% in applying Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) and 50% shall be substituted for 40% in applying Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii). The date of the Change in Control shall be deemed the Vesting Date.

(b)     Enova Public Offering. Upon the completion of a spin-off or an initial public offering of some or all of the common stock of Enova International, Inc. (the “Enova Public Offering”) prior to the Final Vesting Date while Employee is still employed by the Company or its Affiliates, the portion of the Award that is outstanding and scheduled to vest within 12 calendar months following the date of the completion of the Enova Public Offering shall become vested, subject to the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit “A” (including the requirements for achieving a certain EBITDA CAGR (as defined on Exhibit “A”) and Committee Certification) and as long as Employee has remained continuously employed through the date of the completion of such Enova Public Offering; provided, however, the amount and time of payment for any Performance Units vesting pursuant to this Section shall be determined under the terms of Section 4(f) of this Agreement. The date the Enova Public Offering is completed shall be deemed the Vesting Date.

(c)    Forfeiture of Unvested Performance Units. If a Change in Control or an Enova Public Offering (“CIC/Enova Event”) occurs, any outstanding unvested Performance Units that do not become vested under this Section 5 shall expire and be forfeited on the date of the CIC/Enova Event, and Employee shall thereafter have no further right





to payment or compensation with respect to any such unvested portion of the Award, including without limitation, as a result of any subsequent CIC/Enova Event.

6.    Withholding. Upon payment to Employee pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall withhold all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes which the Company or its Affiliates are required to withhold.
    
7.    Plan Provisions.

In addition to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Award is subject to and governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, as may be amended from time to time, which are hereby incorporated by reference. Any terms used herein with an initial capital letter shall have the same meaning as provided in the Plan, unless otherwise specified herein. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control.

8.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Limitation of Rights. The granting of the Award and the execution of the Agreement shall not give Employee any rights to (1) similar grants in future years, (2) any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (3) interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate Employee’s employment or services at any time.

(b)    Interpretation. Employee accepts this Award subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. The undersigned Employee hereby accepts as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan and this Agreement.

(c)    Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in the Agreement is held by a court or a federal regulatory agency of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained in the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

(d)    Controlling Law. The Agreement is being made in Texas and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of that state.

(e)    Construction. The Agreement and the Plan contain the entire understanding between the parties, and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them, representing the subject matter hereof. There are no representations, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof which are not fully expressed herein.

(g)    Exemption from Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the references to Code Section 409A and the incorporation of certain provisions from the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, the Company intends that all payments under the Award be exempt from Code Section 409A under the short-term deferral rule exemption in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

(h)    Headings. Section and other headings contained in the Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of the Agreement or any provision hereof.
(i)    Heirs, Successors and Assigns. Each and all of the covenants, terms, provisions and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employee's heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.






(j)    Originals. This Agreement may be executed and/or accepted electronically by Employee, the production of either of which (including a signature or proof of electronic acceptance) shall be sufficient for all purposes for the proof of the binding terms of this Agreement.

(k)    Clawback. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Company is required to materially restate its financial results, excluding a material restatement of such financial results due solely to a change in generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or such other accounting principles that may be adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are or become applicable to the Company, at any time before or within two years following January 1, 2016 as a result of fraud or intentional misconduct on the part of the Employee, the Committee may, in its discretion, (a) cancel the Award, in whole or in part, whether or not vested, and/or (b) require the Employee to repay to the Company an amount equal to all or any portion of the payments that have been made to Employee pursuant to this Agreement. Such cancellation or repayment obligation shall be effective as of the date specified by the Committee. Any repayment obligation shall be satisfied in cash, and the Committee may provide for an offset to any future payments owed by the Company or its Affiliates to the Employee if necessary to satisfy the repayment obligation; provided, however, that if any such offset is prohibited under applicable law, the Committee shall not permit any offsets and may require immediate repayment by the Employee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with applicable law and/or any Clawback Policy adopted by the Company after the date of this Agreement, the Company may unilaterally amend this Section 8(k), and any such amendment shall be made by providing notice of such amendment to Employee, and shall be binding on Employee; provided, regardless of whether the Company makes such a unilateral amendment to this Section 8(k) or provides such notice to Employee, this Section 8(k) shall be deemed consistent with any Clawback Policy adopted by the Company after the date of this Agreement and Employee shall be bound thereby.


(Signatures on following page)
    





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.


CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                        
By:
 
 
Daniel R. Feehan
 
Chief Executive Officer and President




EMPLOYEE *



                            
                        
 
David A. Fisher




* Electronic acceptance of this Award by Employee shall bind Employee by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(j) of this Agreement.










EXHIBIT “A”
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE UNITS

1.
Vesting Requirements. In addition to the continuous employment of Employee, the vesting of any awards on any Vesting Date shall be contingent upon the E‑Commerce Division’s achievement of the EBITDA CAGR specified in Section 3 of this Exhibit. The vesting of any portion of the Award shall be subject to Committee Certification, as described in Section 6 of this Exhibit.
2.
EBITDA. Except as provided in Section 2(f) of this Exhibit, “EBITDA” means the consolidated earnings of the E-Commerce Division before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expenses. EBITDA shall be calculated as if the E-Commerce Division was being operated as a separate and independent corporation and determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or such other accounting principles that may be adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are or become applicable to the Company (“GAAP”) as consistently applied by the Company; provided, however, that in determining EBITDA:
(a)    EBITDA shall be computed without regard to “extraordinary items” of gain or loss as that term shall be defined in GAAP.
(b)    EBITDA shall not include any gain or loss that exceeds $500,000 in a single transaction from either the deconsolidation of any subsidiary or the sale or write-off of (i) discontinued business operations (as defined in GAAP), (ii) any ownership interest in a subsidiary or other entity in which the Company or a subsidiary of the Company has an ownership interest of at least 10% before the transaction, or (iii) assets classified under GAAP as noncurrent assets (other than the noncurrent portion of any loans to customers).
(c)    EBITDA for any period shall be increased by Capital Charges income earned and reduced by Capital Charges expense accrued. Capital Charges means the interest charges calculated on a monthly basis for amounts advanced between the Company or its affiliates and the E-Commerce Division, including amounts advanced for working capital, investments or capital improvements (including investments in other businesses through acquisitions or debt/equity investments, and specifically including all amounts advanced for use as acquisition consideration for the purchase of the Debit Plus, LLC business - including past and future earn-out payments, but excluding all amounts advanced for use as acquisition consideration for the purchase of The Check Giant’s business - including past earn-out payments), with the interest rate being the rate per annum published two business days before the beginning of the month as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars (“LIBOR”) for a one month term plus 4.5 percentage points. Such interest rate shall be rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/16th of one percentage point. For purposes of illustration, the interest rate used to calculate Capital Charges for the Month of May shall be determined using the one-month LIBOR rate published on the second-to-last business day of April. Interest for a month shall be calculated on a basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days in the month, and shall be computed on the average balance of advances outstanding at the beginning and end of the month. Any promissory notes or other obligations issued or assigned in payment of dividends or other capital distributions are not considered “amounts advanced.”
(d)    EBITDA shall not include the corporate administrative overhead allocation, if any, that is charged to the E-Commerce Division by the Company or its Affiliates other than Affiliates included in the E-Commerce Division or any outside accounting, legal, consulting, underwriting or other fees or other out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Company or the E‑Commerce Division solely on account of a proposed or completed Enova Public Offering.
(e)    For purposes of calculating EBITDA, income taxes shall mean only federal, state, local and foreign taxes on the income of the E-Commerce Division and shall not include (i) any other tax, charge, fee, duty (including customs duty), levy or assessment, including any ad valorem, turnover, real and personal





property (tangible and intangible), sales, use, franchise (other than franchise taxes based on income), excise, value added, stamp, leasing, lease, user, transfer, fuel, excess profits, windfall profits, occupational, premium, interest equalization, severance, license, registration, payroll, environmental (including taxes under Code Section 59A), capital stock, capital duty, disability, gains, wealth, welfare, employee’s income withholding, other withholding, unemployment and social security or other tax of whatever kind (including any fee, assessment and other charges in the nature of or in lieu of any tax) that is imposed by any governmental authority, (ii) any interest, fines, penalties or additions resulting from, attributable to, or incurred in connection with any items described in this paragraph or any related contest or dispute and (iii) any items described in this paragraph that are attributable to another person but that the owner of the E-Commerce Division is liable to pay by law, by contract or otherwise, whether or not disputed.
(f)    EBITDA for calendar year 2012 (“2012 EBITDA”) shall be $139,194,741.
3.
CAGR Threshold for Vesting and Payment. The portion of the Award that will vest and be payable (subject to Committee Certification, as described below) shall be subject to the continuous employment of Employee by the Company or its Affiliates through the applicable Vesting Date (or in the case of the Termination Vesting Date, through the last day preceding such Termination Vesting Date) and shall be determined as follows:
`
(a)    The E-Commerce Division must achieve an EBITDA CAGR of at least 10% from December 31, 2012 through December 31 of the year immediately preceding the First Vesting Date, Second Vesting Date or the Final Vesting Date, as applicable, in order for any portion of the Award to vest on the First Vesting Date, Second Vesting Date or the Final Vesting Date, respectively, and become payable. Except as provided in Section 3(c) of this Exhibit, the E-Commerce Division must achieve an EBITDA CAGR of at least 10% from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2015 in order for any portion of the Award to vest on the Termination Vesting Date and become payable.
(b)    If the E-Commerce Division achieves an EBITDA CAGR of at least of 10% over the period from December 31, 2012 through December 31 of the year immediately preceding the First Vesting Date, Second Vesting Date or the Final Vesting Date, as applicable, then a portion of the Award will vest on the First Vesting Date, Second Vesting Date or the Final Vesting Date, respectively, in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement, subject to Section 5(c) of the Agreement. If the E-Commerce Division achieves an EBITDA CAGR of at least 10% over the period from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2015, then the Performance Units that (i) are scheduled to vest on the Termination Vesting Date and (ii) have a Third Vesting Date Unit Value will vest in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement, subject to section 5(c) of the Agreement.
(c) Performance Units Having a CIC Unit Value or Enova Offering Event Unit Value. The E-Commerce Division must achieve an EBITDA CAGR of at least 10% from December 31, 2012 through the applicable period used to determine CIC Unit Value or Enova Offering Event Unit Value in order for any portion of the Award to vest (i) as a result of a Change in Control or an Enova Public Offering, respectively, in accordance with Section 5 of the Agreement or (ii) on the Termination Vesting Date if such units are valued in accordance with Section 4(f) of the Agreement.
EBITDA CAGR for such period shall be computed using the following formula:
[(CIC EBITDA or Enova Offering Event EBITDA, as applicable / 2012 EBITDA)] ^ [(1/(the total number of whole months in the period from December 31, 2012 through the end of the period used to determine CIC EBITDA or Enova Offering Event EBITDA / 12)] - 1.
(d)    Any portion of the Award that does not vest as of the applicable Vesting Date or in the event of a Change in Control or Enova Public Offering, if applicable and as more particularly described herein, shall expire and be forfeited and Employee shall thereafter have no further right to payment or compensation with respect to any such unvested portion of such Award.





(e)    For purposes of determining the amount of the Award that will vest and be payable, CAGR shall be rounded to the nearest 0.1%.
4.
Base for Calculation of CAGR. For purposes of determining EBITDA CAGR as of any Vesting Date, the base EBITDA shall be the 2012 EBITDA.
5.
Valuation of Performance Units. The Performance Units shall have a Unit Value as set forth in Section 4(c) and/or Section 4(f) of the Agreement, as applicable. The value of any Performance Units granted under the Award that vest on any Vesting Date or that vest in accordance with Section 5 of the Agreement and become payable shall be based on one or more percentages (each a “Percentage Multiple”) of the amount of the E-Commerce Division’s positive growth in its annual EBITDA, if any, during the applicable period(s) specified in Sections 2 and 4 of the Agreement. For purposes of this paragraph and Section 4 of the Agreement, the Percentage Multiples and the Total EBITDA Pool shall be determined as follows:
(a)    The 2013 Percentage Multiple shall be 3.45%.
(b)    The 2014 Percentage Multiple shall be 4.81%.
(c)    For purposes of Section 4(d)(iii) of the Agreement, the Total EBITDA Pool shall be computed using the following table based on the amount by which EBITDA for calendar year 2015 (“2015 EBITDA”) exceeds 2012 EBITDA and the 2015 Percentage Multiples specified in column (D) of the table:
 
 
 
 
The Total EBITDA Pool Shall Be Computed as:

[Column “C”]; plus
[Column “D” x (2015 EBITDA minus Column “E”)]
(A)
(B)
 
 
(C)
 
(D)
(E)
If the 2015
EBITDA is at Least
But the 2015 EBITDA is Not Over
 
 
Total Pool Based on Column “A”
 
Percentage Multiple
Amount in Column “A”
$ 139,194,741
$ 185,268,200.99
(1) 
 
$0.00
 
0.00000%
$ 139,194,741
$ 185,268,201
$ 211,697,801.99
 
 
$3,661,342.68
 
7.94675%
$ 185,268,201
$ 211,697,802
$ 240,528,512.99
 
 
$5,761,637.00
 
8.44675%
$ 211,697,802
$ 240,528,513
$ 271,864,728.99
 
 
$8,196,895.08
 
8.94675%
$ 240,528,513
$ 271,864,729
$ 305,810,845.99
 
 
$11,000,467.98
 
9.44675%
$ 271,864,729
$ 305,810,846
 
 
 
$14,207,272.79
 
9.94675%
$ 305,810,846
__________________________________
(1)    The 2015 EBITDA must exceed this amount for the E-Commerce Division to achieve the CAGR threshold specified in Section 3 of this Exhibit as of the Third Vesting Date.
(d)    The 2015 CIC/Enova Event Percentage Multiple shall be 7.95%.
6.
Committee Certification. At its first regularly scheduled meeting (or, if later, at the first meeting held once the necessary EBITDA data has become available) following each Vesting Date, the Committee (or any successor thereto) shall determine and certify as to whether the conditions described in this Exhibit and other material terms for the vesting of any portion of the Award were met on the applicable Vesting Date (the “Vesting Conditions”) and, if so, (i) the number of Performance Units that have vested on such Vesting Date, (ii) the amount of EBITDA for each period used to determine the EBITDA CAGR and the Unit Value of such vested Performance Units in accordance with Section 4 of the Agreement, (iii) the EBITDA CAGR achieved for each applicable period, and (iv) the total amount payable with respect to such vested Performance Units (“Committee Certification”). The Vesting Conditions will be considered to have been met only to the extent that the Committee certifies in writing (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(e)(5)) that they have been met. The Committee Certification shall include the satisfaction of the EBITDA CAGR set forth in this Exhibit and of the satisfaction of all other material terms of the Award. The date the Committee makes such a written certification shall be deemed the “Committee Certification Date.





7.
Capitalized Terms. Any terms used in this Exhibit with an initial capital letter shall have the same meaning as provided in the Agreement, unless otherwise specified herein.





CSH 2014.12.31 EX 10.46



Exhibit 10.46














CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN






















Amendment and Restatement
Effective January 1, 2015







CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN


Cash America International, Inc. (the “Controlling Company”) hereby amends and restates the Cash America International, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”).

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

A.    The Controlling Company initially adopted the Plan effective as of January 1, 1991. It was last restated effective as of January 1, 2010, and has been amended since that date. The Plan, as set forth in this document, is generally effective as of January 1, 2015, and is intended and should be construed as a restatement and continuation of the Plan as previously in effect.

B.    This restatement of the Plan is intended to incorporate prior amendments and bring the Plan into compliance with the requirements of current laws and regulations enacted or issued prior to the adoption date of this restatement, including, but not limited to, the invalidation of the Defense of Marriage Act. This restatement also reflects the addition of a frozen unitized stock fund consisting of investments in cash and shares of common stock of Enova International, Inc., following the spinoff of Enova International, Inc. from the Controlling Company in the form of a stock dividend.

C.    The primary purpose of the Plan is to recognize the contributions made to the Controlling Company and its participating affiliates by employees and to reward those contributions by providing eligible employees with an opportunity to accumulate savings for their future security.

D.    The Controlling Company intends that the Plan be a profit sharing plan qualified under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT

To amend and restate the Plan with the purposes and goals described above, the Controlling Company hereby sets forth the terms and provisions as follows:








 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE DEFINITIONS
1

1.1
Account
1

1.2
ACP or Actual Contribution Percentage
1

1.3
ACP Tests
1

1.4
Active Participant
1

1.5
Administrative Committee
1

1.6
ADP or Actual Deferral Percentage
1

1.7
ADP Tests
1

1.8
Affiliate
1

1.9
Annual Addition
2

1.10
Before-Tax Account
2

1.11
Before-Tax Contributions
2

1.12
Beneficiary
2

1.13
Board
2

1.14
Break in Service
2

 
(a)    Plan Years Beginning Before January 1, 1996
2

 
(b)    Periods of Severance Beginning On and After January 1, 1996
2

 
(c)    Effect of Family and Medical Leave Act
3

1.15
Catch-Up Contributions
3

1.16
Code
3

1.17
Company Stock
3

1.18
Company Stock Fund
3

1.19
Compensation
3

 
(a)    Benefit Compensation
3

 
(b)    Top-Heavy Compensation
4

 
(c)    Section 415 Compensation
5

 
(d)    Key Employee and Highly Compensated Employee Compensation
5

 
(e)    Testing Compensation
5

1.20
Contributions
5

1.21
Controlling Company
5

1.22
Covered Employee
5

1.23
Deferral Election
6

1.24
Defined Benefit Minimum
6

1.25
Defined Benefit Plan
6

1.26
Defined Contribution Minimum
6

1.27
Defined Contribution Plan
6

1.28
Determination Date
6

1.29
Disability or Disabled
6

1.30
Effective Date
6

1.31
Elective Deferrals
6

1.32
Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant
6

1.33
Eligible Retirement Plan
6

1.34
Eligible Rollover Distribution
7


i



1.35
Employee
7

1.36
Employment Date
8

 
(a)    Employed On or Before January 1, 1996
8

 
(b)    Employed After January 1, 1996
8

1.37
Enova Stock
8

1.38
Enova Stock Fund
8

1.39
Entry Date
8

1.40
ERISA
8

1.41
Forfeiture
8

1.42
Highly Compensated Employee
8

 
(a)    General Rule
8

 
(b)    Former Employees
9

 
(c)    Nonresident Aliens
9

 
(d)    Compliance with Code Section 414(q)
9

1.43
Hour of Service
9

 
(a)    General Rule
9

 
(b)    Equivalencies
10

 
(c)    Changes by Administrative Committee
10

 
(d)    Computation Period
10

1.44
Investment Committee
10

1.45
Investment Fund or Funds
10

1.46
Key Employee
10

1.47
Leave of Absence
10

1.48
Limitation Year
11

1.49
Matching Account
11

1.50
Matching Contributions
11

1.51
Maternity or Paternity Leave
11

1.52
Maximum Deferral Amount
11

1.53
Named Fiduciary
11

1.54
Non-Key Employee
11

1.55
Normal Retirement Age
11

1.56
Participant
11

1.57
Participating Company
11

1.58
Permissive Aggregation Group
11

1.59
Plan
11

1.60
Plan Year
11

1.61
Prior Plan
12

1.62
Qualified Military Service
12

1.63
Qualified Spousal Waiver
12

1.64
Related Company
12

1.65
Required Aggregation Group
12

1.66
Rollover Account
12

1.67
Rollover Contribution
12

1.68
Severance Date
12

1.69
Spouse or Surviving Spouse
12

1.70
Supplemental Account
13


ii



1.71
Supplemental Contributions
13

1.72
Temporary Employee
13

1.73
Top-Heavy Group
13

1.74
Top-Heavy Plan
13

1.75
Transfer Account
13

1.76
Transfer Contributions
13

1.77
Trust or Trust Agreement
13

1.78
Trust Fund
13

1.79
Trustee
14

1.80
Valuation Date
14

1.81
Year of Eligibility Service
14

1.82
Years of Vesting Service
14

 
(a)    Aggregation Rule
14

 
(b)    Counting Periods of Severance
14

 
(c)    Pre-Break Service
15

 
(d)    Post-Break Service
15

 
(e)    Predecessor Plan
15

 
(f)    Predecessor Employer
15

 
(g)    Reemployed Veterans
15

 
(h)    Transition Rule for the 1996 Plan Year
15

ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY
16

2.1
Initial Eligibility Requirements
16

 
(a)    General Rule
16

 
(b)    Participation on Effective Date
16

 
(c)    New Participating Companies
16

 
(d)    Predecessor Employer
16

2.2
Treatment of Interruptions of Service
17

 
(a)    Leave of Absence or Layoff
17

 
(b)    Termination before Participation
17

 
(c)    Termination after Participation
17

2.3
Change in Status
17

 
(a)    Exclusion Before Participation
17

 
(b)    Exclusion After Participation
17

 
(c)    Change to Covered Employee Status
18

2.4
Participant Information
18

ARTICLE III CONTRIBUTIONS
19

3.1
Before-Tax Contributions
19

 
(a)    Generally
19

 
(b)    Deferral Elections
19

 
(c)    Catch-Up Contributions
19

3.2
Special After-Tax Contributions
21

3.3
Matching Contributions
21

 
(a)    Generally
21

 
(b)    Special Corrective Match
21

 
(c)    Matching of Catch-Up Contributions
21



iii



3.4
Supplemental Contributions
22

3.5
Form of Contributions
22

3.6
Timing of Contributions
22

 
(a)    Before-Tax Contributions
22

 
(b)    Matching and Supplemental Contributions
22

3.7
Contingent Nature of Company Contributions
22

3.8
Restoration Contributions
23

 
(a)    Restoration Upon Buy-Back
23

 
(b)    Restoration of Forfeitures
23

 
(c)    Restoration Contribution
23

3.9
Reemployed Veterans
23

ARTICLE IV ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS BETWEEN PLANS
25

4.1
Rollover Contributions
25

 
(a)    Request by Covered Employee
25

 
(b)    Acceptance of Rollover
25

4.2
Transfer Contributions
25

 
(a)    Direct Transfers Permitted
25

 
(b)    Mergers and Spin-Offs Permitted
26

 
(c)    Establishment of Transfer Accounts
26

 
(d)    Transfer Accounts
26

4.3
Spin-Offs to Other Plans
26

ARTICLE V PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS; CREDITING AND ALLOCATIONS    
27

5.1
Establishment of Participants’ Accounts
27

5.2
Allocation and Crediting of Before-Tax, Matching, Rollover and Transfer Contributions
27

5.3
Allocation and Crediting of Supplemental Contributions
27

 
(a)    General Provision
27

 
(b)    Per Capita Supplemental Contributions
28

 
(c)    Proportional Supplemental Contributions
28

 
(d)    Targeted Supplemental Contributions
28

 
(e)    Supplemental Matching Contributions
28

5.4
Crediting of Restoration Contributions
28

5.5
Allocation of Forfeitures
29

5.6
Allocation and Crediting of Investment Experience
29

5.7
Allocation of Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization
29

5.8
Good Faith Valuation Binding
29

ARTICLE VI CONTRIBUTION AND SECTION 415 LIMITATIONS AND NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS
30

6.1
Maximum Limitation on Elective Deferrals
30

 
(a)    Maximum Elective Deferrals Under Participating Company Plans
30

 
(b)    Return of Excess Before-Tax Contributions
30

 
(c)    Return of Excess Elective Deferrals Provided by Other Participating Company Arrangements
30

 
(d)    Discretionary Return of Elective Deferrals
30




iv



 
(e)    Return of Excess Annual Additions
30

6.2
Nondiscrimination Requirements for Before-Tax Contributions
31

 
(a)    ADP Tests
31

 
(b)    ADP or Actual Deferral Percentage
31

 
(c)    Adjustments to Actual Deferral Percentages
32

 
(d)    Multiple Plans
33

 
(e)    Separate Testing
33

 
(f)    Interpretation
33

6.3
Nondiscrimination Requirements for Matching Contributions
33

 
(a)    ACP Tests
33

 
(b)    ACP or Actual Contribution Percentage
34

 
(c)    Adjustments to Actual Contribution Percentages
34

 
(d)    Multiple Plans
36

 
(e)    Separate Testing
36

 
(f)    Interpretation
36

6.4
Order of Application
36

6.5
Code Section 415 Limitations on Maximum Contributions
36

 
(a)    General Limit on Annual Additions
36

 
(b)    Rules of Application
37

 
(c)    Compliance with Code Section 415
38

 
(d)    Combined Plan Limit
38

6.6
Construction of Limitations and Requirements
38

ARTICLE VII INVESTMENTS
39

7.1
Establishment of Trust Account
39

7.2
Investment Funds
39

 
(a)    Establishment of Investment Funds
39

 
(b)    Reinvestment of Cash Earnings
39

7.3
Participant Direction of Investments
39

 
(a)    Investment of Contributions
39

 
(b)    Investment of Existing Account Balances
40

 
(c)    Conditions Applicable to Elections
40

 
(d)    Restrictions on Investments
40

 
(e)    Sales and Purchases of Company Stock
40

 
(f)    Enova Stock Fund
41

7.4
Valuation
42

7.5
Purchase of Life Insurance
42

7.6
Voting and Tender Offer Rights with Respect to Investment Funds
42

7.7
Fiduciary Responsibilities for Investment Directions
42

7.8
Appointment of Investment Manager; Authorization to Invest in Collective Trust
42

 
(a)    Investment Manager
42

 
(b)    Collective Trust
43

7.9
Voting and Tender Offer Rights with Respect to Company Stock
43

 
(a)    Voting Rights
43

 
(b)    Tender Offer Rights
43

 
(c)    Confidentiality
43



v



 
(d)    Dissemination of Pertinent Information
44

7.10
Voting and Tender Offer Rights with Respect to Enova Stock
44

 
(a)    Voting Rights
44

 
(b)    Tender Offer Rights
44

 
(c)    Dissemination of Pertinent Information
44

ARTICLE VIII VESTING IN ACCOUNTS
45

8.1
General Vesting Rule
45

 
(a)    Fully Vested Accounts
45

 
(b)    Matching Accounts
45

 
(c)    Transfer Accounts
45

8.2
Vesting Upon Attainment of Normal Retirement Age, Death or Disability
45

8.3
Timing of Forfeitures and Vesting after Restoration Contributions
45

 
(a)    Timing of Forfeitures
45

 
(b)    Reemployment and Vesting After Distribution
46

 
(c)    Reemployment and Vesting Before Any Distribution
46

8.4
Vesting after Partial Distribution
46

8.5
Amendment to Vesting Schedule
47

 
(a)    Changes to Vesting of Future Contributions
47

 
(b)    Changes to Vesting of Existing Accounts
47

ARTICLE IX IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS
48

9.1
In-Service Withdrawals
48

 
(a)    General
48

 
(b)    Election to Withdraw
48

 
(c)    Source of Withdrawal Amounts
48

 
(d)    Payment of Withdrawal
48

 
(e)    Effect of Outstanding Loan    
48

9.2
Hardship Withdrawals
48

 
(a)    Parameters of Hardship Withdrawals
48

 
(b)    Immediate and Heavy Financial Need
49

 
(c)    Necessary to Satisfy a Financial Need
49

 
(d)    Source of Withdrawal Amounts
49

 
(e)    Form of Withdrawal Amount
49

9.3
Withdrawals from Rollover Accounts
50

 
(a)    Parameters of Withdrawals
50

 
(b)    Source of Withdrawal Amounts
50

 
(c)    Form of Withdrawal Amount
50

9.4
Age 59½ Withdrawals
50

 
(a)    Parameters of Withdrawals
50

 
(b)    Source of Withdrawal Amounts
50

 
(c)    Form of Withdrawal Amount
50

9.5
Distributions and Withdrawals from Transfer Accounts
50

9.6
Withdrawals in the Event of Certain Natural Disasters of Terroristic Actions
50

 
(a)    Affected Participants
51

 
(b)    Period for Withdrawals
51


vi



 
(c)    Withdrawals from Accounts other than Before-Tax or Supplemental
51

 
(d)    Withdrawals from Before-Tax Accounts
51

9.7
Loans to Participants
52

 
(a)    Grant of Authority
52

 
(b)    Nondiscriminatory Policy
52

 
(c)    Minimum Loan Amount
52

 
(d)    Maximum Loan Amount
52

 
(e)    Adequacy of Security
53

 
(f)    Rate of Interest
53

 
(g)    Crediting Loan Payments to Accounts
53

 
(h)    Remedies in the Event of Default
53

 
(i)    Leaves of Absence
54

9.8
Transition Rule
54

ARTICLE X PAYMENT OF BENEFITS FROM ACCOUNTS
55

10.1
Benefits Payable for Reasons Other Than Death
55

 
(a)    General Rule Concerning Benefits Payable
55

 
(b)    Timing of Distribution
55

 
(c)    Delay Upon Reemployment
56

10.2
Death Benefits
56

10.3
Restrictions on Distributions from Before-Tax and Supplemental Accounts
57

10.4
Forms of Distribution
57

 
(a)    Method
57

 
(b)    Direct Rollover Distributions
57

10.5
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
58

10.6
Beneficiary Designation
58

 
(a)    General
58

 
(b)    No Designation or Designee Dead or Missing
59

10.7
Murder of Participant
59

10.8
Claims
59

 
(a)    Participant Rights
59

 
(b)    Procedure
60

 
(c)    Review Procedure
61

 
(d)    Satisfaction of Claims
62

10.9
Explanation of Rollover Distributions
62

10.10
Unclaimed Benefits
62

10.11
Recovery of Mistaken Payments
63

10.12
Recordkeeper Transition Rule
63

ARTICLE XI ADMINISTRATION
64

11.1
Administrative Committee; Appointment and Term of Office
64

 
(a)    Appointment
64

 
(b)    Removal; Resignation
64

11.2
Organization of Administrative Committee
64

11.3
Powers and Responsibility
64

 
(a)    Fiduciary Responsibilities
64

 
(b)    Other Powers
65

11.4
Delegation
66


vii



11.5
Construction of the Plan
66

11.6
Assistants and Advisors
66

 
(a)    Engaging Advisors
66

 
(b)    Reliance on Advisors
66

11.7
Investment Committee
66

 
(a)    Appointment
66

 
(b)    Duties
67

11.8
Direction of Trustee
67

11.9
Bonding
67

11.10
Indemnification
67

ARTICLE XII ALLOCATION OF AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
69

12.1
Controlling Company
69

 
(a)    General Responsibilities
69

 
(b)    Authority of Participating Companies
69

12.2
Administrative Committee
69

 
(a)    General Responsibilities
69

 
(b)    Allocation of Authority
69

12.3
Investment Committee
69

12.4
Trustee
70

12.5
Limitations on Obligations of Fiduciaries
70

12.6
Delegation
70

12.7
Multiple Fiduciary Roles
70

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND ADOPTION
71

13.1
Amendment
71

13.2
Termination
71

 
(a)    Right to Terminate
71

 
(b)    Vesting Upon Complete Termination
71

 
(c)    Dissolution of Trust
71

 
(d)    Vesting Upon Partial Termination
72

13.3
Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Company
72

 
(a)    Procedures for Participation
72

 
(b)    Single Plan
72

 
(c)    Authority under Plan
72

 
(d)    Contributions to Plan
72

 
(e)    Withdrawal from Plan
73

13.4
Merger, Consolidation and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities
73

ARTICLE XIV TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
74

14.1
Top-Heavy Plan Years
74

14.2
Determination of Top-Heavy Status
74

 
(a)    Application
74

 
(b)    Special Definitions
74

 
(c)    Special Rules
75

14.3
Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution
76

 
(a)    Multiple Defined Contribution Plans
76




viii



 
(b)    Defined Contribution and Benefit Plans
76

 
(c)    Defined Contribution Minimum
77

 
(d)    Defined Benefit Minimum
77

14.4
Top-Heavy Minimum Vesting
78

14.5
Construction of Limitations and Requirements
78

ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS
79

15.1
Nonalienation of Benefits and Spendthrift Clause
79

 
(a)    General Nonalienation Requirements
79

 
(b)    Exception for Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
79

 
(c)    Exception for Loans from the Plan
79

 
(d)    Exception for Crimes Against the Plan
79

15.2
Headings
80

15.3
Construction, Controlling Law
80

15.4
Legally Incompetent
80

15.5
Title to Assets, Benefits Supported Only By Trust Fund
80

15.6
Legal Action
81

15.7
Exclusive Benefit; Refund of Contributions
81

 
(a)    Permitted Refunds
81

 
(b)    Payment of Refund
81

 
(c)    Limitation on Refund
81

15.8
Plan Expenses
81

15.9
Special Effective Dates
82

 
(a)    Intent of Plan
82

 
(b)    Compliance
82

15.10
Satisfaction of Writing Requirement By Other Means
82

 
 
 
SCHEDULE A
A-1

 
 
 
SCHEDULE B
B-1

 
 
 
SCHEDULE C
C-1

 
 
 
SCHEDULE D
D-1

 
 
 
SCHEDULE E
E-1




ix



ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms, when used with an initial capital letter, will have the meanings set forth below unless a different meaning plainly is required by the context.

1.1    Account means, with respect to a Participant or Beneficiary, the amount of money or other property in the Trust Fund, as is evidenced by the last balance posted in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the account record established for such Participant or Beneficiary. The Administrative Committee, as required by the terms of the Plan and otherwise as it deems necessary or desirable in its sole discretion, may establish and maintain separate subaccounts for each Participant and Beneficiary. “Account” refers to the aggregate of all separate subaccounts or to individual, separate subaccounts, as may be appropriate in context.
1.2    ACP or Actual Contribution Percentage means the percentage described in Section 6.3(b).
1.3    ACP Tests means the nondiscrimination tests described in Section 6.3.
1.4    Active Participant means, for any Plan Year (or any portion thereof), any Covered Employee who, pursuant to the terms of Article II, has been admitted to, and not removed from, active participation in the Plan since the last date his employment commenced or recommenced; provided, to the extent applicable, “Active Participant” will apply separately to each type of Contribution which has a different eligibility requirement under Section 2.1.
1.5    Administrative Committee means the committee which will act to administer the Plan as provided in Article XI. The Administrative Committee will be the plan administrator, as that term is defined in Code Section 414(g), and the administrator, as that term is defined in ERISA Section 3(16)(A). To the extent that an Administrative Committee is not appointed, the Controlling Company may act in lieu of the Administrative Committee.
1.6    ADP or Actual Deferral Percentage means the percentage described in Section 6.2(b).
1.7    ADP Tests means the nondiscrimination tests described in Section 6.2.
1.8    Affiliate means, as of any date and, other than for purposes of Section 6.5, determined separately with respect to the Controlling Company and each Related Company, (i) a Participating Company, and (ii) any company, person or organization which, on such date, (A) is a member of the same controlled group of corporations [within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)] as is a Participating Company; (B) is a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which controls, is controlled by or is under common control [within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)] with a Participating Company; (C) is a member of an affiliated service group [as defined in Code Section 414(m)] which includes a Participating Company; or (D) is required to be aggregated with a Participating Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o). Solely for purposes of Sections 6.5, 1.19(a)(5) and 1.19(c), the term “Affiliate” as defined in this Section will be deemed

1



to include any entity that would be an Affiliate if the phrase “more than 50 percent” were substituted for the phrase “at least 80 percent” in each place the latter phrase appears in Code Section 1563(a)(1).
1.9    Annual Addition means the sum of the amounts described in Code Section 415(c)(2).
1.10    Before-Tax Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to his Before-Tax Contributions.
1.11    Before-Tax Contributions means the amount paid by each Participating Company to the Trust Fund at the election of Participants pursuant to the terms of Section 3.1(a).
1.12    Beneficiary means the person(s) designated in accordance with Section 10.6 to receive any death benefits that may be payable under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.
1.13    Board means the board of directors of the Controlling Company. To the extent any committee of the Board has the authority to act on behalf of the Board, an action taken by such committee will be treated as an action by the Board. A reference to the board of directors of any other Participating Company will specify it as such.
1.14    Break in Service will have the meaning set forth in subsection (a) hereof, subject to the terms of subsections (b) and (c) hereof:
(a)    Plan Years Beginning Before January 1, 1996. With respect to Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1996, any Plan Year during which such Employee fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service; provided, a Break in Service will not be deemed to have occurred during any period for which the Employee is granted a Leave of Absence if he returns to the service of an Affiliate within the time permitted. For purposes of determining whether or not an Employee has incurred a Break in Service, and solely for the purpose of avoiding a Break in Service, an Employee absent from work due to a Maternity or Paternity Leave will be credited with (i) the number of Hours of Service with which he normally would have been credited but for the Maternity or Paternity Leave, or (ii) if the Administrative Committee is unable to determine the hours described in clause (i), 8 Hours of Service for each day of absence included in the Maternity or Paternity Leave; provided, the maximum number of Hours of Service credited for purposes of this subsection (a) will not exceed 501 hours. Hours of Service so credited will be applied only to the Plan Year in which the Maternity or Paternity Leave begins, unless such Hours of Service are not required to prevent the Employee from incurring a Break in Service, in which event such Hours of Service will be credited to the Employee in the immediately following Plan Year. No Hour of Service will be credited due to Maternity or Paternity Leave as described in this subsection unless the Employee furnishes proof satisfactory to the Administrative Committee (A) that his absence from work was due to a Maternity or Paternity Leave and (B) of the number of days he was absent due to the Maternity or Paternity Leave.

2



(b)    Periods of Severance Beginning On and After January 1, 1996. With respect to periods of severance beginning on and after an Employee’s Employment Date, a period of 12 consecutive months beginning on a Severance Date or anniversary of such date, during which an Employee does not complete an Hour of Service. For purposes of determining whether or not the Employee has incurred a Break in Service, and solely for the purpose of avoiding a Break in Service, an Employee absent from work due to a Maternity or Paternity Leave will not have a Break in Service until the second anniversary of the first day of such absence from employment, provided that the period between the first and second anniversary of such first day of absence is not a period of service for any other purpose.
(c)    Effect of Family and Medical Leave Act. For purposes of determining whether or not an Employee has incurred a Break in Service, and solely for the purpose of avoiding a Break in Service, to the extent required under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 and the regulations thereunder, an Employee will be deemed to be performing services for an Affiliate during any period the Employee is granted leave under such Act.
1.15    Catch-Up Contributions means the additional Before-Tax Contributions that may be made pursuant to the terms of Section 3.1(c) by Participants who have attained age 50 by the last day of a Plan Year.
1.16    Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any succeeding federal tax provisions.
1.17    Company Stock means the $.10 par value per share common stock of the Controlling Company.
1.18    Company Stock Fund means the Investment Fund invested in Company Stock.
1.19    Compensation has the meaning set forth in subsection (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof, whichever is applicable:
(a)    Benefit Compensation. For purposes of determining the amount of Before-Tax Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1, determining the amount of Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3, allocating Supplemental Contributions pursuant to Section 5.3 (other than Section 5.3(d)), and for all other purposes except those set forth in subsections (b), (c), (d) and (e) hereof, “Compensation” means, for any Plan Year, the total of the amounts described in subsections (1) and (2), excluding the amounts described in subsections (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7), determined as follows:
(1)    All amounts that are wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by an Affiliate (in the course of the Affiliate’s trade or business) for which the Affiliate is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052 (i.e., all amounts reportable by Affiliates as wages subject to income tax on IRS Form W‑2); provided, such amounts will be determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included

3



in wages based on the nature or location of employment or the services performed [such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)]; plus
(2)    Any elective deferral (as defined in Section 402(g)(3)), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by an Affiliate at the election of the Employee and which is not includable in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Sections 125, 457 or 132(f)(4), including any amounts not available to an Employee in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Employee is unable to certify that he has other health coverage; excluding
(3)    All amounts included in subsection (1) that consist of any reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits (even if includable in gross income); excluding
(4)    All amounts included in subsection (1) or (2) and not otherwise excluded under subsection (3) that are paid on the payroll of an Affiliate that is not a Participating Company; excluding
(5)    All amounts included in subsection (1) or (2) and not otherwise excluded under subsection (3) or (4) that are paid after the Participant’s severance from employment with all Affiliates, except to the extent that (A) the Compensation is paid by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment or the end of the Plan Year that includes the date of severance from employment, and (B) (i) the Compensation is regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses or other similar payments, and the Compensation would have been paid to the Employee prior to severance from employment if the employee had continued in employment with an Affiliate, or (ii) the Compensation is payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave that the Employee would have been able to use if employment had continued and the Compensation would have been included in Compensation under the Plan if paid prior to severance from employment. The exclusion under this subsection does not apply to payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for an Affiliate because of Qualified Military Service, to the extent the payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for an Affiliate rather than entering Qualified Military Service. For purposes of this subsection, a Participant will not be considered to have a severance from employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Participant’s new employer maintains the Plan with respect to the Participant; excluding
(6)    All amounts otherwise included in Compensation pursuant to subsections (1) through (5) that consist of any amounts paid or made available to a Participant during the Plan Year while he is not an Active Participant; excluding
(7)    All Compensation in excess of $200,000 (or such other limit as is applicable for the Plan Year under Code Section 401(a)(17)).

4



(b)    Top-Heavy Compensation. Solely for purposes of Section 14.3 (relating to minimum Contributions under a Top-Heavy Plan), “Compensation” means, with respect to a Participant for a specified period, the amounts from all Affiliates referred to in subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) hereof, excluding the amounts described in subsections (a)(5) and (a)(7) hereof.
(c)    Section 415 Compensation. Solely for purposes of Section 6.5 (relating to maximum contribution and benefit limitations under Code Section 415), “Compensation” means, with respect to a Participant for a Limitation Year, the total of the amounts from all Affiliates referred to in subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2), excluding the amounts described in subsections (a)(5) and (a)(7), if “Limitation Year” were substituted for “Plan Year.”
(d)    Key Employee and Highly Compensated Employee Compensation. Solely for purposes of determining which Employees are Key Employees and which Employees are Highly Compensated Employees for any applicable Plan Year, “Compensation” means, with respect to an Employee for a specified Plan Year, the total of the amounts from all Affiliates referred to in subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2), excluding the amount described in subsection (a)(5).
(e)    Testing Compensation. For purposes of performing discrimination testing to ensure compliance with Code Sections 401(a)(4), 401(k) and 401(m) and for purposes of allocating Supplemental Contributions under Section 5.3(d), “Compensation” generally means the total of the amounts from all Affiliates determined under subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2), but excluding the amounts determined under subsections (a)(5), (a)(6) and (a)(7); provided, on a Plan Year-by-Plan Year basis, the Administrative Committee may elect to use any other definition that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 414(s).
1.20    Contributions means, individually or collectively, the Before-Tax, Matching, Supplemental, Rollover and Transfer Contributions permitted under the Plan.
1.21    Controlling Company means Cash America International, Inc., a Texas corporation with its principal office in Fort Worth, Texas, and its successors that adopt the Plan.
1.22    Covered Employee means an Employee of a Participating Company other than:
(a)    An Employee who is a leased employee within the meaning of Code Section 414(n);

(b)    An individual classified as an independent contractor, a leased employee or an Employee of a company that is not a Participating Company under a Participating Company’s customary worker classification practices (whether or not such individual is actually an Employee of a Participating Company);

(c)    An Employee who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from an Affiliate that constitutes income from sources within the United States;

(d)    To the extent determined by the Controlling Company or the Administrative Committee and set forth on Schedule E hereto (or in any other records of the Controlling Company

5



or the Administrative Committee), an individual who either (i) becomes an Employee as a result of an acquisition of, or a merger with, one or more companies or enterprises by an Affiliate or an acquisition of all or a portion of the assets or business of a company or enterprise by an Affiliate, or (ii) becomes an Employee in a division or business associated with the companies, enterprises, assets or business described in (i); or

(e)    An Employee who is classified by a Participating Company as an intern.

1.23    Deferral Election means an election by an Active Participant directing the Participating Company of which he is an Employee to withhold a percentage of his current Compensation from his paychecks and to contribute such withheld amount to the Plan as Before-Tax Contributions, pursuant to the terms of Section 3.1.
1.24    Defined Benefit Minimum means the minimum benefit level as described in Section 14.3(d).
1.25    Defined Benefit Plan means any qualified retirement plan maintained by an Affiliate which is not a Defined Contribution Plan.
1.26    Defined Contribution Minimum means the minimum contribution level as described in Section 14.3(c).
1.27    Defined Contribution Plan means any qualified retirement plan maintained by an Affiliate which provides for an individual account for each participant and for benefits based solely on the amount contributed to the participant’s account and any income, expenses, gains, losses and forfeitures of accounts of other participants, which may be allocated to such participant’s account.
1.28    Determination Date means the date described in Section 14.2(b)(1).
1.29    Disability or Disabled means that a Participant is, in the opinion of the Administrative Committee, wholly prevented from engaging in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite duration. In determining whether a Participant has suffered a Disability, the Administrative Committee or its designee may require such medical proof as it deems necessary, including the certificate of one or more licensed physicians selected by the Administrative Committee. The decision of the Administrative Committee as to Disability will be final and binding.
1.30    Effective Date means January 1, 2015, the date that this restatement of the Plan generally will be effective; provided, any effective date specified herein for any provision, if different from the “Effective Date,” will control.
1.31    Elective Deferrals means, with respect to a Participant for any calendar year, the total amount of his Before-Tax Contributions plus such other amounts determined pursuant to the terms of Code Section 402(g)(3).

6



1.32    Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant means, for a Plan Year, a Participant who (i) is not a Highly Compensated Employee, and (ii) is taken into account in performing the ADP or ACP Tests.
1.33    Eligible Retirement Plan means either (i) an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract), (iii) a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) the terms of which permit the acceptance of rollover distributions, (iv) an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), (v) an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), (vi) an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred from the Plan, or (vii) a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A. This definition will also apply in the case of a distribution to a Surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). In the case of a distribution to a non-spouse Beneficiary, Eligible Retirement Plan means either (i) an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract), or (iii) a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A, in each case established for the purpose of receiving the distribution on behalf of the Beneficiary.
1.34    Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution to a Participant, his Surviving Spouse (after his death), a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), or a non-spouse Beneficiary, of all or any portion of his Account; provided, an “Eligible Rollover Distribution” will not include (i) any distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently than annually, (A) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and his Beneficiary, or (B) for a specified period of 10 years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); (iii) any distribution which is made upon hardship of the Participant; (iv) the portion of the distribution that is not includible in gross income, except to the extent that it is transferred (A) in a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer to a qualified trust or to an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), and such trust or contract provides for separate accounting for amounts so transferred and earnings thereon, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of the distribution which is not so includible, or (B) to an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract); or (v) distributions that are reasonably expected to total less than $200 in a Plan Year. For purposes of this definition, a Beneficiary does not include a Beneficiary that is not an individual, except a Beneficiary that is a trust, of which the beneficiaries are individuals or otherwise meet the requirements to be designated beneficiaries within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E).
1.35    Employee means any individual who is employed by an Affiliate (including officers, but excluding independent contractors and directors who are not officers or otherwise employees), including leased employees of an Affiliate within the meaning of Code Section 414(n). The term “leased employee” includes any person who is not a common-law employee of an Affiliate and

7



who, pursuant to an agreement between an Affiliate and any other person, has performed services for an Affiliate on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least 1 year under the primary direction or control of the Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if leased employees constitute 20% or less of an Affiliate’s nonhighly compensated work force within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii), the term “Employee” does not include those leased employees covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5)(B).
1.36    Employment Date means:
(a)    Employed On or Before January 1, 1996. With respect to an Employee employed on January 1, 1996, either (i) January 1, 1996, or (ii) if such Employee performs 1,000 Hours of Service during the period between January 1, 1996, and June 30, 1996, January 1, 1997; and
(b)    Employed After January 1, 1996. With respect to an Employee first employed after January 1, 1996, either (i) the date on which he first completes an Hour of Service, or (ii) if such Employee performs 1,000 Hours of Service during the period beginning on the date he first completes an Hour of Service and ending on June 30, 1996, January 1, 1997.
1.37    Enova Stock means the common stock of Enova International, Inc., a Delaware corporation that was formerly an Affiliate of the Controlling Company.
1.38    Enova Stock Fund means the Investment Fund that is primarily invested in Enova Stock.
1.39    Entry Date means the first day of every calendar month during the period in which the Plan remains in effect. In addition, the Administrative Committee may prescribe and set forth on a schedule hereto or in its records a special Entry Date for individuals who are employed by a predecessor employer or a new Participating Company, and who otherwise have satisfied the requirements for eligibility.
1.40    ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.41    Forfeiture means, for any Plan Year, the dollar amount that is removed from Accounts but not distributed during such Plan Year.
1.42    Highly Compensated Employee means an Employee who is described in either subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) hereof, as modified by subsections (b), (c) and (d) hereof. The determination of Highly Compensated Employees will be made separately with respect to the Controlling Company and its Affiliates and each Related Company and its Affiliates.
(a)    General Rule.
(1)    An Employee who at any time during the current Plan Year or the immediately preceding Plan Year owned [or was considered as owning within the constructive ownership rules of Code Section 318 as modified by Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)(iii)] more than 5% of the outstanding stock of a corporate Affiliate or stock possessing

8



more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of a corporate Affiliate or more than 5% of the capital or profits interest in a noncorporate Affiliate; or
(2)    An Employee who at any time during the immediately preceding Plan Year received Compensation in excess of $80,000 (or such other amount as is applicable for the Plan Year under Code Section 414(q)).
(b)    Former Employees. For purposes of this Section, a former Employee will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if (i) the former Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee at the time the Employee severed from employment with all Affiliates, or (ii) the former Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee at any time after he attained age 55.
(c)    Nonresident Aliens. For purposes of this Section, nonresident aliens who receive no earned income from an Affiliate which constitutes income from sources within the United States [as described in Code Section 414(q)(8)] will not be treated as Employees.
(d)    Compliance with Code Section 414(q). The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder.
1.43    Hour of Service means the increments of time described in subsection (a) hereof, as modified by subsections (b) and (c) hereof:
(a)    General Rule.
(1)    Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Affiliate during the applicable computation period;
(2)    Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Affiliate on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or Leave of Absence; provided:
(A)    No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this subsection (a)(2) to an Employee for any single continuous period during which he performs no duties as an Employee (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period);
(B)    An hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which he performs no duties as an Employee will not be credited as an Hour of Service if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely to comply with applicable workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and

9



(C)    Hours of Service will not be credited to an Employee for a payment which solely reimburses such Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by him.
For purposes of this subsection (a)(2), a payment will be deemed to be made by or due from an Affiliate regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from an Affiliate directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund or insurer, to which the Affiliate contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate;

(3)    Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Affiliate; provided, the same Hours of Service will not be credited both under subsection (a)(1) or subsection (a)(2), as the case may be, and under this subsection (a)(3); and, provided further, crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in subsection (a)(2) will be subject to the limitations set forth in that subsection; and
(4)    Each hour for which an Employee is required to be granted leave under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994; provided, the same Hours of Service will not be credited under subsections (a)(1), (a)(2) or (a)(3) as the case may be, and under this subsection (a)(4).
(b)    Equivalencies. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in accordance with applicable regulations promulgated by the Department of Labor, any Employees designated by the Administrative Committee (including but not limited to Employees for whom accurate Hours of Service are not available) will be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each month for which such Employee would be required to be credited with at least 1 Hour of Service.
(c)    Changes by Administrative Committee. The rate or manner used for crediting Hours of Service may be changed at the direction of the Administrative Committee from time to time so as to facilitate administration and to equitably reflect the purposes of the Plan; provided, no change will be effective as to any Plan Year for which allocations have been made pursuant to Article V at the time such change is made. Hours of Service will be credited and determined in compliance with Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), 29 CFR Part 2530, as may be amended from time to time, or such other federal regulations as may from time to time be applicable.
(d)    Computation Period. For purposes of this Section, a “computation period” means the 12-month period that forms the basis for determining an Employee’s Years of Vesting Service or an Employee’s Year of Eligibility Service, as applicable.
1.44    Investment Committee means the committee which will make and effect investment decisions, as provided in Article XI. Unless the Controlling Company specifies otherwise, the Administrative Committee will serve as the Investment Committee. To the extent that neither an Administrative Committee nor an Investment Committee is appointed, the Controlling Company may act in lieu of the Investment Committee.

10



1.45    Investment Fund or Funds means one or all of the investment funds established from time to time pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2.
1.46    Key Employee means a “key employee” as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1).
1.47    Leave of Absence means an excused leave of absence granted to an Employee by an Affiliate in accordance with applicable federal or state law or the Affiliate’s personnel policy.
1.48    Limitation Year means the 12-month period ending on each December 31, which will be the “limitation year” for purposes of Code Section 415 and the regulations thereunder.
1.49    Matching Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Matching Contributions.
1.50    Matching Contributions means the amounts paid under the Plan by each Participating Company to the Trust Fund as a match on Participants’ Before-Tax Contributions, pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3.
1.51    Maternity or Paternity Leave means any period during which an Employee is absent from work as an Employee (i) because of the pregnancy of such Employee, (ii) because of the birth of a child of such Employee, (iii) because of the placement of a child with such Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee, or (iv) for purposes of such Employee caring for a child immediately after the birth or placement of such child.
1.52    Maximum Deferral Amount means $15,000 [or such other limit as is applicable for a Plan Year under Code Section 402(g)], as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 402(g)(4) for cost-of-living increases. For Participants who have attained age 50 by the last day of a Plan Year, the Maximum Deferral Amount will be increased by $5,500, as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C) for cost-of-living increases.
1.53    Named Fiduciary means the Administrative Committee and the Investment Committee.
1.54    Non-Key Employee means the persons described in Section 14.2(b)(2).
1.55    Normal Retirement Age means age 59½.
1.56    Participant means any person who has been admitted to, and has not been removed from, participation in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article II. “Participant” will include an Active Participant and a former Employee who has an Account under the Plan.
1.57    Participating Company means a company that has been designated as participating in the Plan for the benefit of its Employees and that continues to participate in the Plan, all as provided in Section 13.3.

11



1.58    Permissive Aggregation Group means the group of plans described in Section 14.2(b)(3).
1.59    Plan means the Cash America International, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as contained herein and all amendments hereto. The Plan is intended to be a profit sharing plan qualified under Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k).
1.60    Plan Year means the 12-month period ending on each December 31.
1.61    Prior Plan means a qualified retirement plan from which the Plan accepts Transfer Contributions.
1.62    Qualified Military Service means any service in the uniformed services (as defined in Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code) by any individual if such individual is entitled to reemployment rights under such Chapter with respect to such service.
1.63    Qualified Spousal Waiver means a written election executed by a Spouse, delivered to the Administrative Committee and witnessed by a notary public or a Plan representative, which consents to the payment of all or a specified portion of a Participant’s death benefit to a primary Beneficiary other than such Spouse and which acknowledges that such Spouse has waived his right to be the Participant’s primary Beneficiary under the Plan. A Qualified Spousal Waiver will be valid only with respect to the Spouse who signs it and will apply only to the alternative primary Beneficiary designated therein, unless the written election expressly permits other designations without further consent of the Spouse. A Qualified Spousal Waiver will be irrevocable unless revoked by the Participant by way of a written statement delivered to the Administrative Committee prior to the Participant’s date of death.
1.64    Related Company means as of any date, any Participating Company which is an Affiliate solely because the Controlling Company has permitted it to become a Participating Company, but which is not (i) a member of the same controlled group of corporations [within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)], (ii) a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control [within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)], or (iii) required to be aggregated with a group [in accordance with Code Section 414(o)], which includes the Controlling Company.
1.65    Required Aggregation Group means the group of plans described in Section 14.2(b)(4).
1.66    Rollover Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Covered Employee, Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Rollover Contributions.
1.67    Rollover Contribution means any eligible rollover distribution, as defined in Code Section 402(c)(4), to a Participant from an Eligible Retirement Plan, other than a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A, that is contributed as a rollover contribution to this Plan.
1.68    Severance Date means, with respect to an Employee, the earlier of:

12



(a)    the date his employment with all Affiliates terminates; or

(b)    the first anniversary of the first date such Employee is absent from employment with all Affiliates (with or without pay) for any reason other than his termination of employment (for example, vacation, disability, Leave of Absence or layoff).

1.69    Spouse or Surviving Spouse means, with respect to a Participant, (i) effective from June 26, 2013, through September 15, 2013, the person who is treated as married to such Participant under the laws of the state in which the Participant resides, without regard to the Defense of Marriage Act; and (ii) effective as of September 16, 2013, the person who is treated as married to such Participant under the laws of any U.S. or foreign jurisdiction having the legal authority to sanction marriages, as determined pursuant to the Code and ERISA. In addition, a Participant’s former Spouse will be treated as his Spouse or Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
1.70    Supplemental Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Supplemental Contributions.
1.71    Supplemental Contributions means the qualified nonelective contributions paid to the Trust Fund by each Participating Company pursuant to the terms of Section 3.4.
1.72    Temporary Employee means an Employee who, at the time he initially is employed by an Affiliate, is classified by his employer as a temporary employee.
1.73    Top-Heavy Group means the group of plans described in Section 14.2(b)(5).
1.74    Top-Heavy Plan means a plan to which the conditions set forth in Article XIV apply.
1.75    Transfer Account means one or more separate subaccounts established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Transfer Contributions; provided, to the extent that the Administrative Committee (in conjunction with the Plan’s recordkeeper) deems appropriate, other subaccounts may be used to reflect Participant’s interests attributable to Transfer Contributions. “Transfer Account” will refer to the aggregate of all separate subaccounts established for Transfer Contributions or to individual, separate subaccounts appropriately described, as may be appropriate in context. Transfer Accounts will be reflected and described on a schedule hereto.
1.76    Transfer Contributions means amounts which are received either (i) by a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer or (ii) as part of a spin-off, merger or other similar event by the Trustee from the trustee or custodian of the Prior Plan and held in the Trust Fund on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary. Transfer Contributions will retain the character that those contributions had under the Prior Plan; for example, after-tax contributions under the Prior Plan will continue to be treated as after-tax contributions when held in the Transfer Account.

13



1.77    Trust or Trust Agreement means each agreement entered into between the Controlling Company and a Trustee governing the creation of a Trust Fund, and all amendments thereto. If more than one Trust Fund is used to hold Plan assets, there will be a separate and distinct Trust and Trust Agreement for each such Trust Fund. To the extent indicated by the context, “Trust” or “Trust Agreement” may refer collectively to all Trusts and Trust Agreements creating Trust Funds.
1.78    Trust Fund means the total amount of cash and other property held by a Trustee (or any nominee thereof) at any time under a Trust Agreement. To the extent indicated by context, “Trust Fund” may refer to all of the Trust Funds under the Plan.
1.79    Trustee means the party or parties so designated from time to time pursuant to a Trust Agreement. If more than one Trust Fund is used to hold Plan assets, there may be a separate and distinct Trustee for each such Trust Fund. To the extent indicated by the context, “Trustee” may refer to all of the Trustees or Trustee groups for the Trust Funds.
1.80    Valuation Date means each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading; provided, the value of an Account or the Trust Fund on any other date will be the value determined as of the immediately preceding date on which the New York Stock Exchange was open for trading.
1.81    Year of Eligibility Service means a 12-consecutive-month period during which an Employee completes no less than 1,000 Hours of Service. For purposes of this Section, the computation period initially will be the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on the Employee’s Employment Date and thereafter will be each Plan Year, beginning with the Plan Year that includes the first anniversary of the Employee’s Employment Date. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary, Year of Eligibility Service will include any period of Qualified Military Service for reemployments initiated after December 12, 1994. See Section 2.1(d) for the treatment of periods of employment with predecessor employers.
1.82    Years of Vesting Service means, with respect to an Employee, and subject to the terms of subsections (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) hereof, the total of (i) his Years of Vesting Service determined under the terms of the Plan in effect before January 1, 1996, plus (ii) the number of whole 12-month periods of service commencing on the Employee’s Employment Date and ending on his Severance Date, subject to the following provisions:
(a)    Aggregation Rule. In determining an Employee’s number of whole 12-month periods of service for purposes of this Section, nonsuccessive periods of service will be aggregated (to the extent that any portion of such service is not excluded pursuant to the terms of subsection (c) or (d) hereof) on the basis of days of service, with 365 days of service equal to one Year of Service. Periods of service of less than 365 days will be disregarded.
(b)    Counting Periods of Severance. In determining an Employee’s periods of service for purposes of this Section, the following periods of severance will be taken into account and treated as periods of service:
(1)    If an Employee’s employment with all Affiliates terminates and the Employee then performs an Hour of Service within 12 months of his Severance Date, the

14



period between his Severance Date and his next, succeeding Employment Date will be treated as a period of service; and
(2)    If an Employee’s employment with all Affiliates terminates before the end of the initial 12-month period that begins on the first date such Employee is absent from employment with all Affiliates for any reason other than termination of his employment (for example, vacation, disability, leave of Absence or layoff), and if such Employee then performs an Hour of Service before the end of said initial 12-month period, the period from his initial date of absence to his next succeeding Employment Date will be treated as a period of service.
(c)    Pre-Break Service. For Breaks in Service ending on or before September 30, 2010, Years of Vesting Service completed prior to a period in which the Employee incurred 5 or more consecutive Breaks in Service will be disregarded under the Plan if the Employee had no vested interest in employer contributions in his Account attributable to employer contributions at the time the first Break in Service commenced.
(d)    Post-Break Service. For Breaks in Service ending on or before September 30, 2010, Years of Vesting Service completed after a period in which the Participant had at least 5 consecutive Breaks in Service will be disregarded for the purpose of determining his vested interest in that portion of his Account which accrued before such Breaks in Service.
(e)    Predecessor Plan. To the extent required by Code Section 414(a)(1) and not otherwise counted hereunder, if an Affiliate maintains a plan that is or was the qualified retirement plan of a predecessor employer, an Employee’s service with such predecessor employer will be taken into account in determining his Years of Vesting Service.
(f)    Predecessor Employer. To the extent (i) determined by the Controlling Company or the Administrative Committee, (ii) set forth on Schedule B hereto (or in other records of the Controlling Company or the Administrative Committee), and (iii) not otherwise counted hereunder, an Employee’s periods of employment with one or more companies or enterprises acquired by or merged into, or all or a portion of the assets or business of which are acquired by, an Affiliate will be taken into account in determining his Years of Vesting Service, provided that such Employee was employed by such company or enterprise on the effective date of the transaction and became an Employee of an Affiliate as a result of such transaction.
(g)    Reemployed Veterans. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Years of Vesting Service will include any period of qualified military service in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 414(u).
(h)    Transition Rule for the 1996 Plan Year. With respect to the 1996 Plan Year, an Employee will be credited with one Year of Vesting Service if (i) he completes 1,000 Hours of Service during the period beginning on January 1, 1996 and ending on June 30, 1996, or (ii) he completes 12 whole month periods of service (determined and credited under the elapsed time method of counting service) during the 1996 Plan Year; provided, no more than one Year of Vesting Service will be granted pursuant to this subsection (h).

15



ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY
2.1    Initial Eligibility Requirements.
(a)    General Rule. Except as provided in subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), (b) or (c) hereof, every Covered Employee will become an Active Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date that is such Covered Employee’s 30-day anniversary of the date he first became employed by an Affiliate, provided he is a Covered Employee on such Entry Date.
(1)    Temporary Employees. In the case of a Covered Employee who is a Temporary Employee, such Employee will become an Active Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date on which he first completes 1 Year of Eligibility Service, provided he is a Covered Employee on such Entry Date.
(2)    Change in Status. A Temporary Employee who ceases to be a Temporary Employee prior to meeting the eligibility requirements in subsection (a)(1), but who continues to be or later becomes a Covered Employee, will become an Active Participant on the later of (i) the first day of the first payroll period that begins after the date of such change in status, or (ii) the Entry Date coinciding with or next following the Employee’s completion of 30 days of service with the Affiliates, provided he is a Covered Employee on such initial date of participation.
(b)    Participation on Effective Date. Each Covered Employee who is an Active Participant in the Plan on the day immediately preceding the Effective Date will continue as an Active Participant in the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
(c)    New Participating Companies. For Employees of companies that become Participating Companies after the Effective Date, each Covered Employee employed by a Participating Company on the date such Participating Company first becomes a Participating Company will become an Active Participant as of such Participating Company’s effective date under the Plan, if, as of the Participating Company’s effective date, the Covered Employee has met the eligibility requirements set forth in subsection (a).
(d)    Predecessor Employer. To the extent (i) determined by the Controlling Company or the Administrative Committee, (ii) set forth on Schedule B hereto (or in other records of the Controlling Company or the Administrative Committee), and (iii) not otherwise counted hereunder, an Employee’s periods of employment with one or more companies or enterprises acquired by or merged into, or all or a portion of the assets or business of which are acquired by, an Affiliate, or which was previously an Affiliate but is no longer an Affiliate, will be taken into account in determining his service under this Section 2.1, provided that such Employee was employed by such company or enterprise on the effective date of the transaction and became an Employee of an Affiliate as a result of such transaction.

16



2.2    Treatment of Interruptions of Service.
(a)    Leave of Absence or Layoff. If a Covered Employee is on a Leave of Absence or layoff on the Entry Date on which he otherwise would have become an Active Participant, he will become an Active Participant on the date he subsequently resumes the performance of duties as a Covered Employee in accordance with the terms of his Leave of Absence or layoff.
(b)    Termination before Participation. If a Covered Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1, terminates employment with a Participating Company (and all other Participating Companies) before the Entry Date on which he otherwise would become an Active Participant, and then is reemployed by a Participating Company, he will become an Active Participant as of the later of (i) the Entry Date on which he otherwise would have become an Active Participant if he had not terminated employment or (ii) the date he is reemployed as a Covered Employee. For this purpose, the eligibility requirements from Section 2.1 that are applied will be the requirements that apply to the job classification that the Covered Employee has upon rehire (e.g., Temporary Employee or otherwise).
(c)    Termination after Participation. If an Active Participant terminates employment with a Participating Company (and all other Participating Companies), his active participation in the Plan will cease immediately, and he again will become an Active Participant as of the day he again becomes a Covered Employee. However, regardless of whether he again becomes an Active Participant, he will continue to be a Participant until he no longer has an Account under the Plan.
2.3    Change in Status.
(a)    Exclusion Before Participation. If a Covered Employee (i) satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1, (ii) changes his employment status (but remains employed) so that he ceases to be a Covered Employee before the Entry Date on which he otherwise would become an Active Participant, and (iii) then again changes his employment status and becomes a Covered Employee prior to completing a Break in Service, he will become an Active Participant as of the later of (A) the date that would have been his Entry Date, or (B) the date he again becomes a Covered Employee. For this purpose, the eligibility requirements from Section 2.1 that are applied will be the requirements that apply to the job classification that the Covered Employee has upon return to Covered Employee status (e.g., Temporary Employee or otherwise). If an Employee covered by this subsection does complete a Break in Service prior to again becoming a Covered Employee, his entry to participation in the Plan will be governed by Section 2.2(c).
(b)    Exclusion After Participation. If an Active Participant changes his status of employment (but remains employed) so that he is no longer a Covered Employee, his active participation in the Plan will cease immediately, and he will again become an Active Participant in the Plan as of the day he again becomes a Covered Employee. However, regardless of whether he again becomes an Active Participant, he will continue to be a Participant until he no longer has an Account under the Plan.

17



(c)    Change to Covered Employee Status. If an Employee who first satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 while he was not a Covered Employee subsequently changes his employment status (including rehire) so that he becomes a Covered Employee, he will become an Active Participant as of the later of (i) the date that would have been his Entry Date, or (ii) the date of his change in status. For this purpose, the eligibility requirements from Section 2.1 that are applied will be the requirements that apply to the job classification that the Employee has upon becoming a Covered Employee (e.g., Temporary Employee or otherwise).
2.4    Participant Information.
Each Covered Employee who becomes a Participant will, as soon as practicable thereafter, execute and file with the Administrative Committee such personal information and data as the Administrative Committee deems necessary for the orderly administration of the Plan. In addition, each Participant will keep the Administrative Committee or its delegate or agent informed of any changes in such information, including changes to his address and the address(es) of his Beneficiary(ies).


18



ARTICLE III
CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1    Before-Tax Contributions.
(a)    Generally. Each Participating Company will contribute to the Plan, on behalf of each Active Participant employed by such Participating Company and for each regular payroll period and for each other payment of Compensation (such as the payment of a bonus) for which such Active Participant has a Deferral Election in effect with such Participating Company, a Before-Tax Contribution in an amount equal to the amount by which such Active Participant’s Compensation has been reduced for such period pursuant to his Deferral Election. The amount of the Before-Tax Contribution will be determined in increments of 1% of such Active Participant’s Compensation for each payroll period. The Active Participant may elect to reduce his Compensation for any period by a minimum of 1% and a maximum of 75% (or such other minimum or maximum percentages and/or amounts established by the Administrative Committee from time to time); provided, the maximum limitations in Article VI will apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Active Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee may not elect to reduce his Compensation for any period by more than 5% (or other percentage specified by the Administrative Committee as a lower deferral limit for Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year than would otherwise apply to Active Participants under this subsection (a)), and each Highly Compensated Employee’s Before-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year will not exceed such percentage of his total Compensation for such Plan Year.
(b)    Deferral Elections. Each Active Participant who desires that his Participating Company make a Before-Tax Contribution on his behalf may make a Deferral Election. Such Deferral Election will be on a form provided by the Administrative Committee, through an interactive telephone or internet-based system or in such other manner as the Administrative Committee may prescribe, and will provide for the reduction of the Active Participant’s Compensation for each payment of eligible Compensation made while he is an Active Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing and absent an affirmative election to the contrary, (i) each Employee who becomes a Participant due to change in status pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(2) or 2.3, or who is eligible for the Plan immediately upon rehire or return to status as a Covered Employee as described in Sections 2.2(b) and (c), will be deemed to have made a Deferral Election at a rate equal to 3% (or such other amount as the Administrative Committee determines, in its sole discretion), effective as soon as practicable following the later of the 30th day after such change in status or his or her date of initial participation or return to participation; and (ii) each other Covered Employee hired on or after January 1, 2006, will be deemed to have made a Deferral Election at a rate equal to 3% (or such other amount as the Administrative Committee determines, in its sole discretion) as soon as practicable on or after his or her date of initial participation in the Plan. The Administrative Committee in its sole discretion may prescribe such nondiscriminatory terms and conditions governing Deferral Elections as it deems appropriate. Subject to any modifications, additions or exceptions that the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary, appropriate or helpful, the following terms will apply to Deferral Elections:

19



(1)    Effective Date. An Active Participant’s initial Deferral Election (or deemed Deferral Election, as applicable) with a Participating Company will be effective as soon as practicable after the date on which the Deferral Election is processed by the Participating Company.
(2)    Notification and Waiver of Elections. Within a reasonable period of time before a Covered Employee first becomes an Active Participant (or, for a former Active Participant who again becomes an Active Participant or a former Covered Employee who first becomes an Active Participant, within a reasonable time after the most recent date on which he becomes an Active Participant), the Plan Administrator (or its designee) will notify such employee that, by becoming and remaining a Covered Employee of a Participating Company, he is deemed to have elected to defer the amounts described above; provided, such Covered Employee may complete, within a reasonable time before the last day of the payroll period on or after the date he becomes an Active Participant (or the 30-day anniversary of the date he becomes or again becomes an Active Participant, if applicable), a new Deferral Election to modify or revoke such deemed election.
(3)    Term. Each Active Participant’s Deferral Election will remain in effect in accordance with its original terms until the earliest of (A) the date the Active Participant ceases to be a Covered Employee, (B) the date the Active Participant revokes such Deferral Election, or (C) the date the Active Participant or the Administrative Committee modifies such Deferral Election.
(4)    Revocation. An Active Participant’s Deferral Election will terminate upon his ceasing to be a Covered Employee. In addition, an Active Participant may revoke his Deferral Election with a Participating Company in the manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee, and such revocation will be effective as soon as administratively practicable after being submitted in accordance with procedures established for the Plan. An Active Participant who revokes a Deferral Election may enter into a new Deferral Election in the manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee, effective as soon as administratively practicable after being submitted in accordance with procedures established under the Plan; provided, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may specify a suspension period for all Participants who voluntarily revoke their Deferral Elections, such that any new Deferral Election will not be effective until a later date.
(5)    Modification by Participant. Effective as soon as administratively practicable after being submitted in accordance with procedures established under the Plan, an Active Participant may modify his existing Deferral Election to increase or decrease the percentage of his Before-Tax Contribution by making a new Deferral Election in the manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee.
(6)    Modification by Administrative Committee. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Committee may modify any Deferral Election of any Active Participant at any time by decreasing the percentage of any Before-Tax Contributions to any extent the Administrative Committee believes necessary to comply with the limitations described in Article VI.

20



(c)    Catch-Up Contributions. All Active Participants who have attained or will attain age 50 on or before the last day of a Plan Year will be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to, the limitations of Code Section 414(v). Subject to the foregoing limitations and except as otherwise provided herein, such Catch-Up Contributions will be treated as Before-Tax Contributions for all purposes under the Plan. Catch-Up Contributions will be made in accordance with procedures that the Administrative Committee may adopt from time to time.
3.2    Special After-Tax Contributions.
Pursuant to a Compliance Statement issued by the Internal Revenue Service on June 15, 1998, certain Active Participants who received an unauthorized refund from the Plan were permitted to make an after-tax contribution to the Plan. Each such contribution will be allocated and credited to a special after-tax account established on behalf of such Participant and will be treated as if it constitutes a Before-Tax Contribution to a Before-Tax Account for purposes of making payments, withdrawals and loans to such Participant in accordance with Articles IX and X of the Plan.
3.3    Matching Contributions.
(a)    Generally. For each Active Participant on whose behalf a Participating Company has made, with respect to a payroll period or any other payment of Compensation, any Before-Tax Contributions, such Participating Company will make, with respect to such payroll period or other payment of Compensation, a Matching Contribution equal to 50% of the amount of such Before-Tax Contributions; provided the total amount of the Matching Contributions which a Participating Company will make for any Active Participant for any payroll period or any other payment of Compensation will not exceed 2.5% of such Active Participant’s Compensation paid by the Participating Company for a payroll period or as part of such other payment of Compensation (that is, the 50% Matching Contribution will not be applied to the amount of a Before-Tax Contribution that exceeds 5% of such Participant’s Compensation), nor will such amount exceed (or cause the Contributions to exceed) any of the maximum limitations described in Article VI.
(b)    Special Corrective Match. Pursuant to a Compliance Statement issued by the Internal Revenue Service on June 15, 1998, certain Active Participants who received an unauthorized refund from the Plan were permitted to receive a Matching Contribution to the Plan. Each such contribution will be allocated and credited to the Matching Account of such Participant and will be treated as if it constitutes a Matching Contribution to such Participant’s Matching Account for purposes of making payments, withdrawals and loans to such Participant in accordance with Articles IX and X of the Plan.
(c)    Matching of Catch-Up Contributions. Any contribution designated as a Catch-Up Contribution at the time it is made will not be included in a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for purposes of calculating Matching Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees, regardless of whether all or part of such contribution is later recharacterized as not constituting a Catch-Up Contribution under Code Section 414(v). Catch-Up Contributions will be included in a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for purposes of calculating Matching Contributions for Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees.

21



3.4    Supplemental Contributions.
To the extent and in such amounts as the Board or the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, deems desirable for any Plan Year and subject to the requirements and limitations set forth in Article VI of the Plan, each Participating Company will make a Supplemental Contribution for a Plan Year.
3.5    Form of Contributions.
All Contributions will be paid to the Trustee in the form of cash and/or Company Stock.
3.6    Timing of Contributions.
(a)    Before-Tax Contributions. Each Participating Company will pay Before-Tax Contributions to the Trustee no sooner than immediately following the Participant’s performance of services with respect to which the Before-Tax Contributions were made (or when the cash or other taxable benefit would be currently available, if earlier); provided, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(a)(3)(iii)(C)(2), earlier payment may be made in order to accommodate bona fide administrative considerations.
(b)    Matching and Supplemental Contributions. Each Participating Company will make best efforts to pay its Matching and Supplemental Contributions to the Trustee (i) on or before the date for filing its federal income tax return (including extensions thereof) for the tax year to which such Matching and Supplemental Contributions relate, or (ii) on or before any other date that is within the time allowed to permit the Participating Company to properly deduct, for federal income tax purposes and for the tax year of the Participating Company in which the obligation to make such Contributions was incurred, the full amount of such Matching and Supplemental Contributions; provided, in the event the amount of Supplemental Contributions cannot be calculated by the latest date described hereinabove, such Supplemental Contributions may be made at a later date (subject to the limitations under Code Section 415) which is on or before the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year to which such Supplemental Contributions relate. Each Participating Company will pay Matching Contributions to the Trustee no sooner than the date on which the Participating Company makes the Before-Tax Contribution to which the Matching Contribution relates; provided, this timing limitation will not apply to (i) a Forfeiture that is allocated as a Matching Contribution pursuant to Section 5.5, or (ii) a Matching Contribution made in order to accommodate bona fide administrative considerations in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(a)(2)(iii)(C).
3.7    Contingent Nature of Company Contributions.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article III and subject to the terms of Section 15.7, Contributions made to the Plan by a Participating Company are made expressly contingent upon the deductibility thereof for federal income tax purposes for the taxable year of the Participating Company with respect to which such Contributions are made.

22



3.8    Restoration Contributions.
(a)    Restoration Upon Buy-Back. If a Participant who is not 100% vested in his Account has received a distribution of his entire vested Account in a manner described in Section 8.3, and such Participant subsequently is rehired as a Covered Employee prior to the occurrence of 5 consecutive Breaks in Service, that individual may, prior to the earlier of (i) 5 years after the first date on which he is rehired or (ii) the close of the first period of 5 consecutive Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution, repay the full amount of the distribution to the Trustee (unadjusted for gains or losses). Upon such repayment, his Account will be credited with (i) all of the benefits (unadjusted for gains or losses) which were forfeited, and (ii) the amount of the repayment.
(b)    Restoration of Forfeitures. If a Participant has forfeited his entire Account in accordance with Section 8.3(c), or if the nonvested amount in a Participant’s Matching Account or Transfer Account was removed from his Account and allocated as a Forfeiture prior to distribution of his Account pursuant to Section 8.3(a) and the Participant has not received a distribution of his Account as of the date of reemployment, and such Participant subsequently is rehired as a Covered Employee prior to the occurrence of 5 consecutive Breaks in Service, his Account will be credited with all of the benefits (unadjusted for gains or losses) which were forfeited, if any.
(c)    Restoration Contribution. The assets necessary to fund the Account of the rehired individual in excess of the amount of the Participant’s repayment, if any, will be provided no later than as of the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which repayment occurs (if subsection (a) hereof applies) or the individual is rehired (if subsection (b) hereof applies), and will be provided in the discretion of the Administrative Committee from (i) income or gain to the Trust Fund, (ii) Forfeitures arising from the Accounts of Participants employed or formerly employed by the Participating Companies, or (iii) Contributions by the Participating Companies.
3.9    Reemployed Veterans.
Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, contributions and benefits with respect to Qualified Military Service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). In the event a Participant resumes employment following a period of Qualified Military Service and is entitled to Contributions relating to such period of Qualified Military Service under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the amount of any makeup Contributions to which the Participant would otherwise be entitled under Code Section 414(u) upon return to employment will be reduced by Contributions made to the Plan on the Participant’s behalf based on differential wage payments, as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2), during such period of Qualified Military Service. In the case of a Participant who dies while performing Qualified Military Service, the survivors of the Participant will be entitled to any additional benefits, other than benefit accruals relating to the period of Qualified Military Service, that would be provided under the Plan if the Participant had resumed then terminated employment due to death.



23



ARTICLE IV
ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS BETWEEN PLANS
4.1    Rollover Contributions.
(a)    Request by Covered Employee. A Covered Employee may make a request (in writing or in such other format as permitted by the Administrative Committee) to the Administrative Committee that he be permitted to contribute, or cause to be contributed, to the Trust Fund a Rollover Contribution which is received by such Covered Employee or to which such Covered Employee is entitled. Such written request will contain information concerning the type of property constituting the Rollover Contribution and a statement, satisfactory to the Administrative Committee, that the property constitutes a Rollover Contribution. If a Covered Employee who is not a Participant makes a Rollover Contribution, the time and method of distribution of such Covered Employee’s Rollover Account will be determined under the terms of the Plan as if such Covered Employee were a Participant, but he will not be considered a Participant under the Plan for any other purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may allow an individual (i) who becomes an Employee of an Affiliate as a result of one or more companies or enterprises being acquired by or merged into, or all or a portion of the assets or business of which are acquired by, an Affiliate, and (ii) who is employed by such company or enterprise on the effective date of the transaction, to make a Rollover Contribution prior to becoming a Covered Employee in accordance with the conditions set forth in this Section.
(b)    Acceptance of Rollover. Subject to the terms of the Plan and the Code (including regulations and rulings thereunder), the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine whether (and if so, under what conditions and in what form) a Rollover Contribution will be accepted by the Trustee. For example, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may decide to allow Rollover Contributions from a Covered Employee and/or direct Rollover Contributions from another qualified retirement plan [as described in Code Section 401(a)(31)] and may decide to pass through to the Covered Employee making the Rollover Contribution any recordkeeping fees directly attributable to his Rollover Contribution. In the event the Administrative Committee permits a Covered Employee to make a Rollover Contribution, the amount of the Rollover Contribution will be transferred to the Trustee and allocated as soon as practicable thereafter to a Rollover Account for the Covered Employee. Unless the Administrative Committee permits otherwise, all Rollover Contributions will be made in cash. The Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion and subject to such rules as it may determine, may decide to allow a Covered Employee whose previous employer was acquired by a Participating Company to rollover outstanding plan loans as part of his Rollover Contribution.
4.2    Transfer Contributions.
(a)    Direct Transfers Permitted. The Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit direct trustee-to-trustee transfers of assets and liabilities to the Plan [which will be distinguished from direct Rollover Contributions as described in Code Section 401(a)(31)] as a Transfer Contribution on behalf of a Participant.

24



(b)    Mergers and Spin-Offs Permitted. The Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit other qualified retirement plans to transfer assets and liabilities to the Plan as part of a merger, spin-off or similar transaction. Any such transfer will be made in accordance with the terms of the Code and subject to such rules and requirements as the Administrative Committee may deem appropriate. Without limitation, the Administrative Committee will determine the schedule under which such Transfer Contributions will vest.
(c)    Establishment of Transfer Accounts. As soon as practicable after the date the Trustee receives a Transfer Contribution, there will be credited to one or more Transfer Accounts of each Participant the total amount received from the respective accounts of such Participant in the transferring qualified retirement plan. Any amounts so credited as a result of any such merger or spin-off or other transfer will be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan from and after the date of such transfer.
(d)    Transfer Accounts. The rules and terms applicable to Transfer Contributions and resulting Transfer Accounts will be reflected on a schedule hereto.
4.3    Spin-Offs to Other Plans.
The Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may cause the Plan to transfer to another qualified retirement plan (as part of a spin-off, change in control or similar transaction) all or part of the assets and liabilities maintained under the Plan. Any such transfer will be made in accordance with the terms of the Code and subject to such rules and requirements, as the Administrative Committee may deem appropriate. Upon the effectiveness of any such transfer, the Plan and Trust will have no further responsibility or liability with respect to the transferred assets and liabilities.



25



ARTICLE V
PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS; CREDITING AND ALLOCATIONS
5.1    Establishment of Participants’ Accounts.
To the extent appropriate, the Administrative Committee will establish and maintain, on behalf of each Participant and Beneficiary, an Account which will be divided into segregated subaccounts. The subaccounts will include (to the extent applicable)  Before-Tax, Matching, Supplemental, Rollover and Transfer Accounts and such other subaccounts as the Administrative Committee deems appropriate or helpful. Each Account will be credited with Contributions allocated to such Account and generally will be credited with income on investments derived from the assets of such Accounts. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, while Contributions may be allocated to a Participant’s Account as of a particular date (as specified in the Plan), such Contributions will actually be added to a Participant’s Account and will be credited with investment experience only from the date such Contributions are received and credited to the Participant’s Account by the Trustee. Each Account of a Participant or Beneficiary will be maintained until the value thereof has been distributed to or on behalf of such Participant or Beneficiary.
5.2    Allocation and Crediting of Before-Tax, Matching, Rollover and Transfer Contributions.
On each Valuation Date coinciding with or occurring as soon as practicable after the date on which Before-Tax, Matching, Rollover and Transfer Contributions are received on behalf of an Active Participant, such Contributions will be allocated and credited to the appropriate Before-Tax Account, Matching Account, Rollover Account and Transfer Accounts, respectively, of such Active Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the allocation of Before-Tax Contributions, and the Matching Contributions which relate to such Before-Tax Contributions, will be effective no later than the last day of the Plan Year during which such Before-Tax Contributions are withheld from the Active Participant’s Compensation.
5.3    Allocation and Crediting of Supplemental Contributions.
(a)    General Provision. As of the last day of each Plan Year for which the Participating Companies make (or are deemed to have made) Supplemental Contributions, each Participant who is eligible to receive an allocation of Supplemental Contributions for such Plan Year (pursuant to the terms of subsection (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof, whichever is applicable) will have allocated and credited to his Supplemental Account a portion of the Supplemental Contributions made for such Plan Year by the Participating Companies. The Administrative Committee will cause a portion of such Supplemental Contributions to be allocated to the Supplemental Account of each such Participant in accordance with the terms of subsection (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof, whichever is applicable. Any Supplemental Contribution made to correct a failure to satisfy the ADP Tests will be separate from any Supplemental Contribution made to correct a failure to satisfy the ACP Tests. Each such separate Supplemental Contribution may be allocated pursuant to the terms of subsections (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof and will be separately subject to any limitations set forth in those subsections (including, but not limited to, the 5% maximum set forth in subsection (d) hereof).

26



(b)    Per Capita Supplemental Contributions. To the extent that the Board and/or Administrative Committee designates all or any portion of the Supplemental Contributions for a Plan Year as “Per Capita Supplemental Contributions,” such Contributions will be allocated to the Supplemental Accounts of all Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants, on a per capita basis (that is, the same dollar amount will be allocated to the Supplemental Account of each Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant).
(c)    Proportional Supplemental Contributions. To the extent that the Board and/or Administrative Committee designates all or any portion of the Supplemental Contributions for a Plan Year as “Proportional Supplemental Contributions,” such Contributions will be allocated to the Supplemental Account of each Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant, in the same proportion that (i) the Compensation of such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant for such Plan Year bears to (ii) the total Compensation of all Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year.
(d)    Targeted Supplemental Contributions. To the extent that the Board and/or Administrative Committee designates all or any portion of the Supplemental Contributions for a Plan Year as “Targeted Supplemental Contributions,” such Contributions will be allocated to the Supplemental Account of some or all Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants, (i) beginning with such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant(s) who have the lowest Compensation until (A) such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant(s) reach their annual addition limits (as described in Section 6.5), (B) to the extent that such Targeted Supplemental Contributions are designated by the Administrative Committee as being used solely to satisfy the ADP Tests and/or ACP Tests, such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant(s) are allocated a Supplemental Contribution equal to 5% of their Compensation, or (C) the amount of the Supplemental Contributions is fully allocated, and then (ii) continuing with successive individuals or groups of such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants in the same manner until the amount of the Targeted Supplemental Contributions is fully allocated.
(e)    Supplemental Matching Contributions. To the extent that the Board and/or Administrative Committee designates all or any portion of the Supplemental Contributions for a Plan Year as “Supplemental Matching Contributions,” such contributions will be allocated to the Supplemental Account of each Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant, in the same proportion that (i) such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s Plan Year Before-Tax Contributions that do not exceed the maximum amount of Before-Tax Contributions taken into account in determining Matching Contributions for such Plan Year bears to (ii) the total of all such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants’ Plan Year Before-Tax Contributions (calculated by taking into account for such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants only the maximum amount of Before-Tax Contributions taken into account in determining Matching Contributions for such Plan Year).
5.4    Crediting of Restoration Contributions.
As of the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately following the date on which the Plan restores the forfeitable portion of a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 3.8, such amount will be credited to the Account of the Participant.

27



5.5    Allocation of Forfeitures.
To the extent Forfeitures are not used to pay restoration contributions pursuant to Section 3.8 or to replace abandoned Accounts as provided in Section 10.10, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may use such Forfeitures to pay the reasonable administrative expenses of the Plan or to reduce the Participating Companies’ obligation, if any, to make contributions (i) pursuant to the terms of the Plan for the Plan Year in which such Forfeitures occurred or any subsequent Plan Year(s), or (ii) pursuant to any voluntary corrective action taken under any correction program available through the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or other administrative agency. In addition, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may cause such Forfeitures to be added to, and combined with, any Contributions made for such Plan Year by the Participating Companies.
5.6    Allocation and Crediting of Investment Experience.
As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee will determine the fair market value of the Trust Fund which will be the sum of the fair market values of the Investment Funds. Each Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account will be allocated and credited with a portion of such earnings or debited with a portion of such losses in each Investment Fund, in the proportion that the amount credited to such Account is invested in each Investment Fund. Each Account will also be appropriately adjusted to reflect any Contributions, distributions, withdrawals or transfers between Investment Funds and other disbursements from such Account.
5.7    Allocation of Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization.
If the outstanding shares of Company Stock held in the Plan increase or decrease by reason of recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, combination of shares or dividends payable in shares of Company Stock, such increase or decrease will be allocated to each Account, as of the date on which the event requiring such adjustment occurs, in the same manner as the share to which it is attributable is then allocated. If the outstanding shares of Enova Stock held in the Plan increase or decrease by reason of recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, combination of shares or dividends payable in shares of Enova Stock, such increase or decrease will be allocated to each Account based on the number of shares of Enova Stock attributable to the number of units of the Enova Stock Fund held in such Account, as of the date on which the event requiring such adjustment occurs, in the same manner as the share to which it is attributable is then allocated.
5.8    Good Faith Valuation Binding.
In determining the value of the Trust Fund and the Accounts, the Trustee and the Administrative Committee will exercise their best judgment, and all such determinations of value (in the absence of bad faith) will be binding upon all Participants and Beneficiaries.



28



ARTICLE VI
CONTRIBUTION AND SECTION 415 LIMITATIONS
AND NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS
6.1    Maximum Limitation on Elective Deferrals.
(a)    Maximum Elective Deferrals Under Participating Company Plans. The aggregate amount of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals made for any calendar year under the Plan and any other plans, contracts or arrangements with the Participating Companies will not exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount.
(b)    Return of Excess Before-Tax Contributions. If the aggregate amount of a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions made for any calendar year exceeds the Maximum Deferral Amount, the Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrative Committee of such excess, and the Administrative Committee will cause the Trustee to distribute to such Participant, on or before April 15 of the next succeeding calendar year, the total of (i) the amount by which such Before-Tax Contributions exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount, plus (ii) any earnings allocable thereto through the end of the Plan Year. In addition, Matching Contributions made on behalf of the Participant which are attributable to the distributed Before-Tax Contributions will be forfeited.
(c)    Return of Excess Elective Deferrals Provided by Other Participating Company Arrangements. If after the reduction described in subsection (b) hereof, a Participant’s aggregate Elective Deferrals under plans, contracts and arrangements with the Controlling Company and all Affiliates still exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount, then the Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrative Committee of such excess and, unless the Administrative Committee directs otherwise, such excess will be reduced by distributing to the Participant Elective Deferrals that were made for the calendar year under such plans, contracts and/or arrangements with the Controlling Company and all Affiliates other than the Plan, in the manner described in subsection (b) hereof.
(d)    Discretionary Return of Elective Deferrals. If after the reductions described in subsections (b) and (c) hereof, (i) a Participant’s aggregate Elective Deferrals made for any calendar year under the Plan and any other plans, contracts or arrangements with Participating Companies and any other employers still exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount, and (ii) such Participant submits to the Administrative Committee, on or before the March 1st following the end of such calendar year (or such other date established by the Administrative Committee), a written request that the Administrative Committee distribute to such Participant all or a portion of his remaining Before-Tax Contributions made for such calendar year, then the Administrative Committee may, but will not be required to, cause the Trustee to distribute such amount, plus any allocable income or loss up to the last day of such calendar year, to such Participant in the manner described in subsection (b) hereof on or before the April 15 following the end of the year in which the Maximum Deferral Amount was exceeded.

29



(e)    Return of Excess Annual Additions. Any Before-Tax Contributions returned to a Participant to correct excess Annual Additions will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether the Maximum Deferral Amount has been exceeded.
6.2    Nondiscrimination Requirements for Before-Tax Contributions.
(a)    ADP Tests. The allocation of the aggregate of all (i) Before-Tax Contributions (other than Catch-Up Contributions), (ii) to the extent designated by the Administrative Committee pursuant to subsection (c) hereof, Supplemental Contributions, and (iii) to the extent taken into account under subsection (b) hereof, before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions made under another plan, will satisfy at least one of the following ADP Tests for each Plan Year:
(1)    The ADP for the Plan Year being tested of the Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year will not exceed the product of (A) the ADP for such current Plan Year of the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year, multiplied by (B) 1.25; or
(2)    The ADP for the Plan Year being tested of the Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year will not exceed the ADP for such current Plan Year of the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year by more than 2 percentage points, nor will it exceed the product of (A) the ADP for such current Plan Year of the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year, multiplied by (B) 2; provided, the ADP Test described herein will be performed separately with respect to (i) each Related Company and its Affiliates, and (ii) the Controlling Company and its Affiliates.
(b)    ADP or Actual Deferral Percentage. The term “ADP” or “Actual Deferral Percentage” means, with respect to a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of (i) the total of the amount of Before-Tax Contributions (excluding Before-Tax Contributions, if any, taken into account under Section 6.3 to help satisfy the ACP Tests, Catch-Up Contributions, and any Contributions removed from a Participant’s Account to correct excess Annual Additions) and, to the extent designated under Section 6.2(c) by the Administrative Committee, the Supplemental Contributions [excluding Supplemental Contributions counted for purposes of Section 6.3(c)] as well as other before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions actually paid to the Trustee on behalf of each such Participant for a specified Plan Year, to (ii) such Participant’s Compensation for such specified Plan Year. Supplemental Contributions will be taken into account in determining a Participant’s ADP only if such Supplemental Contributions satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6). If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in the Plan and one or more other plans of any Affiliates to which before-tax contributions are made (other than a plan for which aggregation with the Plan is not permitted), the before-tax contributions made with respect to such Highly Compensated Employee will be aggregated for purposes of determining his ADP in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(3)(ii). The ADP will be rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percent and will be calculated in a manner consistent with the terms of Code Section 401(k) and the regulations thereunder. If a Participant is eligible to participate in the Plan

30



for all or a portion of a Plan Year by reason of satisfying the eligibility requirements of Article II but makes no Before-Tax Contributions and receives no allocation of Supplemental Contributions that are taken into account for purposes of the ADP Tests, such Participant’s ADP for such Plan Year will be zero.
(c)    Adjustments to Actual Deferral Percentages. In the event that the allocation of the Before-Tax Contributions and Supplemental Contributions for a Plan Year does not satisfy one of the ADP Tests of subsection (a) hereof, the Administrative Committee will cause the Before-Tax and Supplemental Contributions for such Plan Year to be adjusted in accordance with one or a combination of the following options:
(1)    The Administrative Committee may cause the Participating Companies to make, with respect to such Plan Year, Supplemental Contributions on behalf of, and allocable to, the Participants described in Section 5.3 with respect to such Plan Year. Such Supplemental Contributions will be allocated among such Participants pursuant to one of the methods described in Section 5.3.
(2)    By the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the annual allocation failed both of the ADP Tests, the Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to reduce the Before-Tax Contributions taken into account with respect to Highly Compensated Employees under such failed ADP Tests by the dollar amount necessary to satisfy one of the ADP Tests. The total dollar amount by which Before-Tax Contributions will be reduced will be determined by hypothetically reducing Before-Tax Contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of individual Actual Deferral Percentages, beginning with the highest Actual Deferral Percentage. Notwithstanding the method of determining the total dollar amount of such reductions, actual reductions in Before-Tax Contributions will be made in accordance with, and solely from the Accounts of those Highly Compensated Employees who are affected by, the following procedure:
(A)    First, the Before-Tax Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year will be reduced by the lesser of (i) the entire amount of required reductions determined as described above, or (ii) that part of such amount as will cause the amount of Before-Tax Contributions of each such Highly Compensated Employee to equal the amount of Before-Tax Contributions of each of the Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year. In addition, to the extent that a Highly Compensated Employee’s Before-Tax Contributions are reduced pursuant to this Section, any Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Highly Compensated Employee which are attributable to the distributed Before-Tax Contributions will be forfeited.
(B)    Substantially identical steps will be followed for making further reductions in the Before-Tax Contributions of each of the Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year until the entire required reduction has been made.

31



(C)    Any amount by which Before-Tax Contributions are so reduced will be reduced by any excess deferrals previously distributed to the Participant under Section 6.1 for the taxable year ending within the same Plan Year. The resulting amount, plus any earnings attributable thereto through the end of the Plan Year, will be distributed to the Highly Compensated Employees from whose Before-Tax Accounts such reductions have been made, except to the extent that Code Section 414(v) permits such Before-Tax Contributions to be characterized as Catch-Up Contributions and remain in the Plan.
(d)    Multiple Plans. If before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions are made to one or more other plans which, along with the Plan, are considered as a single plan for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Code Section 410(b), such plans will be treated as one plan for purposes of this Section, and the before-tax contributions (excluding catch-up contributions) and applicable qualified nonelective contributions made to those other plans will be combined with the Before-Tax and applicable Supplemental Contributions for purposes of performing the tests described in subsection (a) hereof. In addition, the Administrative Committee may elect to treat the Plan as a single plan along with the one or more other plans to which before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions are made for purposes of this Section; provided, the Plan and all of such other plans also must be treated as a single plan for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) [other than the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)]. However, plans may be aggregated for purposes of this subsection (d) only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method for the ADP Tests.
(e)    Separate Testing. In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(4)(iv), the Plan may be permissively or mandatorily disaggregated into two or more plans for purposes of performing the tests described in subsection (a) hereof. In addition, pursuant to Code Section 401(k)(3)(F), the Administrative Committee may elect to exclude from the ADP Tests all Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees and who have not satisfied the age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A). If the ADP Tests are performed separately for any group of Participants, then only the Participants included in such separate ADP Tests will be taken into account for purposes of allocating Supplemental Contributions made for the purpose of satisfying such ADP Tests and for purposes of any adjustments made pursuant to subsection (c) hereof.
(f)    Interpretation. The requirements of this Section will be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with applicable Treasury Regulations. To the extent permitted under such Treasury Regulations, the Administrative Committee may elect to use any optional or alternative methods of applying the limitations of this Section.
6.3    Nondiscrimination Requirements for Matching Contributions.
(a)    ACP Tests. The allocation of the aggregate of all (i) after-tax, (ii) Matching Contributions, (iii) to the extent designated by the Administrative Committee pursuant to subsection (c) hereof, Supplemental Contributions, and (iv) to the extent designated by the Administrative Committee pursuant to subsection (b) hereof, other before-tax and/or qualified nonelective

32



contributions made under another plan, will satisfy at least one of the following ACP Tests for such Plan Year:
(1)    The ACP for the Plan Year being tested of the Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year will not exceed the product of (A) the ACP for such current Plan Year of the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year, multiplied by (B) 1.25; or
(2)    The ACP for the Plan Year being tested of the Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year will not exceed the ACP for such current Plan Year of the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year by more than 2 percentage points, nor will it exceed the product of (A) the ACP for such current Plan Year of the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year, multiplied by (B) 2; provided, the ACP Test described herein will be performed separately with respect to (i) each Related Company and its Affiliates, and (ii) the Controlling Company and its Affiliates.
(b)    ACP or Actual Contribution Percentage. The term “ACP” or “Actual Contribution Percentage” means, with respect to a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of (i) the total of the amount of Matching Contributions and, to the extent designated by the Administrative Committee, the Before-Tax and/or Supplemental Contributions, as well as other before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions (excluding Before-Tax Contributions and Supplemental Contributions counted for purposes of Section 6.2 and any Contributions returned to a Participant or otherwise removed from his Account to correct excess Annual Additions) actually paid to the Trustee on behalf of each such Participant for a specified Plan Year, to (ii) such Participant’s Compensation for such specified Plan Year. Matching Contributions will be taken into account in determining a Participant’s ACP only to the extent that such Matching Contributions satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(4). Supplemental Contributions will be taken into account in determining a Participant’s ACP only if such Supplemental Contributions satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6). If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in the Plan and one or more other plans of any Affiliates to which matching or after-tax contributions are made (other than a plan for which aggregation with the Plan is not permitted), the matching and after-tax contributions made with respect to such Highly Compensated Employee will be aggregated for purposes of determining his ACP in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(3)(ii). The ACP will be rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percent and will be calculated in a manner consistent with the terms of Code Section 401(m) and the regulations thereunder. If a Participant is eligible to participate in the Plan for all or a portion of a Plan Year by reason of satisfying the eligibility requirements of Article II but makes no Before-Tax Contributions which are taken into account (as described above) for purposes of calculating his ACP, and if he receives no allocations of Matching Contributions or qualified nonelective contributions which are taken into account (as described above) for purposes of calculating his ACP, such Participant’s ACP for such Plan Year will be zero.

33



(c)    Adjustments to Actual Contribution Percentages. In the event that the allocation of the Before-Tax, Matching and Supplemental Contributions and other after-tax, before-tax and qualified nonelective contributions for a Plan Year does not satisfy one of the ACP Tests of subsection (a) hereof, the Administrative Committee will cause such Matching Contributions for the Plan Year to be adjusted in accordance with one or a combination of the following options:
(1)    The Administrative Committee may cause the Participating Companies to make, with respect to such Plan Year, Supplemental Contributions on behalf of, and specifically allocable to, the Participants described in Section 5.3 with respect to such Plan Year. Such Supplemental Contributions will be allocated among the Participants pursuant to the methods described in Section 5.3. Alternatively or in addition, the Administrative Committee may add a portion of the Before-Tax Contributions that are made for the Plan Year by the Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees and that are not needed for the Plan to satisfy the ADP Tests for the Plan Year to the Matching Contributions for such Participants to increase the ACP for such Participants.
(2)    By the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the annual allocation failed both of the ACP Tests, the Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to reduce Matching Contributions taken into account with respect to Highly Compensated Employees under such failed ACP Tests by the dollar amount necessary to satisfy one of the ACP Tests. The total dollar amount by which Matching Contributions will be reduced will be determined by hypothetically reducing Matching Contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of individual Actual Contribution Percentages, beginning with the highest Actual Contribution Percentage. Notwithstanding the method of determining the total dollar amount of such reductions, actual reductions in Matching Contributions will be made in accordance with, and solely from the Accounts of those Highly Compensated Employees who are affected by, the following procedure:
(A)    First, the Matching Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions for such Plan Year will be reduced by the lesser of (i) the entire amount of required reductions determined as described above, or (ii) that part of such amount as will cause the dollar amount of Matching Contributions of each such Highly Compensated Employee to equal the amount of Matching Contributions of each of the Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions for such Plan Year.
(B)    Substantially identical steps will be followed for making further reductions in the Matching Contributions of each of the Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions for such Plan Year until the entire required reduction has been made.
(C)    If the Matching Contributions to be reduced are vested and therefore may not be forfeited, those Matching Contributions plus any earnings attributable thereto through the end of the Plan Year, will be distributed to the Highly

34



Compensated Employees from whose Matching Accounts such reductions have been made.
(d)    Multiple Plans. If matching, after-tax, before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions are made to one or more other plans which, along with the Plan, are considered as a single plan for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Code Section 410(b), such plans will be treated as one plan for purposes of this Section, and the matching, after-tax, applicable before-tax contributions (other than catch-up contributions) and qualified nonelective contributions made to those other plans will be combined with the Matching, applicable Before-Tax and Supplemental Contributions for purposes of performing the tests described in subsection (a) hereof. In addition, the Administrative Committee may elect to treat the Plan as a single plan along with one or more other plans to which matching, after-tax, applicable before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions are made for purposes of this Section; provided, the Plan and all of such other plans also must be treated as a single plan for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) [other than the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)]. However, plans may be aggregated for purposes of this subsection (d) only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method for the ACP Tests.
(e)    Separate Testing. In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(4)(iv), the Plan may be permissively or mandatorily disaggregated into two or more plans for purposes of performing the tests described in subsection (a) hereof. In addition, pursuant to Code Section 401(m)(5)(C), the Administrative Committee may elect to exclude from the ACP Tests all Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees and who have not satisfied the age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A). If the ACP Tests are performed separately for any group of Participants, then only the Participants included in such separate ACP Tests will be taken into account for purposes of allocating Supplemental Contributions made for the purpose of satisfying such ACP Tests and for purposes of any adjustments made pursuant to subsection (c) hereof.
(f)    Interpretation. The requirements of this Section will be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with applicable Treasury Regulations. To the extent permitted under such Treasury Regulations, the Administrative Committee may elect to use any optional or alternative methods of applying the limitations of this Section.
6.4    Order of Application.
For any Plan Year in which adjustments will be necessary or otherwise made pursuant to the terms of Sections 6.1, 6.2 and/or 6.3, such adjustments will be applied in the order prescribed by the Secretary of Treasury in Treasury Regulations or other published authority.
6.5    Code Section 415 Limitations on Maximum Contributions.
(a)    General Limit on Annual Additions. Except for any Catch-Up Contributions made to the Plan under Section 3.1(c) hereof and Code 414(v), in no event will the Annual Additions to a Participant’s Account for any Limitation Year, under the Plan and any other

35



Defined Contribution Plan maintained by an Affiliate (or by a predecessor employer, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.415(f)-1(c)(1) and (c)(2)), exceed the lesser of:
(1)    $40,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 415(d) to reflect cost-of-living increases); or
(2)    100% of such Participant’s Compensation.
(b)    Rules of Application. For purposes of the limitations described in subsection (a) above, the following rules will apply:
(1)    Aggregation of Leasing Organization Benefits. A Participant’s contributions or benefits provided by a leasing organization under a Defined Contribution Plan that are attributable to services performed for an Affiliate are treated as provided under a plan maintained by an Affiliate, unless:
(A)    the Participant is covered by a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing organization that provides for a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation, full and immediate vesting and immediate participation, and
(B)    leased employees do not constitute more than 20% of the Affiliate’s nonhighly compensated work force within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii).
(2)    Aggregation of Previously Unaggregated Plans. If two or more Defined Contribution Plans are not required to be aggregated under Code Section 415 as of the first day of a Limitation Year for purposes of the limitations in subsection (a) but become aggregated later in the Limitation Year:
(A)    if the Participant’s combined Annual Additions under all of the aggregated plans exceed the limitations in subsection (a) as of the date that such plans are first aggregated, no further Before-Tax, After-Tax, Matching or Supplemental Contributions, or any other amounts that would constitute Annual Additions, will be credited to a Participant’s Account during such Plan Year after the date on which the plans are required to be aggregated; and
(B)    such Participant’s Annual Additions will not be considered to exceed the limitations in subsection (a) for such Limitation Year to the extent such failure results from the aggregation of such Defined Contribution Plans during the Limitation Year.
(3)    Plans with Different Limitation Years. If a Participant is credited during the Limitation Year with Annual Additions in more than one Defined Contribution Plan maintained by an Affiliate or a predecessor employer, the amounts credited under plans other than this Plan that are taken into account for purposes of the limitation in subsection

36



(a) for the Limitation Year are those Annual Additions credited to the Participant under such other plan(s) that would have been considered Annual Additions under the Plan for the Limitation Year if they had been credited under this Plan rather than the other plan(s).
(c)    Compliance with Code Section 415. The limitations in this Section are intended to comply with the provisions of Code Section 415 so that the maximum benefits permitted under plans of the Affiliates will be exactly equal to the maximum amounts allowed under Code Section 415 and the regulations thereunder. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Section and the provisions of Code Section 415 and the regulations thereunder, such discrepancy will be resolved in such a way as to give full effect to the provisions of the Code.
(d)    Combined Plan Limit. If an Employee is a participant in the Plan and any one or more other Defined Contribution Plans maintained by any Affiliate and a corrective adjustment in such Employee’s benefits is required to comply with this Section (and similar provisions under the other plan), such adjustment will be made under the other plan(s).
6.6    Construction of Limitations and Requirements.
The descriptions of the limitations and requirements set forth in this Article are intended to serve as general statements of the legal requirements necessary for the Plan to remain qualified under the applicable terms of the Code. The Participating Companies do not desire or intend, and the terms of this Article will not be construed, to impose any more restrictions on the operation of the Plan than required by law. Therefore, the terms of this Article and any related terms and definitions in the Plan will be interpreted and operated in a manner which imposes the least restrictions on the Plan.



37



ARTICLE VII
INVESTMENTS
7.1    Establishment of Trust Account.
All Contributions are to be paid over to the Trustee, to be held in the Trust Fund and invested in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trust.
7.2    Investment Funds.
(a)    Establishment of Investment Funds. In accordance with instructions from the Investment Committee and the terms of the Plan and the Trust, the Trustee will establish and maintain Investment Funds for the investment of the assets of the Trust Fund. Except as provided in Section s 7.3(e) and (f), such Investment Funds will be established and modified from time to time without necessity of amendment to the Plan and will have the investment objectives prescribed by the Investment Committee. Investment Funds also may be established and maintained for any limited purpose(s) the Investment Committee may properly direct (for example, for the investment of certain specified Accounts transferred from a Prior Plan). Similarly, at the authorized direction of the Investment Committee, the Trustee may eliminate one or more of the then existing Investment Funds. The Trustee may invest Contributions it receives in interest bearing accounts until such time as a Participant’s investment directions can be effected.
(b)    Reinvestment of Cash Earnings. Any investment earnings received in the form of cash with respect to any Investment Fund (in excess of the amounts necessary to make cash distributions or to pay Plan or Trust expenses) will be reinvested in such Investment Fund.
7.3    Participant Direction of Investments.
Each Participant or Beneficiary generally may direct the manner in which his Accounts and Contributions will be invested in and among the Investment Funds described in Section 7.2. Participant investment directions will be made in accordance with the following terms:
(a)    Investment of Contributions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, each Participant may elect, on a form provided by the Administrative Committee, through an interactive telephone or internet-based system, or in such other manner as the Administrative Committee may prescribe, the percentage of his future Contributions that will be invested in each Investment Fund. An initial election of a Participant will be made as of the Entry Date on which the Participant commences or recommences participation in the Plan and will apply to all Contributions credited to such Participant’s Account after such Entry Date; provided, to the extent determined by the Administrative Committee, an investment election may be made with respect to a Rollover Contribution. Such Participant may make subsequent elections as of any Valuation Date, and such elections will apply to all such Contributions credited to such Participant’s Accounts following such date; for purposes hereof, Contributions and/or Forfeitures that are credited to a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account will be subject to the investment election in effect on the date on which such amounts are actually received and credited, regardless of any prior date “as of” which such Contributions may have been allocated to his Account. Any election made pursuant to

38



this subsection with respect to future Contributions will remain effective until changed by the Participant. In the event a Participant never makes an investment election or makes an incomplete or insufficient election in some manner, the Trustee, based on authorized directions from the Administrative Committee, will direct the investment of the Participant’s future Contributions.
(b)    Investment of Existing Account Balances. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, each Participant or Beneficiary may elect, on a form provided by the Administrative Committee, through an interactive telephone or internet-based system, or in such other manner as the Administrative Committee may prescribe, the percentage of his existing Accounts that will be invested in each Investment Fund; provided, as part of making an election, the Participant or Beneficiary may elect different Investment Funds or combinations of Investment Funds for each such type of Account. Such Participant or Beneficiary may make such elections effective as of any Valuation Date following his Entry Date into the Plan (or the crediting of his Rollover Contribution). Each such election will remain in effect until changed by such Participant or Beneficiary. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary fails to make an election for his existing Account balance pursuant to the terms of this subsection which is separate from his election made for his Contributions pursuant to the terms of subsection (a) hereof, or if a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s investment election form is incomplete or insufficient in some manner, the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s existing Account balance will continue to be invested in the same manner provided under the terms of the most recent election affecting that portion of his Account; provided, if no such election exists, the Trustee, based on authorized directions from the Administrative Committee, will direct the investment of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s existing Account balance.
(c)    Conditions Applicable to Elections. The Administrative Committee will have complete discretion to adopt and revise procedures to be followed in making such investment elections. Such procedures may include, but are not limited to, the process of the election, the permitted frequency of making elections, the deadline for making elections, the effective date of such elections and the conditions, if any, under which individual Investment Funds may be elected. Any procedures adopted by the Administrative Committee that are inconsistent with the deadlines or procedures specified in this Section will supersede such provisions of this Section without the necessity of a Plan amendment.
(d)    Restrictions on Investments. To the extent any investment or reinvestment restrictions apply with respect to any Investment Funds (for example, restrictions on changes of investments between competing funds) or as a result of depletion of cash liquidity within an Investment Fund, a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s ability to direct investments hereunder may be limited.
(e)    Sales and Purchases of Company Stock. The Investment Funds for the Plan will include a Company Stock Fund. The Company Stock Fund will be subject to the following rules:
(1)    To the extent that any cash amounts received by or held in the Trust Fund are to be invested in the Company Stock Fund, the Trustee, as properly directed by the Administrative Committee, will effect purchases of whole shares of Company Stock pursuant to procedures established by the Administrative Committee. The Trustee will make

39



such purchases in compliance with all applicable securities laws and may purchase Company Stock (A) in the open market, (B) in privately negotiated transactions with holders of Company Stock and/or the Controlling Company, and/or (C) through the exercise of stock rights, warrants or options. Alternatively, the Trustee may acquire the requisite number of shares of Company Stock from shares already acquired for other Participants’ Accounts and made available pursuant to the procedure described in subsection (e)(2)(B) hereof. The Trustee will make all purchases of Company Stock at a price or prices which, in the judgment of the Trustee, do not exceed the fair market value of such Company Stock as of the date of the purchase; with respect to Company Stock purchased on the open market, the total cost to Participants will include acquisition costs.
(2)    To the extent that any shares of Company Stock held in the Trust Fund are to be liquidated for purposes of investing in one or more of the other Investment Funds, making distributions and/or otherwise, the Trustee, in a manner consistent with the terms of subsection (e)(1) hereof, will either (A) sell, at fair market value, the appropriate number of shares of Company Stock to effect such election, or (B) retain such shares for credit to other Participants’ Accounts; any shares of Company Stock so retained will be deemed to have been sold at fair market value on the day the election to sell is to be effective as described in subsection (e)(3) hereof.
(3)    If Company Stock is to be purchased or sold, such purchases and sales will be made as soon as administratively practicable.
(4)    During the quarterly blackout period described in the Controlling Company’s insider trading policy, Participants who are subject to the blackout in accordance with such policy may not initiate transactions that would violate such policy.
(f)    Enova Stock Fund. The Investment Funds for the Plan will include an Enova Stock Fund, which was established when the Plan received a distribution of Enova Stock with respect to shares of Company Stock upon the Controlling Company’s spin-off of Enova International, Inc. on November 13, 2014. The Enova Stock Fund will be subject to the following rules:
(1)    The Enova Stock Fund will be a unitized stock fund consisting of cash or a similar investment and Enova Stock.
(2)    Following the establishment of the Enova Stock Fund, no additional investments may be made in the Enova Stock Fund, whether by investment of future contributions, investment of loan repayments or transfer of assets from another Investment Fund to the Enova Stock Fund; provided, to the extent that a dividend is paid on shares of Enova Stock held in the Enova Stock Fund, such dividend will be invested in the Enova Stock Fund.
(3)    To the extent that (i) any shares of Enova Stock are to be purchased by the Trustee or (ii) any shares of Enova Stock held in the Trust Fund are to be liquidated by the Trustee for purposes of maintaining the proportion of cash in the Enova Stock Fund

40



within a range established by the Administrative Committee or otherwise, the Trustee, in a manner consistent with the terms of subsection (e)(1) hereof, will purchase or sell, at fair market value, the number of shares of Enova Stock needed to effect such transaction.
(4)    If Enova Stock is to be purchased or sold by the Trustee, such purchases or sales will be made as soon as administratively practicable, consistent with the Trustee’s practices with respect to unitized stock funds and any procedures established by the Administrative Committee.
7.4    Valuation.
As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee will determine the fair market value of each of the Investment Funds after first deducting any expenses which have not been paid by the Participating Companies. All costs and expenses directly identifiable to one Investment Fund will be allocated to that Investment Fund.
7.5    Purchase of Life Insurance.
Life insurance contracts will not be purchased.
7.6    Voting and Tender Offer Rights with Respect to Investment Funds.
Subject to Sections 7.9 and 7.10, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the Trust and/or any documents establishing or controlling any of the Investment Funds, Participants and Beneficiaries will be given the opportunity to vote and tender their interests in each such Investment Fund. Otherwise, such interests will be voted and/or tendered as may be provided in the controlling documents or as otherwise specified by the Investment Committee.
7.7    Fiduciary Responsibilities for Investment Directions.
All fiduciary responsibility with respect to the selection of Investment Funds for the investment of a Participant’s or beneficiary’s Accounts will be allocated to the Participant or beneficiary who directs the investment. Neither the Controlling Company, the Board, the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee, the Trustee, nor any Participating Company will be accountable for any loss sustained by reason of any action taken, or investment made, pursuant to an investment direction.
7.8    Appointment of Investment Manager; Authorization to Invest in Collective Trust.
(a)    Investment Manager. The Investment Committee may appoint any one or more individuals or entities to serve as the investment manager or managers of the entire Trust or of all or any designated portion of a particular Investment Fund or Investment Funds. The investment manager will certify that it is qualified to act as an “investment manager” within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(38) and will acknowledge in writing its fiduciary status with respect to the assets placed under its control. The appointment of the investment manager will be effective as of the date specified by the Investment Committee, and the appointment will continue in effect until such

41



date as the Investment Committee may specify. If an investment manager is appointed, the investment manager will have the power to manage, acquire and dispose of any and all assets of the Trust Fund, as the case may be, which have been placed under its control, except to the extent that such power is reserved to the Trustee by the Controlling Company. If an investment manager is appointed, the Trustee will be relieved of any and all liability for the acts or omissions of the investment manager, and the Trustee will not be under any obligation to invest or otherwise manage any assets which are subject to the management of the investment manager.
(b)    Collective Trust. The Investment Committee may designate that all or any portion of the Trust Fund will be invested in a collective trust fund, in accordance with the provisions of Revenue Ruling 81-100 or any successor ruling, which collective trust fund will have been adopted as a part of the Plan. Such designation or direction will be in addition to the powers to invest in commingled funds maintained by the Trustee provided for in the Trust.
7.9    Voting and Tender Offer Rights with Respect to Company Stock.
(a)    Voting Rights. Each Participant or Beneficiary will have the right to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of all voting rights with respect to the whole shares of Company Stock in his Account. Otherwise, shares of Company Stock will be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the proper direction of the Administrative Committee. To the extent possible, the Trustee will combine fractional shares of Company Stock in the Accounts of Participants or Beneficiaries and will vote such fractional shares of Company Stock in the same proportion as the whole shares of such Company Stock are voted by the voting Participants or Beneficiaries by the Trustee.
(b)    Tender Offer Rights. Each Participant or Beneficiary will have the responsibilities of a Named Fiduciary for purposes of directing, and will have the right to direct, the Trustee as to whether, in accordance with the terms of any tender offer for shares of Company Stock, to tender the whole shares of Company Stock in his Account, and the Trustee will follow such directions. To the extent possible, the Trustee will combine fractional shares of Company Stock in the Accounts of Participants or Beneficiaries and will tender such fractional shares of Company Stock in the same proportion as the whole shares of such Company Stock are tendered by the tendering Participants or Beneficiaries. Unless otherwise required by ERISA, the Trustee will not tender whole shares of Company Stock credited to a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account for which it has received no directions.
(c)    Confidentiality. The Administrative Committee will establish procedures to protect the voting and tender offer rights of the Participants and Beneficiaries and to ensure that the manner in which each Participant or Beneficiary exercises his voting or tender offer rights is confidential with respect to the Administrative Committee and the management of the Company.
(d)    Dissemination of Pertinent Information. The Administrative Committee will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each Participant or Beneficiary, all notices, financial statements, proxies and proxy soliciting materials, relating to the voting of Company Stock in his Account. In addition, the Administrative Committee will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each Participant and Beneficiary all materials relating to any tender offer, including the materials distributed by any tender offerer (that is, any bidder). The Administrative Committee will notify

42



each Participant or Beneficiary of each occasion for the exercise of voting or tender offer rights within a reasonable time before such rights are to be exercised, and such notification will include all of the relevant information that the Controlling Company distributes to shareholders regarding the exercise of such rights.
7.10    Voting and Tender Offer Rights with Respect to Enova Stock.
(a)    Voting Rights. Each Participant or Beneficiary will have the right to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of all voting rights with respect to the whole shares of Enova Stock attributable to the number of units of the Enova Stock Fund held in his Account. To the extent possible, the Trustee will combine fractional shares and whole shares of Enova Stock in the Enova Stock Fund for which Participants or Beneficiaries do not provide voting instructions and will vote such fractional shares and unvoted shares of Enova Stock in the same proportion as the whole shares of such Enova Stock are voted by the Trustee based on the voting Participants or Beneficiaries.
(b)    Tender Offer Rights. Each Participant or Beneficiary will have the responsibilities of a Named Fiduciary for purposes of directing, and will have the right to direct, the Trustee as to whether, in accordance with the terms of any tender offer for shares of Enova Stock, to tender the whole shares of Enova Stock attributable to the number of units of the Enova Stock Fund held in his Account, and the Trustee will follow such directions. To the extent possible, the Trustee will combine fractional shares of Enova Stock in the Trust and will tender such fractional shares of Enova Stock in the same proportion as the whole shares of such Enova Stock are tendered by the tendering Participants or Beneficiaries. Unless otherwise required by ERISA, the Trustee will not tender whole shares of Enova Stock for which it has received no directions.
(c)    Dissemination of Pertinent Information. The Administrative Committee will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each Participant or Beneficiary, all notices, financial statements, proxies and proxy soliciting materials, relating to the voting of Enova Stock attributable to the number of units of the Enova Stock Fund held in his Account. In addition, the Administrative Committee will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each Participant and Beneficiary all materials relating to any tender offer, including the materials distributed by any tender offerer (that is, any bidder). The Administrative Committee will notify each Participant or Beneficiary of each occasion for the exercise of voting or tender offer rights within a reasonable time before such rights are to be exercised, and such notification will include all of the relevant information that Enova International, Inc. distributes to shareholders regarding the exercise of such rights.



43



ARTICLE VIII
VESTING IN ACCOUNTS
8.1    General Vesting Rule.
(a)    Fully Vested Accounts. All Participants will at all times be fully vested in their Before-Tax, Supplemental and Rollover Accounts.
(b)    Matching Accounts. Except as provided in Sections 8.2 and 8.3 and Schedule D, the Matching Account of each Participant will vest in accordance with the following vesting schedule, based on the total of the Participant’s Years of Vesting Service:
Years of Vesting Service
Completed by Participant
Vested Percentage of
Participant’s Matching Account
Less than 1 Year
0%
1 Year, but less than 2
20%
2 Years, but less than 3
40%
3 Years, but less than 4
60%
4 Years, but less than 5
80%
5 Years or more
100%

(c)    Transfer Accounts. Transfer Accounts will vest in accordance with the terms specified by the Administrative Committee on a schedule attached hereto.
8.2    Vesting Upon Attainment of Normal Retirement Age, Death or Disability.
Notwithstanding Section 8.1, a Participant’s Account will become 100% vested and nonforfeitable upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)    The Participant’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age while still employed as an Employee;

(b)    The Participant’s death while still employed as an Employee (or as provided in Section 3.9); or

(c)    The Participant’s becoming Disabled while still employed as an Employee.

8.3    Timing of Forfeitures and Vesting after Restoration Contributions.
(a)    Timing of Forfeitures. If a Participant who is not yet 100% vested in his Matching Account or Transfer Account severs from employment with all Affiliates, the nonvested amount in his Matching Account or Transfer Account will be removed from his Account and become available for allocation as a Forfeiture (in accordance with the terms of Section 5.5) as soon as practicable following severance from employment and will be subject to the restoration rules set forth herein. If a Participant has no vested interest in his Matching Account or Transfer Account

44



at the time he severs from employment, he will be deemed to have received a cash-out distribution at the time he severs from employment, and the forfeiture provisions of this Section will apply. If such a Participant resumes employment with an Affiliate after he has incurred 5 or more consecutive Breaks in Service, the nonvested portion of his Account will be forfeited and will not be restored. If such a Participant resumes employment with an Affiliate before he has incurred 5 consecutive Breaks in Service, the nonvested amount will be restored pursuant to the terms of subsection (b) or (c) hereof, as applicable.
(b)    Reemployment and Vesting After Distribution. If by the date of reemployment such a Participant has received a distribution of the entire vested interest in his Account, the provisions of Section 3.8(a) will be applicable (requiring repayment by such a Participant as a condition for restoration of the nonvested amount). Upon such repayment, the rehired individual immediately will be credited with all previously earned Years of Vesting Service for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account in accordance with Section 8.1.
(c)    Reemployment and Vesting Before Any Distribution. If such a Participant has no vested interest in his Account (such that he had a deemed cashout of his Account), or if the nonvested amount in such Participant’s Matching Account or Transfer Account was removed from his Account and allocated as a Forfeiture prior to distribution of his Account pursuant to Section 8.3(a) and the Participant has not received a distribution of his Account as of the date of reemployment, his Account will be restored pursuant to the terms of Section 3.8(b) and then will be subject to all of the vesting rules in this Article as if no forfeiture had occurred.
8.4    Vesting after Partial Distribution.
If a Participant (i) has received an in-service withdrawal of all or a portion of his Matching Account, or (ii) has received a distribution of the entire vested interest in his Matching Account later than the close of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which severance from employment with all Affiliates occurred, then, notwithstanding the general rules set forth in Section 8.1, the nonvested amount of his Account will be restored pursuant to the terms of Section 3.8, and the total amount of his undistributed Matching Account (including the restored amount) will be credited to his Matching Account. The vested interest of such Participant in such Matching Account prior to the date such Participant (i) again severs from employment with all Affiliates, (ii) incurs 5 consecutive Breaks in Service (such that the nonvested portions of his Matching Account are forfeited), or (iii) becomes 100% vested pursuant to the terms of Sections 8.1 or 8.2 hereof (whichever is earliest), will be determined pursuant to the following formula:
X = P (AB + [R x D]) – (R x D),

where X is the vested interest at the relevant time (that is, the time at which the vested percentage in such Matching Account can no longer increase); P is the vested percentage at the relevant time; AB is the balance of his Matching Account at the relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of his Matching Account balance at the relevant time to such Account’s balance immediately after the distribution.


45



8.5    Amendment to Vesting Schedule.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event will the terms of any amendment to the Plan reduce the vested percentage that any Participant has earned under the Plan. Any amendments to the Plan that affect the vesting provisions will be subject to the rules of this Section.
(a)    Changes to Vesting of Future Contributions. In the event that an amendment to the Plan will directly have an adverse effect on Participants’ vested percentage for future Contributions, any Participant who has 3 or more Years of Vesting Service [calculated in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(a)-8T (or any successor section)] may elect to have his vested percentage for his Account calculated under the schedule in the Plan before any such change, and the Administrative Committee will give each such Participant notice of his rights to make such an election. The period during which the election may be made will commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and will end on the latest of: (i) 60 days after the amendment is adopted; (ii) 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or (iii) 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by a Participating Company or the Administrative Committee.
(b)    Changes to Vesting of Existing Accounts. The vesting of each Participant’s Account balance attributable to Contributions accrued on or before the later of the date of adoption or the effective date of any amendment to the Plan will be equal to the greater of: (i) the vesting percentage that would apply under the terms of the Plan prior to such amendment, or (ii) the vesting percentage that applies under the terms of the Plan as so amended.



46



ARTICLE IX
IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS
9.1    In-Service Withdrawals.
(a)    General. Prior to severance from employment with all Affiliates, a Participant may withdraw all or part of the amounts described in Section 9.2 through Section 9.6 hereof.
(b)    Election to Withdraw. All applications to withdraw will be made at such time as the Administrative Committee may reasonably request, and will be on a form provided by the Administrative Committee, through an interactive telephone or internet-based system, or in such manner as the Administrative Committee may prescribe.
(c)    Source of Withdrawal Amounts.
(1)    Subaccounts. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 9.2 through 9.6, the withdrawal amount will be charged against the vested portion of each of the Participant’s subaccounts beginning with his Matching Account until it is exhausted, then his Before-Tax Account until it is exhausted, and then his Transfer Accounts.
(2)    Investment Funds. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 9.2 through 9.6, if the assets of an Account are invested in more than one Investment Fund, then, as the withdrawal is removed from each subaccount, the withdrawal amount will be charged against each Investment Fund in the same proportion as the balance of a subaccount in each investment fund bears to the total balance of that subaccount in all Investment Funds, unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Committee.
(d)    Payment of Withdrawal. The amount of any withdrawal will be paid to a Participant in a single-sum cash payment as soon as practicable after the Administrative Committee receives and approves a properly completed withdrawal application. At the time of making any withdrawals for a Participant, his Account may be charged with any administrative expenses (such as check processing fees) specifically allocable against his Account pursuant to the policies of the Administrative Committee. Any withdrawal will be treated as a payment of benefits under Article X and all of the requirements of that Article.
(e)    Effect of Outstanding Loan. If an amount becomes payable to a Participant as a withdrawal pursuant to this Article at a time when such Participant has an outstanding loan from the Plan, the terms of Section 9.7(e) will apply.
9.2    Hardship Withdrawals.
(a)    Parameters of Hardship Withdrawals. A Participant may make, on account of hardship, a withdrawal from all vested Accounts (other than his Supplemental Account and any investment earnings attributable to Before-Tax Contributions earned after December 31, 1988). For purposes of this subsection, a withdrawal will be on account of “hardship” if it is

47



necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. A withdrawal based on financial hardship cannot exceed the amount necessary to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. The Administrative Committee will make its determination as to whether a Participant has suffered an immediate and heavy financial need and whether it is necessary to use a hardship withdrawal from the Plan to satisfy that need on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances.
(b)    Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. For purposes of the Plan, an immediate and heavy financial need exists only if the withdrawal is on account of (i) expenses for medical care described in Code Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income); (ii) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; (iii) the payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his Spouse, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to subsections (b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) thereof); (iv) the need to prevent eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence; (v) the payment of burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, Spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to subsection (d)(1)(B) thereof); or (vi) expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).
(c)    Necessary to Satisfy a Financial Need. In determining whether the withdrawal is necessary to relieve the Participant’s immediate and heavy financial need, the Administrative Committee will rely upon the Participant’s reasonable representation that the need cannot be relieved: (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise; (ii) by reasonable liquidation of the Participant’s assets to the extent that liquidation would not itself cause an immediate and heavy financial need; (iii) by cessation of Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan; or (iv) by other distributions or nontaxable (at the time of the loan) loans from plans maintained by one or more Participating Companies or by borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms. In determining the amount of a Participant’s assets, the resources of his spouse and minor dependents are considered to be reasonably available to the Participant unless they are held for his child or children under an irrevocable trust or under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act. The amount of an immediate and heavy financial need may include amounts necessary for the Participant to pay any federal, state or local taxes which are reasonably anticipated to result from the hardship withdrawal.
(d)    Source of Withdrawal Amounts. The withdrawal amount will be charged against the vested portion of the Participant’s subaccounts in the following order: Before-Tax Account and Matching Account. If the assets of an Account are invested in more than one Investment Fund, the withdrawal amount will be charged against each Investment Fund, in the order as determined by the Administrative Committee, except that amounts invested in the Company Stock Fund will be withdrawn after exhausting all other Investment Funds in the Participant’s Before-Tax Account and Matching Account.

48



(e)    Form of Withdrawal Amount. The amount of a withdrawal pursuant to this Section will be paid to a Participant in a single sum cash payment as soon as administratively practicable after the Administrative Committee receives the Participant’s hardship withdrawal request. Amounts invested in the Company Stock Fund must be liquidated before distribution.
9.3    Withdrawals from Rollover Accounts.
(a)    Parameters of Withdrawals. A Participant may elect to withdraw all or any part of the value of his Rollover Account. Such Election must be made in writing, executed by the Participant and delivered to the Administrative Committee at such time prior to the desired withdrawal date as the Administrative Committee may require.
(b)    Source of Withdrawal Amounts. If the Assets of a Participant’s Rollover Account are invested in more than one Investment Fund, the withdrawal amount will be charged against each Investment Fund in the order as determined by the Administrative Committee, except that amounts invested in the Company Stock Fund will be withdrawn last.
(c)    Form of Withdrawal Amount. The amount of such withdrawal will be paid to a Participant in a single sum cash payment as soon as practicable after the Administrative Committee receives the Participant’s withdrawal election. Amounts invested in the Company Stock Fund must be liquidated before distribution.
9.4    Age 59½ Withdrawals.
(a)    Parameters of Withdrawals. A Participant who has attained age 59½ may request a withdrawal of all or part of his vested Account. Such election must be in writing, executed by the Participant and delivered to the Administrative Committee at such time prior to the desired withdrawal date as the Administrative Committee may require.
(b)    Source of Withdrawal Amounts. The withdrawal amount will be charged against the vested portion of the Participant’s subaccounts in the following order: Rollover Account, Before-Tax Account, Matching Account and Supplemental Account. If the assets of an Account are invested in more than one Investment Fund, the withdrawal amount will be charged against each Investment Fund, in the order as determined by the Administrative Committee, except that amounts invested in the Company Stock Fund will be withdrawn after exhausting all other Investment Funds in the Participant’s Rollover Account, Before-Tax Account, and Matching Account.
(c)    Form of Withdrawal Amount. The amount of such withdrawal will be paid to the Participant in a single sum cash payment as soon as administratively feasible after the Administrative Committee receives the Participant’s withdrawal election. Amounts invested in the Company Stock Fund must be liquidated before distribution.

49



9.5    Distributions and Withdrawals from Transfer Accounts.
If a Prior Plan (i) allows Code Section 411(d)(6) protected in-service withdrawals (other than those permitted in Sections 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.6) and/or (ii) allows one or more Code Section 411(d)(6) protected forms of distribution not generally permitted under the Plan, the Participants who have Transfer Accounts reflecting the accrued benefits subject to such protected withdrawals and forms of distribution under that Prior Plan will be permitted to withdraw, and/or receive distributions of, all or a portion of the amounts from the subject Transfer Accounts in a manner and subject to rules and restrictions similar to those provided under the Prior Plan such that the Plan will comply with the requirements of Code Section 411(d)(6). The terms and conditions of any such withdrawals, as well as other pertinent rules and provisions relating to the transfer of such assets to the Plan, will be set forth on a schedule hereto.
9.6    Withdrawals in the Event of Certain Natural Disasters of Terroristic Actions.
(a)    Affected Participants. In the event of a qualified disaster, as defined in Code Section 139(c), Participants whose principal residence is located within an area affected by such qualified disaster (hereinafter “Affected Participants”) may make withdrawals in accordance with this Section.
(b)    Period for Withdrawals. Withdrawals under this Section will be permitted to Affected Participants for a period of 180 days following the date such qualified disaster begins unless the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion decides to permit such withdrawals for a longer or shorter period.
(c)    Withdrawals from Accounts other than Before-Tax or Supplemental. An Affected Participant may request a withdrawal on account of (A) reasonable and necessary personal, family, living or funeral expenses incurred by the Affected Participant as a result of such qualified disaster, or (B) reasonable and necessary expenses incurred for the repair or rehabilitation of the Affected Participant’s personal residence or repair or replacement of its contents to the extent that the need for such repair, rehabilitation or replacement is attributable to such qualified disaster. Such withdrawal may be made from all or part of the Affected Participant’s vested Account other than (1) amounts in such Affected Participant’s Before-Tax and Supplemental Accounts or (2) amounts in such Affected Participant’s Transfer Account credited with before-tax contributions and company contributions used to satisfy the Code Section 401(k) actual deferral percentage test and company contributions used to satisfy the Code Section 401(m) actual contribution percentage test. The withdrawal amount will be charged against the vested portion of the Participant’s subaccounts in the following order: Rollover Account and Matching Account. Any portion of a Transfer Account that is comprised of contributions similar to the contributions held in the Rollover Account or Matching Account will be distributed at the same time as the applicable Account that contain such similar contributions. If the assets of an Account are invested in more than one Investment Fund, the withdrawal amount will be charged against each Investment Fund, in the order as determined by the Administrative Committee, except that amounts invested in the Company Stock Fund will be withdrawn after exhausting all other Investment Funds in the Participant’s Rollover Account and Matching Account. Amounts invested in the Company Stock Fund must be liquidated before distribution.

50



(d)    Withdrawals from Before-Tax Accounts. An Affected Participant may request a withdrawal on account of hardship in accordance with Section 9.2; provided, for such purposes, immediate and heavy financial need exists if the withdrawal is on account of (A) reasonable and necessary personal, family, living or funeral expenses incurred by the Affected Participant as a result of such qualified disaster, or (B) reasonable and necessary expenses incurred for the repair or rehabilitation of the Affected Participant’s personal residence or repair or replacement of its contents to the extent that the need for such repair, rehabilitation or replacement is attributable to such qualified disaster.
9.7    Loans to Participants.
(a)    Grant of Authority. Loans to Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees [who are parties-in-interest as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)] generally will be allowed during such period(s) of time that the Administrative Committee determines, in its sole discretion, it is desirable and administratively feasible to make such loans. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and to such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules as may from time to time be adopted by the Administrative Committee and set forth in a written policy statement, the Trustee, upon proper application by an eligible Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee on forms approved by the Administrative Committee, may make a loan or loans to the borrower.
(b)    Nondiscriminatory Policy. Loans will be available to all Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees who are parties-in-interest as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA on a reasonably equivalent basis, without regard to an individual’s race, color, religion, age, sex or national origin. Loans will not be made available to borrowers who are Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount available to other borrowers; provided, this limitation will be interpreted to mean that, subject to the other limitations in this Section, the same percentage of each borrower’s vested Account balance may be loaned to each such borrower regardless of the actual amount of his vested Account balance. Eligible individuals may apply for loans by submitting an application in written, electronic or other form established by the Administrative Committee, pursuant to nondiscriminatory procedures established by the Administrative Committee from time to time.
(c)    Minimum Loan Amount. The minimum amount of any loan will be the amount established by the Administrative Committee, but such minimum may not be more than $1,000.
(d)    Maximum Loan Amount. The Administrative Committee will determine the maximum number of loans that may be outstanding at any time. In addition, no loan may be made to any borrower from the Plan if the amount of such loan exceeds the lesser of (i) the limit established by the Administrative Committee, or (ii) the least of:
(1)    $50,000 minus the highest aggregate principal balance, outstanding during the year ending on the day before such loan is made, of all loans made to the borrower by the qualified employer plans [as defined in Code Section 72(p)(4)(A)] maintained by the Affiliates;

51



(2)    the difference between (A) 50% of the borrower’s total vested interest in the Plan and all other qualified employer plans maintained by the Affiliates, minus (B) the total amount of all loans outstanding on the date the loan is made from all qualified employer plans maintained by the Affiliates; or
(3)    50% of the borrower’s vested Account balance immediately after the origination of the loan.
(e)    Adequacy of Security. All loans will be secured by the pledge of a dollar amount of the borrower’s Account balance (i) which is not less than the principal amount of the loan plus an additional amount, if any, which the Administrative Committee deems desirable to secure payment of interest accruing on the loan, and (ii) which in no event (when aggregated for all outstanding loans) is greater than 50% of the borrower’s vested Account balance immediately after the origination of the loan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the pledge of such security will be made in such manner and amount as the Administrative Committee may require for the loan to be considered adequately secured. A loan will be considered to be “adequately secured” if the security posted for such loan is in addition to and supporting a promise to pay, if it is pledged in a manner such that it may be sold, foreclosed upon, or otherwise disposed of upon default of repayment of the loan, and if the value and liquidity of that security is such that it may reasonably be anticipated that loss of principal or interest will not result from the loan. The adequacy of such security will be determined in light of the type and amount of security which would be required in the case of an otherwise identical transaction in a normal commercial setting between unrelated parties on arm’s-length terms. During the period that a loan is outstanding, if a Participant becomes eligible to receive a withdrawal or a distribution, the amount of such Participant’s Account which he will be eligible to receive through withdrawal or distribution will not exceed that amount which will reduce such Participant’s Account balance below the principal amount then outstanding on such loan.
(f)    Rate of Interest. A loan from the Plan must bear a reasonable rate of interest. A loan will be considered to bear “a reasonable rate of interest” if such loan provides the Plan with a return commensurate with interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances. In general, the Administrative Committee’s decision as to the rate of interest for any Plan loan will be based primarily on the rate of interest that one or more local banks or other lending institutions would charge on a similar loan, taking into account, among other things, the collateral pledged to secure the loan.
(g)    Crediting Loan Payments to Accounts. The loan will be considered a directed investment of the borrower, and any principal and interest paid on the loan will be considered a part of his total Account. Each payment of principal and interest will be credited to the Investment Funds and subaccounts of the Participant’s Account in the manner determined by the Administrative Committee.
(h)    Remedies in the Event of Default. If any loan payments are not paid as and when due or within such period as the Administrative Committee may prescribe in its loan policy statement, the Administrative Committee may declare the loan to be in default. The Administrative Committee may take such actions, as it deems appropriate in accordance with its

52



written loan policy statement, to allow the borrower to cure such default or to otherwise collect such overdue payments or, as the case may be, the outstanding balance of the loan. Among other things, the Administrative Committee’s actions may include causing all or any portion of the borrower’s Account which has been pledged to secure the loan to be used to repay such loan; provided, although the Administrative Committee may treat any portion of the loan balance that remains outstanding after a default as taxable income to the borrower in accordance with the terms of Code Section 72(p), no portion of such outstanding loan balance may be treated as a reduction of a Participant’s Account balance until such time as such reduction, if treated as a distribution, will not breach the special distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B).
(i)    Leaves of Absence. Loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4) and, to the extent determined by the Administrative Committee, under applicable Treasury Regulations. In addition, during a period of military leave, the interest rate under an outstanding loan will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act of 2003.
9.8    Transition Rule.
For purposes of effectuating a change in the Plan’s recordkeeper, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, the Administrative Committee may designate a period during which no withdrawals or loans will be permitted.


53



ARTICLE X
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS FROM ACCOUNTS
10.1    Benefits Payable for Reasons Other Than Death.
(a)    General Rule Concerning Benefits Payable. In accordance with the terms of subsection (b) hereof and subject to the restrictions set forth in subsection (c) hereof, if a Participant becomes Disabled or severs from employment with all Affiliates for any reason other than death he (or his Beneficiary, if he dies after such Disability or severance from employment) will be entitled to receive or begin receiving a distribution of the vested amount credited to his Account, determined as of the Valuation Date on which such distribution is processed. For purposes of this Article , the “date on which such distribution is processed” refers to the date established for such purpose by administrative practice, even if actual payment and/or processing is made at a later date due to delays in the valuation, administrative or any other procedure.
(b)    Timing of Distribution.
(1)    Generally. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (b)(1) or in subsections (b)(2), (b)(4) and (c) hereof, benefits payable to a Participant under this Section will be distributed as soon as administratively practicable after the later of (i) the date the Participant severs from employment with all Affiliates for any reason other than death or (ii) the date such Participant submits a written election (or an election through an electronic medium) to receive such benefits in such manner as provided by the Administrative Committee. In order for such Participant’s election to be valid, his election must be filed with the Administrative Committee within the 180-day period ending on such distribution date, and the Administrative Committee (no later than 30 days and no earlier than 180 days before such distribution date) must have presented him with a notice informing him of his right to defer his distribution; provided, the Participant may elect to waive the minimum 30-day notice period and to receive his distribution before the end of such period.
(2)    Cashouts. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection (b), in the event that the vested portion of the Account of any Participant who severs from the employment of all Affiliates is less than or equal to $5,000, the full vested amount of such benefit automatically will be paid to such Participant in one single-sum, cash-out distribution as soon as practicable after the date the Participant severs from employment. In the event a Participant has no vested interest in his Account at the time of his severance from employment, he will be deemed to have received a cash-out distribution of his Account at the time of his severance from employment. In the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly, then the Administrative Committee will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Administrative Committee.

54



(3)    Participant’s Right to Payment. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, unless a Participant elects to further defer the distribution of his benefit or fails to submit a claim for such distribution, in no event will payment of the Participant’s benefit be made or commence later than 60 days after the end of the Plan Year which includes the latest of (i) the date on which the Participant attained Normal Retirement Age, (ii) the date which is the 10th anniversary of the date he commenced participation in the Plan, or (iii) the date he actually severs from employment with all Affiliates; provided, if the amount of the payment cannot be ascertained by the date as of which payments are scheduled to be made or commence hereunder, payment will be made or commence no later than 60 days after the earliest date on which such payment can be ascertained under the Plan.
(4)    Required Minimum Distributions. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Participant’s Account will be distributed or commence to be distributed no later than the April 1 following the later of (i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, or (ii) the calendar year in which the Participant actually severs from employment with all Affiliates; provided, if such Participant is a 5 percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), benefit payments will be made or commence no later than the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½. Unless a Participant, who is a 5 percent owner and whose minimum distributions begin while he is still employed, elects to take a distribution of his entire Account balance, his benefits payable under this Article commencing as of his required beginning date will be paid in the form of substantially equal monthly payments over a period equal to the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary with benefits adjusted annually thereafter to reflect any additional benefit accruals and distributions, withdrawals, etc., under the Plan. All distributions will be made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9), the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), including Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 (relating to incidental benefit limitations, as in effect prior to the Code Section 401(a)(9) Treasury Regulations proposed in January 2001) and any other provisions reflecting the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service; and the terms of the Plan reflecting the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) override the distribution options (if any) in the Plan which are inconsistent with those requirements.
(c)    Delay Upon Reemployment. If a Participant becomes eligible to receive a benefit payment in accordance with the terms of subsection (a) and subsequently is reemployed by an Affiliate prior to the time his Account has been distributed in full, the distribution to such Participant will be delayed until such Participant again becomes eligible to receive a distribution from the Plan.
10.2    Death Benefits.
If a Participant dies before payment of his benefits from the Plan is made, the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by such Participant in his latest beneficiary designation form filed with the Administrative Committee in accordance with the terms of Section 10.6 will be entitled to receive a distribution of the entire vested amount credited to such Participant’s Account, determined as of the Valuation Date on which the distribution is processed. Benefits will be

55



distributed to such Beneficiary or Beneficiaries as soon as administratively feasible after the date of the Participant’s death (or, if later, after timing restrictions and requirements under the Code are satisfied). As required by Code Section 401(a)(9), in no event will any such distribution be made later than 5 years after the date of the Participant’s death, except for distributions made to such Participant’s Surviving Spouse; provided, for purposes of this provision, the 2009 calendar year will be disregarded. The Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to distribute a Participant’s Account to a Beneficiary without the written consent of such Beneficiary.
10.3    Restrictions on Distributions from Before-Tax and Supplemental Accounts.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, (i) amounts in a Participant’s Before-Tax and Supplemental Accounts and (ii) amounts in a Participant’s Transfer Accounts relating to (A) before-tax contributions, (B) company contributions used to satisfy the Code Section 401(k) actual deferral percentage test, or (C) company contributions used to satisfy the Code Section 401(m) actual contribution percentage test will not be distributable to such Participant earlier than the earliest of the following to occur:
(a)    The Participant’s death or disability;

(b)    The Participant’s severance from employment within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2);

(c)    The termination of the Plan, provided that the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(4) are satisfied;

(d)    The attainment by such Participant of age 59½;

(e)    The Participant’s incurrence of a financial hardship as described in Section 9.2; or

(f)    In the case of a distribution to a Participant during the period beginning on the date the Participant was, by reason of being a member of a reserve component (as defined in U.S.C. Title 37, Section 101), ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001, for a period greater than 179 days or for an indefinite period, and ending at the close of the active duty period, the date of such order or call to active duty.

10.4    Forms of Distribution.
(a)    Method. The payment of any distribution to a Participant or Beneficiary from the Plan will be in the form of a single-sum cash payment; provided, however, that to the extent a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account is invested in Company Stock, the Participant or Beneficiary may elect to receive whole shares of Company Stock. Any single-sum payment may be divided among multiple Beneficiaries, as applicable.
(b)    Direct Rollover Distributions. If a Participant, a Surviving Spouse, a spousal alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order or a Beneficiary who is the

56



recipient of any Eligible Rollover Distribution, elects to have such Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan and specifies (in such form and at such time as the Administrative Committee may prescribe) the Eligible Retirement Plan to which such distribution is to be paid, such distribution will be made in the form of a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer to the specified Eligible Retirement Plan. For purposes of this provision, a Beneficiary does not include a Beneficiary that is not an individual, except a Beneficiary that is a trust, of which the beneficiaries are individuals or otherwise meet the requirements to be designated beneficiaries within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E).
10.5    Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.
In the event the Administrative Committee receives a domestic relations order which it determines to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Plan will pay the benefit subject to the qualified domestic relations order to the prescribed alternate payee(s) at such time and in such form as described in the qualified domestic relations order and permitted under Section 15.1(b). If the qualified domestic relations order requires immediate payment, the specified benefit will be paid to the alternate payee as soon as practicable after the Administrative Committee determines that the order is qualified or, if later, after timing restrictions and requirements under the Code are satisfied. To the extent consistent with the qualified domestic relations order, the amount of the payment to an alternate payee will include earnings, interest and other investment proceeds through (but not after) the Valuation Date as of which the Trustee processes the distribution. If a Participant’s Account is partially paid or payable to an alternate payee, the Participant’s remaining portion of his Account will be reduced accordingly and will be subject to the distribution provisions in this Article. To the extent necessary or appropriate under a qualified domestic relations order, the Administrative Committee will establish a separate account (and any appropriate subaccount) for the benefit of the alternate payee.
10.6    Beneficiary Designation.
(a)    General. In accordance with the terms of this Section, Participants will designate and from time to time may redesignate their Beneficiary or Beneficiaries of the benefits described in this Article in such form and manner as the Administrative Committee may determine. A Participant will be deemed to have named his Surviving Spouse, if any, as his sole primary Beneficiary unless his Spouse consents to the payment of all or a specified portion of the Participant’s benefit to a primary Beneficiary other than or in addition to the Surviving Spouse in a manner satisfying the requirements of a Qualified Spousal Waiver and such other procedures as the Administrative Committee may establish. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a married Participant may designate a non-Spouse primary Beneficiary without a Qualified Spousal Waiver (unless otherwise required by a qualified domestic relations order) if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Administrative Committee: (i) that he has no Spouse or that his Spouse cannot be located; (ii) that he is legally separated from his Spouse or that he has been abandoned by his Spouse (within the meaning of local law) and he has a court order to such effect; or (iii) that such other permissible circumstances exist as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe.

57



(b)    No Designation or Designee Dead or Missing. In the event that:
(1)    A Participant dies without designating a Beneficiary;
(2)    The Beneficiary designated by a Participant is not surviving when a payment is to be made to such person under the Plan, and no contingent Beneficiary has been designated; or
(3)    The Beneficiary designated by a Participant cannot be located by the Administrative Committee within 1 year after the date benefits are to commence to such person;
then, in any of such events, the Beneficiary of such Participant with respect to any benefits that remain payable under this Article will be the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, if any. If such Participant does not have a Surviving Spouse (or the Surviving Spouse cannot be located within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death), the Administrative Committee may in its discretion treat the Participant’s estate or such heirs and/or relatives of the Participant, as the Administrative Committee may determine, as the Beneficiary of such Participant, and payment to such Beneficiary will be deemed in full satisfaction of the Participant’s benefits under the Plan, without further liability with respect to such Participant’s benefits on the part of the Plan, any Participating Company, the Administrative Committee or the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Administrative Committee have any obligation to search for any heirs or relatives of the deceased Participant, whether by publication or otherwise.
10.7    Murder of Participant.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no payment of benefits will be made under any provision of the Plan to any individual who kills the Participant or Beneficiary with respect to whom such amount would otherwise be payable. An individual will be treated as having killed a Participant or Beneficiary for purposes of this Section only if, by virtue of such individual’s involvement in the death of the Participant or Beneficiary, such individual’s entitlement to any interest in assets of the deceased could be denied (whether or not there is in fact any such entitlement) under any applicable law, state or federal, including without limitation laws governing intestate succession, wills, jointly-owned property, bonds, and life insurance. For purposes of the Plan, any such killer will be deemed to have predeceased the Participant or Beneficiary, as applicable. The Administrative Committee may withhold distribution of benefits otherwise payable under the Plan for such period of time as is necessary or appropriate under the circumstances to make a determination with regard to the application of this Section.
10.8    Claims.
(a)    Participant Rights. If a Participant or beneficiary has any grievance, complaint or claim concerning any aspect of the operation or administration of the Plan or Trust, including but not limited to claims for benefits and complaints concerning the investments of Plan assets (collectively referred to herein as “claim” or “claims”), the Participant or beneficiary will submit the claim in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. All such claims must

58



be submitted within the “applicable limitations period.” The “applicable limitations period” will be 2 years, beginning on (i) in the case of any payment, the date on which the payment was made, or (ii) for all other claims, the date on which the action complained of occurred. Additionally, upon denial of an appeal pursuant to subsection (c) hereof, a Participant or beneficiary will have 90 days within which to bring suit against the Plan for any grievance, complaint or claim related to such denied appeal; any such suit initiated after such 90-day period will be precluded.
(b)    Procedure. Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed with the Administrative Committee on forms supplied by the Administrative Committee or in any other format acceptable to the Administrative Committee in its discretion, in accordance with subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) hereof, as applicable.
(1)    Generally. Except as provided in subsection (b)(2) hereof, the Administrative Committee will furnish to the claimant written notice of the disposition of a claim within 90 days after the application therefor is filed; provided, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Administrative Committee will furnish written notice of the extension to the claimant prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, and such extension will not exceed one additional, consecutive 90-day period. In the event the claim is denied, the notice of the disposition of the claim will provide the specific reasons for the denial, cites of the pertinent provisions of the Plan, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim and/or submit the claim for review (where appropriate), and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.
(2)    Claims Based on an Independent Determination of Disability. With respect to a claim for benefits under the Plan based on Disability (other than approval for payment of benefits, directly or indirectly, under any long-term disability plan maintained by an Affiliate or eligibility for Social Security disability benefits), the Administrative Committee will furnish to the claimant written notice of the disposition of a claim within 45 days after the application therefor is filed; provided, if matters beyond the control of the Administrative Committee require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Administrative Committee will furnish written notice of the extension to the claimant prior to the end of the initial 45-day period, and such extension will not exceed one additional, consecutive 30-day period; and, provided further, if matters beyond the control of the Administrative Committee require an additional extension of time for processing the claim, the Administrative Committee will furnish written notice of the second extension to the claimant prior to the end of the initial 30-day extension period, and such extension will not exceed an additional, consecutive 30-day period. Notice of any extension under this subsection (b)(2) will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, and the additional information needed to resolve those issues. In the event the claim is denied, the notice of the disposition of the claim will provide the specific reasons for the denial, cites of the pertinent provisions of the Plan, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim and/or submit the claim for review (where appropriate), and a statement of the claimant’s

59



right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.
(c)    Review Procedure. Any Participant or beneficiary who has been denied a benefit, or his duly authorized representative, will be entitled, upon request to the Administrative Committee, to appeal the denial of his claim in accordance with subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2) hereof, as applicable. The claimant or his duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents related to the Plan and in the Administrative Committee’s possession in order to prepare the appeal.
(1)    Generally. Except as provided in subsection (c)(2) hereof, the form containing the request for review, together with a written statement of the claimant’s position, must be filed with the Administrative Committee no later than 60 days after receipt of the written notification of denial of a claim provided for in subsection (b) hereof. The Administrative Committee’s decision will be made within 60 days following the filing of the request for review and will be communicated in writing to the claimant; provided, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the appeal, the Administrative Committee will furnish written notice to the claimant prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, and such an extension will not exceed one additional 60-day period. If unfavorable, the notice of decision will explain the reason or reasons for denial, indicate the provisions of the Plan or other documents used to arrive at the decision, and state the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).
(2)    Claims Based on an Independent Determination of Disability. With respect to an appeal of a denial of benefits under the Plan based on Disability (other than approval for payment of benefits, directly or indirectly, under any long-term disability plan maintained by an Affiliate or eligibility for Social Security disability benefits), the form containing the request for review, together with a written statement of the claimant’s position, must be filed with the Administrative Committee no later than 180 days after receipt of the written notification of denial of a claim provided for in subsection (b) hereof. The Administrative Committee’s decision will be made within 45 days following the filing of the request for review and will be communicated in writing to the claimant; provided, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the appeal, the Administrative Committee will furnish written notice to the claimant prior to the end of the initial 45-day period, and such an extension will not exceed one additional 45-day period. The Administrative Committee’s review will not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and will be conducted by an individual who is neither the individual who made the adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of such individual. In deciding an appeal of any adverse benefit determination that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the Administrative Committee will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment and who is neither an individual who was consulted in connection with the adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of any such individual. If unfavorable, the notice of decision will explain the reason or reasons for denial, indicate the provisions of the Plan or other documents used to arrive at the decision, state the claimant’s right to bring a civil action

60



under ERISA Section 502(a), and identify all medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained by the Administrative Committee in connection with a claimant’s adverse benefit determination.
(d)    Satisfaction of Claims. Any payment to a Participant or beneficiary, or to his legal representative or heirs at law, all in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, will to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee, the Administrative Committee, and the Participating Companies, any of whom may require such Participant, beneficiary, legal representative or heirs at law, as a condition to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as determined by the Trustee, the Administrative Committee or the Participating Companies, as the case may be. If receipt and release are required but execution by such Participant, beneficiary, legal representative or heirs at law is not accomplished so that the terms of Section 10.1(b) (dealing with the timing of distributions) may be fulfilled, such benefits may be distributed or paid into any appropriate court or to such other place as such court directs, for disposition in accordance with the order of such court, and such distribution will be deemed to comply with the requirements of Section 10.1(b).
10.9    Explanation of Rollover Distributions.
Within a reasonable period of time [as defined for purposes of Code Section 402(f)] before making an Eligible Rollover Distribution (which may include certain withdrawals permitted under Article IX hereof) from the Plan, the Administrative Committee will provide the distributee with a written explanation of (i) the provisions under which the distributee may have the distribution directly transferred to another Eligible Retirement Plan, (ii) the provisions which require the withholding of tax on the distribution if it is not directly transferred to another Eligible Retirement Plan, (iii) the provisions under which the distribution will not be subject to tax if transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan within 60 days after the date on which the distributee receives the distribution, and (iv) such other terms and provisions as may be required under Code Section 402(f) and the regulations thereunder.
10.10    Unclaimed Benefits.
In the event a Participant or beneficiary becomes entitled to benefits under this Article and the Administrative Committee is unable to locate such Participant or beneficiary (after such diligent efforts as the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion deems appropriate) within 1 year of the date upon which he became so entitled, the full Account of such Participant or beneficiary will be deemed abandoned and treated as a Forfeiture; provided, in the event such Participant or beneficiary is located or makes a claim subsequent to the allocation of the abandoned Account, the amount of such abandoned Account (unadjusted for any investment gains or losses from the time of abandonment) will be restored (from abandoned Accounts, Forfeitures, Trust earnings or Contributions made by the Participating Companies) to such Participant or beneficiary, as appropriate; and, provided further, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may delay the deemed date of abandonment of any such Account for a period longer than the prescribed 1 year if it believes that it is in the best interest of the Plan to do so, and, provided further, if the distribution is payable upon termination of the Plan, the Administrative Committee will not be required to wait until the end of such 1-year period.

61



10.11    Recovery of Mistaken Payments.
If any benefit is paid to a Participant or beneficiary in an amount that is greater than the amount payable under the terms of the Plan, the Plan will recover the excess benefit amount by eliminating or reducing the Participant’s or beneficiary’s future benefit payments. If no further benefits are payable to the Participant or beneficiary under the Plan, the Administrative Committee, in its discretion, may employ such means as are available under applicable law to recover the excess benefit amount from the Participant or beneficiary.
10.12    Recordkeeper Transition Rule.
For purposes of effectuating a change in the Plan’s recordkeeper, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, the Administrative Committee may designate a period during which no distributions will be permitted.


62




ARTICLE XI
ADMINISTRATION
11.1    Administrative Committee; Appointment and Term of Office.
(a)    Appointment. The Administrative Committee will consist of not less than one member. The members of the Administrative Committee will be appointed by the Board, or as otherwise provided in the by-laws of the Administrative Committee as approved by the Board.
(b)    Removal; Resignation. The members of the Administrative Committee may be removed or resign by the Board, or as otherwise provided in the by-laws of the Administrative Committee.
11.2    Organization of Administrative Committee.
The Administrative Committee may elect a Chairman from among its members, and may elect a Secretary, which need not be a member of the Administrative Committee. In addition to those powers set forth elsewhere in the Plan, the Administrative Committee may appoint such agents, who need not be members of such Administrative Committee, as it may deem necessary for the effective performance of its duties and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Administrative Committee may deem expedient or appropriate. The compensation of such agents who are not full-time Employees of a Participating Company will be fixed by the Administrative Committee and will be paid by the Controlling Company (to be divided equitably among the Participating Companies) or from the Trust Fund as determined by the Administrative Committee. The Administrative Committee will act by majority vote or by resolutions signed by a majority of the Administrative Committee members. Its members will serve as such without compensation.
11.3    Powers and Responsibility.
(a)    Fiduciary Responsibilities. The Administrative Committee will fulfill the duties of “administrator” as set forth in ERISA Section 3(16) and will have complete control of the administration of the Plan hereunder, with all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out its duties as set forth in the Plan and the Trust Agreement. The Administrative Committee, acting in its role as a Named Fiduciary, will have the following duties and responsibilities:
(1)    to construe the Plan and to determine all questions that will arise thereunder;
(2)    to have all powers elsewhere herein conferred upon it;
(3)    to decide all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in the benefits of the Plan;

63



(4)    to determine the benefits of the Plan to which any Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled;
(5)    to make factual findings with respect to claims for benefits;
(6)    to maintain and retain records relating to Participants and Beneficiaries;
(7)    to prepare and furnish to Participants all information required under federal law or provisions of the Plan to be furnished to them;
(8)    to prepare and furnish to the Trustee sufficient employee data and the amount of Contributions received from all sources so that the Trustee may maintain separate accounts for Participants and Beneficiaries and make required payments of benefits;
(9)    to prepare and file or publish with the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Treasury, their delegates and all other appropriate government officials all reports and other information required under law to be so filed or published;
(10)    as permitted in the Trust Agreement, to provide directions to the Trustee with respect to methods of benefit payment, and all other matters where called for in the Plan or requested by the Trustee;
(11)    to engage assistants and professional advisers;
(12)    to arrange for fiduciary bonding;
(13)    to provide procedures for determination of claims for benefits;
(14)    to designate, from time to time, the Trustee; and
(15)    to delegate any recordkeeping or other administerial duties hereunder to any other person or third-party;
all as further set forth herein.

(b)    Other Powers. In addition to serving as administrator of the Plan, the Administrative Committee has been vested with the authority to take certain actions on behalf of the Controlling Company as settlor of the Plan, including the authority to amend the Plan as provided for in Article XIII, to grant service with predecessor employers as provided in Sections 1.82 and 2.1. In exercising such authority and in taking any other action on behalf of the Controlling Company as settlor of the Plan, the Administrative Committee will not be deemed to be acting as a Plan fiduciary.

64



11.4    Delegation.
The Administrative Committee will have the power to delegate specific fiduciary, administrative and ministerial responsibilities (other than Trustee responsibilities). Such delegations may be to officers or Employees of a Participating Company or to other persons, all of whom will serve at the pleasure of the Administrative Committee. References in the Plan to the Administrative Committee are deemed to include any person authorized to act on its behalf pursuant to this Section.
11.5    Construction of the Plan.
The Administrative Committee will take such steps as are considered necessary and appropriate to remedy any inequity that results from incorrect information received or communicated in good faith or as the consequence of an administrative error. Such remedial steps may include, but are not limited to, taking any voluntary corrective action under any correction program available through the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or other administrative agency. The Administrative Committee, in its sole and full discretion, will interpret the Plan and will determine the questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan. The Administrative Committee will endeavor to act, whether by general rules or by particular decisions, so as not to discriminate in favor of or against any person and so as to treat all persons in similar circumstances uniformly. The Administrative Committee will correct any defect, reconcile any inconsistency or supply any omission with respect to the Plan.
11.6    Assistants and Advisors.
(a)    Engaging Advisors. The Administrative Committee will have the right to hire, at the expense of the Controlling Company (to be divided equitably among the Participating Companies), such professional assistants and consultants as it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable. To the extent that the costs for such assistants and advisors are not paid by the Controlling Company, they will be paid at the direction of the Administrative Committee from the Trust Fund as an expense of the Trust Fund.
(b)    Reliance on Advisors. The Administrative Committee and the Participating Companies will be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports made by an accountant, attorney or other professional adviser selected pursuant to this Section; the Administrative Committee, the Participating Companies, and the Trustee will be fully protected in respect to any action taken by them in good faith in reliance upon the advice or opinion of any such accountant, attorney or other professional adviser; and any action so taken will be conclusive upon each of them and upon all other persons interested in the Plan.
11.7    Investment Committee.
(a)    Appointment. The members of the Investment Committee will be determined by the Board, or as otherwise provided in the by-laws of the Investment Committee as approved by the Board.

65



(b)    Duties. The Investment Committee will have the responsibility and authority:
(1)    To appoint one or more persons to serve as investment manager with respect to all or part of the Plan assets, including assets maintained under separate accounts of an insurance company;
(2)    To allocate the responsibility and authority being carried out by the Investment Committee among the members of the Investment Committee;
(3)    To take any action appropriate to ensure that the Plan assets are invested for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and beneficiaries in accordance with the Plan and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, subject to the requirements of any applicable law; and
(4)    To employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility or authority being carried out by the Investment Committee.
To the extent that the costs for such assistants and advisors are not paid by a Participating Company, they will be paid at the direction of the Investment Committee from the Trust Fund as an expense of the Trust Fund.

11.8    Direction of Trustee.
The Investment Committee will have the power to provide the Trustee with general investment policy guidelines and directions to assist the Trustee respecting investments made in compliance with, and pursuant to, the terms of the Plan.
11.9    Bonding.
The Administrative Committee will arrange for fiduciary bonding as is required by law, but no bonding in excess of the amount required by law will be required by the Plan.
11.10    Indemnification.
The Administrative Committee and the Investment Committee and each member of those committees will be indemnified by the Participating Companies against judgment amounts, settlement amounts (other than amounts paid in settlement to which the Participating Companies do not consent) and expenses, reasonably incurred by the committee or the committee member in connection with any action to which the committee or the committee member may be a party (by reason of his service as a member of a committee) except in relation to matters as to which the committee or he will be adjudged in such action to be personally guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its or his duties. The foregoing right to indemnification will be in addition to such other rights as such committee or each committee member may enjoy as a matter of law or by reason of insurance coverage of any kind. Rights granted hereunder will be in addition to and not in lieu of any rights to indemnification to which such committee or each committee

66



member may be entitled pursuant to the by-laws of the Controlling Company. Service on the Administrative or Investment Committee will be deemed in partial fulfillment of a committee member’s function as an Employee, officer and/or director of the Controlling Company or any Participating Company, if he serves in such other capacity as well.



67



ARTICLE XII
ALLOCATION OF AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
12.1    Controlling Company.
(a)    General Responsibilities. The Controlling Company, as Plan sponsor, will have the following authority and responsibilities:
(1)    To appoint the Administrative Committee and the Investment Committee and to monitor each of their performances;
(2)    To communicate such information to the Trustee, the Administrative Committee and the Investment Committee as each needs for the proper performance of its duties; and
(3)    To provide channels and mechanisms through which the Administrative Committee and/or the Trustee can communicate with Participants and Beneficiaries.
In addition, the Controlling Company will perform such duties as are imposed by law or by regulation and will serve as plan administrator in the absence of an appointed Administrative Committee.

(b)    Authority of Participating Companies. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and in addition to the authority and responsibilities specifically given to the Participating Companies in the Plan, the Controlling Company, in its sole discretion, may grant the Participating Companies such authority and charge them with such responsibilities as the Controlling Company deems appropriate.
12.2    Administrative Committee.
(a)    General Responsibilities. The Administrative Committee will have the authority and responsibilities imposed by Article XI. With respect to the authority and responsibilities described in Section 11.3(a), the Administrative Committee will be a Named Fiduciary. The Administrative Committee will have no authority or responsibilities other than as granted in the Plan or as imposed as a matter of law.
(b)    Allocation of Authority. In the event any of the areas of authority and responsibilities of the Administrative Committee overlap with that of any other Plan fiduciary, the Administrative Committee will coordinate with such other fiduciaries the execution of such authority and responsibilities; provided, the decision of the Administrative Committee with respect to such authority and responsibilities ultimately will be controlling.
12.3    Investment Committee.

68



The Investment Committee, if any is appointed, will be a Named Fiduciary with respect to its authority and responsibilities, as imposed by Article XI. The Investment Committee will have no authority or responsibilities other than those granted in the Plan and the Trust.
12.4    Trustee.
The Trustee will be a fiduciary with respect to investment of Trust Fund assets and will have the powers and duties set forth in the Trust Agreement.
12.5    Limitations on Obligations of Fiduciaries.
No fiduciary will have authority or responsibility to deal with matters other than as delegated to it under the Plan, under the Trust Agreement or by operation of law. A fiduciary will not in any event be liable for breach of fiduciary responsibility or obligation by another fiduciary (including Named Fiduciaries) if the responsibility or authority for the act or omission deemed to be a breach was not within the scope of such fiduciary’s authority or delegated responsibility.
12.6    Delegation.
Named Fiduciaries will have the power to delegate specific fiduciary responsibilities (other than Trustee responsibilities). Such delegations may be to officers or Employees of a Participating Company or to other persons, all of whom will serve at the pleasure of the Named Fiduciary making such delegation. Any such person may resign by delivering a written resignation to the delegating Named Fiduciary. Vacancies created by any reason may be filled by the appropriate Named Fiduciary or the assigned responsibilities may be assumed or redelegated by the Named Fiduciary.
12.7    Multiple Fiduciary Roles.
Any person may hold more than one position of fiduciary responsibility and will be liable for each such responsibility separately.



69



ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND ADOPTION
13.1    Amendment.
The provisions of the Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Board or Administrative Committee, provided:
(a)    No amendment will increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without the consent of such party;

(b)    Except as permitted by applicable laws, no amendment will decrease the balance or vested percentage of an Account or eliminate an optional form of benefit;

(c)    No amendment will be made that significantly changes the Plan design without approval of the Board; and

(d)    No amendment will effect any changes in the contribution formula without approval of the Board.

13.2    Termination.
(a)    Right to Terminate. The Controlling Company expects the Plan to be continued indefinitely, but it reserves the right to terminate the Plan or to completely discontinue Contributions to the Plan at any time by action of the Board. In either event, the Administrative Committee, Investment Committee, each Participating Company and the Trustee will be promptly advised of such decision in writing. For termination of the Plan by a Participating Company as to itself (rather than the termination of the entire Plan) refer to Section 13.3(e).
(b)    Vesting Upon Complete Termination. If the Plan is terminated by the Controlling Company or Contributions to the Plan are completely discontinued, the Accounts of all Participants, Beneficiaries or other successors in interest as of such date will become 100% vested and nonforfeitable. Upon termination of the Plan, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, will instruct the Trustee either (i) to continue to manage and administer the assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement, or (ii) to the extent permissible under applicable law, to pay over to each Participant the value of his interest in a single-sum payment and to thereupon dissolve the Trust.
(c)    Dissolution of Trust. In the event that the Administrative Committee decides to dissolve the Trust, as soon as practicable following the termination of the Plan or the Administrative Committee’s decision, whichever is later, the assets under the Plan will be converted to cash or other distributable assets, to the extent necessary to effect a complete distribution of the Trust assets as described hereinbelow. Following completion of the conversion, on a date selected by the Administrative Committee, each individual with an Account under the Plan on such date will receive a distribution of the total amount then credited to his Account. The amount of cash and

70



other property distributable to each such individual will be determined as of the date of distribution (treating, for this purpose, such distribution date as the Valuation Date as of which the distributable amount is determined). In the case of a termination distribution as provided herein, the Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to take any action provided in Section 10.10 (dealing with unclaimed benefits), except that it will not be necessary to hold funds for any period of time stated in such Section. Within the expense limitations set forth in the Plan, the Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to use assets of the Trust Fund to pay any due and accrued expenses and liabilities of the Trust and any expenses involved in termination of the Plan (other than expenses incurred for the benefit of the Participating Companies). Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, upon termination of the Plan, the Administrative Committee may elect to transfer a missing Participant’s or beneficiary’s Account to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established by ERISA Section 4002, as permitted under ERISA Section 4050(d).
(d)    Vesting Upon Partial Termination. In the event of a partial termination of the Plan [as provided in Code Section 411(d)(3)], the Accounts of those Participants and Beneficiaries affected will become 100% vested and nonforfeitable and, unless transferred to another qualified plan, will be distributed in a manner and at a time consistent with the terms of Article X.
13.3    Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Company.
(a)    Procedures for Participation. As of the Effective Date, the Controlling Company and the other Affiliates listed on Schedule A hereto will be Participating Companies in the Plan. The Administrative Committee may designate any other Affiliate as a Participating Company. The name of each Participating Company, along with the effective date of its participation, may be recorded in the records of the Administrative Committee or on Schedule A hereto.
(b)    Single Plan. The Plan will be considered a single plan for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(l)-1(b)(1). All assets contributed to the Plan by the Participating Companies will be available to pay benefits to all Participants and Beneficiaries. Nothing contained herein will be construed to prohibit the separate accounting of assets contributed by the Participating Companies for purposes of cost allocation, Contributions, Forfeitures and other purposes, pursuant to the terms of the Plan and as directed by the Administrative Committee.
(c)    Authority under Plan. As long as a Participating Company’s designation as such remains in effect, such Participating Company will be bound by, and subject to, all provisions of the Plan and the Trust. The exclusive authority to amend the Plan and the Trust will be vested in the Administrative Committee and the Board, and no other Participating Company will have any right to amend the Plan or the Trust. Any amendment to the Plan or the Trust adopted by the Administrative Committee or the Board will be binding upon every Participating Company without further action by such Participating Company.
(d)    Contributions to Plan. A Participating Company will be required to make Contributions to the Plan at such times and in such amounts as specified in Articles III and VI. The Contributions made (or to be made) to the Plan by the Participating Companies will be allocated between and among such companies in whatever equitable manner or amounts as the Administrative Committee determines.

71



(e)    Withdrawal from Plan. The Administrative Committee may terminate the designation of a Participating Company, effective as of any date. A Participating Company may withdraw from participation in the Plan, with the approval of the Administrative Committee; provided, such action is communicated in writing to the Administrative Committee. The withdrawal of a Participating Company will be effective as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the notice of withdrawal is received by the Administrative Committee (unless the Controlling Company or Administrative Committee consents to a different effective date). Any such Participating Company which ceases to be a Participating Company will be liable for all costs and liabilities (whether imposed under the terms of the Plan, the Code or ERISA) accrued, with respect to its Employees, through the effective date of its withdrawal or termination. The withdrawing or terminating Participating Company will have no right to direct that assets of the Plan be transferred to a successor plan for its Employees unless such transfer is approved by the Controlling Company or Administrative Committee in its sole discretion.
13.4    Merger, Consolidation and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities.
In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of assets or liabilities of the Plan to, any other plan, each Participant and beneficiary will have a plan benefit in the surviving or transferee plan (determined as if such plan were then terminated immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets or liabilities) that is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive under the Plan immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets or liabilities, if the Plan had terminated at that time.


72



ARTICLE XIV
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
14.1    Top-Heavy Plan Years.
The provisions set forth in this Article will become effective for any Plan Years with respect to which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan and will supersede any other provisions of the Plan which are inconsistent with these provisions; provided, if the Plan is determined not to be a Top-Heavy Plan in any Plan Year subsequent to a Plan Year in which the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan, the provisions of this Article will not apply with respect to such subsequent Plan Year; provided further, the provisions of this Article will not apply with respect to any Plan Year in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) or 401(k)(13) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12) are met; and, provided further, to the extent that any of the requirements of this Article are no longer required under Code Section 416 or any other Section of the Code, such requirements will be of no force or effect.
14.2    Determination of Top-Heavy Status.
(a)    Application. The Plan will be considered a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year if either:
(1)    The Plan is not part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group and, as of the Determination Date of such Plan Year, the value of the Accounts of the Participants who are Key Employees under the Plan exceeds 60% of the value of the Accounts of all Participants (as determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder); or
(2)    The Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group which, as of the Determination Date of such Plan Year, is a Top-Heavy Group;
provided, the Plan will not be considered a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year under subsection (a)(2) hereof if the Plan also is part of a Permissive Aggregation Group which is not a Top-Heavy Group for such Plan Year.

(b)    Special Definitions.
(1)    Determination Date. The term “Determination Date” means (i) in the case of the Plan Year that includes the original effective date of the Plan, the last day of such Plan Year, and (ii) with respect to any other Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year, and (iii) for any plan year of each other qualified plan maintained by a Participating Company or Affiliate which is part of a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group, the date determined under (i) or (ii) above as if the term “Plan Year” means the plan year for each such other qualified plan.

73



(2)    Non-Key Employee. The term “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee who is not a Key Employee. For purposes hereof, former Key Employees will be treated as Non-Key Employees.
(3)    Permissive Aggregation Group. The term “Permissive Aggregation Group” means a Required Aggregation Group and any other qualified plan or plans maintained or contributed to by an Affiliate which, when considered with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
(4)    Required Aggregation Group. The term “Required Aggregation Group” means a group of plans of the Affiliates consisting of (i) each plan which, for such Plan Year or any of the 4 preceding Plan Years, qualifies under Code Section 401(a) and in which a Key Employee is a participant, and (ii) each other plan which, during this 5-year period, qualifies under Code Section 401(a) and which enables any plan described in clause (i) hereof to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410.
(5)    Top-Heavy Group. The term “Top-Heavy Group” means a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group with respect to which the sum (determined as of a Determination Date) of (i) the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under all Defined Benefit Plans included in such group, and (ii) the aggregate of the accounts of Key Employees under all Defined Contribution Plans included in such group, exceeds 60% of a similar sum determined for all Employees.
(c)    Special Rules. The following rules will apply in determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) above:
(1)    The value of any account balance under any Defined Contribution Plan and the value of any accrued benefit under any Defined Benefit Plan will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within, or ends with, the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date or, if plans are aggregated, the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year;
(2)    The value of the Accounts under the Plan or the accounts under any other Defined Contribution Plan included in a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group for any Determination Date, other than the Determination Date for the first plan year, will include the amounts actually contributed and paid to the plan on or before the Determination Date, and will exclude any amounts to be contributed with respect to such preceding plan year but not actually paid to the plan on or before the Determination Date. The value of the accounts under any Defined Contribution Plan for the Determination Date of the first plan year will include all amounts contributed to the plan as of the Determination Date, regardless of whether such amounts will have been actually paid or merely accrued as of the Determination Date;
(3)    The value of any account balance under any Defined Contribution Plan and the present value of any accrued benefit under any Defined Benefit Plan as of any

74



Determination Date will be increased by the aggregate distributions made under the plan (including distributions under a terminated plan which, if it had not been terminated, would have been included in a Required Aggregation Group) during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date (or, in the case of distributions made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date);
(4)    Accrued benefits and accounts of the following individuals will not be taken into account for a Plan Year: (A) any Non-Key Employee who, in a prior Plan Year, was a Key Employee or (B) any Employee who had not performed any services for a Participating Company at any time during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date for such Plan Year;
(5)    The value of any account balance will not include deductible employee contributions, as described in Code Section 72(o)(5)(A);
(6)    The extent to which rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers are taken into account in determining the value of any account balance or accrued benefit will be determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder; and
(7)    Each Non-Key Employee’s accrued benefit under the Plan and any Defined Benefit Plans will be determined (A) under the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all Defined Benefit Plans, or (B) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate set forth under Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).
14.3    Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution.
(a)    Multiple Defined Contribution Plans. For any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the aggregate company Contributions (when added to similar contributions made under other defined contribution plans) allocated to the Account of any Active Participant who is a Non-Key Employee will not be less than the Defined Contribution Minimum. To the extent that the company Contributions are less than the Defined Contribution Minimum, additional company Contributions will be provided under the Plan.
For purposes hereof, a Non-Key Employee will not fail to receive a minimum contribution hereunder for a Plan Year because (i) such Non-Key Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service for such Plan Year or (ii) such Non-Key Employee is excluded from participation (or receives no allocation) merely because his Compensation is less than a stated amount or because he failed to make a Deferral Election for such Plan Year.

(b)    Defined Contribution and Benefit Plans. In the event that Non-Key Employees are covered under both the Plan and one or more Defined Benefit Plans maintained by an Affiliate, the minimum contribution level set forth in subsection (a) hereof will be satisfied if each such Non-Key Employee receives a benefit level under such Defined Contribution and Defined Benefit Plans which is not less than the Defined Benefit Minimum offset by any benefits provided under the Plan and any other Defined Contribution Plans maintained by any Affiliate.

75



(c)    Defined Contribution Minimum. The term “Defined Contribution Minimum” means, with respect to the Plan, a minimum level of company Contributions allocated with respect to a Plan Year to the Account of each Active Participant who is a Non-Key Employee; such level being the lesser of:
(1)    3% of such Active Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year; or
(2)    if no Defined Benefit Plan of an Affiliate uses the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410, the highest percentage of Compensation at which company Contributions are made, or are required to be made, under the Plan for such Plan Year for any Key Employee.
For purposes of this subsection (c), (i) qualified nonelective contributions made by the Controlling Company in order to satisfy the anti-discrimination tests of Code Section 401(k) or Section 401(m) (for example, Supplemental Contributions) may be treated as company Contributions, (ii) Before-Tax (other than Catch-Up Contributions) and Matching Contributions will be taken into account as company Contributions for Key Employees, (iii) Matching Contributions may be treated as company Contributions and may be taken into account for satisfying the minimum contribution requirement for Non-Key Employees, and (iv) Before-Tax Contributions will not be taken into account for satisfying the minimum contribution requirement for Non-Key Employees.
(d)    Defined Benefit Minimum. The term “Defined Benefit Minimum” means, with respect to a Defined Benefit Plan, a minimum level of accrued benefit derived from employer contributions with respect to a plan year for each participant who is a Non-Key Employee; such level, when expressed as an annual retirement benefit, being not less than the product of (1) and (2), where:
(1)    Equals the Non-Key Employee’s average Compensation for the period of consecutive years (not exceeding 5) when such Non-Key Employee had the highest aggregate Compensation from all Affiliates; and
(2)    Equals the lesser of (A) 2% times such Non-Key Employee’s number of years of service or (B) 20%.
For purposes o    f determining the Defined Benefit Minimum, “years of service” will not include any year of service if the plan was not a Top-Heavy Plan for the plan year ending during such year of service and will not include any years of service completed in a plan year beginning before January 1, 1984. Compensation in years before January 1, 1984, and Compensation in years after the close of the last plan year in which the plan is a Top-Heavy Plan will be disregarded. All accruals of employer-provided benefits, whether or not attributable to years for which the Plan is top heavy, may be used in determining whether the minimum contribution requirements set forth in this Section are satisfied.

76



14.4    Top-Heavy Minimum Vesting.
The vesting schedule set forth in Section 8.1(b) satisfies the top-heavy minimum vesting requirements.
14.5    Construction of Limitations and Requirements.
The descriptions of the limitations and requirements set forth in this Article are intended to serve as statements of the minimum legal requirements necessary for the Plan to remain qualified under the applicable terms of the Code. The Participating Companies do not desire or intend, and the terms of this Article will not be construed, to impose any more restrictions on the operation of the Plan than required by law. Therefore, the terms of this Article and any related terms and definitions in the Plan will be interpreted and operated in a manner which imposes the least restrictions on the Plan.


77



ARTICLE XV
MISCELLANEOUS

15.1    Nonalienation of Benefits and Spendthrift Clause.
(a)    General Nonalienation Requirements. Except to the extent permitted by law and as provided in subsection (b), (c) or (d) hereof, none of the Accounts, benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under the Plan will be subject to the claim of any creditor of a Participant or beneficiary or to any legal process by any creditor of such Participant or beneficiary; and neither such Participant nor beneficiary will have any right to alienate, commute, anticipate or assign any of the Accounts, benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under the Plan except to the extent expressly provided herein.
(b)    Exception for Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.
(1)    The nonalienation requirements of subsection (a) hereof will apply to the creation, assignment or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is (i) determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), entered on or after January 1, 1985, or (ii) any domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), entered before January 1, 1985, pursuant to which a transferor plan was paying benefits on January 1, 1985. The Administrative Committee will establish reasonable written procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Further, to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order, a former spouse of a Participant will be treated as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
(2)    The Administrative Committee will establish reasonable procedures to administer distributions under qualified domestic relations orders which are submitted to it. The Administrative Committee, to the extent provided in a qualified domestic relations order, will direct the Trustee to pay, in a single-sum payment, the full amount of the benefit payable to any alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order. Such cash-out payment will be made as soon as practicable after the Administrative Committee determines that a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order, or if later, when the terms of the qualified domestic relations order permit such a distribution. (See also Section 10.5.) If the terms of a qualified domestic relations order do not permit an immediate cash-out payment, the benefits will be paid to the alternate payee in accordance with the terms of such order and the applicable terms of the Plan.
(c)    Exception for Loans from the Plan. All loans made by the Trustee to any Participant or beneficiary will be secured by a pledge of the borrower’s interest in the Plan.
(d)    Exception for Crimes Against the Plan. The nonalienation requirements of subsection (a) hereof will not apply to any offset of a Participant’s Account, benefit, payments, proceeds or distributions under the Plan against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if:

78



(1)    The order or requirement to pay arises, on or after August 5, 1997, (i) under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan; (ii) under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA; or (iii) pursuant to a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor and the Participant, or a settlement agreement between the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant, in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of such Subtitle by a fiduciary or any other person; and
(2)    The judgment, order, decree, or settlement agreement expressly provides for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant’s benefits provided under the Plan.
15.2    Headings.
The headings and subheadings in the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.
15.3    Construction, Controlling Law.
In the construction of the Plan, the masculine will include the feminine and the feminine the masculine, and the singular will include the plural and the plural the singular, in all cases where such meanings would be appropriate. Unless otherwise specified, any reference to a Section, subsection or Article will be interpreted as a reference to a Section, subsection or Article of the Plan. The Plan will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and applicable federal laws.
15.4    Legally Incompetent.
The Administrative Committee may in its discretion direct that payment be made and the Trustee will make payment on such direction, directly to an incompetent or disabled person, whether incompetent or disabled because of minority or mental or physical disability, or to the guardian of such person, to any person having legal custody of such person, or to such other person as the Administrative Committee may otherwise determine, without further liability with respect to or in the amount of such payment either on the part of any Participating Company, the Administrative Committee or the Trustee.
15.5    Title to Assets, Benefits Supported Only By Trust Fund.
No Participant or beneficiary will have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust Fund upon termination of his employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under the Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable under the Plan to such Participant or beneficiary out of the assets of the Trust Fund. Any person having any claim under the Plan will look solely to the assets of the Trust Fund for satisfaction. The foregoing sentence notwithstanding, each Participating Company will indemnify and save any of its officers, members of its board of directors or agents, and each of them, harmless from any and all claims, loss, damages, expense

79



and liability arising from their responsibilities in connection with the Plan and from acts, omissions and conduct in their official capacity, except to the extent that such effects and consequences will result from their own willful misconduct or gross negligence.
15.6    Legal Action.
In any action or proceeding involving the assets held with respect to the Plan or Trust Fund or the administration thereof, the Participating Companies, the Administrative Committee and the Trustee will be the only necessary parties and no Participants, Employees, or former Employees, their Beneficiaries or any other person having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan will be entitled to any notice of process; provided, such notice as is required by the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Labor to be given in connection with Plan amendments, termination, curtailment or other activity will be given in the manner and form and at the time so required. Any final judgment which is not appealed or appealable that may be entered in any such action or proceeding will be binding and conclusive on the parties hereto, the Administrative Committee and all persons having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan.
15.7    Exclusive Benefit; Refund of Contributions.
No part of the Trust Fund will be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries, subject, however, to the payment of all costs of maintaining and administering the Plan and Trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contributions to the Trust by a Participating Company may be refunded to the Participating Company under the following circumstances and subject to the following limitations:
(a)    Permitted Refunds. If and to the extent permitted by the Code and other applicable laws and regulations thereunder, upon the Participating Company’s request, a Contribution which is (i) made by a mistake in fact, or (ii) conditioned upon the deductibility of the Contribution under Code Section 404, will be returned to the Participating Company making the Contribution within 1 year after the payment of the Contribution or the disallowance of the deduction (to the extent disallowed), whichever is applicable.
(b)    Payment of Refund. If any refund is paid to a Participating Company hereunder, such refund will be made without interest or other investment gains, will be reduced by any investment losses attributable to the refundable amount and will be apportioned among the Accounts of the Participants as an investment loss, except to the extent that the amount of the refund can be attributed to one or more specific Participants (for example, as in the case of certain mistakes of fact), in which case the amount of the refund attributable to each such Participant’s Account will be debited directly against such Account.
(c)    Limitation on Refund. No refund will be made to a Participating Company if such refund would cause the balance in a Participant’s Account to be less than the balance would have been had the refunded contribution not been made.

80



15.8    Plan Expenses.
As permitted under the Code and ERISA, expenses incurred with respect to administering the Plan and Trust will be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent such costs are not paid by the Participating Companies or to the extent the Controlling Company requests that the Trustee reimburse it or any other Participating Company for its payment of such expenses. Upon request, the Trustee will reimburse the Controlling Company for its salary and other labor costs related to the Plan to the extent that such costs constitute proper Plan expenses. The Administrative Committee may provide for such expenses to be charged against earnings as provided in Section 7.4, Forfeitures as provided in Section 5.5 or Participants’ Accounts (on a per capita basis, in proportion to the value of such Accounts or on any other basis permitted under the Code and ERISA). The Administrative Committee may provide for any expenses specifically attributable to an Account to be charged against such Account.
15.9    Special Effective Dates.
(a)    Intent of Plan. The Plan as set forth herein generally is effective as of the Effective Date and is intended to be in compliance with all current laws and regulations.
(b)    Compliance. To the extent any of the changes and provisions described above have requisite effective dates other than the Effective Date, the Plan will be deemed to be effective as of such requisite effective dates solely for the purpose of satisfying the applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
15.10    Satisfaction of Writing Requirement By Other Means.
In any circumstance where the Plan requires delivery of a written notice or other document, such requirement may be satisfied by electronic or any other means permitted under applicable law, pursuant to procedures and rules established by the Administrative Committee.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Controlling Company has caused the Plan to be executed by a duly authorized officer on the date written below.

CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.


By: /s/ Randall Blubaugh            

Title: Vice President Total Rewards and Human Resources

Date: December 18, 2014






81





82



CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

SCHEDULE A

PARTICIPATING COMPANIES AND EFFECTIVE DATES
[see Plan Sections 1.57 PARTICIPATING COMPANY and 13.3]

Name                                Effective Date
Cash America, Inc. of Kentucky                January 1, 1991
Cash America, Inc. of North Carolina            January 1, 1991
Cash America, Inc. of Oklahoma                January 1, 1991
Cash America, Inc. of South Carolina            January 1, 1991
Cash America, Inc. of Tennessee                January 1, 1991
Cash America, Inc. of Louisiana                January 1, 1991
Cash America, Inc. of Alabama                July 8, 1992
Cash America, Inc. of Indiana                    October 27, 1992
Cash America, Inc. of Illinois                    January 16, 1998
Cash America of Missouri, Inc.                January 20, 1994
Cash America Pawn, Inc. of Ohio                January 1, 1991
Cash America, Inc. of Utah                    April 25, 1997
Cash America Pawn, L.P.                    December 6, 1991
Cash America Management, L.P.                December 6, 1991
Cash America Financial Services, Inc.            December 7, 1999
Florida Cash America, Inc.                    January 1, 1991
Georgia Cash America, Inc.                    January 1, 1991
Mr. Payroll Corporation (DE Corporation)            January 1, 1999
Cashland Financial Services, Inc.                February 19, 2004
Cash America Advance, Inc.                    June 1, 2004
Cash America, Inc. of Nevada                January 1, 2005
Cash America, Inc. of Alaska                    April 4, 2006
Cash America Internet Sales, Inc.                January 27, 2012



A-1



ACASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

SCHEDULE B

SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS
[see Plan Sections 1.82(f) and 2.1(d) ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING SERVICE]


An Employee’s periods of employment with the following entities, prior to such entities becoming Affiliates, will be taken into account for eligibility and vesting purposes under the Plan:

1.
American Pawn & Jewelry, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of American Pawn & Jewelry, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of North Carolina on October 1, 1996.
2.
Joanne Reback, DBA Palmetto Pawn/Check Cashing, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Joanne Reback, DBA Palmetto Pawn/Check Cashing by Florida Cash America, Inc. on October 30, 1996.
3.
Rothchilds Sales & Loan, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Rothchilds Sales & Loan, Inc., by Cash America, Inc. of Utah on May 6, 1997.
4.
American Pawn & Jewelry, Inc. (Harlingen #1), but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of American Pawn & Jewelry, Inc. (Harlingen #1) by Cash Pawn L.P. on June 17, 1997, and such Employees will have a special Entry Date of June 17, 1997.
5.
L&M Pawn Shop (New Orleans #9), but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Sherman Lanier, DBA L&M Pawn Shop (New Orleans #9) by Cash America, Inc. of Louisiana on August 22, 1997, and such employees will have a special Entry Date of August 22, 1997.
6.
Big Al’s Pawn, Inc., DBA Al’s Pawn-A-Rama (West Palm Beach #4), but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Big Al’s Pawn, Inc., DBA Al’s Pawn-A-Rama (West Palm Beach #4) by Florida Cash America, Inc. on September 4, 1997, and such Employees will have a special Entry Date of September 4, 1997.
7.
Bren, Inc., DBA Brenda’s Jewelry & Pawn (Orlando #14), but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Bren, Inc., DBA Brenda’s Jewelry & Pawn (Orlando #14) by Florida Cash

B-1



America, Inc. on September 18, 1997, and such Employees will have a special Entry Date of September 18, 1997.
8.
Heartland Corporation, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the termination of the management contract with Heartland Corporation by Cash America International, Inc. on October 1, 1997.
9.
Adam C. Harvey, DBA Southern Ohio Gold and Silver Exchange, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Adam C. Harvey, DBA Southern Ohio Gold and Silver Exchange by Cash America Pawn, Inc. of Ohio on January 5, 1998.
10.
Matt’s Inc., DBA Matt’s Pawns, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Matt’s, Inc., DBA Matt’s Pawns by Cash America, Inc. of Utah on January 12, 1998.
11.
Gulf Freeway Pawnship Company, DBA Gold-N-Dollar Pawn Shop, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Gulf Freeway Pawnship Company, DBA Gold-N-Dollar Pawn Shop by Cash America Pawn L.P. on February 12, 1998.
12.
Ricky Fishel and Isadore Fishel, DBA Eagle Jewelry & Loan, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Ricky Fishel and Isadore Fishel, DBA Eagle Jewelry & Loan by Cash America Pawn L.P. on February 27, 1998.
13.
DGRF, Inc., DBA Eagle Jewelry & Loan #3, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of DGRF, Inc., DBA Eagle Jewelry & Loan #3 by Cash America Pawn L.P. on February 27, 1998.
14.
Crown Jewelry & Loan Company, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Crown Jewelry & Loan Company by Cash America, Inc. of Illinois on March 3, 1998.
15.
Mint Pawners & Jewelers, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Mint Pawners & Jewelers, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of Illinois on March 10, 1998.
16.
Uptown City Pawners, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of the stock of Uptown City Pawners, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of Illinois on March 10, 1998.
17.
Doc Holliday’s Pawnbrokers and Jewellers, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of the stock of

B-2



Doc Holliday’s Pawnbrokers and Jewellers, Inc. by Cash America International, Inc. on May 22, 1998.
18.
Longhorn Pawn and Gun, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of the stock of Doc Holliday’s Pawnbrokers and Jewellers, Inc. by Cash America International, Inc. on May 22, 1998.
19.
Bronco Pawn and Gun, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of the stock of Doc Holliday’s Pawnbrokers and Jewellers, Inc. by Cash America International, Inc. on May 22, 1998.
20.
Buffalo Pawn and Gun, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of the stock of Doc Holliday’s Pawnbrokers and Jewellers, Inc. by Cash America International, Inc. on May 22, 1998.
21.
Gamecock Pawn and Gun, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of the stock of Doc Holliday’s Pawnbrokers and Jewellers, Inc. by Cash America International, Inc. on May 22, 1998.
22.
Hornet Pawn and Gun, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of the stock of Doc Holliday’s Pawnbrokers and Jewellers, Inc. by Cash America International, Inc. on May 22, 1998.
23.
Tiger Pawn and Gun, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of the stock of Doc Holliday’s Pawnbrokers and Jewellers, Inc. by Cash America International, Inc. on May 22, 1998.
24.
Needham Enterprises, Inc., DBA NEI Pawn, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Needham Enterprises, Inc., DBA NEI Pawn by Cash America, Inc. of Tennessee on June 18, 1998.
25.
Cash Pawn Shop, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Cash Pawn Shop, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of Alabama on June 24, 1998.
26.
Tamiami Pawn and Gun, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Tamiami Pawn and Gun, Inc. by Florida Cash America, Inc. on July 17, 1998.

B-3



27.
Roy L. Saucer and Connie Saucer, DBA Roy’s Pawn and Gun Shop, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Roy L. Saucer and Connie Saucer, DBA Roy’s Pawn and Gun Shop by Cash America, Inc. of Louisiana on August 13, 1998.
28.
Howard E. Warren, Linda E. Warren and Jane Landrum, DBA Amigo Pawn Shop, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Howard E. Warren, Linda E. Warren and Jane Landrum, DBA Amigo Pawn Shop by Cash America Pawn L.P. on October 20, 1998.
29.
United Pawn, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of United Pawn, Inc. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on November 20, 1998.
30.
Nice Guys Pawn Shop, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Nice Guys Pawn Shop, Inc. by Florida Cash America, Inc. on April 30, 1999.
31.
North Star Jewelers & Collateral, Co., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of North Star Jewelers & Collateral, Co. by Cash America, Inc. of Illinois on August 12, 1999.
32.
Effective as of June 11, 2001, Gold Star Jewellers & Collateral Company, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Gold Star Jewellers & Collateral Company by Cash America, Inc. of Illinois on June 11, 2001.
33.
Effective as of September 24, 2001, Money Core, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Money Core, Inc. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on September 24, 2001.
34.
Effective as of November 19, 2001, The Aydam Revocable Trust, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of The Aydam Revocable Trust by Cash America Pawn L.P. on November 19, 2001.
35.
Effective as of January 15, 2002, A Deal Loan Corp., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of A Deal Loan Corp. by Cash America, Inc. of Illinois on January 15, 2002.
36.
Effective as of February 26, 2002, El Tesoro Pawn Shop, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of El Tesoro Pawn Shop, Inc. by Florida Cash America, Inc. on February 26, 2002.

B-4



37.
Effective as of February 3, 2003, ELW, Inc., d/b/a Pawn Stop, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of ELW, Inc., d/b/a Pawn Stop, Inc. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on February 3, 2003.
38.
Effective as of August 1, 2003, Cashland, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Cashland, Inc. by Cashland Financial Services, Inc. on August 1, 2003.
39.
Effective as of August 6, 2003, Alexis Jewels, Inc., d/b/a Goldmasters Jewelers, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Alexis Jewels, Inc., d/b/a Goldmasters Jewelers by Florida Cash America, Inc. on August 6, 2003.
40.
Effective as of August 11, 2003, American Pawn and Jewelry, Inc. but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of American Pawn and Jewelry, Inc. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on August 11, 2003.
41.
Effective as of October 30, 2003, Ace Pawn, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Ace Pawn, Inc. by Cash America Pawn, L.P. on October 30, 2003.
42.
Effective as of August 31, 2004, GoldX Financial Services, Inc. and Gold Exchange, LLC, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of GoldX Financial Services, Inc. and Gold Exchange, LLC by Cash America Advance, Inc. on August 31, 2004.
43.
Effective as of September 20, 2004, Oak Brook Financial Corporation and Oak Brook-G Schaub, LLC, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Oak Brook Financial Corporation and Oak Brook-G Schaub, LLC by Cash America Advance, Inc. on September 20, 2004.
44.
Effective as of November 2, 2004, Forte Pawn, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Forte Pawn, Inc. by Florida Cash America, Inc. on November 2, 2004.
45.
Effective as of January 1, 2005, Superpawn, Inc. and Camco, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Superpawn, Inc. and Camco, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of Nevada on December 10, 2004.
46.
Effective as of April 28, 2005, BG Capital, Ltd., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of BG Capital, Ltd. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on April 28, 2005.

B-5



47.
Effective as of May 23, 2005, Chicago City Pawners, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Chicago City Pawners, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of Illinois on May 23, 2005.
48.
Effective as of June 18, 2005, Omegum Financial Services, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Omegum Financial Services, Inc. by Cash America Advance, Inc. on June 18, 2005.
49.
Effective as of September 8, 2005, American Pawn & Jewelry, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of American Pawn & Jewelry, Inc. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on September 8, 2005.
50.
Effective as of October 4, 2005, Ace Pawn, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Ace Pawn, Inc. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on October 4, 2005.
51.
Effective as of January 30, 2006, Donald H. Anderson and Ginny R. Anderson, DBA Magnolia Pawn, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Donald H. Anderson and Ginny R. Anderson, DBA Magnolia Pawn, by Cash America Pawn L.P. on January 30, 2006.
52.
Effective as of July 28, 2006, Cash Alaska, LLC, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Cash Alaska, LLC by Cash America, Inc. of Alaska on July 28, 2006.
53.
Effective as of July 28, 2006, Fine Pawn, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Fine Pawn, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of Alaska on July 28, 2006.
54.
Effective as of September 15, 2006, The Check Giant, LLC, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of The Check Giant LLC and its subsidiaries by Cash America Pawn, Inc. of Ohio and Cash America Net Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries on September 15, 2006.
55.
Effective as of November 9, 2006, Mr. Money Holdings, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Mr. Money Holdings, Inc. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on November 9, 2006.
56.
Effective as of January 15, 2007, Quercus Investments, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of

B-6



certain assets of Quercus Investments, Inc. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on January 15, 2007.
57.
Effective as of February 15, 2007, Siz Ventures, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Siz Ventures, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of Nevada on February 15, 2007.
58.
Effective as of April 19, 2007, Donna C. Wall and Jerry E. Wall, DBA Texas Jewelry & Loan, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Donna C. Wall and Jerry E. Wall, DBA Texas Jewelry & Loan, by Cash America Pawn L.P. on April 19, 2007.
59.
Effective as of August 24, 2007, Pronto Pawn, Ltd., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Pronto Pawn, Ltd. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on August 24, 2007.
60.
Effective as of September 7, 2007, Bargain Mart Jewelry and Pawn, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Bargain Mart Jewelry and Pawn, Inc. by Cash America of Missouri, Inc. on September 7, 2007.
61.
Effective as of May 21, 2008, Best Pawn & Jewelry, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Best Pawn & Jewelry, Inc. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on May 21, 2008.
62.
Effective as of January 1, 2009, Primary Business Services, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the termination of the consulting contract with Conrad Management Corporation by Primary Credit Processing, LLC, Primary Credit Services, LLC and Primary Payment Solutions, LLC on January 1, 2009.
63.
Effective as of January 1, 2009, Primary Finance, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the termination of the consulting contract with Conrad Management Corporation by Primary Credit Processing, LLC, Primary Credit Services, LLC and Primary Payment Solutions, LLC on January 1, 2009.
64.
Effective as of January 1, 2009, Primary Processing, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the termination of the consulting contract with Conrad Management Corporation by Primary Credit Processing, LLC, Primary Credit Services, LLC and Primary Payment Solutions, LLC on January 1, 2009.
65.
Effective as of January 1, 2009, Primary Members Insurance Services, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the termination of the consulting contract with Conrad Management Corporation by

B-7



Primary Credit Processing, LLC, Primary Credit Services, LLC and Primary Payment Solutions, LLC on January 1, 2009.
66.
Effective as of January 1, 2009, Conrad Management Corporation, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the termination of the consulting contract with Conrad Management Corporation by Primary Credit Processing, LLC, Primary Credit Services, LLC and Primary Payment Solutions, LLC on January 1, 2009.
67.
Effective as of October 12, 2009, Lockhart Pawn, Ltd., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Lockhart Pawn, Ltd. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on October 12, 2009.
68.
Effective as of December 7, 2009, SJ Smith Investments, Inc. but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of SJ Smith Investments, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of Louisiana on December 7, 2009.
69.
Effective as of January 25, 2010, Pawnshop Operating Company, LLC, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Pawnshop Operating Company, LLC by Cash America Pawn L.P. on January 25, 2010.
70.
Effective as of October 1, 2010, Maxit Financial, LLC and its affiliates, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Maxit Financial, LLC by Cash America, Inc. of Nevada in October of 2010.
71.
Effective as of December 14, 2010, Mark Stephen Begue, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of the Ozone Pawn Shop by Cash America, Inc. of Louisiana on December 14, 2010.
72.
Effective as of December 16, 2010, Karl Russell Smith, Jr. and Billie Jean Smith, but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of the A Plus Pawn Shop by Cash America Pawn L.P. on December 16, 2010.
73.
Effective as of October 17, 2011, Quick Cash Pawn, LLC, but only for persons who became Employees in October 2011 as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Quick Cash Pawn, LLC by Cash America, Inc. of Louisiana on October 17, 2011.
74.
Effective as of December 1, 2011, Pawn Partners, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees in December 2011 as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Pawn Partners, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of Nevada on November 30, 2011.

B-8



75.
Effective as of October 25, 2012, Ca$h Corporation, Pawn Corp. #1, Inc., Pawncorp #2, Inc. and Pawncorp #4, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Ca$h Corporation, Pawn Corp. #1, Inc., Pawncorp #2, Inc. and Pawncorp #4, Inc. by Cash America Pawn, Inc. of Nevada on October 25, 2012.
76.
Effective as of December 9, 2012, Falcon Credit, Inc., Casa Credit Credit, Inc., Classic Credit, Inc. and Standon, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Falcon Credit, Inc., Casa Credit Credit, Inc. and Standon, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of Kentucky, Cash America, Inc. of North Carolina and Cash America, Inc. of Tennessee on December 9, 2012.
77.
Effective as of December 16, 2012, Falcon Credit, Inc., Casa Credit Credit, Inc., Classic Credit, Inc. and Standon, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Classic Credit Credit, Inc. and Standon, Inc. by Cash America, Inc. of North Carolina and Cash America, Inc. of Tennessee on December 9, 2012.
78.
Effective as of December 21, 2012, Big State Credit, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Big State Credit, Inc. by Cash America Pawn L.P. on December 21, 2012.
79.
Effective as of May 17, 2013, Wagle's, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Wagle's, Inc. by Florida Cash America, Inc. on May 17, 2013.
80.
Effective July 25, 2013, TDP Superstores Corp, but only for persons who became Employees in July or August 2013 as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of TDP Superstores Corp by Cash America Pawn L.P. on July 25, 2013.
81.
Effective August 1, 2013, TDP Superstores Corp, but only for persons who became Employees in July or August 2013 as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of TDP Superstores Corp by Cash America Pawn L.P. on August 1, 2013.
82.
Effective August 8, 2013, TDP Superstores Corp, but only for persons who became Employees in August 2013 as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of TDP Superstores Corp by Cash America Pawn L.P. on August 8, 2013.
83.
Effective November 20, 2013, Pawnmart, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees in November 2013 through January 2014 as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Pawnmart, Inc. by Georgia Cash America, Inc. and Cash America, Inc. of North Carolina on November 20, 2013 and December 12, 2013.

B-9



84.
Effective as of April 28, 2014, Cash Value, Inc., but only for persons who became Employees immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of certain assets of Cash Value, Inc. by Florida Cash America, Inc. on April 28, 2014.






B-10



SeCASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

SCHEDULE C

TRANSFER ACCOUNTS
[See Plan Sections 1.76 and 4.2]


Plan Name                                Date of Transfer
1.
Doc Holliday’s 401(k) Plan                        May 15, 2000



C-1




CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

SCHEDULE D

VESTING SCHEDULE FOR PLAN YEARS
BEGINNING BEFORE JANUARY 1, 1996
[See Plan Section 8.1]


The Matching Account of a Participant who performed an Hour of Service on or after April 1, 1994, but not after June 30, 1996, will vest in accordance with the following vesting schedule, based upon the total of the Participant’s Years of Vesting Service:

Years of Vesting Service
Completed by Participant
Vested Percentage of
Participant’s Matching Account
Less than 2 Years
0%
2 Years, but less than 3
25%
3 Years, but less than 4
50%
4 Years, but less than 5
75%
5 Years or more
100%


The Matching Account of a Participant who performed an Hour of Service on or before, but not after, March 31, 1994, will vest in accordance with the following vesting schedule, based upon the total of the Participant’s Years of Vesting Service:

Years of Vesting Service
Completed by Participant
Vested Percentage of
Participant’s Matching Account
Less than 2 Years
0%
2 Years, but less than 3
20%
3 Years, but less than 4
40%
4 Years, but less than 5
60%
5 Years, but less than 6
80%
6 Years or More
100%




D-1




CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

SCHEDULE E

ACQUIRED EMPLOYEES EXCLUDED FROM THE PLAN
[See Plan Section 1.22(d)]


None.




E-1

CSH 2014.12.31 EX 10.47

Exhibit 10.47

Cash America International, Inc.                    1600 West 7th Street
[Letterhead]                                    Fort Worth, TX 76102
(817) 335-1100
_____________________________________________________________________________________

April 7, 2014

Victor L. Pepe

 Dear Victor,
 
We are pleased to offer you an opportunity to join Cash America International, Inc. (the “Company”) as Executive Vice President – Chief Information Officer, reporting to Daniel R. Feehan, Chief Executive Officer and President. The specifics of your offer are outlined below:
 

Base Salary:
$350,000.00 annually or $13,461.54 biweekly less applicable withholdings.

 
Annual Incentive:
You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s short-term incentive program with an annual incentive target equal to 70% of your annual base salary. Your final award will be contingent upon the degree at which the company achieves its financial objectives for the year with a final award payout ranging from 0% to 200% of your annual incentive target. In 2014, you will be eligible for a full incentive award opportunity without proration. The annual incentive award is determined and made available at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and is subject to the terms of the controlling documentation for this program. There is no guarantee of amount or continuation of the award. You must have been employed through December 31 of the calendar year in order to receive the annual award.

Signing Bonus:
The Company’s Management Development and Compensation Committee expects to award you a one-time grant of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) on April 18, 2014, pursuant to applicable provisions of the Company’s LTIP and contingent upon receipt of a signed copy of this written offer prior to the grant date and your employment starting with the company within two weeks of the grant date. This grant will have a grant date value of $200,000, with the value and number of RSUs to be granted determined in a manner consistent with the method in which the Company determines the value of its long-term incentive grants for officers of the company. You will become vested in one-half of the RSUs on the 1st anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining half of the RSUs will vest on the 2nd anniversary of the grant date.








V. Pepe Offer Letter
4/7/14
Page 2 of 4


Long Term Incentive Plan:
Under the current Long Term Incentive Program, you are eligible for an annual grant of equity in the form of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) or other forms of equity as defined within the Company’s long-term incentive plan. The estimated grant date value of the RSUs will be targeted at 115% of your annual base salary in the year in which the grant is made. Grants have historically been granted in January; however, our Board of Directors reserves the right to adjust the timing of the grants at their discretion. The type of award and the actual amount granted will be determined and approved by the Board of Directors each year and there is no guaranty that the Board of Directors will make such a grant in any particular year.  


Benefits:
You will be eligible to participate in the Cash America Group Health plan starting on your date of hire. In addition to your participation in the Cash America Group Health & Welfare plans, you will be eligible for the supplemental insurance plan provided to the Company executives and their dependents. This Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan (MERP) will reimburse you for medical, dental and vision care not covered by your primary plans.


Nonqualified Deferred    
Compensation Plan:
Once you become a highly compensated employee (HCE) as defined in the Internal Revenue Code (i.e., you earn more than the HCE compensation amount ($115,000 for 2014) in a calendar year), your 401(k) Plan deferral percentage for the following plan year will be limited to 5% of base salary, although this maximum deferral rate may be changed from time to time by the Cash America 401(k) Administrative Committee.  When you become subject to this maximum deferral limit in the 401(k) Plan, you will be eligible to defer additional compensation into the Cash America International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan.  The Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan mirrors the 401(k) Plan except you cannot invest in Company stock through the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Contributions to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan will be held in a rabbi trust. There is no Company match in the Nonqualified Plan as long as you are eligible to receive the full match under the 401(k) Plan.







V. Pepe Offer Letter
4/7/14
Page 3 of 4


Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan (SERP):
You will also be eligible to participate in the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) beginning with the 2014 plan year based on your actual earnings with the Company for 2014. The actual amount will be determined and approved by the Board of Directors after the end of each year and there is no guaranty that the Board of Directors will grant a SERP award in any particular year.


Start Date:
We would like your effective date in your new position to be
April 28, 2014.



































V. Pepe Offer Letter
4/7/14
Page 4 of 4


This offer is contingent upon satisfactory verification of employment references, a background check including credit/criminal history, successful completion of a drug screen, and your ability to provide documentation that proves your identity and demonstrates your eligibility to work in the United States. We recognize that you retain the option, as does the Company, of ending your employment with the Company at any time, with or without notice and with or without cause. As such, your employment with the Company is at-will and neither this letter nor any other oral or written representations may be considered a contract for any specific period of time. The only person authorized to make any agreement to the contrary is the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. To be effective, however, any such agreement must be in writing signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Please take the time to confirm acceptance of our conditional offer by signing the offer letter and returning it to me via fax or email me a PDF copy. Feel free to keep a copy of this offer letter for your records. At this time, you should have received an invitation to complete an employment application online which will include an electronic consent form authorizing Cash America to conduct a background check. Additionally, once we receive your signed offer letter, you can expect to receive a separate email containing instructions on completing your pre-employment drug screen at a LabCorp location closest to your home address.

In order to prove eligibility to work in the U.S and complete your new hire paperwork, you will need to bring acceptable forms of identification with you on your first day.

Formalities aside, Vic, we look forward to having you join our team. Once the contingencies mentioned above are met, we will confirm your start date and time. If you have any specific questions about your offer, or anything regarding your employment with Cash America, please feel free to call me directly at 817-333-1928.
 
Kind Regards,

/s/ Clint Jaynes

Clint Jaynes
SVP Human Resources

cc: Human Resource file
      
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:
/s/ Victor L. Pepe
Victor L. Pepe
 
 
Date: 4/9/2014



CSH 2014.12.31 EX 12.1

Exhibit 12.1
CASH AMERICA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
($ in thousands)
 
For the years ended December 31,
Earnings:
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
$
(8,346
)
$
43,985

$
81,370

$
141,166

$
131,247

Equity in (income) loss of unconsolidated subsidiary
-

136

295

104

136

Fixed charges
50,288

61,876

50,634

46,320

41,395

Amortization of capitalized interest
396

396

396

198

-

Less: Capitalized interest
-

-

-

(558
)
(730
)
Total earnings
$
42,338

$
106,393

$
132,695

$
187,230

$
172,048

Fixed charges:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
$
26,520

$
36,319

$
29,134

$
25,528

$
22,345

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
3,173

6,206

3,811

3,566

3,340

Portion of rent expense representative of interest
20,595

19,351

17,689

16,668

14,980

Capitalized interest
-

-

-

558

730

Total fixed charges
$
50,288

$
61,876

$
50,634

$
46,320

$
41,395

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1)
0.8 x

1.7 x

2.6 x

4.0 x

4.2 x


(1) For purposes of computing these ratios, “earnings” represent income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interest and income taxes plus fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest, less capitalized interest. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense, including capitalized interest, amortization of debt discount and issuance costs and one-third (the portion deemed representative of the interest factor) of rental expense on operating leases. Fixed charges also include interest expense related to uncertain tax positions.


CSH 2014.12.31 EX 21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Cash America International, Inc.
Entity Name
Jurisdiction of Incorporation/Organization
Cash America Financial Services, Inc.
Delaware
Cash America Franchising, Inc.
Delaware
Cash America Global Services, Inc.
Delaware
Cash America Holding, Inc.
Delaware
Cash America Management L.P.
Delaware
Cash America of Mexico, Inc.
Delaware
Cash America Pawn L.P.
Delaware
Cash America, Inc.
Delaware
Cash America Advance, Inc.
Delaware
Cash America, Inc. of Alabama
Alabama
Cash America, Inc. of Alaska
Alaska
Cash America, Inc. of Colorado
Colorado
Cash America, Inc. of Illinois
Illinois
Cash America, Inc. of Indiana
Indiana
Cash America, Inc. of Kentucky
Kentucky
Cash America, Inc. of Louisiana
Delaware
Cash America, Inc. of Nevada
Nevada
Cash America, Inc. of North Carolina
North Carolina
Cash America, Inc. of Oklahoma
Oklahoma
Cash America, Inc. of South Carolina
South Carolina
Cash America, Inc. of Tennessee
Tennessee
Cash America, Inc. of Utah
Utah
Cash America, Inc. of Virginia
Virginia
Cash America Internet Sales, Inc.
Delaware
Cash America of Missouri, Inc.
Missouri
Cash America Pawn, Inc. of Ohio
Ohio
Cashland Financial Services, Inc.
Delaware
Creazione Estilo, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anónima de capital variable (in liquidation)
Mexico
CSH Holdings LLC
Delaware
Florida Cash America, Inc.
Florida
Georgia Cash America, Inc.
Georgia
Mr. Payroll Corporation
Delaware
Ohio Neighborhood Finance, Inc.
Delaware
Ohio Neighborhood Credit Solutions, LLC
Delaware




CSH 2014.12.31 EX 23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-3 (No. 333-183551) and S-8 (Nos. 333-125471, 333-26339, 033-18150, 033-59733, 033-29658, 033-36430, 333-95827, 333-97273, 333-159953, 333-167661, and 333-196183) of Cash America International, Inc. of our report dated March 13, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10‑K, for the year ended December 31, 2014. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated March 13, 2015 relating to the financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10‑K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Fort Worth, Texas
March 13, 2015


CSH 2014.12.31 EX 31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION

I, Daniel R. Feehan, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Cash America International, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date:    March 13, 2015


/s/ Daniel R. Feehan        
Daniel R. Feehan
Chief Executive Officer and President


CSH 2014.12.31 EX 31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Thomas A. Bessant, Jr., certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Cash America International, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date:    March 13, 2015


/s/ Thomas A. Bessant, Jr.        
Thomas A. Bessant, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


CSH 2014.12.31 EX 32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the Annual Report of Cash America International, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Daniel R. Feehan, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and    

(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


/s/ Daniel R. Feehan            
Daniel R. Feehan
Chief Executive Officer and President

Date:    March 13, 2015



CSH 2014.12.31 EX 32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the Annual Report of Cash America International, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Thomas A. Bessant, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and    

(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


/s/ Thomas A. Bessant, Jr.            
Thomas A. Bessant, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date:    March 13, 2015




csh-20141231.xml
Attachment: XBRL INSTANCE DOCUMENT


csh-20141231.xsd
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA DOCUMENT


csh-20141231_cal.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


csh-20141231_def.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


csh-20141231_lab.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION LABEL LINKBASE DOCUMENT


csh-20141231_pre.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT